Xerox WC 5225 5230 SM

WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Service Documentation WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Service Documentation
Printed in the United States of America. XEROX and all Xerox product names mentioned in this publication are trademarks of XEROX CORPORATION. Other company trademarks are also acknowledged. PANTONE is a registered trademark of Pantone, Inc.
705P01212 Hardcopy 701P48348 Launch Version February, 2008 ***Xerox Private Data*** All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided service. If the customer services such equipment, modules, components or parts thereof, the customer releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer actions, and the customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold xerox harmless from any third party claims which arise directly or indirectly for such service. While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographical errors will be corrected in subsequent editions. Prepared by: Xerox Corporation Global Knowledge and Language Services 800 Phillips Road, Bldg. 0218-01A Webster, New York 14580-9791 USA 2008 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of copyrightable material and information now allowed by statutory judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limitation, material generated from the software programs which are displayed on the screen such as icons, screen displays, looks, etc. Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographic errors will be corrected in subsequent editions.
WARNING
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart B of part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to correct the interference.
Preliminary Working Document No Product Name Assigned
0/0/00 ?-1
Section Name
Section Name
0/0/00 ?-2
Preliminary Working Document No Product Name Assigned
Introduction
About this Manual ........................................................................................................... Organization.................................................................................................................... How to Use this Documentation...................................................................................... Symbology and Nomenclature ........................................................................................ Translated Warnings ....................................................................................................... iii iii iv v viii
Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 i
Introduction
Introduction
February, 2008 ii
About this Manual

This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for WorkCentre 5225 / 5230. The Service Documentation is used in order to diagnose machine malfunctions, adjust components and has information which is used to maintain the product in superior operating condition. It is the controlling publication for a service call. Information on its use is found in the Introduction of the Service Documentation. This manual contains information that applies to USSG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers.
Organization
This Service Manual is divided into eight sections. The titles of the sections and a description of the information contained in each section are contained in the following paragraphs:
Section 1: Service Call Procedures

This section contains procedures that determine what actions are to be taken during a service call on the machine and in what sequence they are to be completed. This is the entry level for all service calls.
Service Manual Revision

The Service Manual will be updated as the machine changes or as problem areas are identified.
Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs

This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault Code related faults (with the exception of image quality problems).
Section 3: Image Quality

This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting any image quality problems, as well as image quality specifications and image defect samples.
Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures. Repairs Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following special conditions: When there is a personnel or machine safety issue. When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the Parts List. When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure. When the part requires an adjustment after replacement. When a special tool is required for removal or replacement. Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cautions, and notes. Adjustments Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the correct operation of the system. Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warnings, cautions and notes.
Section 5: Parts Lists

This section contains the Copier/Printer Parts List.
Section 6: General Procedures/Information

This section contains General Procedures, Diagnostic Programs, and Copier/Printer Information.
February, 2008 iii
Introduction
Section 7: Wiring Data

This section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, and diagrams of the power distribution wire networks in the machine. This section also contains the Block Schematic Diagrams.
How to Use this Documentation

The Service Call Procedures in Section 1 describe the sequence of activities used during the service call. The call must be entered using these procedures.
Section 8: Options and Accessories

This section contains installation information for option and accessory.
Use of the Circuit Diagrams

All wirenets are shown on the Circuit Diagrams (CDs). Power distribution wirenets are shown in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The power distribution wirenets on the CDs will end at the terminal board for the power being distributed. Find the wirenet for that power and locate the terminal board on the wirenet. Use the wirenet to troubleshoot any power distribution wiring not shown on the CD.
Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams

Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) are included in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The BSDs show the functional relationship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or non-mechanical, inputs or outputs throughout the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor drive, mechanical linkages, operator actions, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an overall view of how the entire subsystem works. It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.
Introduction
February, 2008 iv
Symbology and Nomenclature

The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.
CAUTION The use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in the Laser Safety Training Program may result in an exposure to dangerous laser radiation. For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program. An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. CAUTION A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment. NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, or statement. Figure 2 Customer Access Label This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to avoid touching the hot surfaces.
Machine Safety Icons

The following safety icons are displayed on the machine:
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized. The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam. Figure 3 Heated Surface Label Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operating. Use caution when reaching in the machine.
WARNING
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.
Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).
Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol Laser Hazard Statement Figure 5 ESD warning Label DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
February, 2008 v
Introduction
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit

The purpose of the ESD Protection Program is to preserve the inherent reliability and quality of electronic components that are handled by the Field Service Personnel. This program is being implemented now as a direct result of advances in microcircuitry technology, as well as a new acknowledgment of the magnitude of the ESD problem in the electronics industry today. This program will reduce Field Service costs that are charged to PWB failures. Ninety percent of all PWB failures that are ESD related do not occur immediately. Using the ESD Field Service Kit will eliminate these delayed failures and intermittent problems caused by ESD. This will improve product reliability and reduce callbacks.
The ESD Field Service Kit should be used whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive components are being handled. This includes activities like replacing or reseating of circuit boards or connectors. The kit should also be used in order to prevent additional damage when circuit boards are returned for repair. The instructions for using the ESD Field Service Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit Usage in the General Procedures section of the Service Documentation.
Illustration Symbols
Figure 6 shows symbols and conventions that are commonly used in illustrations.
Figure 6 Illustration Symbols Introduction Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 vi
Signal Nomenclature
Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs.
DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs

The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC voltage, the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test point is the location for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be found in a RAP: There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68. In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68. Another example of a statement found in a RAP might be: There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33. In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would be placed on TP33. If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to the copier frame.
Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature
Voltage Measurement and Specifications

Measurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC voltage should be made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire. Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications VOLTAGE INPUT POWER 220 V INPUT POWER 100 V INPUT POWER 120 V +5 VDC +24 VDC SPECIFICATION 198 VAC TO 242 VAC 90 VAC TO 135 VAC 90 VAC TO 135 VAC +4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC +23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC
Logic Voltage Levels

Measurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common, unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. Table 2 Logic Levels VOLTAGE +5 VDC +24 VDC H/L SPECIFICATIONS H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC
February, 2008 vii
Introduction
Translated Warnings
Introduction
February, 2008 viii
Introduction
Symbology and Nomenclature
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Paper Transportation
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury. DANGER: Une note DANGER est utilise chaque fois qu'une procdure de maintenance ou qu'une manipulation prsente un risque de blessure si elle n'a pas t strictement observe.
REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized. DANGER: L'quipement contient un faisceau laser invisible et aucune indication visible signale la prsence du faisceau laser. De ce fait le produit est class 3B pour tout ce qui concerne la maintenance. L'exposition directe des yeux au faisceau laser peut entraner des lsions visuelles. Les procdures de maintenance doivent tre ralises sans aucun changement comme indiqu dans la documentation. Le reprsentant Xerox lors d'interventions sur l'quipement doit respecter les consignes de scurit locales concernant les faisceaux laser. Ne pas placer d'objet rflchissant dans la zone du ROS quand il est ouvert. Ne pas regarder dans la zone du ROS lorsque la machine est sous tension et que le laser est en fonctionnement. The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam. DANGER: Les symboles et instructions suivants sont indiqus sur des tiquettes dans la machine et sont identifis dans la documentation technique et dans le manuel de formation. Quand ces symboles s'affichent le reprsentant Xerox est prvenu des risques encourus concernant une exposition au rayon laser.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 2.5.1 Take Away Roll
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 2.6.2 Left Hand (L/H) Upper Cover Unit
WARNING
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye. DANGER: Ne pas essayer de shunter les contacts laser pour quelques raisons que ce soit. Si le faisceau laser est dirig accidentellement vers les yeux il peut en rsulter des lsions oculaires permanentes.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. ROS REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit
4 Repairs and Adjustments

Drives REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Xerographics/Development
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainteLaunch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 ix
Introduction
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Electrical Components REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Fuser REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Covers REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Exit REP 6.1.1 Exit 2 +OCT 2
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. IIT REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. MPT REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.1.2 Control Panel
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad
WARNING
February, 2008 x Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Introduction
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass
REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Tray Module -2T REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 12.2 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 12.4 2 Tray Module PWB
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Tray Module -TT REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 13.1.2 Tray 2 Assembly (2TTM)
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
February, 2008 xi
Introduction
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 13.4.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM)
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 13.8.1 Twin Tray Module PWB
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. DADF REP 15.1.1 DADF Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB
WARNING
WARNING
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance
Introduction
February, 2008 xii
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.1.2 Finisher Assembly
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.4.2 Top Cover
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.2 Front Cover
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.2 Rear Cover
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover
WARNING
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Finisher REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.23 Eject Roll Assembly
WARNING
WARNING
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt
February, 2008 xiii
Introduction
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer maintenance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. IIT ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate carriage Position Adjustment
WARNING
Introduction
February, 2008 xiv
1 Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures.................................................................................................. Initial Actions ................................................................................................................... Call Flow ......................................................................................................................... Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)........................................................................... Cleaning Procedures....................................................................................................... Final Actions.................................................................................................................... 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-6 1-7 1-7
February, 2008 1-1
Service Call Procedures
February, 2008 1-2

Service Strategy
The service strategy for the WorkCentre 5225/5230 is to perform any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions before attempting to repair any problems. Some problems will be corrected by this strategy without the need to diagnose them. The Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) will be used for any remaining problems. Problems that occur in the Basic Printer mode will be repaired before problems that occur when using the accessories. Image Quality problems should be repaired after all other problems are repaired.
Initial Actions
Purpose
The purpose of the Initial Action section of the Service Call Procedures is to determine the reason for the service call and to identify and organize the actions which must be performed.
Procedure
1. Gather the information about the service call and the condition of the copier/printer. a. Question the operator(s). Ask about the location of most recent paper jams. Ask about the image quality and the copier/printer performance in general, including any unusual sounds or other indications. After informing the customer, disconnect the machine from the customers network. Check that the power cords are in good condition, correctly plugged in the power source, and free from any defects that would be a safety hazard. Repair or replace the power cords as required. Check that the circuit breakers are not tripped. Inspect any rejected copies. Inquire as to, or otherwise determine, the paper quality and weight, the specified paper for optimum Image Quality, 24# Xerox Color Expressions (NASG) or ColorTech+90gsm (ESG). Look for any damage to the copies, oil marks, image quality defects, or other indications of a problem. Record the billing meter readings. Access Diagnostic Routines. i. ii. Enter UI Diagnostics (Entering UI Diagnostics in UI Diagnostic Mode). Access Diagnostic Routines (Accessing Diagnostic Routines in UI Diagnostic Mode).
b.

The Service Call Procedures are a guide for performing any service on this machine. The procedures are designed to be used with the Service Manual. Perform each step in order.
c.
d. Initial Actions The Initial Actions gather information about the condition of the machine and the problem that caused the service call. e. Call Flow Call Flow summarizes the sequence of the Service Call Procedures. Detailed Maintenance Activities Detailed Maintenance Activities section provides the information needed to perform the High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions. Cleaning Procedures The Cleaning Procedures list what needs to be cleaned at each service call. Final Actions The Final Actions will test the copier/printer and return it to the customer. Administrative activities are also performed in the Final Actions. h. g. f.
NOTE: If a fault code is displayed while performing a diagnostics procedure, go to that fault code RAP and repair the fault. Return to Diagnostics and continue with the dC procedure that you were performing. Print the HFSI Report and determine what HFSI action is required based on the customer output volume. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section for the detailed HFSI information. Record any items that require action. Display and record the information in the Jam Counter, Fault Counter, and Shutdown History. Classify this information into categories: Information that is related to the problem that caused the service call. Information that is related to secondary problems. Information that does not require action, such as a single occurrence of a problem. i. 2. 3. 4. Check the Service Log for any recent activities that are related to the problem that caused the service call or any secondary problem.
Perform any required HFSI activities identified above. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section. Exit diagnostics. Try to duplicate the problem by running the same jobs that the customer was running. Check the Image Quality in the Basic Copier Mode. Select the tray that is loaded with 11 x 17 or A3 paper, if unable to complete tray selection, go to Call Flow. Set the copier/printer to the following setup: Output Color - Auto
February, 2008 1-3
Service Call Procedures, Initial Actions
Original Type - Photo and Text Halftone R/E - Auto Lighter/Darker - Auto Contrast Sharpness - Normal Preset Color Balance - Normal Color Shift - Normal Color Saturation - Normal Copy Position - No Shift Variable Color Balance - Normal Run four copies of the Color Test Pattern. Check the Image Quality. If the customer has identified any Image Quality Defects or problems, go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Call Flow
This procedure should be performed at every service call.
Initial Actions
Ask the operator about the problem. If the problem appears to be related to operator error, or an attempt to perform a job outside of the machine specifications, assist the customer in learning the correct procedure.
Procedure
Ask the operator about the problem. If the problem is identified by a fault code (including Paper/Document Jams), refer to Section 2 for the procedure and then proceed with servicing. If the problem is noise or smell, select a mode (1 Sided/2Sided, Finisher etc.), find the cause of the problem and proceed with servicing.
5.
Go to Call Flow.
The operator operated the machine correctly. Y N Explain to the operator how to operate the machine correctly. The UI display is normal. Y N Go to RAP OF 4 Dark/Blank Display. Refer to BSDs (CH2.1-CH2.4). The problem occurs only in Print mode. Y N The problem occurs only in Copy mode. Y N The problem occurs only in Fax mode. Y N Refer to Table 1 Other Faults and identify the problem and follow the corrective action. The problem occurs only in certain modes such as Broadcast transmission. Y N Perform a transmission test with the call center or station. The problem reoccurs. Y N Ask the customer for permission to establish communications with the remote machine that is causing the problem. Perform a Send transmission test with the remote machine. Transmission was normal. Y N Print the protocol trace to identify whether it is the remote machine or the machine that is causing the problem. If the problem lies in the machine: Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Section 2 and then proceed with servicing. If the problem appears to lie in the remote machine: Ask the customer to check the status of the remote machine. A Service Call Procedures B C D E Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Initial Actions, Call Flow
February, 2008 1-4
E There is a problem with Receive transmission test. Perform Receive transmission tests with other stations within the company. Check that there is no problem with the machine and then ask the customer to check the status of the remote machine.
Table 1 Other Faults Problem ADF inoperative after PWB replacement. Can not make copies when Auditron is enabled. Loud snapping noise is heard. Corrective Action Reload Software ADJ 9.3.1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Select Copy on screen. Machine will operate without auditron restriction. Enter Component Control [042-003] and press the Start button. If noise is present there is binding in toner drive system. Repair as required (PL 4.2) Perform Center Tray Offsetting.
Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Section 2 and then proceed with servicing. Check the machine settings and if necessary, ask the customer for permission to test the machine in the mode in which the problem occurs. Analyze the protocol trace when the problem reoccurs, for FAX problems go to GP 2 FAX Diagnostics, or go to Section 2 to proceed with servicing. There is an image quality problem. Y N If there is an alignment problem, obtain separate Platen/DADF output samples, refer to Section 4 Adjustments and then proceed with servicing. Refer to Section 3 IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing. There is a problem with the network. Y N There is a problem with the USB connection. Y N There is an image quality problem. Y N The problem lies in a certain Client PC. Y N There is a problem with a certain application or programming language A. Obtain the latest information on restrictions and technical information. Proceed accordingly. Check the settings of that particular Client PC and if necessary ask the user to reinstall the printer driver. Refer to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing. If the problem persists, ask the user to reinstall the printer driver. Check the machine settings and if necessary ask the user to reinstall the printer driver. If the problem continues, replace the network cable. If the problem persists, replace the USB cable. Check the machine settings and discuss the problem with the customer's network administrator. Table 1 Other Faults Problem Duplexing is not available as a selection on the display. Copies jam in the Finisher when the output tray is near maximum capacity. Corrective Action Ensure the Duplex electrical connector is secure (PL 10.1) Verify condition of paper. If good, check that part 655N128 can be used to support tray.
Sets are not offset in Center Tray.
E-mail icon not visible in display on Perform E-Mail Icon. email enabled machine. Customer wishes to distinguish FAX output from prints or copies. Perform FAX Output Separation.
February, 2008 1-5
Call Flow
Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)

Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. b. 2. 3. Enter UI Diagnostics (Entering UI Diagnostics in UI Diagnostic Mode). Access Diagnostic Routines (Accessing Diagnostic Routines in UI Diagnostic Mode). Counter 955-808 955-810 955-829 Name
Table 1 High Frequency Service Items Threshold Service Action to be performed 912K 260K 500K Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll. Replace the Platen Interlock Switch. Replace the Inverter Solenoid.
Duplex Feed Counter Platen Interlock Counter Inverter Solenoid On Counter
Select NVM Read/Write. Refer to Table 1 and enter a counter number for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI) counters to be checked. Use the customer's output volume numbers to help determine which HFSI components should be serviced. Consider components near threshold as candidates for service. Refer to Cleaning Procedures for detailed cleaning instructions. Table 1 High Frequency Service Items
4.
Counter 954-800 954-801 954-802 954-803
Name Tray 1 Feed counter Tray 2 Feed counter Tray 3 Feed counter MSI Feed counter
ThresService Action to be performed hold 300K 300K 300K 50K 300K 480K 100K 150K 420K 420K 420K 420K 10M 10M 5M Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad and Nudger Roll Replace the IBT Assembly. Replace the IBT Cleaner. Replace the Bias Transfer Roll. Replace the K Developer. Replace the Y Developer. Replace the M Developer. Replace the C Developer. Replace the Xero Drum Assembly. Replace the Fuser Assembly. Replace the Deodorant Filter.
954-804 HCF Feed/Retard/ (7232/42) Nudger 954-824 954-825 954-826 954-830 954-831 954-832 954-833 954-837 954-842 954-850 956-802 956-803 956-804 955-806 955-807 IBT Belt counter IBT Cleaner counter 2nd BTR Counter K Developer Counter Y Developer Counter M Developer Counter C Developer Counter Xero Drum Counter Fuser Counter Deodorant Filter Lamp Scan Counter Exposure Lamp Time Counter Exposure Lamp On Counter CVT Feed Counter Simplex Feed Counter
6000K Replace the Exposure Lamp. 7200K Replace the Exposure Lamp. 6000K Replace the Exposure Lamp. 200K 912K Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll. Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll.
Detailed Maintenance Activities
February, 2008 1-6
Cleaning Procedures
Purpose
To provide cleaning procedures to be performed at every service call.
Final Actions
Purpose
To provide a guide for procedures to be done at the end of every service call.
Procedure
CAUTION Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual.
Procedure
1. 2. Ensure that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry cloth or a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents. Check the supply of consumables. Ensure that an adequate supply of consumables is available according to local operating procedures. Complete the Service Log. Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the customer: a. b. c. d. e. 5. 6. 7. Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) or 11 x 17 inch paper. Place the Color Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern registered to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy. Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the service log in the Inner Cover. Ask the customer to verify the Print and Scan functions. Present the copies to the customer.
General Cleaning Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used. 1. 2. 3. 4. Feed Components (Rolls and Pads) Follow the General Cleaning procedure above. Toner Dispense Units Vacuum the Toner Dispense units. Jam Sensors Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab. Scanner a. b. c. d. 5. Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass, Document Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror. Clean the Exposure Lamp with a clean cloth and Film Remover. Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
3. 4.
Reconnect the machine to the customer network. Verify the function. Issue copy credits as needed. Discuss the service call with the customer to ensure that the customer understands what has been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.
DADF Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film Remover as required.
6. 7. 8.
Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass Follow the General Cleaning procedure above. ROS Window Remove and reinstall the ROS CLeaning Wand. IBT Belt Check the Transfer Belt System and wipe with a dry lint free cloth. If the surface is excessively dirty, replace the IBT Belt (PL 6.2) NOTE: Do not rub the IBT CLeaning Blade. If it is necessary to clean the blade, use a soft brush or dry swab to remove any contamination. Rubbing the blade will remove the protective coating.
9.
Finisher Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the Finisher with a dry lint free cloth.
February, 2008 1-7
Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions
Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions
February, 2008 1-8
2 Status Indicator RAPs

002 HDD
002-500 UI Error RAP ..................................................................................................... 002-770 Job Template Processing - HD Full RAP .......................................................... 2-15 2-15 2-17 2-17 2-18 2-18 2-19 2-19 2-20 2-20 2-21 2-21 2-22 2-22 2-23 2-23 2-24 2-24 2-25 2-25 2-26 2-26 2-27 2-27 2-28 2-28 2-29 2-29 2-30 2-30 2-31 2-31 2-32 2-32 2-33 2-33 2-34 2-34 2-35 2-35 2-36 2-36 2-37 2-37 003-931 400 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-932 600 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-933 300 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-934 400 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-935 600 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 003-940 Memory RAP..................................................................................................... 003-942 Document size Auto Detect Failure RAP .......................................................... 003-944 Image repeat count Failure RAP....................................................................... 003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS) RAP ..................................................... 003-947 Return Documents counts error RAP................................................................ 003-948 Return Documents mismatch RAP ................................................................... 003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP ....................................................................... 003-955 Documents size exchange error RAP ............................................................... 003-956 Documents size unknown error RAP ................................................................ 003-963 No APS object Tray RAP .................................................................................. 003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IIT Detect) RAP ............................................................... 003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IIT) RAP .................................................................. 003-967 DADF APS No Destination RAP ....................................................................... 003-968 Punch Position Error RAP................................................................................. 003-969 Punch Size Error RAP....................................................................................... 003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow RAP...................................................................... 003-971 Prevention Code Detect RAP............................................................................ 003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow RAP............................................................ 003-973 Every direction difference RAP ......................................................................... 003-974 Next Original Specification RAP........................................................................ 003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) RAP........................................................... 003-977 Document Mismatch (Multiple Scan) RAP ........................................................ 003-978 Color Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) RAP ................................................ 003-980 Staple position error RAP.................................................................................. 003-981 Staple size error RAP........................................................................................ 003-982 IIT HDD Access Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-38 2-38 2-39 2-39 2-40 2-40 2-41 2-41 2-42 2-42 2-43 2-43 2-44 2-44 2-45 2-45 2-46 2-46 2-47 2-47 2-48 2-48 2-49 2-49 2-50 2-50 2-51 2-51 2-52 2-52 2-53 2-55 2-56 2-57 2-58 2-59 2-60 2-61 2-62 2-63 2-64 2-65 2-66 2-67 2-68 2-69
003 IPS-ESS Communication

003-318 IIT Soft Failure RAP .......................................................................................... 003-319 IIT Video Driver Detection Failure RAP ............................................................ 003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP ......................................................... 003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP ......................................................... 003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP ......................................................... 003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP ......................................................... 003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP ......................................................... 003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP ......................................................... 003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP ......................................................... 003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP ......................................................... 003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP ......................................................... 003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP ....................................................... 003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP ....................................................... 003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 12 RAP ....................................................... 003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 13 RAP ....................................................... 003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP ....................................................... 003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 15 RAP ....................................................... 003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP ....................................................... 003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 17 RAP ....................................................... 003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 18 RAP ....................................................... 003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 19 RAP ....................................................... 003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 20 RAP ....................................................... 003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP ....................................................... 003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP ....................................................... 003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP ....................................................... 003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP ....................................................... 003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back RAP ........................................... 003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs RAP.................................................................. 003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan) RAP ........................................................... 003-752 Cannot scan over 600DPI RAP ........................................................................ 003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI RAP ........................................................................ 003-754 S2X Recovery RAP........................................................................................... 003-755 S2X Command Error RAP ................................................................................ 003-756 Blank Originals RAP ......................................................................................... 003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI RAP ........................................................................ 003-760 Scan Settings Error RAP .................................................................................. 003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size RAP ......................................................................... 003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found RAP .................................................................... 003-764 Image Overlay RAP .......................................................................................... 003-780 FAX Scan Compression Error RAP .................................................................. 003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP ........................................................................................ 003-930 300 DPI Scan RAP ...........................................................................................
005 DADF
005-121 CVT Feed Sensor On JAM RAP ....................................................................... 005-122 CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP.......................................... 005-123 CVT Simplex/Side1 Registration JAM RAP ...................................................... 005-125 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-131 CVT Invert On JAM RAP................................................................................... 005-132 CVT Invert On JAM 2 RAP................................................................................ 005-134 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM (Inverter) RAP....................................................... 005-135 CVT Side2 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP ....................................................... 005-136 CVT Side2 Registration On JAM RAP .............................................................. 005-139 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM RAP ...................................................................... 005-145 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP................................................ 005-146 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP ..................................................... 005-147 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP ......................................... 005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Mix-size RAP ............................................................... 005-196 CVT Size Mismatch JAM (No Mix) RAP ...........................................................
February, 2008 2-1
Status Indicator Raps
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM RAP ...................................................................... 005-198 Too Short Size JAM RAP.................................................................................. 005-199 Too Long Size JAM RAP .................................................................................. 005-275 DADF ROM Download Error ............................................................................. 005-275 DADF Error ....................................................................................................... 005-280 DADF EPROM Failure RAP.............................................................................. 005-284 DADF Auto Paper Selection Sensor Logic Failure RAP ................................... 005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Failure RAP.................................................................... 005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Failure RAP ............................................................... 005-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open (running) RAP............................................ 005-306 Tray Interlock Open RAP .................................................................................. 005-309 CVT L/H Interlock Open RAP ........................................................................... 005-500 Downloader Failure RAP .................................................................................. 005-906 CVT Feed Sensor Static JAM RAP................................................................... 005-907 CVT Pre-Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP ................................................. 005-908 CVT Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP........................................................ 005-909 DADF Lead Sensor Static Jam ......................................................................... 005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................... 005-911 DADF Exit 1 Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ 005-912 DADF Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ 005-913 CVT Invert Sensor Static JAM RAP .................................................................. 005-914 DADF APS1, 2, 3, Sensor Static Jam ............................................................... 005-915 CVT APS No1 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-916 CVT APS No2 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-917 CVT APS No3 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 005-918 CVT Invert Sensor Static Jam RAP .................................................................. 005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Failure RAP ........................................................................ 005-940 DADF No Original Failure RAP ......................................................................... 005-941 DADF Not Enough Documents Failure RAP..................................................... 005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF RAP .......................................................................
2-70 2-71 2-72 2-73 2-73 2-74 2-74 2-75 2-76 2-78 2-78 2-79 2-79 2-80 2-81 2-82 2-82 2-83 2-83 2-84 2-84 2-85 2-85 2-86 2-87 2-87 2-88 2-88 2-89 2-89 2-91 2-92 2-93 2-94 2-95 2-96 2-96 2-97 2-99 2-100 2-101 2-102 2-103 2-105 2-106 2-107 2-108 2-109
012-280 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................................ 012-283 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail ................................................. 012-284 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail................................................ 012-291 (A-Finisher) Stapler Fail .................................................................................... 012-301 (A-Finisher) Top Cover Interlock OPEN............................................................ 012-302 (A-Finisher) Front Cover Interlock OPEN.......................................................... 012-903 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor....................................... 012-935 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Ent Sensor.......................................................
2-110 2-111 2-112 2-113 2-114 2-115 2-115 2-116 2-117 2-118 2-119 2-120 2-121 2-122 2-123 2-124 2-125 2-126 2-127 2-128 2-129 2-130 2-131 2-132 2-133 2-133 2-134 2-135 2-136 2-137 2-137 2-138 2-139 2-140 2-141 2-142 2-143 2-144 2-145 2-146 2-146 2-147 2-147 2-148 2-149 2-150 2-151 2-151 2-152
012 SB-Finisher
012-111 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Off JAM A RAP ................................................. 012-112 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM A RAP ................................................. 012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP.................................................. 012-131 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM B RAP ................................................. 012-132 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP..................................................... 012-151 Compile Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP ................................................................... 012-152 Compile Exit Sensor On JAM RAP ................................................................... 012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP ............................................................................. 012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP ................................................................................. 012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP .............................................................. 012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Failure RAP .............................................................. 012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP ................................................... 012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ................................................... 012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP.................................................... 012-231 Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail......................................................................... 012-243 Booklet Folder Home Sensor ON Fail............................................................... 012-249 Booklet Front Stapler Fail.................................................................................. 012-259 Eject Home Sensor ON Failure RAP ................................................................ 012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP ..................................................... 012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP................................................................................. 012-265 Booklet Folder Home Sensor OFF Fail ............................................................. 012-268 Booklet Rear Stapler Fail .................................................................................. 012-269 Booklet Sub-CPU Communications Fail ........................................................... 012-282 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP...................................................... 012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP ........................................................ 012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ........................................................ 012-291 Stapler Failure RAP .......................................................................................... 012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP................................................................ 012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP................................................................ 012-300 Eject Cover Open.............................................................................................. 012-302 Finisher Front Cover Open RAP ....................................................................... 012-303 Finisher H-Transport Cover Open RAP ............................................................ 012-334 Download Mode Failure RAP............................................................................ 012-500 Download Failure RAP...................................................................................... 012-700 Punch Dust Nearly Full RAP ............................................................................. 012-901 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM RAP................................... 012-903 Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor RAP .................................................. 012-905 Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM RAP ........................................................... 012-923 H-Transport Entrance SNR static JAM B RAP.................................................. 012-935 Paper at Xport Entrance Sensor ....................................................................... 012-949 Punch Waste Bin Missing RAP .........................................................................
010 Fuser
010-313 Control (Center) Thermistor Failure RAP.......................................................... 010-314 Rear Thermistor Failure RAP............................................................................ 010-318 Hot-Sagging Recovery Failure RAP ................................................................. 010-320 Heat Roll Over Temperature Failure RAP ........................................................ 010-327 Fuser On Time Failure RAP.............................................................................. 010-398 Fuser Lock Failure RAP.................................................................................... 010-420 Fuser Near end of life RAP ............................................................................... 010-421 Fuser end of life RAP........................................................................................
012 A-Finisher
012-132 (A-Finisher) Ent Sensor ON Jam ...................................................................... 012-151 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF Jam .................................................... 012-152 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor ON Jam ...................................................... 012-161 (A-Finisher) Set Eject Jam ................................................................................ 012-211 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Fail ........................................................................... 012-221 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ............................................ 012-223 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail .......................................... 012-224 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................... 012-259 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor ON Fail .......................................................... 012-263 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail .............................................
February, 2008 2-2
013 SB-Booklet
013-210 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR ON Fail RAP ................................................ 013-211 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR OFF Fail RAP .............................................. 013-212 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR ON Fail RAP ............................................. 013-213 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR OFF Fail RAP ........................................... 013-220 Booklet Fold Detect Fail RAP ........................................................................... 013-306 Booklet Safety SW Open RAP.......................................................................... 013-307 Booklet Cover Open RAP ................................................................................. 2-153 2-153 2-154 2-154 2-155 2-155 2-156 2-157 2-157 2-158 2-158 2-159 2-159 2-160 2-160 2-161 2-161 2-162 2-162 2-163 2-163 2-164 2-164 2-165 2-165 2-166 2-166 2-167 2-167 2-168 2-168 2-169 2-169 2-170 2-170 2-171 2-171 2-172 2-172 2-173 2-173 2-174 2-174 2-175 2-175 2-176 2-176 2-177 2-177
016 FAX Service

016-210 Software Option (HDD Error) RAP.................................................................... 016-211 Software Option (System Memory Low) RAP................................................... 016-212 Software Option (Page Memory Low) RAP ...................................................... 016-213 Software Option (Printer PWB) RAP................................................................. 016-214 Serial Number Mismatch RAP .......................................................................... 016-215 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-216 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-217 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD RAP ...................................................................... 016-219 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 016-220 S2X Unrecoverable Error RAP ......................................................................... 016-221 S2X Communication Error RAP........................................................................ 016-222 S2X self-diag error RAP.................................................................................... 016-223 S2X SDRAM Error RAP .................................................................................... 016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error RAP ................................................................................... 016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error RAP ...................................................................... 016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error RAP ......................................................................... 016-227 S2X DDR Error RAP ......................................................................................... 016-228 S2X Image Processing Error RAP .................................................................... 016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail RAP ........................................................................ 016-310 ssmm Job Log Full RAP ................................................................................... 016-311 Scanner Install RAP.......................................................................................... 016-315 IIT Interface RAP .............................................................................................. 016-316 Page Memory Not Detected RAP ..................................................................... 016-317 Page Memory Error- Standard RAP ................................................................. 016-318 Page Memory Error- Option RAP ..................................................................... 016-321 Fax Module Error RAP...................................................................................... 016-322 JBA Account Full RAP ...................................................................................... 016-323 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP ..................................................................... 016-324 B Formatter Fatal Error RAP............................................................................. 016-330 ESS SystemMemory Fail-1 RAP ...................................................................... 016-332 ESS SystemMemory Fail-3 RAP ...................................................................... 016-335 ESS ProgramROM Fail-1 RAP ......................................................................... 016-336 ESS ProgramROM Fail-2 RAP ......................................................................... 016-337 ESS ProgramROM Fail-3 RAP ......................................................................... 016-338 ESS FontROM Fail-1 RAP................................................................................ 016-339 ESS FontROM Fail-2 RAP................................................................................ 016-340 ESS FontROM Fail-3 RAP................................................................................ 016-341 ESS FontROM Fail-4 RAP................................................................................ 016-342 ESS RTC Failure RAP ...................................................................................... 016-345 ESS NV-Memory Failure RAP .......................................................................... 016-347 ESS PageMemory Failure RAP ........................................................................ Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-348 ESS PageMemory Failure-2 RAP ..................................................................... 016-350 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-1 RAP ....................................................................... 016-351 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-2 RAP ....................................................................... 016-360 ESS UI Failure-1 RAP....................................................................................... 016-362 ESS UI Failure-2 RAP....................................................................................... 016-363 ESS LyraCard Failure RAP............................................................................... 016-364 ESS USB2.0 Host Failure RAP......................................................................... 016-365 ESS USB2.0 Device Failure RAP ..................................................................... 016-366 ESS HDD Failure-1 RAP................................................................................... 016-367 ESS HDD Failure-2 RAP................................................................................... 016-368 ESS Torino Failure RAP ................................................................................... 016-369 ESS S2X PWB Failure RAP.............................................................................. 016-400 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP ................................................................... 016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP.............................................................. 016-402 802.1x Authentication Failure by Timing Out RAP............................................ 016-403 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP.......................................................................... 016-404 802.1x Inside Failure RAP ................................................................................ 016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP ..................................................................... 016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP .......................................................................... 016-454 DNS Dynamic Update RAP............................................................................... 016-455 SMTP Server Time-out RAP ............................................................................. 016-456 SMTP time asynchronous RAP......................................................................... 016-500 DIMM RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-501 S2X RAP ........................................................................................................... 016-502 ROM Write RAP ................................................................................................ 016-503 SMTP Redirector RAP ...................................................................................... 016-504 Redirector POP Server RAP ............................................................................. 016-505 Redirector POP Authentication RAP................................................................. 016-513 XPS Error RAP.................................................................................................. 016-514 XPS Error RAP.................................................................................................. 016-515 XPS Short of Memory RAP ............................................................................... 016-516 XPS PrintTicket Description Error RAP............................................................. 016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP .................................................... 016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit RAP....................................................................... 016-522 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-523 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-524 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-525 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-526 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-527 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-533 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-534 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-539 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 016-574 Host Name Error RAP....................................................................................... 016-575 DNS Server Error in FTP RAP .......................................................................... 016-576 Server Connection Error in FTP RAP ............................................................... 016-577 FTP Service RAP .............................................................................................. 016-578 Login/Password Error RAP ............................................................................... 016-579 Scanning Picture Error RAP.............................................................................. 016-580 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ................................................................... 016-581 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP...................................................................... 016-582 File Creation Failure RAP .................................................................................
2-178 2-178 2-179 2-179 2-180 2-180 2-181 2-181 2-182 2-182 2-183 2-183 2-184 2-184 2-185 2-185 2-186 2-186 2-187 2-187 2-188 2-188 2-189 2-189 2-190 2-190 2-191 2-191 2-192 2-192 2-193 2-193 2-194 2-194 2-195 2-195 2-196 2-196 2-197 2-197 2-198 2-198 2-199 2-199 2-200 2-200 2-201 2-201 2-202 2-202 2-203 2-203
February, 2008 2-3
016-583 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP .................................................................... 016-584 Folder Creation Failure RAP ............................................................................. 016-585 File Delete Failure RAP .................................................................................... 016-586 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP ....................................................................... 016-587 Folder Delete Failure RAP ................................................................................ 016-588 Data Write-in Failure RAP................................................................................. 016-589 Data Read Failure RAP .................................................................................... 016-590 Data Reading Failure RAP................................................................................ 016-591 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP ....................................................................... 016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP ........................................................... 016-593 Internal Scan Error RAP ................................................................................... 016-594 TYPE Command Failure RAP........................................................................... 016-595 Port Command Failure RAP ............................................................................. 016-596 CDUP Command Failure RAP.......................................................................... 016-597 Same Name File Exists RAP ............................................................................ 016-600 Key Operator Authentication Locked RAP ........................................................ 016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP ........................................................................... 016-700 Password is Under Minimum RAP .................................................................... 016-701 ART EX Memory Expended RAP ..................................................................... 016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP.................................................................................... 016-703 E-mail To Invalid Box RAP................................................................................ 016-704 Mailbox Full RAP .............................................................................................. 016-705 Secure Print RAP .............................................................................................. 016-706 Maximum Users Exceeded RAP....................................................................... 016-707 Sample Print RAP ............................................................................................. 016-708 HDD Full Annotation/Watermark RAP .............................................................. 016-709 ART EX Command RAP ................................................................................... 016-710 Delayed Print RAP ............................................................................................ 016-711 E-mail Transmission Size Limit RAP ................................................................ 016-712 Panther Capacity (I-Formatted) RAP ................................................................ 016-713 Security Box Password RAP............................................................................. 016-714 Security Box Enable RAP ................................................................................. 016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP .................................................................................. 016-717 Fax/iFax Send RAP .......................................................................................... 016-718 PCL6 Memory RAP........................................................................................... 016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP.................................................................................. 016-720 PCL Command RAP ......................................................................................... 016-722 Staple Position RAP.......................................................................................... 016-723 Punch Position Error RAP................................................................................. 016-724 Staple Position RAP.......................................................................................... 016-725 B-Formatter Image RAP ................................................................................... 016-727 Printer Request ................................................................................................. 016-728 TIFF Data Unsupported RAP............................................................................ 016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP ......................................................................................... 016-730 ART Command Unsupported RAP ................................................................... 016-731 TIFF Data Invalid RAP ...................................................................................... 016-732 Form Not Registered RAP ................................................................................ 016-733 Destination Address RAP ................................................................................. 016-734 Transmission Report RAP ................................................................................ 016-735 Updating Job Template RAP ............................................................................ 016-736 Remote Directory Lock RAP ............................................................................. 016-737 Remote Directory Removal RAP ...................................................................... Status Indicator Raps
2-204 2-204 2-205 2-205 2-206 2-206 2-207 2-207 2-208 2-208 2-209 2-209 2-210 2-210 2-211 2-211 2-212 2-212 2-213 2-213 2-214 2-214 2-215 2-215 2-216 2-216 2-217 2-217 2-218 2-218 2-219 2-219 2-220 2-220 2-221 2-221 2-222 2-222 2-223 2-223 2-224 2-224 2-225 2-225 2-226 2-226 2-227 2-227 2-228 2-228 2-229 2-229
016-738 PS Booklet Output Size Illegal RAP.................................................................. 016-739 Document and Output Mismatch RAP .............................................................. 016-740 Output Tray Incorrect RAP................................................................................ 016-741 Cannot Shift to Download Mode Failure RAP ................................................... 016-742 Download Data ProductID Error RAP ............................................................... 016-743 Download Data Model Mismatch RAP .............................................................. 016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP.............................................................. 016-745 XPJL Soft Failure RAP...................................................................................... 016-746 Unsupported PDF File RAP .............................................................................. 016-747 Insufficient Memory ........................................................................................... 016-748 HDD Full RAP ................................................................................................... 016-749 Post Script Font RAP ........................................................................................ 016-750 Print Job RAP.................................................................................................... 016-751 PDF RAP........................................................................................................... 016-752 PDF Memory Limit RAP .................................................................................... 016-753 PDF Password Mismatch RAP ......................................................................... 016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP ................................................................................. 016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service RAP ........................................................................ 016-757 Auditron - Invalid User RAP .............................................................................. 016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function RAP .................................................................... 016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit RAP .......................................................................... 016-760 PostScript Decompose RAP ............................................................................. 016-761 FIFO Empty RAP .............................................................................................. 016-762 Print Language RAP ......................................................................................... 016-763 POP Server is not found RAP ........................................................................... 016-764 SMTP Server Connection RAP ......................................................................... 016-765 SMTP Server HDD Full RAP............................................................................. 016-766 SMTP Server File System RAP ........................................................................ 016-767 Invalid E-mail Address RAP .............................................................................. 016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP............................................................................. 016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP .............................................................. 016-770 FAX Function Cancelled RAP ........................................................................... 016-771 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-772 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-773 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-774 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-775 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-776 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-777 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-778 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 016-779 Scanned Image Conversion Error RAP ............................................................ 016-780 Attached Document TIFF RAP.......................................................................... 016-781 Scan Server Connect Error RAP....................................................................... 016-782 Scan Server Login Error RAP ........................................................................... 016-783 Invalid Server Path RAP ................................................................................... 016-784 Server Write Error RAP..................................................................................... 016-785 Server HD Full RAP .......................................................................................... 016-786 HD Full-Scan Write Error RAP .......................................................................... 016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD RAP............................................................................... 016-788 Retrieve to Browser RAP .................................................................................. 016-789 HD Full - Job Memory RAP............................................................................... 016-791 File Retrieve RAP..............................................................................................
2-230 2-230 2-231 2-231 2-232 2-232 2-233 2-233 2-234 2-234 2-235 2-235 2-236 2-236 2-237 2-237 2-238 2-238 2-239 2-239 2-240 2-240 2-241 2-241 2-242 2-242 2-243 2-243 2-244 2-244 2-245 2-245 2-246 2-246 2-247 2-247 2-248 2-248 2-249 2-249 2-250 2-250 2-251 2-252 2-253 2-254 2-254 2-255 2-255 2-256 2-256 2-257
February, 2008 2-4
016-792 Specified Job RAP ............................................................................................ 016-793 MF I/O HD Full RAP.......................................................................................... 016-799 PLW Print Instruction RAP................................................................................ 016-981 HDD access error RAP ..................................................................................... 016-982 HDD access error 2 RAP .................................................................................. 016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full RAP....................................................... 016-985 Data size overflow (Scan to E-mail) RAP .........................................................
2-257 2-258 2-258 2-259 2-259 2-260 2-260 2-261 2-261 2-262 2-262 2-263 2-263 2-264 2-264 2-265 2-265 2-266 2-266 2-267 2-267 2-268 2-268 2-269 2-269 2-270 2-270 2-271 2-271 2-272 2-272 2-273 2-273 2-274 2-274 2-275 2-275 2-276 2-276 2-277 2-277 2-278 2-278 2-279 2-279 2-280 2-280 2-281 2-281 2-282
018 LDAP
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) RAP..................................................... 018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error (S_cert lost) RAP ........................................ 018-501 CA Server Connection Error RAP ..................................................................... 018-502 Login Failure in SMB RAP ................................................................................ 018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout RAP ................................................................ 018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch RAP ........................................................................... 018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error RAP .......................................................................... 018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch RAP................................................................................ 018-507 CA Credential Error RAP .................................................................................. 018-508 CA Server Fatal Error RAP ............................................................................... 018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP .................................................................... 018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP .................................................................... 018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS RAP ....................................................... 018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS RAP .......................................................... 018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS RAP ........................................................... 018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found RAP .................................................................... 018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP .............................................................. 018-515 BMLinkS Storage-Access-Error RAP................................................................ 018-516 BMLinkS unsupported-attribute RAP ................................................................ 018-517 BMLinkS Storage-Full RAP............................................................................... 018-518 BMLinkS Operation-Not-Available RAP ............................................................ 018-519 BMLinkS unknown-error RAP ........................................................................... 018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan RAP................................................................. 018-521 Request Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP............................................................ 018-522 Response receive failure in BMLinkS RAP....................................................... 018-523 Image Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP ............................................................... 018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP ................................................................. 018-525 HDD Full or HDD Access Error RAP ................................................................ 018-526 Rejected to be Refresh RAP ............................................................................. 018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP........................................................................... 018-528 Soap Request Error RAP.................................................................................. 018-529 Duplicate Scan Request RAP ........................................................................... 018-530 Authentication Error RAP.................................................................................. 018-531 Failed to Create a New Job RAP ...................................................................... 018-532 Too Many Jobs to Create a New Job RAP ....................................................... 018-543 Shared name error in SMB server RAP ............................................................ 018-547 Number restriction over of SMB scan users RAP ............................................. 018-596 LDAP Protocol Error 596 RAP .......................................................................... 018-701 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-702 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-703 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-704 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-705 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-706 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-707 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-708 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-710 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-711 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-712 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-713 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-714 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-716 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-717 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-718 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-719 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-720 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-721 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-732 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-733 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-734 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-735 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-736 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-748 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-749 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-750 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-751 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-752 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-753 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-754 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-764 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-765 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-766 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-767 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-768 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-769 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-770 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-771 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-780 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-781 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-782 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-783 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-784 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-785 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-786 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-787 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-788 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-789 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-790 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-791 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-792 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-793 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-794 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-795 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-796 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 018-797 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................
2-282 2-283 2-283 2-284 2-284 2-285 2-285 2-286 2-286 2-287 2-287 2-288 2-288 2-289 2-289 2-290 2-290 2-291 2-291 2-292 2-292 2-293 2-293 2-294 2-294 2-295 2-295 2-296 2-296 2-297 2-297 2-298 2-298 2-299 2-299 2-300 2-300 2-301 2-301 2-302 2-302 2-303 2-303 2-304 2-304 2-305 2-305 2-306 2-306 2-307 2-307 2-308
February, 2008 2-5
021 FAX
021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP ..................................................... 021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) RAP ...................................................... 021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable RAP ................................................................. 2-309 2-309 2-310 2-311 2-312 2-314 2-314 2-316 2-317 2-317 2-318 2-319 2-321 2-321 2-322 2-322 2-323 2-323 2-324 2-324 2-325 2-325 2-326 2-326 2-327 2-327 2-328 2-328 2-329 2-329 2-330 2-330 2-331 2-331 2-332 2-332 2-333 2-333 2-334 2-334 2-335 2-335 2-336 2-336 2-337 2-337 2-338
024 IOT-ESS Communication a-finisher

024-916 (A-Finisher) Mix Stack Full................................................................................ 024-917 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count ............................................. 024-928 (A-Finisher) Scratch Sheet Compile ................................................................. 024-930 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack ................................................................. 024-976 (A-Finisher) Staple NG...................................................................................... 024-977 (A-Finisher) Stapler Feed Ready Fail ............................................................... 024-979 (A-Finisher) Stapler Near Empty ....................................................................... 024-980 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack ................................................................. 024-982 (A-Finisher) Stacker Lower Safety Warning......................................................
024 IOT-ESS Communication

024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP .......................................................... 024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP .......................................................... 024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP .......................................................... 024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP .......................................................... 024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP .......................................................... 024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP .......................................................... 024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP .......................................................... 024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP .......................................................... 024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP .......................................................... 024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP ........................................................ 024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP ........................................................ 024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP ........................................................ 024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP ........................................................ 024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start RAP ............................................................................. 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop RAP ............................................................................. 024-364 DMA Transfer RAP ........................................................................................... 024-367 Decompress Other Failure RAP ....................................................................... 024-368 PCI Error RAP................................................................................................... 024-370 Marker Code Detection Failure RAP................................................................. 024-371 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP ........................................................ 024-372 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP ........................................................ 024-373 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP ........................................................ 024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP ........................................................ 024-600 Billing Master Counter RAP .............................................................................. 024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 RAP .......................................................................... 024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 RAP .......................................................................... 024-603 Software Key Master Counter RAP .................................................................. 024-604 Software Key Backup Counter 1 RAP .............................................................. 024-605 Software Key Backup Counter 2 RAP .............................................................. 024-700 Shortage Memory Capacity, or no Hard Disk RAP ........................................... 024-742 Output Paper for Booklet, Over Counts RAP .................................................... 024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper RAP ..................................................................... 024-747 Print Instruction Failure RAP............................................................................. 024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over RAP ..................................................................... 024-775 Output paper for Booklet, over counts 2 RAP................................................... Status Indicator Raps
024-910 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-911 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-912 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-913 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-914 Tray 6 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-915 Tray 7 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP ........................................................................................... 024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP ........................................................ 024-919 Face UP Tray Close RAP ................................................................................. 024-920 Face Down Tray 1 Paper Full RAP ................................................................... 024-921 Face Up Tray 1 Paper Full ................................................................................ 024-922 Face Down Tray 2 Paper Full ........................................................................... 024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set.................................................................................. 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile ..................................................................................... 024-930 Stacker Tray Full (Large Size Full).................................................................... 024-934 Paper kind Mismatch......................................................................................... 024-939 OHP Kind Mismatch.......................................................................................... 024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-948 Tray 3 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-949 Tray 4 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-951 Tray 2 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-952 Tray 3 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-953 Tray 4 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 024-954 MPT Empty RAP ............................................................................................... 024-955 Tray 6 Empty..................................................................................................... 024-958 MPT Size Failure RAP ...................................................................................... 024-959 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-960 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-961 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-962 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOT detect) RAP .............................................................. 024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error RAP ................................................................. 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) RAP .......................................... 024-968 Stapler / Punch Batting ..................................................................................... 024-969 Different Width Mix Punch................................................................................. 024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place .......................................................................................... 024-972 Tray 6 Size Mismatch........................................................................................ 024-975 Copy Booklet Sheets Counts Over ................................................................... 024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP.................................................................... 024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP...................................................................... 024-978 Booklet Stapler Fault......................................................................................... 024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP .................................................................................. 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP......................................................................... 024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full ....................................................................................... 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP .................................................................. 024-985 MPT Feed Failure RAP ..................................................................................... 024-989 Booklet Low Staple ...........................................................................................
2-338 2-339 2-340 2-341 2-342 2-343 2-344 2-345 2-346 2-346 2-347 2-347 2-348 2-348 2-349 2-349 2-350 2-350 2-351 2-351 2-352 2-352 2-353 2-353 2-354 2-354 2-355 2-355 2-356 2-356 2-357 2-357 2-358 2-359 2-359 2-360 2-360 2-361 2-361 2-362 2-362 2-363 2-363 2-364 2-364 2-365 2-366 2-367 2-367 2-369
024 IOT-ESS Communication sb-finisher

024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP ...........................................................................................
February, 2008 2-6
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP ........................................................ 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile RAP ............................................................................. 024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP.................................................................... 024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP...................................................................... 024-978 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler Fail......................................................................... 024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP .................................................................................. 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP......................................................................... 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP .................................................................. 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F ........................................................................................ 024-989 Booklet Low Staple R........................................................................................
2-370 2-370 2-371 2-371 2-372 2-373 2-373 2-374 2-375 2-376 2-377 2-377 2-379 2-379 2-380 2-380 2-381 2-381 2-382 2-382 2-383 2-383 2-384 2-384 2-385 2-385 2-386 2-386 2-387 2-387 2-388 2-388 2-389 2-389 2-390 2-390 2-391 2-391 2-392 2-392 2-393 2-393 2-394 2-394 2-395 2-395 2-396 2-396
026 Address Book

026-700 LDAP Protocol Max Error RAP ......................................................................... 026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP................................................
027 MAIL
027-400 Net Off Line RAP .............................................................................................. 027-442 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-443 DNS Renewal Failure of Dynamic RAP ............................................................ 027-444 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP...................................................................................... 027-446 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-447 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-452 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 027-500 SMTP Server Mail I/O RAP............................................................................... 027-501 POP Server RAP .............................................................................................. 027-502 POP Authentication RAP .................................................................................. 027-503 POP server communication timeout RAP ......................................................... 027-504 Invalid Response Reception from SMTP Server RAP ...................................... 027-513 SMB Scan Client RAP ...................................................................................... 027-514 Host Name Solution Error RAP......................................................................... 027-515 DNS Server Error in SMB RAP ......................................................................... 027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP .............................................................. 027-518 Login/Password Error RAP ............................................................................... 027-519 Scanning Picture Error RAP ............................................................................. 027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ................................................................... 027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP...................................................................... 027-522 File Creation Failure RAP ................................................................................. 027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP .................................................................... 027-524 Folder Creation Failure RAP ............................................................................. 027-525 File Delete Failure RAP .................................................................................... 027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP ....................................................................... 027-527 Folder Delete Failure RAP ................................................................................ 027-528 Data Write-in Failure RAP................................................................................. 027-529 Data Read Failure RAP .................................................................................... 027-530 Data Reading Failure RAP................................................................................ 027-531 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP ....................................................................... 027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP ........................................................... 027-533 Internal Scan Error RAP ................................................................................... 027-543 Server Name Specification Error RAP .............................................................. 027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 RAP ......................................................................... 027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 RAP .........................................................................
027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009 RAP ......................................................................... 027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024 RAP ......................................................................... 027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025 RAP ......................................................................... 027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026 RAP ......................................................................... 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not Started RAP..................................................................... 027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032 RAP ......................................................................... 027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 RAP ......................................................................... 027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 RAP ......................................................................... 027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036 RAP ......................................................................... 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038 RAP ......................................................................... 027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044 RAP ......................................................................... 027-585 SMB Protocol error 4-045 RAP ......................................................................... 027-586 SMB Protocol error 4-046 RAP ......................................................................... 027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047 RAP ......................................................................... 027-588 SMB Protocol error 4-048 RAP ......................................................................... 027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049 RAP ......................................................................... 027-590 SMB Protocol error 4-050 RAP ......................................................................... 027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051 RAP ......................................................................... 027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other codes RAP ............................................................ 027-702 Certificate for Recipients, was not Found RAP ................................................. 027-703 Certificate for Recipients, has Expired RAP...................................................... 027-704 Certificate for Recipients, was Untrusted RAP.................................................. 027-705 Certificate for Recipients, was revoked RAP .................................................... 027-706 Certificate RAP.................................................................................................. 027-707 Certificate Expired RAP .................................................................................... 027-708 Certificate Valid RAP......................................................................................... 027-709 Certificate Revoked RAP .................................................................................. 027-710 Invalid S/MIME Mail RAP .................................................................................. 027-711 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP ............................................................................ 027-712 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP ............................................................................ 027-713 S/MIME Mail Altered RAP ................................................................................. 027-714 S/MIME Mail Invalid RAP .................................................................................. 027-715 S/MIME Mail Certificate Registration RAP ........................................................ 027-716 Email Signature RAP ........................................................................................ 027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP.......................................................................... 027-737 Template Server Read RAP.............................................................................. 027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP ................................................................... 027-740 Template Server Login RAP ............................................................................. 027-741 Template Server Connect RAP......................................................................... 027-742 HDD File System RAP ...................................................................................... 027-743 Template Server Install RAP............................................................................. 027-744 Template Address RAP..................................................................................... 027-745 Template Address Server RAP ......................................................................... 027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP............................................................................ 027-751 Job Template Analysis RAP.............................................................................. 027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP ............................................................. 027-753 Job Flow Service Disabled RAP ....................................................................... 027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP............................................... 027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP ................................................................................... 027-761 Web Print Time Out RAP .................................................................................. 027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP ...................................................................... 027-772 SMTP Server Error (HELO) RAP ......................................................................
2-397 2-397 2-398 2-398 2-399 2-399 2-400 2-400 2-401 2-401 2-402 2-402 2-403 2-403 2-404 2-404 2-405 2-405 2-406 2-406 2-407 2-407 2-408 2-408 2-409 2-409 2-410 2-410 2-411 2-411 2-412 2-412 2-413 2-413 2-414 2-414 2-415 2-415 2-416 2-416 2-417 2-417 2-418 2-418 2-419 2-419 2-420 2-420 2-421 2-421 2-422 2-422
February, 2008 2-7
027-773 SMTP Server Communication Timeout RAP .................................................... 027-774 Address Inaccurate Character RAP .................................................................. 027-775 Too Many SMTP Address RAP ........................................................................ 027-776 SMTP Server Error (EHLO) RAP ...................................................................... 027-777 SMTP Server Un-Supports SMTP-AUTH RAP ................................................. 027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP ........................................................ 027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH RAP............................................................ 027-796 E-mail Not Printed RAP .................................................................................... 027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP ........................................................................
2-423 2-423 2-424 2-424 2-425 2-425 2-426 2-426 2-427 2-429 2-429 2-430 2-430 2-431 2-431 2-432 2-432 2-433 2-433 2-434 2-434 2-435 2-435 2-436 2-436 2-437 2-437 2-438 2-438 2-439 2-439 2-440 2-440 2-441 2-441 2-442 2-442 2-443 2-443 2-444 2-444 2-445 2-445 2-446 2-447 2-447 2-448 2-448
033 FAX Control

033-363 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-710 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-712 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-713 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-715 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-716 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-717 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-718 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-719 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-721 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-722 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-724 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-725 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-726 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-727 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-728 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-731 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-733 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-734 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-735 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-736 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-737 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-738 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-740 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-741 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-742 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-743 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-744 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-745 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-746 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-747 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-749 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-750 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 033-751 Activity Report suspended RAP........................................................................ 033-755 Fax printing is canceled Fax RAP .....................................................................
034-505 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-506 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-507 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-508 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-509 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-510 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-511 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-512 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-513 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-514 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-515 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-519 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-520 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP........................................................................................ 034-522 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-523 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-527 Dial Control Error RAP ...................................................................................... 034-528 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-529 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-530 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection RAP..................................................... 034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang RAP ....................................................... 034-701 Software Reset RAP ......................................................................................... 034-789 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-790 Fax Communication Channel 0 RAP ................................................................ 034-791 Fax Communication Channel 1 RAP ................................................................ 034-792 Fax Communication Channel 2 RAP ................................................................ 034-793 Fax Communication Channel 3 RAP ................................................................ 034-794 Fax Communication Channel 4 RAP ................................................................ 034-795 Fax Communication Channel 5 RAP ................................................................ 034-796 Fax Communication Channel RAP ................................................................... 034-797 Communication Parameter Error RAP .............................................................. 034-798 Data Parameter Error RAP ............................................................................... 034-799 Auto Dial Without Dial Data RAP ......................................................................
2-449 2-449 2-450 2-450 2-451 2-451 2-452 2-452 2-453 2-453 2-454 2-454 2-455 2-455 2-456 2-456 2-457 2-457 2-458 2-458 2-459 2-459 2-460 2-460 2-461 2-461 2-462 2-462 2-463 2-463 2-464 2-464 2-465 2-465 2-467 2-467 2-468 2-468 2-469 2-469 2-470 2-470 2-471 2-471 2-472 2-472 2-473 2-473 2-474 2-474
035 FAX Network

035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection RAP........................................................ 035-700 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-701 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-702 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-703 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-704 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-705 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-706 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-707 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-708 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-709 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-710 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-711 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-712 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-713 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 035-714 Fax Protocol RAP..............................................................................................
034 FAX Communication

034-211 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-212 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-500 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 034-501 Fax Communication RAP..................................................................................
February, 2008 2-8
035-715 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-716 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-717 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-718 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-719 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-720 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-721 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-722 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-723 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-724 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-725 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-726 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-727 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-728 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-729 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-730 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-731 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-732 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-733 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-734 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-735 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-736 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-737 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-738 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-739 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-740 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-741 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-742 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-743 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-744 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-745 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-746 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-747 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-748 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-749 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-750 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-751 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-752 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 035-753 Fax Memory Full RAP ....................................................................................... 035-754 File Management Memory Full RAP ................................................................. 035-755 File Add Page Error RAP .................................................................................. 035-756 Cannot Add Page RAP ..................................................................................... 035-757 No Receive Page RAP...................................................................................... 035-758 No Specified File or Page RAP ......................................................................... 035-759 No Specified Job RAP ...................................................................................... 035-760 No Specified Job RAP ...................................................................................... 035-761 File Processing Error RAP ................................................................................
2-475 2-475 2-476 2-476 2-477 2-477 2-478 2-478 2-479 2-479 2-480 2-480 2-481 2-481 2-482 2-482 2-483 2-483 2-484 2-484 2-485 2-485 2-486 2-486 2-487 2-487 2-488 2-488 2-489 2-489 2-490 2-490 2-491 2-491 2-492 2-492 2-493 2-493 2-494 2-494 2-495 2-495 2-496 2-496 2-497 2-497 2-498 2-499 2-499 2-500
042 Drives
042-323 Drum K Motor Drive Failure RAP ...................................................................... 042-325 Main Motor Failure RAP.................................................................................... 2-501 2-501 2-503 2-504 2-505 2-505 2-506 2-506 2-507 2-509 2-509 2-510 2-511 2-511 2-512 2-512 2-513 2-513 2-514 2-514 2-515 2-516 2-516 2-517 2-517 2-518 2-518 2-519 2-521 2-522 2-523 2-523 2-525 2-526 2-527 2-528 2-528 2-529 2-530 2-531
047 Communication
047-211 OCT 1 RAP ....................................................................................................... 047-212 OCT 2 RAP ....................................................................................................... 047-213 Different Finisher Detected RAP ....................................................................... 047-214 MCU Duplex Module RAP................................................................................. 047-215 MCU Exit Communication Error RAP................................................................ 047-216 MCU Finisher Communication RAP.................................................................. 047-217 MCU HCF Communication RAP .......................................................................
061 ROS
061-315 Start Of Scan RAP ............................................................................................ 061-321 ROS Motor RAP................................................................................................ 061-333 ROS Fan Defect RAP .......................................................................................
062 IIT
062-211 IIT/IPS PWB EEPROM RAP ............................................................................. 062-277 IIT/IPS PWB DADF PWB Communication RAP................................................ 062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP ............................................................................... 062-310 IIT/IPS PWB Controller Communication RAP ................................................... 062-311 IIT/IPS Software RAP........................................................................................ 062-345 IIT/IPS Subsystem RAP .................................................................................... 062-357 CCD Fan Failure RAP....................................................................................... 062-360 Carriage Position RAP ...................................................................................... 062-371 Lamp Illumination RAP...................................................................................... 062-380 Platen AGC CH1 RAP....................................................................................... 062-386 Platen AOC CH1 RAP....................................................................................... 062-389 Carriage Over Run RAP.................................................................................... 062-392 IIT/IPS PWB Memory Failure-1 RAP ................................................................ 062-393 IIT/IPS PWB RAM RAP..................................................................................... 062-500 IISS ROM RAP.................................................................................................. 062-790 Prohibited Document Detection RAP ................................................................
071 Tray 1
071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ......................................................... 071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 1 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................
072 Tray 2
072-101 Tray 2 MisFeed JAM RAP................................................................................. 072-105 Tray 2 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ......................................................... 072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 072-211 Tray 2 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 2 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................
041 NVM
041-340 MCU PWB Data RAP........................................................................................ 041-500 ........................................................................................................................... 041-501 ........................................................................................................................... Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
073 Tray 3
073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed JAM RAP.............................................................................. 073-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 3 Feed) RAP ...................................... 073-105 Tray 3 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP .........................................................
February, 2008 2-9
073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 073-211 Tray 3 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 3 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................
2-532 2-533 2-533 2-535 2-536 2-537 2-538 2-539 2-540 2-540 2-541 2-543 2-544 2-545 2-546 2-547 2-548 2-548 2-549 2-550 2-551 2-552 2-552 2-553 2-554 2-554 2-555 2-555 2-556 2-556 2-557 2-557 2-558 2-558 2-559 2-560 2-560 2-561 2-561 2-562 2-562 2-563 2-564
081-799 Registered Destination RAP .............................................................................
2-565 2-567 2-567 2-568 2-568 2-569 2-569 2-570 2-570 2-571 2-573 2-573
091 Drum
091-402 Drum Life Over RAP ......................................................................................... 091-441 Drum Life Near End of Life RAP ....................................................................... 091-910 Waste Toner Bottle Position RAP ..................................................................... 091-911 Waste Toner Full RAP ...................................................................................... 091-912 Xerographics Drum Module Installation RAP.................................................... 091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP ....................................................................... 091-914 Xero CRUM Comm RAP................................................................................... 091-915 Xero CRUM Data RAP...................................................................................... 091-916 Xero CRUM Match RAP....................................................................................
074 Tray 4
074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed JAM RAP.............................................................................. 074-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP ...................................... 074-103 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP ...................................... 074-105 Tray 4 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP......................................................... 074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 074-211 Tray 4 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 071-940 Tray 4 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................
075 MPT
075-135 MPT Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ...........................................................
092 Process Control

092-661 Temperature Sensor RAP................................................................................. 092-662 Humidity Sensor RAP .......................................................................................
077 Jam and Cover Open

077-101 Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP .................................................................... 077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP ....................................................................... 077-104 Exit Sensor off (too short) JAM RAP................................................................. 077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On JAM RAP ....................................................................... 077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON JAM Straight RAP ............................................................ 077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF JAM Straight RAP .......................................................... 077-114 Exit 2 Sensor Static JAM RAP .......................................................................... 077-129 Registration Sensor On JAM (Duplex Feed/Stop Case) RAP .......................... 077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On JAM RAP ..................................................................... 077-131 Duplex Wait Sensor On JAM RAP .................................................................... 077-211 Detected different Type Tray Module RAP ....................................................... 077-300 IOT Front Cover Open RAP.............................................................................. 077-301 Left Hand Interlock Open RAP.......................................................................... 077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP .......................................... 077-307 DUP Cover Open RAP...................................................................................... 077-308 Left Hand HIGH Interlock Open RAP................................................................ 077-309 Left Hand Low Interlock Open RAP .................................................................. 077-310 Controller Failed to send image RAP................................................................ 077-329 Main Motor Stop Error RAP ..............................................................................
093 Toner Supply

093-400 Black Toner Near Empty ................................................................................... 2-575 093-406 Black Toner Pre-Near Empty ............................................................................ 2-575 093-912 ........................................................................................................................... Black Toner Empty.................................................................................................................... 2-576 093-924 Toner K Crum Communication Failure.............................................................. 2-576 093-925 Toner K Crum Data Broken Failure................................................................... 2-577 093-926 Toner K Crum Data Mismatch Failure............................................................... 2-577
094 BTR/IBT
094-417 BTR Unit Pre Warning RAP .............................................................................. 094-420 BTR Unit Warning RAP..................................................................................... 2-579 2-579 2-581 2-581 2-582 2-582 2-583 2-585 2-585 2-586 2-586 2-587 2-587 2-588 2-588 2-589 2-589 2-590 2-590 2-591 2-591
102 User Interface

102-356 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 102-380 UI Control RAP.................................................................................................. 102-381 UI Data Link RAP .............................................................................................. 102-382 Application Layer Command RAP.....................................................................
112 Punch
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full RAP................................................................................
078 Controller
078-101 HCF to Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP ................................................................. 078-102 HCF to Registration Sensor Fault RAP............................................................. 078-104 HCF Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP ..................................................................... 078-210 HCF to Tray 1 Lift RAP ..................................................................................... 078-212 NVM Read/Write Failure RAP........................................................................... 078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock Open RAP ................................................................ 078-301 HCF Docking interlock Open RAP .................................................................... 078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) RAP ........................ 078-900 HCF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam RAP ............................................................ 078-940 HCF Paper Misfeed RAP .................................................................................. 078-941 HCF Paper Tray Size Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 078-945 TTM Tray 3 Lift RAP ......................................................................................... 078-946 TTM Tray 4 Lift RAP .........................................................................................
116 Printing Control

116-210 MediaReader Fatal Error RAP .......................................................................... 116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail RAP ............................................................................ 116-220 Downloader Initialize Fail RAP.......................................................................... 116-310 ESS Font DIMM #2 RAP................................................................................... 116-311 ESS Font DIMM #3 RAP................................................................................... 116-312 HDD Encrypt Key RAP...................................................................................... 116-313 HDD Encrypt Setup RAP .................................................................................. 116-314 Ethernet Address RAP ...................................................................................... 116-315 ESS DDR DIMM #1 R/W Check RAP ............................................................... 116-316 ESS DDR DIMM #2 R/W Check RAP ............................................................... 116-317 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check RAP ...................................................................... 116-318 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check RAP ...................................................................... 116-319 Controller UI Configuration................................................................................ 116-321 System Software RAP.......................................................................................
081 Fax Destination

February, 2008 2-10
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail RAP .................................................................................... 116-323 ESS NVRAM R/W Check RAP ......................................................................... 116-324 System Controller RAP ..................................................................................... 116-325 ESS Fan RAP ................................................................................................... 116-328 Controller Cache RAP....................................................................................... 116-329 Serial Software RAP ......................................................................................... 116-330 HDD File System RAP ...................................................................................... 116-331 Invalid Log Information RAP ............................................................................. 116-332 ESS ROM RAP ................................................................................................. 116-333 LocalTalk Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail RAP ............................................................. 116-335 HDD RAP .......................................................................................................... 116-336 HDD Access RAP ............................................................................................. 116-337 SNTP Software RAP ......................................................................................... 116-338 JBA RAP ........................................................................................................... 116-340 Memory RAP..................................................................................................... 116-341 ROM Version RAP ............................................................................................ 116-342 Network Manager RAP ..................................................................................... 116-343 Main PWB IC RAP ............................................................................................ 116-346 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 116-348 Redirector RAP ................................................................................................. 116-349 SIF RAP ............................................................................................................ 116-350 AppleTalk Software RAP .................................................................................. 116-351 Ether Talk Software RAP .................................................................................. 116-352 NetWare Software RAP .................................................................................... 116-353 HDD Mechanical RAP....................................................................................... 116-354 HDD Product RAP ............................................................................................ 116-355 Agent Software RAP ......................................................................................... 116-356 HDD Format RAP ............................................................................................. 116-357 PostScript RAP ................................................................................................. 116-358 Salutation Software RAP .................................................................................. 116-360 SMB Software RAP........................................................................................... 116-361 Spool HDD RAP................................................................................................ 116-362 SSDP Software RAP......................................................................................... 116-363 Print Service Software RAP .............................................................................. 116-364 Timer RAP ........................................................................................................ 116-365 Spool RAP ........................................................................................................ 116-366 Software Report RAP........................................................................................ 116-367 Parallel Software RAP ...................................................................................... 116-368 Dump Print RAP................................................................................................ 116-370 XJCL RAP......................................................................................................... 116-371 PCL Decomposer Software RAP ...................................................................... 116-372 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 116-373 Dynamic DNS Software RAP............................................................................ 116-374 Auto Switch RAP............................................................................................... 116-375 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 116-376 Port 9100 Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-377 Video DMA RAP ............................................................................................... 116-378 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-379 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 RAP ......................................................................... 116-381 ABL Initialize RAP............................................................................................. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
2-592 2-592 2-593 2-593 2-594 2-594 2-595 2-595 2-596 2-596 2-597 2-597 2-598 2-598 2-599 2-599 2-600 2-600 2-601 2-601 2-602 2-602 2-603 2-603 2-604 2-604 2-605 2-605 2-606 2-606 2-607 2-607 2-608 2-608 2-609 2-609 2-610 2-610 2-611 2-611 2-612 2-612 2-613 2-613 2-614 2-614 2-615 2-615 2-616 2-616 2-617 2-617
116-382 ABL Initialize RAP ............................................................................................. 116-385 IDC Software RAP ............................................................................................ 116-388 MCC RAP.......................................................................................................... 116-389 RAM Install RAP ............................................................................................... 116-390 ROM NVM Mismatch RAP ................................................................................ 116-391 Country Code RAP............................................................................................ 116-395 USB Software RAP ........................................................................................... 116-399 Initialization RAP ............................................................................................... 116-701 Memory Duplex RAP......................................................................................... 116-702 Substitute Font RAP.......................................................................................... 116-703 PostScript Language RAP ................................................................................ 116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow RAP....................................................................... 116-713 HDD Job Full RAP ............................................................................................ 116-714 HP-GL/2 Command RAP .................................................................................. 116-720 PCL Memory RAP............................................................................................. 116-738 Overlay Size Orientation RAP........................................................................... 116-739 Form/Logo Capacity RAP ................................................................................. 116-740 Arithmetic RAP.................................................................................................. 116-741 Maximum Forms Data Register RAP ................................................................ 116-742 Max Logo Registered RAP................................................................................ 116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow RAP ......................................................................... 116-746 Selected Form RAP .......................................................................................... 116-747 Invalid Page Margin RAP .................................................................................. 116-748 Page Image Data RAP...................................................................................... 116-749 PostScript Font RAP ......................................................................................... 116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP........................................................................... 116-752 Print Job Ticket Description Warning RAP........................................................ 116-771 Invalid JBIG Parameter DL Fixed RAP ............................................................. 116-772 Invalid JBIG Parameter D Fixed RAP ............................................................... 116-773 Invalid JBIG Parameter P Fixed RAP ............................................................... 116-774 Invalid JBIG Parameter YD Fixed RAP............................................................. 116-775 Invalid JBIG Parameter L0 Fixed RAP.............................................................. 116-776 Invalid JBIG Parameter MX Fixed RAP ............................................................ 116-777 Invalid JBIG Parameter MY Fixed RAP ............................................................ 116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLength Fixed RAP................................................................ 116-780 Attached Document RAP .................................................................................. 116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (A-Finisher)................................................................. 116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (SB-Finisher) ..............................................................
2-618 2-618 2-619 2-619 2-620 2-620 2-621 2-621 2-622 2-622 2-623 2-623 2-624 2-624 2-625 2-625 2-626 2-626 2-627 2-627 2-628 2-628 2-629 2-629 2-630 2-630 2-631 2-631 2-632 2-632 2-633 2-633 2-634 2-634 2-635 2-635 2-636 2-636 2-637 2-639 2-639 2-640 2-640 2-641 2-641 2-642 2-642 2-643
121 FID-EP
121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP ...................................................................
123 Controller-UI
123-207 Communication Manager Target RAP .............................................................. 123-209 Controller UI Communication RAP.................................................................... 123-310 Send Queue RAP.............................................................................................. 123-311 Receive Queue RAP ......................................................................................... 123-317 Receive Message Queue RAP ......................................................................... 123-318 Receive Finish Queue RAP .............................................................................. 123-320 NVM Initialized for FCW Composition RAP ...................................................... 123-322 UI Target RAP................................................................................................... 123-323 UI Address RAP ................................................................................................
February, 2008 2-11
123-325 Object Creation RAP......................................................................................... 123-326 Memory Overflow RAP ..................................................................................... 123-327 Button Overflow RAP ........................................................................................ 123-328 UI Internal Range RAP ..................................................................................... 123-329 UI Coordinates RAP.......................................................................................... 123-332 Interface Parameter RAP.................................................................................. 123-333 Interface Communication RAP.......................................................................... 123-337 Frame Data RAP............................................................................................... 123-341 Event Queue RAP............................................................................................. 123-342 Event Queue RAP............................................................................................. 123-343 Invalid Class RAP ............................................................................................. 123-344 Invalid Type RAP .............................................................................................. 123-345 Timer Queue Full RAP...................................................................................... 123-346 Invalid Timer Number RAP ............................................................................... 123-369 Interface Value RAP ......................................................................................... 123-370 Interface Length RAP........................................................................................ 123-371 Interface Parameter RAP.................................................................................. 123-372 Interface Sequence RAP .................................................................................. 123-373 Channel RAP .................................................................................................... 123-374 User Job ID RAP............................................................................................... 123-375 Internal Resource RAP ..................................................................................... 123-376 Internal Memory RAP........................................................................................ 123-377 UI Timer RAP .................................................................................................... 123-378 Interface Format RAP ....................................................................................... 123-379 Dispatch RAP.................................................................................................... 123-380 Copy Interface RAP .......................................................................................... 123-381 Fax Interface RAP............................................................................................. 123-382 Scanner Interface RAP ..................................................................................... 123-383 Report Interface RAP........................................................................................ 123-384 Server Access RAP .......................................................................................... 123-385 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 123-386 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 123-387 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 123-388 Attribute RAP .................................................................................................... 123-389 UI Comparator RAP .......................................................................................... 123-390 Job Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 123-391 Job Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 123-392 Auditron RAP .................................................................................................... 123-394 File Access RAP ............................................................................................... 123-395 UI NVM RAP ..................................................................................................... 123-396 UI Software RAP............................................................................................... 123-397 UI Manager RAP............................................................................................... 123-398 Release Queue RAP......................................................................................... 123-399 UI Internal RAP ................................................................................................. 123-400 Internal Interface RAP.......................................................................................
2-643 2-644 2-644 2-645 2-645 2-646 2-646 2-647 2-647 2-648 2-648 2-649 2-649 2-650 2-650 2-651 2-651 2-652 2-652 2-653 2-653 2-654 2-654 2-655 2-655 2-656 2-656 2-657 2-657 2-658 2-658 2-659 2-659 2-660 2-660 2-661 2-661 2-662 2-662 2-663 2-663 2-664 2-664 2-665 2-665 2-667 2-667 2-668 2-668 2-669
124 ROM-RAM
124-310 Product Designation RAP ................................................................................. 124-311 Product Serial Number RAP ............................................................................. 124-312 Machine Codes Mismatch RAP ........................................................................ 124-313 Serial Number RAP........................................................................................... 124-314 IOT Speed RAP ................................................................................................ Status Indicator Raps
124-315 Serial Number Mismatch RAP .......................................................................... 124-316 Product Mode RAP ........................................................................................... 124-317 All Product Mode RAP ...................................................................................... 124-318 Product Type Software Key RAP ...................................................................... 124-319 All Product Types Software Key RAP ............................................................... 124-320 EPROM RAP..................................................................................................... 124-321 Backup SRAM RAP .......................................................................................... 124-322 Software Key RAP ............................................................................................ 124-323 Software Key Registration RAP ........................................................................ 124-324 All Billings Mismatch RAP ................................................................................. 124-325 Billing Restoration RAP..................................................................................... 124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP ....................................................................... 124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Failure RAP ................................................................ 124-333 ASIC RAP ......................................................................................................... 124-334 Standard Font ROM RAP.................................................................................. 124-335 Font ROM RAP ................................................................................................. 124-337 ESS Standard RAM RAP .................................................................................. 124-338 Duplicate Font ROMs RAP ............................................................................... 124-339 ROM DIMM Mismatch RAP .............................................................................. 124-340 CRUM Market RAP ........................................................................................... 124-341 CRUM Market MCU RAP.................................................................................. 124-342 CRUM Market System 1 RAP ........................................................................... 124-343 CRUM Market System 2 RAP ........................................................................... 124-350 CRUM OEM RAP.............................................................................................. 124-351 CRUM OEM MCU RAP..................................................................................... 124-352 CRUM OEM System 1 RAP.............................................................................. 124-353 CRUM OEM System 2 RAP.............................................................................. 124-360 CRUM Validation RAP ...................................................................................... 124-361 CRUM Validation MCU RAP ............................................................................. 124-362 CRUM Validation System 1 RAP ...................................................................... 124-363 CRUM validation System 2 RAP....................................................................... 124-372 IOT Controller Software RAP ............................................................................ 124-373 IOT Manager Software RAP ............................................................................. 124-374 IOT IM Device Driver Software RAP ................................................................. 124-380 CRUM Market (2) .............................................................................................. 124-381 CRUM Market MCU (2)..................................................................................... 124-382 CRUM Market System 1 (2) .............................................................................. 124-383 CRUM Market System 2 (2) .............................................................................. 124-390 OEM Market (2)................................................................................................. 124-391 CRU OEM MCU (2)........................................................................................... 124-392 CRU OEM System 1 (2).................................................................................... 124-393 CRU OEM System 2 (2).................................................................................... 124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP .......................................................................... 124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray RAP..................................................................... 124-705 Punching Cancelled RAP.................................................................................. 124-706 Folding Cancelled RAP ..................................................................................... 124-708 Output Tray Changed to Sub Tray RAP............................................................ 124-709 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP .......................................................................... 124-710 Output Tray Changed from MailBoxSorter RAP ...............................................
2-669 2-670 2-670 2-671 2-671 2-672 2-672 2-673 2-673 2-674 2-674 2-675 2-675 2-676 2-676 2-677 2-677 2-678 2-678 2-679 2-679 2-680 2-680 2-681 2-681 2-682 2-682 2-683 2-683 2-684 2-684 2-685 2-685 2-686 2-686 2-687 2-687 2-688 2-688 2-689 2-689 2-690 2-690 2-691 2-691 2-692 2-692 2-693 2-693 2-695
125 PWScont
125-311 PSW Unexpected Fail RAP...............................................................................
February, 2008 2-12
127 Software
127-310 ESR Task RAP ................................................................................................. 127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail RAP .................................................................................. 127-353 LPD Software RAP ........................................................................................... 127-396 Mail I/O Software RAP ...................................................................................... 127-398 IPP Software RAP............................................................................................. 127-399 JME Software RAP ........................................................................................... 2-697 2-697 2-698 2-698 2-699 2-699 2-701 2-701 2-702 2-702 2-703 2-703 2-704 2-704 2-705 2-705 2-706 2-706 2-707 2-707 2-708 2-708 2-709 2-709 2-710 2-710 2-711 2-711 2-713 2-713 2-715 2-717 2-717 2-719 2-719
133 Fax Control

133-210 Fax Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid RAP .................................................................... 133-212 Fax Read Error- No Data RAP.......................................................................... 133-213 Fax Read Error- Invalid Data RAP .................................................................... 133-214 Fax USB Initializing RAP .................................................................................. 133-215 Fax USB Device RAP ....................................................................................... 133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal RAP.................................................................................. 133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory RAP ................................................................. 133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory RAP............................................ 133-219 Fax Work Memory RAP .................................................................................... 133-220 Fax Control Task RAP ...................................................................................... 133-221 Fax Card Boot RAP .......................................................................................... 133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervalley RAP..................................................... 133-223 Fax Card Reset RAP ........................................................................................ 133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM RAP ............................................................... 133-226 Country Code RAP ........................................................................................... 133-280 Fax Option Slot 1 Board RAP ........................................................................... 133-281 Received unknown message RAP.................................................................... 133-282 Fax Card Download RAP.................................................................................. 133-283 Fax Report Mailbox RAP .................................................................................. 133-700 Staple/Punch Cancelled RAP ........................................................................... 133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP.........................................................................................
134 Fax Card

134-210 Fax Controller Parameter RAP ......................................................................... 134-211 FAX PWB RAP .................................................................................................
202 Timer
202-399 Internal Timer RAP ...........................................................................................
Other Faults
OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP....................................................................... OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP ........................................................................................... OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP............................................................................................. OF 4 Dark / Blank Display RAP ......................................................................................
February, 2008 2-13
February, 2008 2-14
002-500 UI Error RAP

UI detection error while in CUI scan job start: 1. 2. 3. 4. IIT is occupied. Fault is occurring. Service is not CUI. The upper limit number of sheet for XSA
002-770 Job Template Processing - HD Full RAP

Job aborted due to insufficient HDD capacity during Job Template processing.
Procedure
Ask customer to separate job into smaller parts. Helpful information may be found in User Guide sections Overwrite Hard Disk or Mailbox.
Procedure
Retry the same operation after the fault is cleared, or check limitation with XSA. If the problem continues, call for Service.
February, 2008 2-15
002-500, 002-770
002-500, 002-770
February, 2008 2-16
003-318 IIT Soft Failure RAP

The IIT software is faulty.
003-319 IIT Video Driver Detection Failure RAP

A Compression Threshold overflow, DMA Transfer error, or Other compression system errors were detected.
Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
February, 2008 2-17
003-318, 003-319
003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP

An abnormal parameter is set for the send function.

The acknowledgement could not be received after 2 resend attempts.
Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
003-320, 003-321
February, 2008 2-18

The Packet number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

The Message Length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.
Procedure
Procedure
February, 2008 2-19
003-322, 003-323

Message Length of the Packet is incorrect.

A parity error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.
Procedure
Procedure
003-324, 003-325
February, 2008 2-20

Framing error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.

An overrun error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.
Procedure
Procedure
February, 2008 2-21
003-326, 003-327

Receive interruption was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB.)

A transmission failure occurred.
Procedure
Procedure
003-328, 003-329
February, 2008 2-22

The Packet number of the received Message Packet is incorrect.

The Message Length of the received Message Packet is incorrect.
Procedure
Procedure
February, 2008 2-23
003-330, 003-331

The Check Code of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

A parity error was detected by the UART.
Procedure
Procedure
003-332, 003-333
February, 2008 2-24

A framing error was detected by the UART.

An overrun error was detected by the UART.
Procedure
Procedure
February, 2008 2-25
003-334, 003-335

After the header was recognized, it was detected that receiving was aborted.

After restoring from Power Saver mode, there was no response to the Power On command sent to the IIT/IPS PWB within the specified time.
Procedure
Procedure
003-336, 003-337
February, 2008 2-26

The driver detected an incorrect send parameter argument from the application.

The establishment of PAR transmission failed.
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
February, 2008 2-27
003-338, 003-339

A PAR synchronization error during send occurred.

A PAR transmission error during send occurred.
Procedure
Procedure
003-340, 003-341
February, 2008 2-28

The driver detected an incorrect receive parameter argument from the application.

A PAR synchronization error during receive occurred.
Procedure
Procedure
February, 2008 2-29
003-342, 003-343
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back RAP

Different magnification, for surface and back.
003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs RAP

No sheets are stored in the setting conditions.
Procedure
Change settings so that magnification is the same for both sides of the same document.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Booklet Creation.
003-702, 003-750
February, 2008 2-30
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan) RAP

The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small).
003-752 Cannot scan over 600DPI RAP

The selected resolution was too large for scanning mixed size originals using the document feeder.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Scan Size Defaults Scan Size Original Size Defaults Repeat Image Other Settings Emulation Settings Internet Fax Profile
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Resolution Internet Fax Profile Scan Resolution
February, 2008 2-31
003-751, 003-752

The selected resolution was too large for scanning mixed size originals using the document feeder.
003-754 S2X Recovery RAP

There is a recoverable S2X error.
Initial Actions Procedure

A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Resolution Internet Fax Profile Scan Resolution Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job if the error did not clear after the power off/on.
003-753, 003-754
February, 2008 2-32
003-755 S2X Command Error RAP

There is an S2X command error.
003-756 Blank Originals RAP

No image data was scanned from the documents.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job if the error did not clear after the power off/on.
Procedure
Check if the document is comprised of blank sheets, or if the front and back of the documents are correct. Repeat operation.
February, 2008 2-33
003-755, 003-756

Non-scannable 400dpi or more resolution detected after DADF Mix Duplex Mode Job is accepted.
003-760 Scan Settings Error RAP

Invalid Scan Job Parameter.
Procedure Procedure
Change to 300dpi or less resolution for scan or change the job to that scannable with NonMixed mode. Abort job, change parameters and repeat operations.
003-757, 003-760
February, 2008 2-34
003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size RAP

When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in Auto Paper Selection the paper size is different from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray.
003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found RAP

When Automatic Gradation Correction was executed, the patch for position detection on the document was not available.
Procedure
The paper size in the tray selected by auto tray switching differs from the paper size in the tray selected at the tray selection. Either change the paper size for the tray, or change the paper type priority setting.
Procedure
Reposition the Automatic Gradation Correction Chart.
February, 2008 2-35
003-761, 003-763
003-764 Image Overlay RAP

There is an image overlay problem.
003-780 FAX Scan Compression Error RAP

Compression of scanned data was unsuccessful.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to lower the resolution or reduction/enlargement ratio. Or try to break down the size of the original.
Procedure
Ask customer to verify the job setup and rerun the job.
003-764, 003-780
February, 2008 2-36
003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP

After auto document detection in Auto Reduce/Enlarge, the Reduce/Enlarge ratio did not fall within the specified range (25%~400%).
003-930 300 DPI Scan RAP

Cannot scan over 300 DPI.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to set the document size manually or change reduction/enlargement ratio. Scan at 300 dpi or lower.
February, 2008 2-37
003-795, 003-930

Cannot scan over 400 DPI.

Cannot scan 600 DPI.
Procedure
Scan 400 dpi or lower.
Procedure
Scan at under 600 dpi.
003-931, 003-932
February, 2008 2-38

Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI.

Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI.
Procedure
Scan at 300 dpi or lower.
Procedure
Scan at 400 dpi or lower.
February, 2008 2-39
003-933, 003-934

Next Documents Cannot scan 600DPI.
003-940 Memory RAP

A scanner memory limit is reached.
Procedure
Scan at under 600 dpi.
Procedure
Power Off/On. If the problem persists replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
003-935, 003-940
February, 2008 2-40
003-942 Document size Auto Detect Failure RAP

The document size cannot be automatically detected.
003-944 Image repeat count Failure RAP

No complete images are output using Automatic Size.
Procedure
Ask customer to set the document size manually.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Paper Size Settings.
February, 2008 2-41
003-942, 003-944
003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS) RAP

Paper size that does not support rotation was selected even though part of the image will be cut off if it is not rotated.
003-947 Return Documents counts error RAP

The number of documents returned by the user was less than the number of specified documents.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Rotate 90 degrees Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen
Procedure
Check the number of documents and repeat the operation.
003-946, 003-947
February, 2008 2-42
003-948 Return Documents mismatch RAP

A document that is different (document size/orientation and Color mode in ACS) from the document before document return was loaded.
003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP

There is a color mismatch among returned documents.
Procedure Procedure
Check the document size and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Ask customer to cancel the job, check job settings and rerun the job.
February, 2008 2-43
003-948, 003-952
003-955 Documents size exchange error RAP

When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/ orientation from the initial document was detected.
003-956 Documents size unknown error RAP

With Platen selected, the document size could not be identified. (APS, Auto Paper Selection only)
Procedure
Check the document size/orientation and repeat the operation.
Procedure
Enter the document size or select a tray with the same paper size as the document.
003-955, 003-956
February, 2008 2-44
003-963 No APS object Tray RAP

There was no APS (Auto Paper Selection) compatible tray that could supply paper for printing without omitting part of the image.
003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IIT Detect) RAP

There was no paper in the tray for APS (Auto Paper Selection).
Procedure Procedure
Select a tray that supplies such paper and repeat the operation. Add paper in the tray and repeat the operation.
February, 2008 2-45
003-963, 003-965
003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IIT) RAP

There was no tray for APS (Auto Paper Selection).
003-967 DADF APS No Destination RAP

Document size with DADF 8.511SEF Document size input not included. Mix Size is not selected. Magnification is variable.
Procedure
Change the parameter setting and repeat the operation.
APS Copy job with the above is designated but the tray to be selected is not available. Although A4SEF original is set, it is detected as 8.511SEF.
Procedure
1. 2. Load tray with the paper of the size displayed on the Panel or select the tray in which the paper requested is loaded. If A4SEF document is detected as Letter document, cancel the job and then readjust DADF document guide securely until they touches the edges of the documents. Re-run the job.
003-966, 003-967
February, 2008 2-46
003-968 Punch Position Error RAP

Cannot punch for the selected paper size.
003-969 Punch Size Error RAP

Cannot punch at selected position. (APS/Tray selection common)
Procedure
To designate appropriate Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job. appropriate position and restart the job.
Procedure
To designate the proper Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job.
February, 2008 2-47
003-968, 003-969
003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow RAP

Document size exceeds scanning capacity.
003-971 Prevention Code Detect RAP

Prevention code detect with the right to cancel.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Load the Documents Document Feeder Paper Supply Original Size Mixed Size Originals Repeat Image Internet Fax Profile Scan Size Emulation Settings Original Size Defaults 2 Up On Receipt Scan Size Defaults
Procedure
This document cannot be copied; press Cancel / Continue button on panel.
003-970, 003-971
February, 2008 2-48
003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow RAP

The number of scanned pages stored exceeded the maximum number set in the system data.
003-973 Every direction difference RAP

Rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the image are different and part of the image will be omitted if it is not rotated.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Stored Documents Covers Priority Send/Delayed Start Internet Fax Profile Store for Polling Public Mailbox - Document List Screen Mailbox Screen Check Mailbox Print Job Status Charge Print
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Rotate 90 degrees Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen
February, 2008 2-49
003-972, 003-973
003-974 Next Original Specification RAP

Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents.
003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) RAP

Document size exceeds scanning capacity.
Procedure
No action required.
Procedure
003-974, 003-976
February, 2008 2-50
003-977 Document Mismatch (Multiple Scan) RAP

The document size differs from the one set previously for the Bound Originals feature.
003-978 Color Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) RAP

Document Color Mismatch (a change of document in Multi Scan: 1. A change of documents during scanning a Bound Document/As Book/Poster 2. In multi-scan job on platen (book copying / AsBook / Poster), upon operations involving setting document again, size of document set later detected to be different from that of document originally set. Document of different color from document set originally was set upon ACS.
Procedure
Procedure
Reload the appropriate documents and run the job.
February, 2008 2-51
003-977 , 003-978
003-980 Staple position error RAP

Stapling could not be done at the specified position.
003-981 Staple size error RAP

Stapling on Documents with different widths.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Staple Position Copy Output Copy Output Screen Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen
Procedure
Ensure customer selects stapling only when documents are the same width.
003-980 , 003-981
February, 2008 2-52
003-982 IIT HDD Access Error RAP

BSD-ON:3.1/6.2 There is a problem with IIT accessing the Hard Drive.
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT/IPS PWB Harness. Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization. If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
February, 2008 2-53
003-982
003-982
February, 2008 2-54
005-121 CVT Feed Sensor On JAM RAP

BSD-ON:5.4/5.5 After the first-out feed operation started (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode, the DADF Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
B Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.6) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 2-55
005-121
005-122 CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP

After the Pre Feed operation started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex or Simplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. After the Pre Feed operation started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B Status Indicator Raps
005-122
February, 2008 2-56
005-123 CVT Simplex/Side1 Registration JAM RAP

After pre-registration started (DADF Feed Motor On (CCW)), the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between /J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between /J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Status Indicator Raps
February, 2008 2-57
005-123
005-125 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP

After the Pre Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the DADF Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Status Indicator Raps
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-125
February, 2008 2-58
005-131 CVT Invert On JAM RAP

After the Registration Sensor turned On during Invert operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
B Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Status Indicator Raps
February, 2008 2-59
005-131
005-132 CVT Invert On JAM 2 RAP

After the Read Speed Control operation started (Registration Motor On (CCW)), the Invert Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Status Indicator Raps Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-132
February, 2008 2-60
005-134 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM (Inverter) RAP

After the Registration Sensor turned Off on inverting at Invert, the Invert Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Status Indicator Raps
February, 2008 2-61
005-134
005-135 CVT Side2 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP

After the Invert operation started (Registration Motor On (CW)) at Invert, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 andJ761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J766 and P/J756. Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-135
February, 2008 2-62
005-136 CVT Side2 Registration On JAM RAP

After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned On at Invert, the DADF Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761 P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 andJ754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 2-63
005-136
005-139 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM RAP

After the Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps
005-139
February, 2008 2-64
005-145 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP

After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned Off at Invert, the Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. Open the DADF Top Cover and remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J764 and P/J754. Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 2-65
005-145
005-146 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP

1. 2. After the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off in 1 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. After the DADF Registration Motor turned On in 2 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J766 and P/J756. Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps
005-146
February, 2008 2-66
005-147 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP

After the DADF Registration Motor turned On at Invert, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J766 and P/J756. Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it works. Y N Install the Invert Gate correctly. Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755. Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 2-67
005-147
005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Mix-size RAP

In Mixed Size Originals, it was detected that the Fast Scan Direction size was different from the width of the document guide.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1. Check the document guide and repeat the operation. Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Front). Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Rear). Ensure customer refers to User Guide headings Document Feeder, Mixed Size Originals, and Margin Shift for correct operation.
B Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J771 and P/J759. Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J772 and P/J759. A B Status Indicator Raps
005-194
February, 2008 2-68
005-196 CVT Size Mismatch JAM (No Mix) RAP

The second and subsequent documents are different size to the first document.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1.
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J771 and P/J759. Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J772 and P/J759. Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 2-69
005-196
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM RAP

A prohibited size combination was detected.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1.
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J771 and P/J759. Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J772 and P/J759. Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). A B Status Indicator Raps
005-197
February, 2008 2-70
005-198 Too Short Size JAM RAP

The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the Slow Scan Direction.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Y N Use a paper size within the specification. Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 2-71
005-198
005-199 Too Long Size JAM RAP

The system detected a document with the following length in the Slow Scan Direction: Simplex mode: 672.4mm or longer Duplex mode: 480.1mm or longer Refer to BSD 5.4.
N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Y N Use a paper size within the specification. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.
005-199
February, 2008 2-72
005-275 DADF ROM Download Error

There is a download error in the DADF ROM PWB.
005-275 DADF Error

There is a processing error in the DADF PWB.
Procedure
Switch off the power. Ensure the ROM is properly installed in the DADF PWB. Switch on the power. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the P/Js on the DADF PWB. Switch on the power. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
February, 2008 2-73
005-275, 005-275
005-280 DADF EPROM Failure RAP

The DADF-EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation.
005-284 DADF Auto Paper Selection Sensor Logic Failure RAP

The combinations of outputs from the DADF APS 1 Sensor, DADF APS 2 Sensor and DADF APS 3 Sensor are abnormal.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.5.
Procedure
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [005-280] reoccurs. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-218]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J777 and P/J761. Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7). Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-219]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J778 and P/J761. Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A
005-280, 005-284
February, 2008 2-74
A Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Failure RAP

After the DADF Nudger Motor started reverse rotation, the DADF Nudger Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9). Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-220]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J779 and P/J785. Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11). Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.2.
Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[005-225]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J788 and P/J786. Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J787 and P/J786. Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps
February, 2008 2-75
005-284, 005-285
B Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Failure RAP

During document transport, before the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned Off.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control [005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A
005-285, 005-286
February, 2008 2-76
A Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
February, 2008 2-77
005-286
005-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open (running) RAP

The system detected that the DADF Interlock was opened while the DADF was running (RUN/ SUSPEND).
005-306 Tray Interlock Open RAP

Tray Interlock Open during DADF operation detected.
Procedure Initial Actions

Refer to BSD 1.3. To ensure that the Tray is Closed. Check the connections between the Tray Interlock Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Tray Interlock Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Feeder Cover correctly. Check installation of the DADF Interlock Switch. The DADF Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the DADF Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control[005-212 DADF Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Feeder Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J753, F1 and F2. P/J753, F1 and F2 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J753, F1 and F2. Check the wire between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wires between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7) between J753-2 and J7531 (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting successfully when the DADF Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when the contact is opened. Y N Replace the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-305, 005-306
February, 2008 2-78
005-309 CVT L/H Interlock Open RAP

CVT L/H Interlock Open while running.
005-500 Downloader Failure RAP

Detected error while writing DADF-ROM. Cannot work normally because the contents of ROM have been erased.
Procedure
Check the following: connector cables (connecting Interlock Switch and DADF-PWBA), or DADF-PWBA. For damage to the cover, repair or replace Feeder Cover as required Connector between the Interlock Switch and the DADF PWB, repair or replace as required The Interlock Switch for alignment or damage, align or replace the L/H Interlock Switch as required
Procedure
Power Off/On. If it fails while retrying, replace DADF-ROM and upgrade with DLD method again. If the problem continues, reload the software.
February, 2008 2-79
005-309, 005-500
005-906 CVT Feed Sensor Static JAM RAP

Paper remains on the DADF Feed Out Sensor.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4. Remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205 DADF Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J769 and P/J758. Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-906
February, 2008 2-80
005-907 CVT Pre-Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP

Paper remains on the DADF Pre Registration Sensor.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206 DADF Pre Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
February, 2008 2-81
005-907
005-908 CVT Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP

Paper remains on the DADF Registration Sensor.
005-909 DADF Lead Sensor Static Jam

Lead Reg Sensor On detected at the timing below: 1. Power On 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close 3. Platen Interlock Close.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110 DADF Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J782 and P/J761. Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Lead Reg Sensor. Check the connections between the Lead Reg Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Lead Reg Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-908, 005-909
February, 2008 2-82
005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam

Out Sensor On detected at the timing below: 1. Power On 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close 3. Platen Interlock Close.
005-911 DADF Exit 1 Sensor Static Jam

Exit1 Sensor On detected at the timing below: 1. Power On 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close 3. Platen Interlock Close.
Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Out Sensor. Check the connections between the Out Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Out Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Exit1 Sensor. Check the connections between the Exit1 Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Exit1 Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
February, 2008 2-83
005-910, 005-911
005-912 DADF Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam

Exit2 Sensor On detected at the timing below: 1. Power On 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close 3. Platen Interlock Close.
005-913 CVT Invert Sensor Static JAM RAP

Paper remains on the DADF Invert Sensor.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211 DADF Invert Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5). Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Exit2 Sensor. Check the connections between the Exit2 Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Exit2 Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-912, 005-913
February, 2008 2-84
005-914 DADF APS1, 2, 3, Sensor Static Jam

APS1, 2, 3, Sensor On detected at the timing below: 1. Power On 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close 3. Platen Interlock Close.
005-915 CVT APS No1 Sensor Static JAM RAP

Paper remains on the APS Sensor 1.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-218 DADF APS 1 Sensor]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J777 and P/J761. Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7). Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on APS1, 2, 3, Sensor. Check the connections between the APS1, 2, 3, Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the APS1, 2, 3, Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
February, 2008 2-85
005-914, 005-915

Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-219 DADF APS 2 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J778 and P/J761. Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9). Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-916
February, 2008 2-86

005-918 CVT Invert Sensor Static Jam RAP

CVT Invert Sensor On detected at the timing below: 1. Power On 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close 3. Platen Interlock Close.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-220 DADF APS 3 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J779 and P/J785. Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag 11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11). Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on CVT Invert Sensor. Check the connections between the CVT Invert Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the CVT Invert Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
February, 2008 2-87
005-917, 005-918
005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Failure RAP

The following detected: With the document being set, Level Sensor does not turn On or Bottom Snr does not turn Off in a specified time from start of Tray Lift Up. Detected except for During Run, during Stop, or during Purge.
005-940 DADF No Original Failure RAP

Removal of Documents detected.
Procedure
Follow instructions on the UI Screen
Procedure
Removal of set document cancels the fault. If it occurs frequently, check the Level Sensor, Tray Motor, Tray Drive Assembly, area for binding, damage, and/or debris. Check the connections between the Level Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Level Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-919, 005-940
February, 2008 2-88
005-941 DADF Not Enough Documents Failure RAP

After all originals returned, shortage of documents detected.
005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF RAP

Due to too many document sheets, no documents could not be fed.
Procedure
Follow instructions on the UI Screen
Initial Actions
Reduce the number of sheets and repeat the operation. Refer to BSD 5.2.
Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[005-225 DADF Nudger Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J788 and P/J786. Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3). Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J787 and P/J786. Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 2-89 Status Indicator Raps
005-941, 005-942
A Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
005-942
February, 2008 2-90
010-313 Control (Center) Thermistor Failure RAP

BSD-ON:10.1 The Control (Center) Thermistor has an open circuit.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
February, 2008 2-91
010-313
010-314 Rear Thermistor Failure RAP

BSD-ON:10.1 The Rear Thermistor has an open circuit.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
010-314
February, 2008 2-92
010-318 Hot-Sagging Recovery Failure RAP

BSD-ON:4.1/10.1 The Rear Thermistor detected that the machine does not recover from Hot-Sagging in time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it. Y N Remove the paper. Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover. Execute Component Control[071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP). Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
February, 2008 2-93
010-318
010-320 Heat Roll Over Temperature Failure RAP

BSD-ON:10.1 The Control (Center) Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value. The Rear Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
Procedure
NOTE: When [010-320] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0. Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k Ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between P/J401 and P/J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 4). The wire between J401 and J523 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
010-320
February, 2008 2-94
010-327 Fuser On Time Failure RAP

BSD-ON:10.1 After the Main Lamp turned On during warm up, the Control Thermistor did not detect READY temperature within the specified time. After the Main Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time. After the Sub Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time. After the empty rotation started, the Control Thermistor did not detect the empty rotation finishing temperature within the specified time. After the Main Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time. After the Sub Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a specific temperature within the specified time. Voltage Supply Indoor Temperature
N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/ Flag 3)). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). The wire between J410 and J600 conducts and is free of a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between P/J607 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). The wire between J607 and J600 conducts and if free of a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between P/J401 and P/J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 4). The wire between J401 and J523 conducts and if free of a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions

Procedure
NOTE: When [010-327] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0. Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it. Y N Remove the paper. Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed. Y N Install the Fuser Unit securely. Remove the Fuser Unit. Check the conductivity of the contact points of the Thermostat. The contact points are connected. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Main Lamp between J600-3 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Main Lamp is 100 ohms or lower. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Sub Lamp between J600-1 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Sub Lamp is 100 ohms or lower. Y N Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). There is no open circuit in the Center STS and the resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
February, 2008 2-95
010-327
010-398 Fuser Lock Failure RAP

BSD-ON:10.2 The Fuser Fan failed.
010-420 Fuser Near end of life RAP

BSD-ON:10.3 The Fuser is near end of life.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Clear away foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Turn on the power. Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between P/J214-13 and P/J408-2 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The wire between J214-13 and J408-2 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-3 (+) and CN102-2 (-) (BSD 10. 2 Flag 2). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Check the wire between P/J214-14 and P/J408-1 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The wire between J214-14 and J408-1 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Turn on the power. Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
010-398, 010-420
February, 2008 2-96
010-421 Fuser end of life RAP

BSD-ON:10.2 The Fuser is near end of life.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Clear away foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.
Procedure
Turn on the power. Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Y N Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire conducts with less than a few ohms. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
February, 2008 2-97
010-421
010-421
February, 2008 2-98
012-132 (A-Finisher) Ent Sensor ON Jam

BSD-ON:12.3 Finisher Entrance Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after receiving the Sheet Exit command (the sheet to be ejected has turned ON the IOT Exit Sensor 1).
B Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-5 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check that the Finisher Entrance Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/On.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport path is in normal condition. Y N Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust. Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly connected to the IOT. Y N Reinstall the Finisher properly. Enter Component Control [012-140]. Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The J8709 and J8729 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
February, 2008 2-99
012-132 (A-Finisher)
012-151 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF Jam

BSD-ON:12.3 The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after it has turned On.
N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Initial Actions
Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not binding. Power Off/On.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter Component Control [012-095]. The Finisher Transport Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8739. P/J8706 and P/J8739 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8739 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8736. The wire between J8706 and J8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-5 (+) and GND (-), and between Finisher PWB J8706-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-013]. When the Sub Paddle Solenoid is turned On/Off, the Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly goes down/up. Y N Check the Sub Paddle mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The Sub Paddle mechanism is free from defects and gears are seating properly. Y N Repair defeats to the Sub Paddle mechanism. Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8734. P/J8705 and P/J8734 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8705 and P/J8734 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8734. The J8705 and J8734 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport path is in normal condition with no foreign object, deformed part and paper dust. Y N Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust. Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. The Transport Roll is in normal condition, not worn and deteriorated and with no paper dust. Y N Remove the paper dust and replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll. Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed, broken part, and/or belt damage. The drive mechanism is free of defects. Y N Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The J8728 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wire J8709 and
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A Status Indicator Raps B
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 2-100
B Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the circuit is OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
012-152 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor ON Jam

BSD-ON:12.3 The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after receiving the Sheet Exit command (the paper to be ejected has turned On the IOT Exit Sensor 1).
Enter [012-013], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Sub Paddle Solenoid (PL 22.3).
Initial Actions
Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/On.
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is ins spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport path is in normal condition with no foreign object, deformed part and paper dust. Y N Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust. Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. The Transport Roll is in normal condition. Y N Remove the paper dust and replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll. Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage. The drive mechanism free from defects. Y N Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly connected to the IOT. Y N Reinstall the Finisher properly. Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The 8709 and J8728 are OK. A wires between J
012-151 (A-Finisher), 012-152 (A-Finisher)
A Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
012-161 (A-Finisher) Set Eject Jam

BSD-ON:12.3 In the Eject Motors ejecting operation, Eject Home Sensor ON was detected within a specified time after the start of the reverse operation of the Eject Motor. (The Eject Motor should have ejected paper, but returned Home earlier than specified.)
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The voltage normally changes. Y N Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-095]. The Finisher Transport Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8739. P/J8706 and P/J8739 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8739 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8739. The wire between J8706 and J8739 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-5 (+) and GND (-), and J8706-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object. Power Off/On.
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check the Eject mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage. The Eject mechanism free from defects. Y N Repair the Eject mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The J8700 and J8725 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10). A Status Indicator Raps B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
B Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
012-211 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Fail

BSD-ON:12.8 Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started lifting up, the Stack Height Sensor did not detect the lifting up of the Stacker Tray. Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started going down at initialization and during a job, the lower position of the tray (Full) could not be detected based on the changes in the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 and the Stacker Stack Sensor 2. Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object. Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken. Power Off/On.
Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The J8706 and J8741 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Initial Actions

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. Check the Eject Motor drive mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage The drive mechanism free from defects. Y N Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the mechanism. Run DC330[012-267]. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wire between J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet 7.2.36 A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 2-103 Status Indicator Raps
A Enter [012-278]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
B Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-5 (+) and (-). Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-279]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Go to Wirenet 7.2.38 A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-2 (+) and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open and short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). B Status Indicator Raps
012-221 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:12.4 During the moving of the Front Tamper, when the Front Tamper Home Sensor was Off, to the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not detected turning On within a specified time after the Front Tamper started moving.
A Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710 P/J8738A and P/J8738B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The between are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires
Initial Actions
Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/ON.
Procedure
Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Front Tamper is defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Front Tamper mechanism. Run DC330[012-220]. Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The J8700 and J8724 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
voltage
is
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Status Indicator Raps
012-223 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:12.4 At the end of the operation to turn Off the Front Tamper Home Sensor that was On, the Front Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off. The Front Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Front Tamper Motor stopped, but the Front Tamper Home Sensor was On. Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/ON.
Initial Actions

Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The wire between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Front Tamper free from defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Front Tamper drive mechanism. Run DC330[012-220]. Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The J8700 and J8724 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front voltage Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10).
012-224 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:12.4 At the end of the operation of trying to turn Off the Rear Tamper Home Sensor that was On, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off. The Rear Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Rear Tamper Motor stopped, but the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was On. Check the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/ON.
Initial Actions

Enter [012-026] and [012-029] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B. P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B. The wire between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-1 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Repair the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Rear Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Rear Tamper is free from defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Check the drive mechanism to the Rear Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no not-seated gears. Y N Repair the Rear Tamper drive mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display of changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The J8700 and J8726 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear voltage Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9).
012-259 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:12.6 In the Eject Motors initializing operation and ejecting operation, one of the following is met. With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction. Within a specified time after that, the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning On. With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction. The Eject Home Sensor should have been detected turning On and then the Eject Motor stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not On. Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object. Power Off/ON.
N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The J8706 and J8741 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. wires between
Initial Actions

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the mechanism. Run DC330[012-252]. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wire between J8700 and J8725 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor. The voltage changes Y N Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates.
012-263 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:12.4 During the moving of the Rear Tamper from when the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was Off to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was not detected turning On within a specified time after the Rear Tamper started moving.
A Enter [012-026] and [012-029] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B. P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B. The between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires
Initial Actions
Check the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/ON.
Procedure
Check the Rear Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from moving. The Rear Tamper is free from defects and binding. Y N Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Check the drive mechanism to the Rear Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Rear Tamper drive mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The wire between J8700 and J8726 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear voltage Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-1 (+) and GND (-), and between J8710-3 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
012-280 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:12.6 In the Eject Motors initializing operation and ejecting operation, the Eject Motor had rotated forward for a time corresponding to a specified qty of pulses since the Eject Home Sensor was On, and then the motor stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning Off.
B Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The J8706 and J8741 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
wires
between
Initial Actions
Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object. Power Off/ON.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The J8700 and J8725 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely. A B Status Indicator Raps
012-283 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:12.7 In the initialize operations each at Power On, when Interlock closed and at the start of a job, and in the Set Clamp Motors ejecting operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor was not detected turning On within a specified time after the start of the Set Clamp Motor operation.
N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8740 securely. wires between
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8740. The J8706 and J8740 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/ON.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the Set Clamp mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/ J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and J8723. The wires between J8707 and J8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set voltage Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The changes. Y N Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-017]. The Set Clamp Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8740. P/J8706 and P/J8740 are securely connected. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-284 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail

BSD-ON:12.7 In the initialize operations each at Power On, when Interlock closed and at the start of a job, and in the Set Clamp Motors ejecting operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor was not detected turning Off within a specified time after the start of the Set Clamp Motor operation.
N Connect P/J8706 and P/J8740 securely. wires between
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8740. The J8706 andJ8740 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and that the actuator is not broken. Power Off/ON.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mechanism is free from defects and belt damage. Y N Repair the Set CLamp mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/ J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and J8723. The wires between J8707 andJ8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The voltage changes normally. Y N Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-017]. The Set Clamp Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8740. P/J8706 and P/J8740 are securely connected. A Status Indicator Raps
012-291 (A-Finisher) Stapler Fail

BSD-ON:12.5 Within a specified time after the Staple Motor started rotating in reverse direction, the Staple Head Home Sensor was never detected turning On.
B Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB P/J8701-5 (+) and GND (-). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and include no foreign objects. Power Off/ON.
Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The J8705 and J8735 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. wires between
Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Measure the voltages between Finisher PWB J8705-3, 4, 5, 6 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7) Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
012-301 (A-Finisher) Top Cover Interlock OPEN

BSD-ON:12.1 The Top Cover Interlock Open was detected.
N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed. Check the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor and the Finisher Top Cover Interlock +24V Switch are properly installed, not broken, and have no foreign objects Power Off/ON.
Procedure
Check the following; Top Cover installation Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor for damage Finisher Top Cover Interlock +24V Switch actuator for any damage
These parts are in normal condition. Y N Repair or replace any of the parts that has a defect. Enter Component Control [012-300]. Open and close the Top Cover to block and unblock the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8730. P/J8701 and P/J8730 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8730 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8730. The J8701 and J8730 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-2 (+) and GND (-). Open and close the Top Cover to block and unblock the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 22.3). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and GND (-). The approx. +24VDC. Status Indicator Raps voltage is
012-302 (A-Finisher) Front Cover Interlock OPEN

BSD-ON:12.1 The Front Cover Interlock Open was detected.
012-903 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor

BSD-ON:12.3 At Power On, the Compile Exit Sensor detected paper. While the Main Motor was operating at initialization at Power On, the Compile Exit Sensor detected paper. When the Cycle down operation at the end of a job was complete, the Compile Exit Sensor was On. Check the power supply voltage at the customer site for a drop. Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not binding. Power Off/ON.
Initial Actions
Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed. Check that the Finisher Front Interlock Switch is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object. Power Off/ON.
Initial Actions

Procedure
Check the following; Front Cover installation hinges for any damage Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor for any damage
Procedure
Check for paper remaining on the Compile Exit Sensor and how it is installed. The sensor is properly installed with no paper left there. Y N Remove the remaining paper and reinstall the sensor properly. Run DC330[012-150]. Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The J8709 and J8728 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Thee above parts are OK. Y N Repair or replace any of the parts that are defected. Enter Component Control [012-302]. Open and close the Front Cover to turn On and Off the Finisher Front Interlock Switch. The display changes. Y N Connect the connections of P/J8702 and P/J8733. P/J8702 and P/J8733 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8702 and P/J8733 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8702 and J8733. The J8702 and J8733 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-4 (+) and GND (-). Open and close voltage the Front Cover to turn On and Off the Finisher Front Interlock Switch. The changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Front Interlock Switch (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and (-). The voltage +24VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. is approx.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx.+5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Status Indicator Raps
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-935 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Ent Sensor

BSD-ON:12.3 At Power On the Finisher Entrance Sensor detected paper. While the Main Motor was operating at initialization at Power On, the Finisher Entrance Sensor detected paper. When the Cycle down operation at the end of a job was complete, the Finisher Entrance Sensor was On. Check the power supply voltage at the customer site for a drop. Check the Finisher Entrance Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that the actuator is not binding. Power Off/ON.
Initial Actions

Procedure
Check for paper remaining on the Finisher Entrance Sensor and how it is installed. The sensor is properly installed and free from paper. Y N Remove the remaining paper and reinstall the sensor properly. Enter Component Control [012-140]. Move the Finisher Entrance Sensor actuator by hand or with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The wire between J8709 and J8729 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. Measure the voltage between J8709-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8709-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
012-111 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Off JAM A RAP

BSD-ON:12.14 After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
N Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm. Y N Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-), (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-111
012-112 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM A RAP

BSD-ON:12.14 After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps
012-112
012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP

BSD-ON:12.14 After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-126
012-131 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM B RAP

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps
012-131
012-132 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-132
012-151 Compile Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP

BSD-ON:12.16 After the Compile Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
N Connect P/J8879 and P/J8983.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Check the wire between J8879 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8879 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm. Y N Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/ 12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8869 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps
012-151
012-152 Compile Exit Sensor On JAM RAP

BSD-ON:12.16 After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Check the wire between J8879 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8879 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm. Y N Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/ 12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8869 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-152
012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP

BSD-ON:12.19/12.22 After the Eject Motor turned On, the Compile No Paper Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
B Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) J8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (voltage is approx. ), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-151 Compile No Paper Sensor]. Actuate the Compile No Paper Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8880 and J8984. J8880 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8880 and J8984. Check the wire between J8880 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8880 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Compile Paper Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FORWARD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FORWARD HI]. The Eject Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983. Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-161
012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.24 After Stacker Tray started descending, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
B Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Remove obstructions under the tray. Check the operation of the Stack Height Sensor actuator.
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. wires
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
012-211
012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.24 After the Stacker Tray started descending, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor remained ON.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Remove obstructions under the tray.
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps wires
012-212
012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.24 Stacker descended lower than normal levels, below low limit height.
B Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 wires
012-213
012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.18/12.19 After the Front Tamper started moving to the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn On within 800ms.
B Check the wire between J8884 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.18). The wire between J8884 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/ 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray.
Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8881 and J8984. Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8884 and J8984.
012-221
012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.18/12.19 After the Front Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8881 and J8984. Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8884 and J8984.
012-223
012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.18/12.19 After the Rear Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8882 and J8984. Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.19). The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8883 and J8984.
012-224
012-231 Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:15 The Puncher Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Motor started running.
Initial Actions
Check the following: Puncher Home Actuator for deformation Puncher Home Sensor for proper installation Puncher Home Sensor connectors Puncher Motor for proper operation Puncher Motor connectors
Procedure
Enter Component Control [12-074] and [12-078], Puncher Motor (PL 23.5), alternately. Select Start. The Puncher Motor runs. Y N Select Stop. Check circuit of the Punch Motor. Refer to BSD 12.15 to troubleshoot the Circuit. Select Stop. Select [12-271], Puncher Home Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to BSD 12.15. Check circuit of the Puncher Home Sensor. Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 23.16).
012-231
012-243 Booklet Folder Home Sensor ON Fail

BSD-ON:12.17 Folder Home Sensor is not turned on after the lapse of 500ms from Motor ON while Booklet Knife is returning to Home.
Initial Actions
The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance
Procedure
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-243
012-249 Booklet Front Stapler Fail

BSD-ON:12.17 Booklet Staple Mot F cannot clinch properly; Booklet Staple Cam SW F detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting reverse motion.
012-259 Eject Home Sensor ON Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.22 - Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not detected to turn on subsequently within designated time period - Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not detected to be on upon stop after being detected to be on.
Procedure
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [13-022] and [13023], Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15), alternately. Select Start. The Folder Knife Motor energizes. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-101], Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). Select Start. Block/ unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Remove foreign substances in the Eject mechanism.
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. A
012-249, 012-259
A Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.22 After the Eject Clamp started ascending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within 500ms.
Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND () (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism.
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
A Status Indicator Raps
B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-259, 012-260
B Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Y N Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND () (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.19 After the Rear Tamper started moving to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did not turn On within 800ms.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8882 and J8984. Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12. The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19). Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Component Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8883 and J8984.
B Status Indicator Raps
012-260, 012-263
012-265 Booklet Folder Home Sensor OFF Fail

When the Booklet Home moves from Home position, the Folder Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.
Initial Actions
The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance
Procedure
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed. Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-263, 012-265
012-268 Booklet Rear Stapler Fail

BSD-ON:12.27 Booklet Stapler Assembly (Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Rear Staple Home Switch detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting reverse motion.
012-269 Booklet Sub-CPU Communications Fail

Communications between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB Failed
Initial Actions
Check the connectors at the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB are connected or seated properly Check the wiring between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB for damage
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/ J8995 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/ J8995 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8995-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Procedure
Power OFF and Power ON the Printer. The problem is resolved. Y N Reload the Software. The problem is resolved. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Rerun the job. Rerun the job.
012-268, 012-269
012-282 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.22 After the Eject Clamp started descending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn Off within 200ms.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
012-282
012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.23 After the Set Clamp started operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within 200ms.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8871 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.22). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
012-283
012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.22/12.23 After the Set Clamp completed operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism. Clamp mechanism moves
Procedure
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Set Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8871 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.23). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-050 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. The Set Clamp Clutch (PL 23.11) starts operating. Y N Check the connections of P/J8877 and P/J8983. P/J8877 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8877 and P/J8983. Check the wire between J8877 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.23). The wire between J8877 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Control[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
012-284
012-291 Stapler Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.26/12.27 After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time. After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. Power OFF/ON
B Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
012-291
012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.20 After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Stapler Move Position Sensor turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn On within 2sec. After the Stapler completed moving to the Staple Position, the Stapler Move Position Sensor did not turn On. Power OFF/ON Check the Stapler movement mechanism.
B Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8 ). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions

Procedure
Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18). Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Control[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. A B Status Indicator Raps
012-295
012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.20 After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Staple Move Sensor turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off within 500ms. After the Staple Position had been fixed, the Staple Move Sensor turned Off. After the Staple Move Sensor turned On when paper passed through the Dual Staple 1 Position while moving to the Rear Staple Position, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off within 500ms. Power OFF/ON Check the Stapler movement mechanism.
N Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions

Procedure
Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18). Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Control[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-296
012-300 Eject Cover Open

BSD-ON:12.12 Eject Cover Switch open was detected.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Eject Cover is down Check Eject Cover Switch for improper installation Check Eject Cover Switch connectors for connection failure Check Actuator part for deformation
Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-300], Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11). Select Start. Actuate the Eject Cover Switch. The display changes Y N Select Stop. Check continuity of the Eject Cover Switch. The continuity check is OK. Y N Replace the Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11). Check continuity between the Eject Cover Switch and the Finisher PWB. If the check is OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-300
012-302 Finisher Front Cover Open RAP

BSD-ON:12.12 The Finisher Front Cover is open.
Initial Actions
power OFF/ON Opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover. The Finisher Front Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Finisher Front Cover correctly. Check the installation of the Front Door Interlock Switch. The Front Door Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Front Door Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control[012-302 Front Door Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher Front Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8891 and J8982. J8891 and J8982 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8891 and J8982. Check the wire between J8891 and J8982 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.12. The wire between J8891 and J8982 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Front Door Interlock Switch between J8982-8 and J8982-4 (BSD 12.12). The wire between J8982-8 and J8982-4 is connecting successfully when the Front Door Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when the contact is opened. Y N Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
012-302
012-303 Finisher H-Transport Cover Open RAP

BSD-ON:12.14 The Finisher H-Transport Cover is open.
012-334 Download Mode Failure RAP

Failure in previous download (abnormal termination during download); can only start in Download Mode upon turning power on.

Power OFF/ON Opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. Cable connection between Finisher and IOT is not connected or defective Finisher power cable is plugged in properly Download defective; check the following:
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The Finisher H-Transport Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Finisher H-Transport Cover correctly. Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. The H-Transport Interlock Sensor is installed correctly. Y N Install the H-Transport Interlock Sensor correctly. Execute Component Control[012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor]. Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8860 and J8987. J8860 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8860 and J8987. Check the wire between J8860 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8860 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
012-303, 012-334
012-500 Download Failure RAP

Detected error while writing to Finisher ROM. Proper operation not available since ROM may have been erased.
012-700 Punch Dust Nearly Full RAP

Punch Dust Tray nearly full.
Procedure
Empty the Punch Dust Tray.
Procedure
Retry download. If the problem continues, replace the FInisher ROM (PL 23.16).
012-500, 012-700
012-901 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM RAP

BSD-ON:12.14 Paper remains on the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.
Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the sensor. Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-901
012-903 Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor RAP

BSD-ON:12.16 Paper remains on the Compiler Exit Sensor.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8868 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-903
012-905 Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM RAP

BSD-ON:12.16 Paper remains on the Compile Paper Sensor.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8868 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-905
012-923 H-Transport Entrance SNR static JAM B RAP

BSD-ON:12.14 During standby, paper was detected by the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.
012-935 Paper at Xport Entrance Sensor

BSD-ON:12.16 Control logic reports paper at the Xport Entrance Sensor.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Check for obstructions in the paper path Check that the Finisher is dock correctly to ensure proper Transport Gate operation
Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-100], Finisher Entrance Sensor. Select Start. Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8869 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8861 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-923, 012-935
012-949 Punch Waste Bin Missing RAP

Punch Waste Bin Set Snr detected Punch Box to be missing.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Puncher Waste Bin is present and installed properly The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor for improper installation The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor connectors for connection failure The Puncher Waste Bin Actuator part for deformation and damage The Guide for deformation The Guide for a foreign substance
Procedure
Enter Component Control [14-275], Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Remove and insert the Puncher Waste Bin manually. The display changes Y N Select Stop. Check continuity between the Puncher Box Set Sensor and Finisher Main PWB. The continuity check is OK. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Check the Puncher Waste Box Actuator and Guide for deformation. The Puncher Waste Bin can be removed and inserted properly. Y N Repair or replace the Puncher Waste Bin (PL 23.5). Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
012-949
013-210 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR ON Fail RAP

BSD-ON:12.25 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn on within designated time period
013-211 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR OFF Fail RAP

BSD-ON:12.25 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn off within designated time period
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following: wiring connections operation voltage
Procedure
013-210, 013-211
013-212 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR ON Fail RAP

BSD-ON:12.25 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR does not turn on within designated time period
013-213 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR OFF Fail RAP

Booklet Staple Move Position SNR does not turn off within designated time period
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
013-212, 013-213
013-220 Booklet Fold Detect Fail RAP

BSD-ON:12.17 Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit
013-306 Booklet Safety SW Open RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Ensure the Cover is closed
Procedure
Check the Book Folder for the following: operation binding ware debris
Procedure
Check the Booklet Safety Switch for the following: wiring connections operation voltage
013-220, 013-306
013-307 Booklet Cover Open RAP

Initial Actions
Ensure the Cover is closed
Procedure
Check the Booklet Cover Switch for the following: wiring connections operation voltage
013-307
016-210 Software Option (HDD Error) RAP

One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or the HDD is not installed.
016-211 Software Option (System Memory Low) RAP

One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient System Memory capacity.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage: Allocate Memory Memory Settings Covers Mailbox Screen Properties Properties Features Data Encryption Memory Full Procedure Maximum Stored Pages
016-210, 016-211
016-212 Software Option (Page Memory Low) RAP

One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient Page Memory capacity.
016-213 Software Option (Printer PWB) RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD not installed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check installation of the Printer PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage: Allocate Memory Memory Settings Properties Properties Features Maximum Stored Pages Mailbox Screen Data Encryption Memory Full Procedure Covers
016-212, 016-213
016-214 Serial Number Mismatch RAP

The Serial Numbers are not in sync.
016-215 Software Option RAP

Functions such as scanner cannot be executed due to an option PWB error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Go to GP 4.
Procedure
Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.
016-214, 016-215


Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
016-216 , 016-217
016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD RAP


Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Install the PS Kit, check with System Administrator for availability of the Kit.
Procedure
016-218 , 016-219
016-220 S2X Unrecoverable Error RAP

Unrecoverable error sent by S2X.
016-221 S2X Communication Error RAP

S2X communication error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
If operation is not normal, replace S2X board.
Procedure
016-220, 016-221
016-222 S2X self-diag error RAP

S2X self-diag error.
016-223 S2X SDRAM Error RAP

S2X SDRAM Error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues, replace S2X PWBA.
016-222, 016-223
016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error RAP

S2X failed to access Internal PCI space.
016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error RAP

S2X failed in ROM Checksum test.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues, replace S2X PWBA.
Procedure
Replace S2X board.
016-224, 016-225
016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error RAP

S2X cannot detect Video Clock sent from IIT.
016-227 S2X DDR Error RAP

S2X failed in Internal DDR Memory Write/Read Test.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
(1) Check IISS-S2X cable for disconnection. (2) If NG, replace the cable. (3) If still NG., to replace S2XIF Board. (4) If still NG after (3) above is complete, to replace Ext Board. (5) If still NG after (4) above is complete, to replace S2X Board.
Procedure
Replace S2X board.
016-226, 016-227
016-228 S2X Image Processing Error RAP

S2X failed in comparison of expected value of High-compression processing result obtained by using Internal Test Pattern.
016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail RAP

S2X failed in NVM Checksum test.
Initial Actions Initial Actions

Power Off/On Power Off/On
Procedure Procedure
Remove/insert SDRAM memory to check if it is securely mounted. If the problem continues, replace S2X PWBA. Replace S2X PWBA. (NVM memory is loaded directly to Board.)
016-228, 016-240
016-310 ssmm Job Log Full RAP

Job log file is not obtained from external application (AWAYS) and the files over specified limit (280 files) are stored.
016-311 Scanner Install RAP

The system detected that the scanner is not installed.

Power Off/On after receiving job log file (GetJobLog) from external application (AWAYS) via SSM. Check the electrical connections between the IIT and the ESS. Ensure ribbon cable is connected to P/J 320 on ESS PWB (PL 9.2) NOTE: FAX may be removed for access (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3)
Procedure
Obtain job log file (GetJobLog) from external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that, Power OFF/ON.
016-310, 016-311
016-315 IIT Interface RAP

BSD-ON:6.2 An error was detected in the IF between the IIT and the IOT.
016-316 Page Memory Not Detected RAP

The system detected that the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner was not installed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection of each connector between the IIT and the IOT. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected. Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.
016-315, 016-316
016-317 Page Memory Error- Standard RAP

The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner.
016-318 Page Memory Error- Option RAP

The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Option) of the scanner.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected. Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.
Procedure
Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present. Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage: Allocate Memory Memory Settings Properties Properties Features Maximum Stored Pages Mailbox Screen Data Encryption Memory Full Procedure Covers
016-317, 016-318
016-321 Fax Module Error RAP

An error was detected at System Check Fax.
016-322 JBA Account Full RAP

The accumulated accounting data in Job Based Accounting reached the specified value (15000).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Switch the power off then on 2 minutes after the job is attempted (after an external Accounting Server has read the accounting data). .
Procedure
Check the installation of the FAX PWB. Check that P/Js on FAX PWB are securely connected.
016-321, 016-322
016-323 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP

Scheduled Image Overwrite.
016-324 B Formatter Fatal Error RAP

An internal formatting error occurred. NOTE: Unrecoverable error was detected within Fax Send image conversion area B-Formatter task from extended mailbox in Multi-Send using Job Flow Indication or UI Multi-Send.
Procedure
Wait for the completion of Scheduled Image Overwrite to cancel operation, turn Power OFF/ ON.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-323, 016-324
016-330 ESS SystemMemory Fail-1 RAP

Capacity of Slot1 loaded memory is out of spec.
016-332 ESS SystemMemory Fail-3 RAP

Capacity of Slot1 and Slot2 loaded memory is out of spec.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1 and #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM #1 and #2 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-330, 016-332
016-335 ESS ProgramROM Fail-1 RAP

Program ROM2 CheckSum is not correct.

Program ROM1 Write Command failure.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Perform the following: Remove/insert ESS ROM DIMM #1. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2). Remove/insert Print Kit. Replace Printer Kit (PL xxx). Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-335, 016-336

Program ROM2 Write Command failure.
016-338 ESS FontROM Fail-1 RAP

OnBoard loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Remove/insert ESS ROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Replace Print Kit. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-337, 016-338

Slot1 loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.

Slot2 loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Perform the following: Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #1. Replace ESS FontROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2). Remove/insert Print Kit. Replace Printer Kit (PL xxx). Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-339, 016-340

Slot2 loaded Font ROM CheckSum is out of spec.
016-342 ESS RTC Failure RAP

RTC time range is out of the specified range. (Ex. 13 month 36 day) Time does not go on.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-341, 016-342
016-345 ESS NV-Memory Failure RAP

Initial address data is 0x00.
016-347 ESS PageMemory Failure RAP

Slot2 loaded memory capacity is out of spec.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Replace the NVM PWB (PL xxx). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Remove/insert PageMemory (Option). If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option) (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-345, 016-347
016-348 ESS PageMemory Failure-2 RAP

W/R/V test error for Page Memory.
016-350 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-1 RAP

Product ID cannot be obtained.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the Page Memory connection. If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option) (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connections. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-348, 016-350
016-351 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-2 RAP

W/R/V test error.
016-360 ESS UI Failure-1 RAP

PCI Config space W/R/V test error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connections. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Remove/insert UI Card. If the problem continues, replace the UI Card.(PL xxx). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
016-351, 016-360
016-362 ESS UI Failure-2 RAP

UI Communication error VRAM W/R/V test error if Long Boot Mode is entered, Command/Status line would be normal.
016-363 ESS LyraCard Failure RAP

PCI Config space W/R/V test or internal register W/R/V test error.

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Remove/insert UI Cable Remove/insert UI Card Replace the UI Cable Replace the UI Card Replace the UI (PL 11.1) Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Remove/insert LYZER Card Remove/insert JPEG PWB Replace the LYZER Card Replace the JPEG PWB Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Perform the following in order:
016-362, 016-363
016-364 ESS USB2.0 Host Failure RAP

016-365 ESS USB2.0 Device Failure RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Perform the following in order: Remove/insert LYZER Card Remove/insert USB.0Host Card Replace the LYZER Card Replace the USB.0Host Card Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Perform the following in order: Remove/insert LYZER Card Remove/insert USB.0Device Card Replace the LYZER Card Replace the USB.0Device Card Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
016-364, 016-365
016-366 ESS HDD Failure-1 RAP

IDE Controller error (ideDrv equivalent).
016-367 ESS HDD Failure-2 RAP

HDD W/R/V test error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Perform the following in order: Remove/insert HDD Cable Remove/insert HDD Replace the HDD, HDD Cable (PL 9.2) Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Perform the following in order: Remove/insert HDD Cable Remove/insert HDD Replace the HDD, HDD Cable (PL 9.2) Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
016-366, 016-367
016-368 ESS Torino Failure RAP

016-369 ESS S2X PWB Failure RAP

PCI Config space W/R/V test error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Perform the following in order: Check the Lyzer Card connection Remove/insert Lyzer Card Replace the Lyzer Card Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Perform the following in order: Check the Lyzer Card connection Remove/insert Lyzer Card Replace the Lyzer Card Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
016-368, 016-369
016-400 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP

(1) User name or password set for M/C is not correct. (2) Switch setting of Authentication device physically network-connected with M/C is not correct.
016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP

(1) Fail signal informing that authentication method set for M/C cannot be processed is received from Authentication device physically network-connected with M/C. (2) The signal mentioned in the above (1) is received from authentication server. NOTE: M/C cannot distinguish between (1) or (2).
Procedure
(1) Input 802.1x-authenticated user name or password from M/C operation panel. (2) Check switch setting of Authentication device physically network-connected with M/C.
Procedure
(1) Check switch setting of Authentication device physical network-connection with M/C (2) Try all authentication methods while changing M/C authentication method. Authentication method that the M/C can process is any of MD5, CHAPv2 and PEAPv0. (3) When the problem persists after the above action (1) and (2) is taken, change the setting of authentication server into any of MD5, CHAPv2 and PEAPv0 that can be processed by the M/C.
016-400, 016-401
016-402 802.1x Authentication Failure by Timing Out RAP

No response signal is received from Authentication device physical network-connection with the M/C. Authentication timeout.
016-403 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP

(1) Root certificate is not stored in M/C. (2) M/C root certificate and authentication server certificate are not the same.
Procedure
Check switch setting and network connection of Authentication device physical network-connection with M/C and connect it properly.
Procedure
(1) Store root certificate in M/C (2) Conform authentication server certificate to M/C root certificate, or to conform M/C root certificate to server certificate.
016-402, 016-403
016-404 802.1x Inside Failure RAP

(1) Internal error occurs with 802.1xSupplicant function of M/C. (2) Illegal protocol signal is received from authentication server.
016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP

A PC of the same host name exists on the network.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
To retry the operation.
Procedure
Refer customer to Systems Administrator Guide headings: Information Checklist Changing the Settings Setting Format of config.txt
016-404, 016-450
016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP

Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG.
016-454 DNS Dynamic Update RAP

Unable to retrieve the IP address from DNS.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
1 Check if DNS server address has been properly set to the device 2 Ask system administrator (customer) if DNS the server settings allow Dynamic DNS using IPv6 addresses
Procedure
Check the DNS confutation and IP address of the retrieve setting.
016-453, 016-454
016-455 SMTP Server Time-out RAP

There is no response from the SMTP server within the specified time (60sec).
016-456 SMTP time asynchronous RAP

A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received from the SMTP server.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Settings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below. 1. 2. Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel. Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm on the System Administrator Login screen. NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is (five ones) 11111. If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter a password. The default password is x-admin. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Select System Settings on the System Administrator Menu screen. Select System Settings on the System Settings screen. Select Common Settings on the System Settings screen. Select Machine Clock/Timers on the Common Settings screen. Select the required option. Select Change Settings. Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 1. 2. Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel. Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm on the System Administrator Login screen. NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is (five ones) 11111. If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter a password. The default password is x-admin. Select System Settings on the System Administrator Menu screen. Select System Settings on the System Settings screen. Select Common Settings on the System Settings screen. Select Machine Clock/Timers on the Common Settings screen. Select the required option. Select Change Settings. Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options.
Procedure
If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Settings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below.
10. Select Save. 11. Return to main menu.
10. Select Save. 11. Return to main menu.
016-455, 016-456
016-500 DIMM RAP

A definition is not available at time of publication.
016-501 S2X RAP

A definition is not available at time of publication.
Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication.
Procedure
016-500, 016-501
016-502 ROM Write RAP

There is a ROM writing failure in the Controller.
016-503 SMTP Redirector RAP

The Redirector cannot resolve the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) Server address.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 11.2) If the problem persists, reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings E-mail Information Checklist
016-502, 016-503
016-504 Redirector POP Server RAP

The Redirector cannot resolve the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server address.
016-505 Redirector POP Authentication RAP

The Redirector cannot pass POP (Post Office Protocol) authentication.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address. Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings E-mail E-mail Environments E-mail Setting Setup POP3 Server Settings Test Mail
Procedure
Check that the login name and password for the POP Server are correct. Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings E-mail E-mail Environments E-mail Setting Setup POP3 Server Settings Test Mail
016-504, 016-505
016-513 XPS Error RAP

Invalid Schema, parameter error, XPS file breakage and XPS decomposer internal error occurs while in XPS Bridge is processing.
016-514 XPS Error RAP

Invalid Schema, parameter error, XPS file breakage and XPS decomposer internal error occurs while in XPS Bridge is processing.
Procedure
Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.
Procedure
Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.
016-513, 016-514
016-515 XPS Short of Memory RAP

Memory shortage is detected in XPS Bridge processing.
016-516 XPS PrintTicket Description Error RAP

Procedure
Check if there is any problem in usage of the application for submitting print job and print request content. When no problem is found, to contact supplier of the relevant application for submitting print job. When the problem cannot be solved, to obtain printer setting list, job history report and print data with Print Ticket which has been submitted
Procedure
Change print mode to Standard if it is set toHigh image quality or High speed. When the problem continues, extend memory capacity. When the problem persists even with memory extended to the max. capacity, print using driver (ART-EX, PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.
016-515, 016-516
016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP

PSDecomp detects change of ProcessColorModel or resolution/bi-tone/con-tone parameter while in interpretation of job with Booklet designation.
016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit RAP

Device Document Volume - Reached Limit.
Procedure Procedure
Rewrite PostScript file not to change Page Device ProcessColorModel during operation. Change the maximum number of documents that can be printed.
016-517, 016-519
016-522 LDAP RAP

There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server SSL (Secure Socket Layer) authentication error. An SSL Client Certificate could not be acquired. The LDAP server requires an SSL Client Certificate.
016-523 LDAP RAP

There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server SSL (Secure Socket Layer) authentication error. The server certificate data was incorrect. The machine does not trust the LDAP servers SSL certificate.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Set the SSL Client Certificate on the machine.
Procedure
Register the root certificate of the LDAP server SSL Certificate on the machine.
016-522, 016-523
016-524 LDAP RAP

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server certificate is not yet valid.
016-525 LDAP RAP

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server certificate has expired.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.
Procedure
Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.
016-524, 016-525
016-526 LDAP RAP

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server name does not match the certificate.
016-527 LDAP RAP

There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. There was an SSL authentication internal error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Set the LDAP server address on the machine to match the address on the LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disable] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.
Procedure
This error was generated by the software.
016-526, 016-527
016-533 LDAP RAP

There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error. The machine and the Kerberos server clocks have a time difference that exceeds the Kerberos server clock skew value.
016-534 LDAP RAP

There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error. The realm assigned to the machine does not exist on the Kerberos server or the machine is not connecting to the Kerberos server address.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check that the machine and the Kerberos server clocks have the correct time.
Procedure
Check that the realm name and Kerberos server address settings on the machine are correct. If connected with Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 Server, make sure the realm name is in upper case characters.
016-533, 016-534
016-539 LDAP RAP

There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error.
016-574 Host Name Error RAP

A failure in resolving a problem with a host name in FTP scan
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection to DNS. Or check that the destination server name is entered on DNS.
Procedure
This error was generated by the software.
016-539, 016-574
016-575 DNS Server Error in FTP RAP

In FTP scan, the server was not found on DNS.
016-576 Server Connection Error in FTP RAP

In FTP scan, there is a problem with the connection to the server.
Procedure
Set DNS address. Or set the destination server address, using IP address.
Procedure
Check that the destination FTP server and this machine are set up so that they can communicate with each other on the network. For example, check the following: The IP address of the server is correct The network cable is connected
016-575, 016-576
016-577 FTP Service RAP

FTP Service has a problem.
016-578 Login/Password Error RAP

A login name or password error in FTP scan.
Procedure
Check the following: FTP Service is activated Port No. used for FTP Service is correct
Procedure
Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.
016-577, 016-578
016-579 Scanning Picture Error RAP

There is a problem with the place to save images scanned in FTP scan.
016-580 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP

A failure in acquiring a file name/folder on the FTP scan server.
Procedure
Check that the scanned-images saving place on the FTP scan server is correct.
Procedure
Check the right to access the FTP scan server.
016-579, 016-580
016-581 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP

The suffix of a FTP scan file name/folder name exceeds the limit.
016-582 File Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a FTP scan file.
Procedure
Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder.
Procedure
Check the following: That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place. That the storage place has some space available.
016-581, 016-582
016-583 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a FTP scan lock folder
016-584 Folder Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a FTP scan folder
Procedure
Check the following: If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the job. That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one. That the storage place has some space available.
Procedure
Check the following: That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one. That the storage place has some space available.
016-583, 016-584
016-585 File Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a FTP scan file.Check the right to access the server.
016-586 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a FTP scan lock folder
Procedure
Check the right to access the server.
Procedure
Check the following: The right to access the server. If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the job.
016-585, 016-586
016-587 Folder Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a FTP scan folder
016-588 Data Write-in Failure RAP

A failure in writing data onto the FTP scan server
Procedure
Check the right to access the server.
Procedure
Check that the storage place has some space available.
016-587, 016-588
016-589 Data Read Failure RAP

A failure in reading data from the FTP scan server
016-590 Data Reading Failure RAP

[Overwrite prohibited] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated FTP scan file name is detected.
Procedure
Check that the user has the [right to read data from] folder on the server.
Procedure
Select any option other than [Overwrite prohibited].
016-589, 016-590
016-591 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP

FTP scan filing policy is illegal (when Add selected).
016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP

NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP scan
Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that the file format is not a multi-page one.
Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.
016-591, 016-592
016-593 Internal Scan Error RAP

An internal error occurred in FTP scan.
016-594 TYPE Command Failure RAP

In FTP scan, a TYPE command failed. (network error)
Procedure
If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center.
Procedure
016-593, 016-594
016-595 Port Command Failure RAP

In FTP scan, a Port command failed. (network error)
016-596 CDUP Command Failure RAP

In FTP scan, a CDUP command failed. (network error)
Procedure
Procedure
016-595, 016-596
016-597 Same Name File Exists RAP

FTP scanning stopped because another file (folder) with the same name existed. (CreditMutuel specification)
016-600 Key Operator Authentication Locked RAP

The number of incorrect Key Operator log in attempts reached the limit.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: With multiple machines not accessing the same folder on the same server, repeat the same operation. If this still reoccurs, contact our Custom Support Center. NOTE: Default is 5 events. Chain 700-xxx Common, 701-xxx ADC, 702-xxx Job Settings [700563] can be set between 1 to 10 events. With this feature enabled, the machine denies access when an incorrect System Administrator ID is entered the selected number of times. If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five ones) 11111 default if the System Administrator ID is unavailable.
016-597, 016-600
016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP

The number of incorrect authentication log in attempts reached the limit.
016-700 Password is Under Minimum RAP

Job with password of which number of digit is below the minimum value for a password is received. Make the minimum number of password digit for Security Print and Authentication Print settable. Do not store job with password of which number of digit is below the minimum value.
Procedure
NOTE: Default is 10 users. Chain 700-xxx Common, 701-xxx ADC, 702-xxx Job Settings [700564] can be set 1 to 600 users. If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five ones) 11111 default if the System Administrator ID is unavailable.
Procedure
Increase the number of digit of the password of desired print job to a value larger than the minimum.
016-601, 016-700
016-701 ART EX Memory Expended RAP

Insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX.
016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP

Insufficient Print Page Buffer is detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Decrease the resolution setting.
Procedure
Requires Print Page buffer memory expansion, a decrease of resolution, or set to Print Guarantee mode (Print Guarantee mode is only for PLW). For PCL, set the PCL Heap Memory/ Band Buffer Ratio to above 1:2. Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings When printing fails Setting Format of config.txt
016-701 , 016-702
016-703 E-mail To Invalid Box RAP

The system detected an unopened or invalid mailbox and aborted a job when receiving an Email.
016-704 Mailbox Full RAP

When accessing the HD, the control logic detected that the mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum number of documents per box) and aborted the job.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Send the E-mail to a valid mailbox destination or set up the appropriate mailbox. Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide.
Procedure
Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation. Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide.
016-703, 016-704
016-705 Secure Print RAP

Registration for Secure Print failed because Security Storage cannot be done without a HD.
016-706 Maximum Users Exceeded RAP

When accessing the HD, the system detected that the job exceeded the maximum number for users for Proof Prints and aborted the job.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Secure Print are correct. Refer customer to User Guide headings: Print Secure Print Print Driver Features
Procedure
Delete unnecessary documents/users and print again. Refer customer to User Guide headings Maximum Stored Pages, Create/Check User Accounts
016-705, 016-706
016-707 Sample Print RAP

Proof Print Registration failed because it cannot be stored without a HD.
016-708 HDD Full Annotation/Watermark RAP

When an Annotation/Watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, the Full status was detected and the job was aborted.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Proof Print are correct. If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).
016-707, 016-708
016-709 ART EX Command RAP

An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing.
016-710 Delayed Print RAP

A Delay Print Job was received from the machine that has no HDD installed. The number of jobs that can be simultaneously received (100 jobs) was exceeded.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
016-709, 016-710
016-711 E-mail Transmission Size Limit RAP

The send module (redirector) attempted to send data exceeding the system data size limit for Scan to E-mail.
016-712 Panther Capacity (I-Formatted) RAP

The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small).

Procedure Procedure
Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend. Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (e.g. A3 to A4). Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI Panel (default 2MB recommended). Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
016-711, 016-712
016-713 Security Box Password RAP

There is a password error in the security box.
016-714 Security Box Enable RAP

The security box is not enabled.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
016-713, 016-714
016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP

There is a spooling problem with TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data.
016-717 Fax/iFax Send RAP

The Send Result is not detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists perform GP 6 Special Boot Modes Spool Initialization. If the problem persists remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Cancel and rerun the job
016-716, 016-717
016-718 PCL6 Memory RAP

Insufficient memory was detected while performing Printer COntrol Language functions.
016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP

Insufficient memory is detected while using PCL.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Cancel the job, reduce resolution, and rerun the job.
Procedure
The print job exceeded the memory capacity of the print control language driver. Ask customer to break up the print job into smaller parts.
016-718, 016-719
016-720 PCL Command RAP

A PCL command error occurred during PCL processing.
016-722 Staple Position RAP

The job was cancelled when the Staple Position could not be determined.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Ensure the staple position selection matches the available staple position in the finisher.
Procedure
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings: [Image Rotation] - [Rotation Direction Screen]
016-720, 016-722
016-723 Punch Position Error RAP

Job Cancel by Punch Position NG. A job was cancelled because the punch position was impossible.
016-724 Staple Position RAP

The staple selection and hole punch selection is not compatible.

Check the Punch settings for the print data to be sent to the printer. Check the client driver settings or PC settings. Ensure the staple position selection and hole punch position selection is compatible (no holes will be punched on staples or staples located in holes)
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings: [Image Rotation] - [Rotation Direction Screen]
016-723, 016-724
016-725 B-Formatter Image RAP

There is a B-Formatter Library image conversion error.
016-727 Printer Request

The result of a print request is a zero-page document that cannot be stored in a mailbox, and the job is canceled.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Set the print option to print blank pages, and reprint to confirm if the output is not blank. Add text if the output is blank, and try printing again.
016-725, 016-727
016-728 TIFF Data Unsupported RAP

The TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data contains a tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.
016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP

The specified TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) settings exceed the upper limit of the valid number of colors and pixels.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings: TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet iFax Profile Job Templates - Network Scanning File Format Properties
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings: TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet Fax Profile Job Templates - Network Scanning File Format Properties
016-728 , 016-729
016-730 ART Command Unsupported RAP

A command not supported by the ART was detected.
016-731 TIFF Data Invalid RAP

The TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data is corrupt.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists, refer customer to following User Guide headings: TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet iFax Profile Job Templates - Network Scanning File Format Properties
016-730, 016-731
016-732 Form Not Registered RAP

The decomposer detected that the form specified in emulation is not registered.
016-733 Destination Address RAP

There is an error in the destination address.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Rerun the job.
Procedure
Verify the address is correct.
016-732, 016-733
016-734 Transmission Report RAP

There is a simple transmission report error.
016-735 Updating Job Template RAP

The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being updated.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
016-734, 016-735
016-736 Remote Directory Lock RAP

There is a lock error in the remote directory.
016-737 Remote Directory Removal RAP

There is a lock removal error in the remote directory.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask the customer to check the directory that is locked and clear that directory.
Procedure
016-736 , 016-737
016-738 PS Booklet Output Size Illegal RAP

PS Booklet Print Output Paper Size is illegal.
016-739 Document and Output Mismatch RAP

Mismatch between PS Booklet Doc and Output Paper
Procedure
Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing.
Procedure
Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing.
016-738, 016-739
016-740 Output Tray Incorrect RAP

PS Booklet Output Tray mismatch.
016-741 Cannot Shift to Download Mode Failure RAP

Download Inhibit detected, Download Mode transfer is disabled because a job still remains.
Procedure
Specify the tray that allows booklet printing.
Procedure
Enter Tools and enable download mode, ensure that NVM 700-420 is set to 0 and retry.
016-740, 016-741
016-742 Download Data ProductID Error RAP

Download data ProductID mismatch.
016-743 Download Data Model Mismatch RAP

Machine model/Panel type error. Target download data model does not conform to machine model.
Procedure
Download data is illegal. Obtain the download data again and retry.
Procedure
Obtain download file of the same model as that of the machine for software upgrade and retry the operation.
016-742, 016-743
016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP

Download data CheckSum is not correct.
016-745 XPJL Soft Failure RAP

XPJL fatal error in downloading. (Error occurs after XPJL recognizes received data to be download data).
Procedure
Properly connect the cable to the device and restart the operation.
Procedure
Power OFF/ON.
016-744, 016-745
016-746 Unsupported PDF File RAP

There was transparency or JBIG2 in a PDF version 1.3 file.
016-747 Insufficient Memory

An error occurred while processing the annotation image data due to insufficient memory.
Procedure
Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.
Procedure
Take one of the following actions: Increase the annotation image memory size Reduce the number of the images in [Repeat Image] If the problem persists, Power Off/On the machine
016-746, 016-747
016-748 HDD Full RAP

HDD Full status was detected and the job was aborted when accessing a mailbox.
016-749 Post Script Font RAP

The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Refer customer to check Mailbox section in User Guide to make available more HDD space. If the problem persists check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization.
Procedure
Refer customer to User Guide index on Change Print Settings or Print Mode Settings.
016-748 , 016-749
016-750 Print Job RAP

The control logic detected an error in the print job ticket.
016-751 PDF RAP

One of the following errors occurred while performing PDF Bridge processing: Syntax error Use of undefined commands Parameter error Broken PDF file Internal error
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Refer customer to User Guide section Change Print Settings or Print Mode Settings.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.
016-750, 016-751
016-752 PDF Memory Limit RAP

Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing.
016-753 PDF Password Mismatch RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to check print settings. When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], if the setting for [Standard] is set to [Normal], change the setting to [High Speed].
Procedure
Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge.
016-752, 016-753
016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP

The system processed a print prohibited PDF file.
016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service RAP

The service is prohibited.
Procedure
Use Adobe Reader to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file.
Procedure
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to enable usage of the machine.
016-755, 016-756
016-757 Auditron - Invalid User RAP

The account is not registered.
016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function RAP

An illegal account was detected.
Procedure
Ask key operator or system or account administrator to set up the account or check the users password.
Procedure
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to add the account rights.
016-757, 016-758
016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit RAP

The number of pages reached the maximum number of pages for this service.
016-760 PostScript Decompose RAP

An error occurred in PostScript Decompose processing.
Procedure
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to raise the page limit.
Procedure
Resend the job. If the problem persists, refer customer to User Guide headings: PostScript Memory CentreWare Internet Services properties Memory Settings Allocate Memory When printing fails Setting Format of config.txt
016-759, 016-760
016-761 FIFO Empty RAP

There is a FIFO (first in first out) image enlargement error.
016-762 Print Language RAP

The specified print language is not installed.
Procedure
Print in Fast Print mode. Set the [Print Mode] to [Normal] and rerun. If the problem continues, set [Page Print Mode] to [On].
Procedure
In [Specify Print Mode] under [Port Settings], specify another print language.
016-761, 016-762
016-763 POP Server is not found RAP

POP server is not found.
016-764 SMTP Server Connection RAP

SMTP server response code errors.
Procedure
Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination POP server and the device. check the following: the server IP address is correct the network cable is properly connected.
Procedure
Repeat the operation.
016-763, 016-764
016-765 SMTP Server HDD Full RAP

Unable to send e-mail due to the Hard Drive on the SMTP server is full.
016-766 SMTP Server File System RAP

SMTP server response code error.
Procedure
Retrieve E-mail in the Server HDD. Reconsider the Server capacity.
Procedure
Contact the SMTP Server Administrator and ask the administrator to reconsider the Server capacity limit.
016-765, 016-766
016-767 Invalid E-mail Address RAP

Unable to send e-mail due to an incorrect address.
016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP

Unable to connect to the SMTP server due to the machines incorrect mail address.
Procedure
Check the destination of the E-mail.
Procedure
Check whether the E-mail address is valid within the domain and check the setting of the Email address of the machine.
016-767 , 016-768
016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP

SMTP server does not support conformation of mail distribution (DSN)
016-770 FAX Function Cancelled RAP

The direct fax function is disabled.
Procedure
Enable the most appropriate ESMTP function in the SMTP Server. Or, send the E-mail with sent confirmation turned off.
Procedure
Check with the System Administrator whether the function is enabled.
016-769, 016-770
016-771 JBIG Parameter RAP

There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error.

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
016-771 , 016-772


Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
016-773 , 016-774


Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
016-775 , 016-776


Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
016-777 , 016-778
016-779 Scanned Image Conversion Error RAP

An error occurred due to causes other than HDD access during scanned image conversion processing in I-Formatted.
016-780 Attached Document TIFF RAP

There is a TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) error in the attached document.
Procedure Procedure
Repeat the operation. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
016-779, 016-780
016-781 Scan Server Connect Error RAP

This fault can occur in the following circumstances:. The machine was unable to establish a connection to the Scan Server during the Network Scanning file transfer operation. The machine was either unable to establish a connection to the Email (SMTP) server or was unable to authenticate (log in) to the Email server during the Scan to Email or Internet Fax file transfer operation.
If the E-mail Send Authentication setting is set to SMTP AUTH, then an additional setting labeled SMTP AUTH Login Name will appear on page 5 of the report along with the Log in name that the machine will use. The customer must verify the Log in name listed on the report. A Password may also have been entered into the machine, however, it will not be listed on the report.
Procedure The customer can print to the machine through the Ethernet port on the machine. Y N Confirm that the Ethernet network drop cable is securely connected to the machine and the wall port. The recessed green LED next to the Ethernet port on the machine should be lit if the machine is connected to a live Ethernet drop. The green LED is lit. Y N Connect another Ethernet straight through cable between the machine and the wall port and have the customer confirm that the wall port is live. If the LED is still off, replace the Printer PWB in the machine. Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well. For Scan to Email or Internet Fax failures, perform the following: 1. Print a Print Mode System Settings list report. 2. Check the SMB section on page 5 of the report for the following: The Host Name setting must have no spaces in the name and no periods (.), slashes (/ or \) or star symbols (*) in the name. If the Host Name has a space in it or has any of these characters, have the customer change the Host Name to eliminate these characters. If the problem continues, proceed to step 3.
Set to POP3 AUTH if the customer wants the machine to authenticate or log in to their POP3 server using a POP3 log in name and password prior to sending the e-mail message. If the E-mail Send Authentication setting is set to POP3 AUTH, then have the customer verify the Login Name that is listed under the header POP3 Server on page 5 on the report. A POP3 Password may also have been entered into the machine, however, it will not be listed on the report.
The customer confirmed that the Email / Internet Fax settings are correct. Y N If the customer is not available or has confirmed that the settings are not correct, then they must confirm that the settings are correct or they must enter the correct settings into the machine before any further troubleshooting can be done. Escalate to your next level of support.
3.
Have the customer confirm that the Email / Internet Fax Settings section on page 5 of the report contain the correct settings for their network: The Send Email setting must be set to Enabled. The Server Name / IP Address setting under the sub-header SMTP Server must either be set with the IP address or Host Name of the customers SMTP E-mail server. NOTE: If the Host Name of the SMTP Server is entered into the machine, then the machine must be configured with the customers DNS settings (listed on page 3 of the report). The Machines E-mail Address setting must contain an email address with the customers domain name and the address must be entered in the proper syntax (i.e.: wc7132@company.com). The E-mail Send Authentication setting will be set in one of the following ways: Set to OFF if the customers SMTP E-mail server does not require the machine to authenticate or log in prior to sending the e-mail message. Set to SMTP AUTH if the customers SMTP E-mail server requires that the machine authenticate or log in to the server using an SMTP log in name and password prior to sending the e-mail message.
016-781
B NOTE: Templates that prompt for a password were created as Private Templates, which require that a password be entered at the machine UI before the scanning job will start. The fault occurs with at least one of the listed Templates. Y N Have the customer demonstrate how they get the fault to occur. Templates are created using one of two methods: Templates with the @ sign to the left of their name were created using the machines CentreWare Internet Services web interface; Templates that have no @ sign in their name were created using the Smart Send software. The next step is to determine if the Templates that create the fault are of the same type. The fault occurs when selecting Templates with the @ symbol to the left of the Template name. Y N Templates that do not have the @ sign in their name were created using the Smart Send software. Escalate to your next level of support for help with this type of Template. Highlight one of the Templates that generate the fault and select the Output Format tab on the Touch screen. This will display the Log In name associated with the Template as well as a Password field that will either have a string of stars in it that represent the password or will show [Not Set]. Select the [Log In] button, remove the existing Log In name, type in the name anonymous and select the [Save] button. Then select the [Password] button, remove all stars so that the password is blank and select the [Save] button. Press the <Start> button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully transferred to the server. Y N A person with knowledge of the customers network is available. Y N Escalate to your next level of support. Press the <Clear All> button to restore the original Log In name and Password. Highlight the Template and select the Output Format tab on the Touch screen. Have the network person type in the correct Log In name and either type in the correct Password or remove the Password that is displayed. Then press the <Start> button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully transferred to the server. Y N Escalate to you next level of support. The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are incorrect. Refer the customer to the User Guide for details on editing the Repository settings of the selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name and/or Password. The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are incorrect. Refer the User Guide for details on editing the Repository settings of the selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name and/or Password.
016-782 Scan Server Login Error RAP

The machine was unable to log in successfully to the Scan Server during the Network Scanning file transfer operation. Procedure The customer can print to the machine through the Ethernet port on the machine. Y N Confirm that the Ethernet network drop cable is securely connected to the machine and the wall port. The recessed green LED next to the Ethernet port on the machine should be lit if the machine is connected to a live Ethernet drop. The green LED is lit. Y N Connect another Ethernet straight through cable between the machine and the wall port and have the customer confirm that the wall port is live. If the port is live, connect the CSE PWS to the Ethernet port using an Ethernet crossover cable to see if the green LED will light up with the machine and PWS fully booted up. If the LED is still off, replace the Printer PWB in the machine. Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well. Press the [All Services] button on the machine Control Panel, then select the [Network Scanning] button on the Touch screen. There is at least one Template listed. Y N Have the customer demonstrate how they are scanning and how they get the fault to occur. The customer is selecting the [Scan to FTP/SMB] button after pressing the [All Services] button. Y N Have the customer contact the Customer Support Center for help with properly configuring their machine for Network Scanning. The Scan to FTP/SMB feature allows the customer to manually enter the destination server settings at the machine UI prior to scanning a document rather than using a previously created Template. If a fault is occurring when they use this feature, then they are either entering the wrong IP address or Host Name of their destination server or the server is not capable of accepting a connection from the machine. Refer the customer to the User Guide for details on using this feature and to ensure that they are entering their settings correctly. Disconnect the Ethernet network cable from the machine. Select one of the Templates and scan a document with the network cable disconnected. The same fault (16-782) is displayed. Y N Configure your PWS as a scan server and then use the Network Scanning feature on the machine to scan a document into your PWS. The fault 16-782 is displayed when scanning to your PWS. Y N The cause for the customers problem is either on the customers network or with the settings in the machine. Reconnect the customers network cable to the machine. Select each one of the listed Templates and press the [Start] button. A B Status Indicator Raps A B
016-782
B If the 16-782 fault does not occur when disconnecting the customers network cable and attempting a scan job but the 16-782 fault does occur when the machine is connected to the PWS, then there is likely a set up problem with the PWS. Escalate to your next level of support.
016-783 Invalid Server Path RAP

The specified path cannot be found during Scan to Server file transfer.
Procedure
Check the server path name specified in the job template. If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Service Installation Guide.
There is a machine problem. Perform the following steps, in order: Reload the system software Go to the User Guide for details on how to recreate the Templates and re-enter the Repository settings. Re initialize the NVM by selecting the SYS-SYSTEM and SYS-USER NVM platforms.
016-782, 016-783
016-784 Server Write Error RAP

The Server cannot be written to during Scan to Server file transfer.
016-785 Server HD Full RAP

The Server File System became full during Scan to Server file transfer.
Procedure
Check that Write Authorization is established in the Server directory. Free up space on the Server disk. If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Service Installation Guide.
Procedure
Check that Write Authorization is established in the Server directory. Remove unnecessary data from the server hard drive to free up space on the Server disk. If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Service Installation Guide.
016-784, 016-785
016-786 HD Full-Scan Write Error RAP

A temporary file in Scan to Server file transfer cannot be written to the internal HDD.
016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD RAP

Server IP address was incorrect due to a Job Template syntax error in Scan to Server file transfer.
Procedure
The HDD may be temporarily full with print jobs. Wait and retry. Format the HDD. Replace the HDD (PL 11.2).
Procedure
Check the contents of the attributes (string Repository Name) in the Job Template file.
016-786, 016-787
016-788 Retrieve to Browser RAP

Failed to retrieve a file from the Web browser.
016-789 HD Full - Job Memory RAP

During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted to send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the internet.
Procedure
Take one of the following actions, and try again. - Reload the browser page. - Restart the browser. - Power Off/On.
Procedure
Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend. Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (e.g. A3 to A4). Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI Panel (default 2MB recommended).
016-788 , 016-789
016-791 File Retrieve RAP

Failed to access the forwarding destination or the job template save location with [Scan to FTP/SMB] or [Job Template].
016-792 Specified Job RAP

Failed to get the job history report specified in [Job Counter Report].
Procedure Procedure
Check whether you can access the server specified by the forwarding destination. The specified job history does not exist.
016-791, 016-792
016-793 MF I/O HD Full RAP

Free space is insufficient on the hard disk.
016-799 PLW Print Instruction RAP

An invalid print parameter is included.
Procedure
Either remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space, or initialize the hard disk.
Procedure
Check the print data and options, and print again.
016-793, 016-799
016-981 HDD access error RAP

HDD Full was detected because Mailbox Scan, Fax Scan, Secure Print, Delay Print, Sample Print, or Scheduled Print was specified when the HDD partition/ide0c capacity is small. Print Job only prints the jobs stored in the HD, so this Fault does not occur for [Job Fail 016748].
016-982 HDD access error 2 RAP

HDD was determined to be Full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.
Procedure
Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation. If the above procedures do not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the relevant service.
Procedure
1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible. 2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in the HDD before re-scanning and re-printing. When the procedures above did not work, expand the HDD partition size for the corresponding service that needs it.
016-981, 016-982
016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full RAP

This is prepared for the user to interfere and cancel a copy/scan job when the log image storage area on the disk becomes full with the level of ensuring creation set to [High].
016-985 Data size overflow (Scan to E-mail) RAP

Due to data size exceeding the upper limit for Scan to E-mail, data could not be sent.
Procedure Procedure
Press the Cancel Job button to cancel the job. Rerun the job. If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in the device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, if the level is set to Low, log image creation cannot be ensured. - Reduce the number of document pages. - Reduce the resolution in [Scan Resolution]. - Decrease the ratio in [Reduce/Enlarge]. - For multi valued scanning, increase the ratio in [Image Compression]. - Ask the System Administrator to increase the value for [Maximum E-mail Size]. Take one of the following actions, and try again:
016-983, 016-985
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) RAP

While IPSEC is set to Enable, password is not set in authentication mode= [Pre-shared key] or IPSEC certificate is not set in authentication mode= [Digital signature].
018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error (S_cert lost) RAP

Job cannot be executed with designated combination of parameters (storage file size, paper size, paper tray, Duplex designation, output tray).
Procedure
Make IPSEC setting consistent and enable IPSEC again. Inconsistency in IPSEC setting: Password is not set with Authentication mode= [Pre-shared Key] or Authentication mode= IPSEC certificate is not set with [Digital signature]. To set these items which are not set.
Procedure
Re-set paper size, paper tray, Duplex designation and output tray etc. and retry job.
018-400, 018-500
018-501 CA Server Connection Error RAP

When server certificate and secret key are not available at device start, SSL server necessary to CA cannot be started.
018-502 Login Failure in SMB RAP

Limitation of the workstation to log in the server in SMB Scan is detected at SMB server login.
Procedure Procedure
No server certificate for the device. Set server certificate or disable CA function. Verify designated user property information to check if workstation that can login the server is limited or not.
018-501, 018-502
018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout RAP

At SMB server login, limitation of workstation that can be logged in with SMB scan is detected.
018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch RAP

When message is received from CA server, no reaction of JRM/UI is made, resulting in timeout.
Procedure
Verify designated user property information to check if workstation that can login the server is limited or not.
Procedure
Timeout occurs while waiting for a response to CA server due to inside load of the device. Retry authentication operation.
018-503, 018-504
018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error RAP

Unable to authenticate due to an incorrect user name or password.SMB
018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch RAP

When the fault occurs in SMB authentication: Unable to authenticate due to wrong user name or password Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows Server 2003 When the fault occurs while scanner transfers scanned data to PC storage to SMB: Unable to log in SMB server while in scanned data transfer due to wrong user name or password Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows Server 2003.
Procedure
Check the user name and password with the system administrator. Note: The password cannot be verified. If you have forgotten the password, reset the password.
NOTE: For only [SC12041: Product of DMP6-2 or later]: Designated user name is not registered as user allowed to use shared Windows MacOS X v10.4.
Procedure
Take any of the following actions: -Check user name or password with network administrator. -For Windows Server 2003, to make time of SMB server and that of this M/C identical. Note: Password cannot be verified. When you forget password, password need be reset according to the following procedure: 1) Select [Start] menu> [All programs] >[Management tool] >[Active Directory user and computer] on domain controller of active directory where user information is set. 2) Select [Active Directory user and computer [Server]] >[Domain] >[Users] and list user information from the left frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window. 3) Right-click target user from the right frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window and select [Reset password]. -----The following is applicable only to [SC:12041: Products of DMP6-2 or later]-----Verify user who can use Windows Share MacOS X v10.4 according to the following procedure: 1) Activate [System setting] icon from [Dock]. 2) Click [Share] icon in [System setting] window. 3) Select [Windows Share] on Service selection screen and click [Account] button. 4) Check account you want to make valid and click [Complete] button.
018-505, 018-506
018-507 CA Credential Error RAP

While in communication with CA server for authentication, FieldID of CA server and FieldID of device are not the same (Communication error, or device internal error, or wrong code).
018-508 CA Server Fatal Error RAP

When CA authentication server requests user information entry, the entered information is judged to be inconsistent by the server.
Procedure
Error occurs in authentication operation between CA server and the device. Retry authentication operation.
Procedure
User authentication fails. Input user name or password is not correct. Verify and input correct user name and password.
018-507, 018-508
018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP

1. In CUI scanning, start of a job designated with template name that does not exit is requested. 2. Job template attribute conflict. 3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template.
018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP

1. In CUI scanning, start of a job designated with template name that does not exit is requested. 2. Job template attribute conflict. 3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template.
Procedure
Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example: -Setting that is not usable in the device is described. -Transfer destination repository is not correctly set. -Template name that does not exist is designated.
Procedure
Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example: -Setting that is not usable in the device is described. -Transfer destination repository is not correctly set. -Template name that does not exist is designated.
018-509, 018-509
018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS RAP

Host name solution error in BMLinkS.
018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS RAP

DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS.
Procedure
Check if DNS is available; check the following: - Search and obtain the latest information - Ensure the connection with DNS server is intact - Ensure the server name/host name of transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server is registered to DNS - Ensure DNS server address is set
Procedure
Set DNS server address. Alternatively, specify transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server using IP address.
018-510, 018-511
018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS RAP

Service Connect error in BMLinkS.
018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found RAP

BMLinkS Service Not Found.
Procedure
Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination BMLinks service server and device, check the following: - search and obtain latest information
Procedure
Check the following: - Search and obtain latest information - If the storage service for relevant user is active in transfer destination BMLinkS storage service
- network cable is connected - BMLinkS service of transfer destination is active
018-512, 018-513
018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP

BMLinkS access-right-violation.
018-515 BMLinkS Storage-Access-Error RAP

BMLinkS storage-access-error.
Procedure
Check if the login name (username) and password are correct.
Procedure
Check the following: - If specified filename is allowed in storage location - If specified filename is used by any other user
018-514, 018-515
018-516 BMLinkS unsupported-attribute RAP

BMLinkS unsupported-attribute.
018-517 BMLinkS Storage-Full RAP

BMLinkS unsupported-attribute.
Procedure
Check the following: - Whether any characters prohibited in BMLinkS storage service are used in filename; if any exist, change filename accordingly - whether any files/folders with the same name as specified filename exist - configure settings so that upon detection of duplicate filenames, files are overwritten - make names of storage destination folders / files shorter
Procedure
Check if there is space left in the storage location.
018-516, 018-517
018-518 BMLinkS Operation-Not-Available RAP

BMLinkS operation-not-available.
018-519 BMLinkS unknown-error RAP

BMLinkS unknown-error.
Procedure
Wait before repeating the same operations.
Procedure
Check the following: - Search and obtain latest information - if the file can be written to BMLinkS server If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.
018-518, 018-519
018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan RAP

Internal error in BMLinkS Scan.
018-521 Request Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP

Internal error in BMLinkS Scan.
Procedure
Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.
Procedure
018-520, 018-521
018-522 Response receive failure in BMLinkS RAP

Response receive failure in BMLinkS.
018-523 Image Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP

Image send failure in BMLinkS.
Procedure
Procedure
018-522, 018-523
018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP

1. While device DNS is not set, server name is described in job template with FQDN. 2. Transfer protocol port described in job template is not activated on device (SMB, FTP etc.).
018-525 HDD Full or HDD Access Error RAP

1. While in CUI scan start processing, internal HDD Full occurs (job template partition). 2. While in CUI scan start processing, internal HDD failure is detected.
Procedure
Check if network-related setting and port necessary to scan job execution are properly done on the device side. -Ensure that the DNS server setting correct. -Ensure that the port of the designated protocol is activated.
Procedure
Retry the operation after a short interval.
018-524, 018-525
018-526 Rejected to be Refresh RAP

CUI scan start request is received while in job template polling.
018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP

Job Template Monitor internal error.
Procedure
Procedure
Retry the operation.
018-526, 018-527
018-528 Soap Request Error RAP

Incorrect argument request is received from Soap client of Custom Service.
018-529 Duplicate Scan Request RAP

While in CUI scan start processing requested from Soap client of Custom Service, another CUI scan start request is received.
Procedure
Check if the custom service setting is correct.
Procedure
018-528, 018-529
018-530 Authentication Error RAP

1. Limitation of total DV sheet, limitation of DV color mode, limitation of DV service use. 2. Use of unregistered card. 3. While in authentication information retrieval, job error occurs due to external device connection.
018-531 Failed to Create a New Job RAP

Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start
Procedure
Procedure
Conduct correct authentication operation or verify limitation by M/C administrator (color mode, total sheet volume, service).
018-530, 018-531
018-532 Too Many Jobs to Create a New Job RAP

Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start
018-543 Shared name error in SMB server RAP

A shared name on the SMB scan server is wrong.
Procedure
Procedure
Check what the specified shared name is and enter the correct one.
018-532, 018-543
018-547 Number restriction over of SMB scan users RAP

The limited number of SMB scan users is exceeded.
018-596 LDAP Protocol Error 596 RAP

(1) Error other than 018-595 that occurs with authentication LDAP protocol (ProtocolCategory=7) (2) Protocol type delivered to Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode(?) is unexpected. FTP/HTTP is designated or protocol type larger than LDAP_NETAUTH(=7) is designated.(DMP62)
Procedure
1. Check what the limited number of users that can connect to a shared folder is. 2. Check that the number of users that use the server simultaneously is not over max.
Procedure
018-547, 018-596
018-701 LDAP RAP

There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.
018-702 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup settings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. Y N Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP server.
Procedure
018-701, 018-702
018-703 LDAP RAP

018-704 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-703, 018-704
018-705 LDAP RAP

018-706 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-705, 018-706
018-707 LDAP RAP

018-708 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-707, 018-708
018-710 LDAP RAP

018-711 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-710, 018-711
018-712 LDAP RAP

018-713 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-712, 018-713
018-714 LDAP RAP

018-716 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-714, 018-716
018-717 LDAP RAP

018-718 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-717, 018-718
018-719 LDAP RAP

018-720 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-719, 018-720
018-721 LDAP RAP

018-732 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup settings are present. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network settings. Y N Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP server.
Procedure
018-721, 018-732
018-733 LDAP RAP

018-734 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-733, 018-734
018-735 LDAP RAP

018-736 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-735, 018-736
018-748 LDAP RAP

018-749 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-748, 018-749
018-750 LDAP RAP

018-751 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-750, 018-751
018-752 LDAP RAP

018-753 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-752, 018-753
018-754 LDAP RAP

018-764 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-754, 018-764
018-765 LDAP RAP

018-766 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-765, 018-766
018-767 LDAP RAP

018-768 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-767, 018-768
018-769 LDAP RAP

018-770 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-769, 018-770
018-771 LDAP RAP

018-780 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-771, 018-780
018-781 LDAP RAP

018-782 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-781, 018-782
018-783 LDAP RAP

018-784 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-783, 018-784
018-785 LDAP RAP

018-786 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-785, 018-786
018-787 LDAP RAP

018-788 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-787, 018-788
018-789 LDAP RAP

018-790 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-789, 018-790
018-791 LDAP RAP

018-792 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-791, 018-792
018-793 LDAP RAP

018-794 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-793, 018-794
018-795 LDAP RAP

018-796 LDAP RAP

Procedure
Procedure
018-795, 018-796
018-797 LDAP RAP

Procedure
018-797
021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP

Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable) NOTE: Occurs while a document is scanned or Direct Copy is in process. ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected by IITsc and Job is suspended.
021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) RAP

Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable) NOTE: Occurs while a document is printing or Direct Copy is in process. ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected by IITsc and Job is suspended.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to continue the job.
Procedure
021-947, 021-948
021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable RAP

Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Disable) NOTE: Occurs only when a Job is Paused. Not occurs while Job is in process. Occurs in the following case: Job stopped due to other than Accessory reason (Jam, No Paper etc.), Card removed, and job restarted. Credit insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected by EP-Cont with ICCG+Dispenser or CoinKit installed, and job suspended.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
021-949
024-916 (A-Finisher) Mix Stack Full

BSD-ON:12.2, 12.8 In detection of Half Position (Mix Full position), one of the following is met: Paper in the job is larger (longer in either lead/trail edge or side edge) than the last paper of the previous job. The width of the last paper of the previous job is less than 279.4mm and a change is made to Staple Mode. The size of the last paper of the previous job is unknown. Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign objects. Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken. Power Off/On.
N Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the paper size of the job. The paper of the job is equal in size to or smaller than (in either lead/trail edge or side edge) the last paper of the previous job. Y N Load paper of the appropriate size. Check the settings of the Staple Mode for the current job. The settings are the same as the ones for the previous job. Y N Return the Staple Mode settings to the previous ones. Check for paper and/or foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in normal condition with no paper or foreign object left there. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 wires between
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
C Status Indicator Raps
C Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
wires
between
024-917 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count

BSD-ON:12.2, 12.8 While sets of stapled sheets of paper are being ejected, the Staple Set Count for the Stacker Tray exceeded 30.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Using Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the +5VDC circuit to J8707-3 on the Finisher PWB. Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Initial Actions
Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign objects. Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken. Power Off/On.
Procedure
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in normal condition with no paper or foreign object left there. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. wires between
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors securely. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). A
A Enter [012-330]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
C Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the acceptance surface. The display of DC330[012-279] changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wire between J8707 and J8721 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors securely. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
B C Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-928 (A-Finisher) Scratch Sheet Compile

BSD-ON:12.2 Sheet Information command made abnormal paper (scratched paper) reported by the IOT ejected into the compiler. NOTE: This Fail Code is an operation message. If this fail code is frequently declared, perform the procedure below.
024-930 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack

BSD-ON:12.8 One of the following: At Power On, the Stack Height Sensor detected the height and the Full position. During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for small paper to be ejected, the Full position was detected. During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for large paper to be ejected, the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) was detected. With the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) already detected, paper (large paper) a stack of which is limited to the Half position was ejected. Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign objects. Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken. Power Off/On.
Initial Actions
Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed. Power Off/On.
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. The paper is in spec. Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check for a Fail Code. Another Fail Code is displayed. Y N If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Go to the appropriate Fault Code.
Initial Actions

Procedure
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free of paper or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no not-seated gears. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. A Status Indicator Raps B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
B Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
C Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Run DC330[012-278]. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. C Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-976 (A-Finisher) Staple NG

BSD-ON:12.5 As Staple Head Home Sensor On was not detected within 450msec after the start of the operation of closing the Stapler Head, the reverse rotation started. After that, Staple Head Home Sensor On was detected.
B Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8701-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter [012046] and [012-047] alternately. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check that the Top Cover and the Front Cover can be opened and closed. Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and include no foreign objects. Power Off/On.
Procedure
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Compile Tray. The Compile Tray is free of paper and/or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The J8705 and J8735 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltages between J8705-3 to 6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Each voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps wires between
024-977 (A-Finisher) Stapler Feed Ready Fail

BSD-ON:12.5 In the operation of getting the Stapler head ready at initialization, Stapler Ready Sensor ON was not detected until a specified number (13) of Head idle-stapling operations. Immediately before stapling, the Stapler Ready Sensor was Off. Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and include no foreign objects. Power Off/On.
024-979 (A-Finisher) Stapler Near Empty

BSD-ON:12.5 One of the following: At Power On, Low Staple Sensor ON was detected. Immediately before the start of the operation of closing the Stapler Head, Low Staple Sensor ON was detected. Check that the Front Cover can be opened and closed. Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and include no foreign objects. Power Off/On.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions

Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-243]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Procedure
Check what amount of staples remain in the Cartridge. The is enough staples remaining run the stapler. Y N Replace the Cartridge. Run DC330[012-242]. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The J8701 and J8731 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8701-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8701-7 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
024-980 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack

BSD-ON:12.8 One of the following: At Power On, the Stack Height Sensor detected the height and the Full position. During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for small paper to be ejected, the Full position was detected. During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for large paper to be ejected, the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) was detected. With the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) already detected, paper (large paper) a stack of which is limited to the Half position was ejected. Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign objects. Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken. Power Off/On.
B Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions

Run DC330[012-278]. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open wire or short circuit. wires between
Procedure
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free of paper and/or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and the gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Enter COmponent Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1(PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Run DC330[012-279]. Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. A B Status Indicator Raps C February, 2008 2-318 Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
C Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
024-982 (A-Finisher) Stacker Lower Safety Warning

BSD-ON:12.8 The condition below occurred four consecutive times. In the operation of adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray (lowering the tray) for paper to be ejected during a job, the height of it cannot be adjusted within a specified time. Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object. Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign objects and that their actuators are not broken. Power Off/On.
Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Initial Actions

Procedure
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free from paper and/or foreign objects. Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s). Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly. Y N Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Run DC330[012-267]. Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Y N P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected. Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
B Status Indicator Raps
Run DC330[012-278]. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
D Measure the voltage between J8707-2(+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The J8711 and P8736 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Run DC330[012-279]. Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely connected. Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The J8707 and J8721 are OK. Y N Repair the open or short circuit. wires between
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage changes. Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).v Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
C D Status Indicator Raps
024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP

An abnormal parameter is set for the send function.

A transmission failure occurred, the Sequencing number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected.
024-340, 024-341

A transmission failure occurred, the Packet number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

A transmission failure occurred, the Message Length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
024-342, 024-343

A transmission failure occurred, the Check Code of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

A transmission failure occurred, a parity error was detected by hardware in the IOT.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Procedure
024-345, 024-346

The ESS PWB detected a communication error between the IOT and the ESS.

The ESS PWB detected a communication error between the IOT and the ESS.
Procedure
Procedure
024-347, 024-348

A transmission failure occurred as the acknowledgement could not be received after 2 resend attempts. (After header recognition, receive interruption was detected by the IOT.)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequencing number of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Procedure
024-349, 024-350

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet number of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was detected by hardware of the UART.)
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1.
Procedure
Procedure
Procedure Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
024-351, 024-354

A transmission failure is received, an overrun error was detected by hardware of the UART.
024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start RAP

During IOT output, before the output data was written to FIFO Full, Page Sync became active. Even though the system is not easily affected by noise, extreme noise may be the cause.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected.
024-356, 024-362
024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop RAP

During IOT output, before output in the specified size, Page Sync was disabled.
024-364 DMA Transfer RAP

Reduction/enlargement failed to access the data in Direct Memory Access.
Initial Actions
Move away machines that are noisy.
Procedure
NOTE: There is a high probability that the cause is faulty firmware or data corruption (DIMM or HDD). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the DIMM (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 11.2).
Procedure
024-363, 024-364
024-367 Decompress Other Failure RAP

Incorrect LINE SYNC was detected.
024-368 PCI Error RAP

PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Replace the HDD (PL 9.2). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
024-367, 024-368
024-370 Marker Code Detection Failure RAP

During Enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the specified size, the end code (FF02) cannot be found in the compressed data.

When the Controller and IOT are turned On, a response from the IOT to a request to establish communications was not detected within the specified time.
Procedure
The problem occurs only for specific documents. Y N Perform following as required: 1. 2. 3. 4. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1). Replace the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1).
Perform following as required: 1. 2. 3. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution). Change the port settings or the Receive Buffer size.)
024-370, 024-371

An illegal instruction for IOT Port number or time-out timing or the pointer or transfer size was detected.

In response to a message packet from the Controller, the acknowledgement packet was not received within the specified time even after the specified number of attempts.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
024-372, 024-373

An illegal instruction for IOT Port number or time-out timing or for the pointer or for transfer size was detected.
024-600 Billing Master Counter RAP

There is a billing master counter error RAP
Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are securely connected. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
024-375, 024-600
024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 RAP

There is a billing backup counter error RAP
024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 RAP

There is a billing backup counter error RAP
Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
Procedure
024-601, 024-602
024-603 Software Key Master Counter RAP

There is a software key master counter error RAP
024-604 Software Key Backup Counter 1 RAP

There is a software key backup counter 1 error RAP
Procedure
Procedure
024-603, 024-604
024-605 Software Key Backup Counter 2 RAP

There is a software key backup counter 2 error RAP
024-700 Shortage Memory Capacity, or no Hard Disk RAP

Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk.
Procedure
Procedure
1) Attach a HDD to ESS PWB (2) Attach the required memory for the operation of enabled SW option mentioned in step 1. Memory necessary depends on the type (model) of device. (3) After performing step1 and step 2, turn power on, ensure that neither 16-210 nor 16-211 is displayed on panel. If these fault codes are displayed, go to the 016-210 or 016-211 RAPs.
024-605, 024-700
024-742 Output Paper for Booklet, Over Counts RAP

Output paper for Booklet, over counts.
024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper RAP

The paper type specified by the job is incompatible with options such as Paper Tray, Output Tray, Automatic 2 Sided Print/Staple.
Procedure
Configure the settings to create a booklet per maximum sheets allowed for Booklet, or cancel Booklet job. NOTE: If settings are configured to create a booklet per maximum sheets allowed for Booklet, imposition in Signature is also carried out per that maximum sheet number (maximum sheets allowed for Booklet)
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide heading Paper and Other Media and Paper Type in heading Setup Menu.
024-742, 024-746
024-747 Print Instruction Failure RAP

The specified print parameter is abnormal.
024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over RAP

Bates Numbering Digit Over.
Procedure
The center tray will not receive output, and output goes to Finisher. Y N Call for next level of support. Key operator is available to change settings. Y N NOTE: Service procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL 10.1). 1. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. b. 2. 3. 4. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Access Diagnostic Routines (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Procedure
Reduce the number of document pages so that the user-specified number of digits are not exceeded, or increase number of digits specified by user; retry coping.
Select NVM Read/Write. Enter Chain-Link 742-100 Select Confirm. NOTE: Display now shows Current Value (Zero)
5.
To enter new value (one), press 1 on the numeric keypad, then Select Save NOTE: The Current Value now reads 1.
6. 7.
Select Close. Select Close again. Power off and on if the setting is not active.
NOTE: Customer procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL 10.1). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number keypad and select Confirm. Select System Settings. Select System Settings again. Select Common Settings. Select Other Settings. Select Extended Tray Module and select Change Setting. Select Offset Stacking Module. Select Save. Select Close.
10. Select Close again. 11. Select Close again. 12. Select Exit. Power off and on if the setting is not active.
024-747, 024-748
024-775 Output paper for Booklet, over counts 2 RAP

Print Booklet sheets counts over (Not field attachment).
024-910 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP

After feeding from Tray 1, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 1 Size Switch did not match.
Procedure
Configure the settings to create Booklet for maximum number of pages allowed for the Booklet, or cancel Booklet settings. NOTE: If the former is selected, Signature imposition is also carried out per that page number.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 8.7. Reload the tray.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.1) Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. PJ104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Status Indicator Raps Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-775, 024-910
A Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.2). Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 2-339 Status Indicator Raps
024-910, 024-911

Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.3) Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). A Status Indicator Raps B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-911, 024-912
B Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.4) Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 2-341 Status Indicator Raps
024-912 , 024-913

Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 6 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the Tray 6 Size Sensor and check the connectors. (BSD 7.15) Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Status Indicator Raps Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-913, 024-914

Initial Actions
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the Tray7 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 7 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray7 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 2-343 Status Indicator Raps
024-914, 024-915
024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP

The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for the same paper size only).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.8.
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/ J8850 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.10) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827. Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-915, 024-916
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP

The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.9.
Procedure
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [024-917] reoccurs. Y N End Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-916, 024-917
024-919 Face UP Tray Close RAP

When output was sent to the Face Up Tray, the Face Up Tray was detected as closed.
024-920 Face Down Tray 1 Paper Full RAP

Face Down Tray 1 full of output sheets.
Initial Actions
Open the Face Up Tray.
Initial Actions
Open the Face Down Tray 1 and remove output sheets.
Procedure
Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector. Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected.
Procedure
024-919, 024-920
024-921 Face Up Tray 1 Paper Full

Face Up Tray 1 Full of output sheets
024-922 Face Down Tray 2 Paper Full

Face Down Tray 2 is full of output sheets
Initial Actions
Remove output sheets from Face Up Tray 1.
Initial Actions
Remove output sheets from Face Down Tray 2.
Procedure
Procedure
024-921, 024-922
024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set

Detected the Finisher Punch Dust Box missing
024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile

Illegal sheet in the output to the Compiler.
Initial Actions
Install the Finisher Punch Dust Box.
Initial Actions
Clear Scratch Sheet from the A-Finisher and restart the job.
Procedure
Check the Punch Box Set Sensor or proper operation. BSD 12.15 Check that the Punch Dust Box is properly seated.
Procedure
Check for proper operation of the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5)(BSD 12.3) Check the P/J8704 connector at the Finisher PWB Check the connector P/J416 connector on the IOT. (BSD 12.3)
024-926, 024-928
024-930 Stacker Tray Full (Large Size Full)

Stack Encoder sensor counted as many sheets as designated as Full Stack for large sized paper.
024-934 Paper kind Mismatch

Set was specified OHP film but detection was different.

Remove paper from the Stacker. Ensure that specified print media and actual print media is the same.
Procedure Procedure
Check the proper operation of the Stack Height Sensor. (PL 22.8) (BSD 12.8) Reload paper tray to agree with specified media or change settings.
024-930, 024-934
024-939 OHP Kind Mismatch

OHP file sheet checked by OHP sensor for white edges after feed start. If while edges are detected, a jam occurs.
024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place RAP

The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

Use OHP film sheets whose edges are white. Refer to BSD 7.1. Reload the tray correctly. Check the operation of the tray actuator.
Procedure
Job is not OHP job but paper is OHP film. Job is OHP but paper is not OHP. OHP with white edges detected
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-946] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
024-939, 024-946


Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.2. Reload the tray correctly. Check the operation of the tray actuator.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.3/7.5. Reload the tray correctly. Check the operation of the tray actuator.
Procedure
Procedure
[For 2TM] Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-948] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. [For TTM] Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
024-947, 024-948

024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP

Tray 1 has run out of paper.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.4/7.6. Reload the tray correctly. Check the operation of the tray actuator.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.7.
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409. Check the wire between J101 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J101 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
024-949, 024-950


Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.8.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 2 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 2 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control [071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. Check the wire between J103 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J103 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J102B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549. Check the wire between J102B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 4 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
024-951, 024-952

024-954 MPT Empty RAP

The MPT has run out of paper.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.13.
Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J102A, P/J661A and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. Check the wire between J102A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check the installation of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1) and the operation of the actuator. The MPT No Paper Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the MPT No Paper Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-205 MPT No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411. Check the wire between J108 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J108 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 4). The voltage is approximately. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 3). Activate the actuator of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-953, 024-954
024-955 Tray 6 Empty

Tray 6 is empty when attempting to feed from Tray 6.
024-958 MPT Size Failure RAP

The MPT is unable to detect the paper size.
Initial Actions
Load paper
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.13. Check the operation of the MPT Guide.
Procedure
If failure continues, check for proper operation of the Tray 6 No Paper Sensor. (BSD 7.14)
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the MPT Guide. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1). Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accordingly. Y N Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/ J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-955, 024-958

Paper is loaded in Tray 1 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.1. Check the operation of the guide.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.2. Check the operation of the guide.
Procedure
Procedure
024-959, 024-960


Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.3/7.5. Check the operation of the guide.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.4/7.6. Check the operation of the guide.
Procedure
Procedure
024-961, 024-962
024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOT detect) RAP

No paper is loaded in the tray.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.7/7.8/7.9/7.10/7.11/7.12. Reload the relevant tray.
Tray 2: MCU PWB P409B-12 (BSD 7.8 Flag 4) Tray 3: TM PWB P549-B12 (BSD 7.9 Flag 4 / BSD 7.10 Flag 4) Tray 4: TM PWB P549-A12 (BSD 7.11 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4) Activate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). For Tray 1 or Tray 2, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). For Tray 3 or Tray 4, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The actuator is not distorted or damaged. Y N Replace the actuator. Actuate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Tray 1: Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor] Tray 2: Component Control[071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor] Tray 3: Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor] Tray 4: Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor] The display changes. Y N Check the connections of the following connectors: Tray 1: P/J101, P/J601, P/J409 Tray 2: P/J103, P/J602, P/J409 Tray 3: P/J102B, P/J661B, P/J549 Tray 4: P/J102A, P/J661A, P/J549 The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit. Tray 1: Between J101 and J409 (BSD 7.7 Flag 4/Flag 5) Tray 2: Between J103 and J409 (BSD 7.8 Flag 4/Flag 5) Tray 3: Between J102B and J549 (BSD 7.9 Flag 4/Flag 5/ BSD 7.10 Flag 4/Flag 5 Tray 4: Between J102A and J549 (BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5)/ BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5) The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-10 (BSD 7.7 Flag 5) Tray 2: MCU PWB P409B-10 (BSD 7.8 Flag 5) Tray 3: TM PWB P549-B10 (BSD 7.9 Flag 5 / BSD 7.10 Flag 5) Tray 4: TM PWB P549-A10 (BSD 7.11 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5) The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/ PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-12 (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-12 (BSD 7.7 Flag 4) A Status Indicator Raps
024-965
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error RAP

APS/ATS is unable to detect the paper size.
024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) RAP

Paper Width Mix was detected during stapling.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.1- 7.6. Reload the tray.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.4.
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant Size Sensor is installed correctly. Y N Install the relevant Size Sensor correctly. Go to the BSD 7.1 -7.6 Tray 1 -4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4). The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J416-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-966, 024-967
024-968 Stapler / Punch Batting

Staple and Punch positions overlap.
024-969 Different Width Mix Punch

Paper of different widths detected in Punch Mode output.
Initial Actions
Cancel Staple, Punch, or both.
Initial Actions
Cancel Punch operation.
Procedure
When copying, user can either specify which has more priority, or cancel both.
Procedure
Use compatible paper sizes.
024-968, 024-969
024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place

Tray 6 is out of Place.
024-972 Tray 6 Size Mismatch

Paper in Tray 6 is different from that specified for printing.
Initial Actions
Set Tray 6 into position.
Initial Actions
Reload appropriate type of paper in Tray 6.
Procedure
If failure continues, check for proper operation of Tray 6 In Sensor. (BSD 7.15)
Procedure
If failure continues, check for the proper operation of the Tray 6 Size Sensor. (BSD 7.15)
024-970, 024-972
024-975 Copy Booklet Sheets Counts Over

Number of sheets detected upon start of printing exceeded maximum number sheets allowed for Booklet maker.
024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP

After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time. After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Reduce the number of sheets set for Booklet Maker or cancel Booklet Maker job.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6.
Procedure
Cancel job or reduce number of sheets set for this job.
Procedure
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J8819 and P/J8847. P/J8819 and P/J8847 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8819 and P/J8847. Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6). The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-975, 024-976
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP

When starting Staple, Staple Ready Sensor Off was detected. Empty stapling was within 13 times.
024-978 Booklet Stapler Fault

Booklet Maker Stapler not ready.
Initial Actions
Check staples, reset the stapler cartridge.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6. Reload the Staple Cartridge.
Procedure
Check for proper operation of the Booklet Stapler Cover Switch, and the Stapler Front Safety Switches. (BSD 12.13)
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-243]. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-977, 024-978
024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP

The Staple Pin is nearly empty. The cartridge has not been installed.
024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP

The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for mixed paper size).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.8.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852. Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/ J8850 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827. Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A
024-979, 024-980
024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full

Finisher top tray is full
Initial Actions
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.
Procedure
If the failure continues, check for proper operation of the Stack Height Sensor. (BSD 12.8)
024-980, 024-981
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP

After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Refer to BSD 12.8.
B Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/ J8850 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-982
024-985 MPT Feed Failure RAP

The job was aborted during MPT feed.
024-989 Booklet Low Staple

Booklet Maker Stapler Low Staple signal is detected to be on at Staple operations.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 7.13. Check the operation of the MPT Guide.
Initial Actions
Check staples, set properly or add more staples.
Procedure Procedure
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Y N Use a paper size within the specification. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the MPT Guide Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1). Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accordingly. Y N Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/ J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If failure continues check the proper operation of the Front or Rear Low Staple Switch. (BSD 12.26, BSD 12.27)
024-985 , 024-989
024-985 , 024-989
024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP

BSD-ON:12.24 The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for the same paper size only).
B Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988.
Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version February, 2008 WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-369
024-916
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP

The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray.
024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile RAP

- When the eject cover is opened or closed, Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor has No Paper. - A set of sheets including scratch sheet is output from compiler tray. (e.g. when job is cancelled)
Procedure
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [024-917] reoccurs. Y N End Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Eject cover is closed
Procedure
Check the connection J8984 and P/J8988 on the Finisher PWB. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [024-928] reoccurs. Y N End Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
024-917, 024-928
024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP

BSD-ON:12.21 After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time. After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP

BSD-ON:12.21 When starting Staple, Staple Ready Sensor Off was detected. Empty stapling was within 13 times.
Procedure
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of J8887 and P/J8981. J8887 and P/J8981 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8887 and P/J8981. Check the wire between J8887 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8887 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J8896 and P/J8981. P/J8896 and P/J8981 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8896 and P/J8981. Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Reload the Staple Cartridge.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-243 Staple Ready Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and correctly. Y N Connect J8886 and P/J8981. P/J8981 are connected
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-976, 024-977
024-978 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler Fail

BSD-ON:12.27 Booklet Stapler Assembly (Front/Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Front/Rear Staple Home Switch detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting reverse motion.
B Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895,and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995) Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). A B Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 2-372 024-978
024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP

BSD-ON:12.21 The Staple Pin is nearly empty. The cartridge has not been installed.
024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP

BSD-ON:12.24 The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for mixed paper size).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and correctly. Y N Connect J8886 and P/J8981. P/J8981 are connected
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
024-979, 024-980
B Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP

BSD-ON:12.24 After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Y N Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected correctly. Y N Connect J8874 and P/J8988. Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A
024-980, 024-982
024-984 Booklet Low Staple F

BSD-ON:12.26 Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected just before Stapling operation. Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Control[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8986. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. wires
Procedure
Supply the staples. The problem is resolved. Y N Enter Component Control [013-107 Front Low Staple Switch], Select Start. LOW (staples available) is displayed Y N Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J8894 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wire between J8894 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8995-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8894-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.26). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Front Low Staple Switch (PL 23.19). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
024-982 , 024-984
024-989 Booklet Low Staple R

BSD-ON:12.27 Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected just before Stapling operation. Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the interlock was closed.
Procedure
Supply the staples. The problem is resolved. Y N Enter Component Control [013-108 Rear Low Staple Switch]. Select Start. LOW (staples available) is displayed Y N Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8995-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8895-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Rear Low Staple Switch (PL 23.20). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
024-989
026-700 LDAP Protocol Max Error RAP

In handling Address Book, an out-of-spec LDAP protocol is detected.
026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP

Address Book Directory Service is overflown.
Procedure
The server uses the out-of-spec LDAP protocol not supported by this machine. If trying to reproduce this, contact our Custom Support Center.
Procedure
Software internal to this machine is defective.
026-700, 026-702
026-700, 026-702
027-400 Net Off Line RAP

Net Off Line.
027-442 Duplicate IP Address RAP

Stateless automatic setting IP address1 duplicated.
Procedure
If any other messages are displayed, clear the relevant error. If panel operations are being carried out, finish these operations. If remote access is being carried out, wait until the relevant access is finished. If failure continues after doing all of the above, turn power off/on. If failure still continues, contact service center.
Procedure
(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.
027-400, 027-442
027-443 DNS Renewal Failure of Dynamic RAP

Stateless automatic setting IP address2 duplicated

Stateless automatic setting IP address3 duplicated
Procedure
Procedure
027-443, 027-444
027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP

Wrong manual setting IP address

Manual setting IP address duplicated.
Procedure
Procedure
027-445, 027-446

Link local IP address duplicated.

BSD-ON:16.1 A PC with the same IP address exists on the network.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Change the IP address.
Procedure
027-447, 027-452
027-500 SMTP Server Mail I/O RAP

The Mail I/O cannot resolve the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) Server address.
027-501 POP Server RAP

The Mail I/O cannot resolve the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server address.
Procedure
Specify the correct SMTP Server name or specify the IP address.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Specify the correct POP (Post Office Protocol) Server name or specify the IP address.
027-500, 027-501
027-502 POP Authentication RAP

The Mail I/O cannot pass POP (Post Office Protocol) authentication.
027-503 POP server communication timeout RAP

POP server communication timeout.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check that the login name and password for the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server are correct.
Procedure
Wait a while before repeating the operations. If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.
027-502, 027-503
027-504 Invalid Response Reception from SMTP Server RAP

Response reception is not expected from server.
027-513 SMB Scan Client RAP

A SMB scan client does not have the right to access. (Win9x series)
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure Procedure
Repeat the same operations. If the situation does not improve, contact telephone center or dealer. Check if the specified user is allowed to read/write a file in storage place on the SMB server. If not, make the setting that allows the user to access.
027-504, 027-513
027-514 Host Name Solution Error RAP

A failure in resolving a problem with a host name in SMB scan
027-515 DNS Server Error in SMB RAP

In SMB scan, the server was not found on DNS.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Set DNS address. Or set the destination server address, using IP address.
Procedure
Check the connection to DNS. Or check that the destination server name is entered on DNS.
027-514, 027-515
027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP

In SBM scan, there is a problem with the connection to the server.
027-518 Login/Password Error RAP

A login name or password error in SMB scan.
Procedure
Check that the destination SMB server and this machine are set up so that they can communicate with each other on the network. For example, check the following: Network Cable for connection TCP/IP Setup Communication through Port 137 (UDP), Port 138 (UDP) and Port 139 (TCP) If any communication is conducted beyond subnet, check WINS Server settings and check that any problem with server name address can be resolved properly
Procedure
Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.
027-516, 027-518
027-519 Scanning Picture Error RAP

There is a problem with the scanned images saving place SBM scan server.
027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP

A failure in acquiring a file name/folder on the SMB scan server.
Procedure
Check the following:. That the storage place is correct. That the specified storage place is not linked to another server for DFS setting. Directly specify the server to link to, shared name and storage place.
Procedure
Check the right to access the SMB scan server.
027-519, 027-520
027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP

The suffix of a SMB scan file name/folder name exceeds the limit.
027-522 File Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a SMB scan file.
Procedure
Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder.
Procedure
Check the following: That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place. That the specified file name is not used by another user. That there is no file or folder with the same name as the specified file name.
027-521, 027-522
027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a SMB scan lock folder
027-524 Folder Creation Failure RAP

A failure in creating a SMB scan folder
Procedure
Check the following: If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the job. That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one. That the storage place has some space available.
Procedure
Check the following: That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one. That the storage place has some space available.
027-523, 027-524
027-525 File Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a SMB scan file.
027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a SMB scan lock folder
Procedure
Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place.
Procedure
If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the job.
027-525, 027-526
027-527 Folder Delete Failure RAP

A failure in deleting a FTP scan folder
027-528 Data Write-in Failure RAP

No space available in the specified storage place on the SMB scan data server.
Procedure
Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place.
Procedure
Check that the storage place has some space available.
027-527, 027-528
027-529 Data Read Failure RAP

An error internal to SMB Library occurred.
027-530 Data Reading Failure RAP

[Overwrite prohibited] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated SMB scan file name is detected.
Procedure
Do the same operation again. If this does not resolve the problem, contact our Customer Support Center.
Procedure
Select any option other than [Overwrite prohibited].
027-529, 027-530
027-531 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP

SMB scan filing policy is illegal (when Add selected).
027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP

NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB scan
Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that the file format is not a multi-page one.
Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.
027-531, 027-532
027-533 Internal Scan Error RAP

An internal error occurred in SMB scan.
027-543 Server Name Specification Error RAP

A specified SMB server (NetBIOS) name is wrong.
Procedure
Procedure
Check that the SMB server name is correct.
027-533, 027-543
027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 RAP

SMB protocol error. An invalid character was detected in the specified domain name.

SMB protocol error. An invalid character was detected in the specified domain name.
Procedure
Check with the network administrator for the domain name. Also, check if the domain name set on the machine is correct, using the following procedure: 1.Enter the System Administration mode, and select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Network Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Service] > [SMB Server Settings]. 2.Select the SMB server to check the domain name.
Procedure
Check with the network administrator for the domain name.
027-547, 027-548

SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error. The SMB server was not found.
Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.
Procedure
Check if the connection between the authentication server and the machine has been established via a network. For example, check the following points: -Network cable connection TCP/IP settings -Connection via Port 137 (UDP)/Port 138 (UDP)/Port 139 (TCP)
027-549, 027-564

SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error. SMB (TCP/IP) is not active.
Procedure
Procedure
Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of the [Properties] tab.
027-565, 027-566
027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not Started RAP

SMB (TCP/IP) has not been started.

SMB protocol error.
Procedure
Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of the [Properties] tab.
Procedure
027-569, 027-572

SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error.
Procedure
Procedure
027-573, 027-574

SMB protocol error.

SMB protocol error.
Procedure
Procedure
027-576, 027-578

SMB protocol error. The SMB server is in shared security mode.

SMB protocol error. Login disabled period.
Procedure
The SMB server may be on Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS. Set the SMB server on an OS other than Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS.
Procedure
Check with the system administrator for the login-permitted period.
027-584, 027-585

SMB protocol error. The password has expired.

SMB protocol error. The password must be changed.
Procedure
Obtain a valid password from the system administrator.
Procedure
Log in to Windows, and change the password. Ask the system administrator to change the setting so that you do not need to change the login password next time.
027-586, 027-587

SMB protocol error. The user is invalid.

SMB protocol error. The user was locked out.
Procedure
Ask the system administrator for validating the user.
Procedure
Ask the system administrator for canceling the lockout status.
027-588, 027-589

SMB protocol error. The user was locked out.

SMB protocol error. Users are restricted. A blank password is invalid.
Procedure
Obtain a valid user account from the system administrator. Or, ask the system administrator to extend the account expiration date.
Procedure
Set the password for the user.
027-590, 027-591
027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other codes RAP

SMB library internal error other than 27-547 to 27-579 has occurred.
027-702 Certificate for Recipients, was not Found RAP

Certificate for addresses, was not found.
Procedure
Operate again.
Procedure
Store certificate for recipient to the device.
027-599, 027-702
027-703 Certificate for Recipients, has Expired RAP

Certificate for addresses, has expired.
027-704 Certificate for Recipients, was Untrusted RAP

Certificate for addresses, was untrusted.
Procedure
Store correct certificate for recipient to the device. Check the following: - Expiration date of certificate - Device time (whether it is correct)
Procedure
Check certificate path of certificate for recipient, and import the required CA certificate.
027-703, 027-704
027-705 Certificate for Recipients, was revoked RAP

Certificate for addresses, was revoked.
027-706 Certificate RAP

The authentication certificate is not available.
Procedure
Store certificate for recipient that is not included in the CRL to the device.
Procedure
Obtain an authentication certificate.
027-705, 027-706
027-707 Certificate Expired RAP

The authentication certificate expired.
027-708 Certificate Valid RAP

The authentication certificate is not credible.
Procedure
Obtain new authentication certificate.
Procedure
Check the authentication certificate information and retry.
027-707, 027-708
027-709 Certificate Revoked RAP

The authentication certificate is revoked.
027-710 Invalid S/MIME Mail RAP

The Mail I/O received S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) mail even though S/ MIME was set to [Off].
Procedure
Reestablish authentication certificate or obtain a new authentication certificate.
Procedure
Enable S/MIME as required.
027-709, 027-710
027-711 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate.
027-712 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail with valid sender certificate but a signature verification error is detected.
Procedure
Request for the mail to be resent. Check the setting of the S/MIME device as required.
Procedure
Request that mail to be resent with a valid sender certificate.
027-711, 027-712
027-713 S/MIME Mail Altered RAP

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail but corrupted mail is detected.
027-714 S/MIME Mail Invalid RAP

The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail with different sender mail address and signature mail address.
Procedure
Check the sender as required.
Procedure
Check the sender as required.
027-713, 027-714
027-715 S/MIME Mail Certificate Registration RAP

The certificate supported by S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) encrypted mail is not registered in the device.
027-716 Email Signature RAP

The system detected that prohibited E-mails without a signature were received.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the certificate of the destination is registered in the certificate store of the device. Check the E-mail signatures and retry.
027-715 , 027-716
027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP

SMTP mail division error.
027-737 Template Server Read RAP

An error was received from the server for one of the following FTP commands: [TYPE A], [LIST] and [RETR] when reading from the Job Template Pool Server.
Procedure
Scan document page number exceeds threshold page number for partitioning Change the document partitioning settings (increase threshold value), or reduce the number of pages in the document to be scanned
Procedure
Check that [Read Authorization] is established for the storage destination server directory set as a resource.
027-730, 027-737
027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP

An error was received from the Server for the FTP command [CWD] and the specified path of the Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.
027-740 Template Server Login RAP

Login to the FTP Server failed.
Procedure Procedure
Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare. From another PC connected to the network, check that login to the above account is possible. From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CenterWare. Set the login name and password in the Job Template file storage destination.
027-739, 027-740
027-741 Template Server Connect RAP

The system failed in obtaining data connection or list data while connecting to the Job Template Pool Server using the FTP command [LIST].
027-742 HDD File System RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 The HDD is full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work files.
Procedure
Connect the network cable from the machine correctly. From the destination server, use [ping] to check that the machine can be [seen]. Perform the [ping] test on the destination server from the PSW. From a client PC, check that FTP connection to the destination server is possible.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
027-741 , 027-742
027-743 Template Server Install RAP

The address format of the Job Template Pool Server is incorrect.
027-744 Template Address RAP

An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.
Procedure
Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server.
Procedure
Check the connection to the DNS (Domain Name System). Check that the Job Template Pool Server domain name is registered in the DNS.
027-743, 027-744
027-745 Template Address Server RAP

The DNS Server address is not set during address resolution.
027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP

iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer instructions were received when iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer is prohibited.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Change the transfer setting to receive iFAX.
Procedure
Set the DNS address. Check the Job Template Pool Server address using IP address.
027-745, 027-750
027-751 Job Template Analysis RAP

An error is detected when analyzing the given instruction.
027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP

The instruction to start the job is issued but the required user entry not entered.
Procedure
Verify the job set up selections.
Procedure
Do not link the entry box to instructions that require user entry. Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.
027-751, 027-752
027-753 Job Flow Service Disabled RAP

The system attempted to create a job to recall an external service while the Job Flow Service is invalid.
027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP

Job flow service File signature setting mismatch.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to enable the Job Flow Service. A mismatch of file signatures set by instructions
027-753, 027-754
027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP

XJT Command Fail.
027-761 Web Print Time Out RAP

Web print job is received but printing cannot be started within Time limit of on-demand printing.
Procedure
Check the following: - parameters set by XDOD client are within system specification range - XDOD client / controller versions; save XDOD job ticket and request investigation to development department via TSC.
Procedure
Take any of the following actions: (1) To retry printing with reduced number of document when on-demand printing is requested for multiple documents using external access function. (2) To enter M/C administrator mode to elongate the time or to set 0 from [System setting/Registration]>[System setting]>[System clock/Timer setting]>[Time limit of on-demand print], when the problem still recurs. NOTE: When on-demand print using external access function is requested for multiple documents, printing process time until the last document is accepted is not considered. Therefore, timeout may occur before the last document is accepted, with large-volume document and complicated document requiring longer data processing time. Time limit shall be set according to form of document to be printed.
027-760, 027-761
027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP

Web print job is received but attached job execution ticket is not correct. NOTE: On-demand print using external access function is requested to M/C but designated job ticket is not correct as follows: -Error overwrite of job ticket due to M/C software failure -Error overwrite of job ticket due to external server bug of sender -Error overwrite of job ticket due to network problem -Intentional falsification of job ticket
027-772 SMTP Server Error (HELO) RAP

SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal).
Procedure
If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII characters. If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports HELO command.
Procedure
Retry print request.
027-762, 027-772
027-773 SMTP Server Communication Timeout RAP

SMTP server communication timeout.
027-774 Address Inaccurate Character RAP

SMTP address inaccurate character.
Procedure
Timeout in communication with SMTP server Wait a while before repeating the operations. If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.
Procedure
Use only ASCII characters for the destination email address.
027-773, 027-774
027-775 Too Many SMTP Address RAP

Too many SMTP address.
027-776 SMTP Server Error (EHLO) RAP

SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal).
Procedure
Reduce the number of destination email addresses. If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.
Procedure
If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII characters. If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports EHLO command.
027-775, 027-776
027-777 SMTP Server Un-Supports SMTP-AUTH RAP

SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH.
027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP

There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH.
Procedure
Send email without SMTP-AUTH. If the SMTP-AUTH feature is required, consult system administrator
Procedure
Consult the network administrator; check the server SMTP authentication method. The Device supports the following methods: plain authentication, login (base 64) authentication, and CRAM-MD5 (challenge-response).
027-777, 027-778
027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH RAP

SMTP authentication failure.
027-796 E-mail Not Printed RAP

E-mails without attachments were received when the settings were set to [Do not print header and content].
Procedure
Check if the authentication information (username/password) has been set properly
Procedure
Ask customer to change the settings and repeat the operation. Ask customer to check the remote machine. If the problem continues, replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
027-779, 027-796
027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 E-mail was received with E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax not selected.
Procedure
Change the settings and repeat the operation. If the problem persists check the remote machine. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
027-797
027-797
033-363 Fax Control RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There was an ESS reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The specified document does not exist.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 11.3).
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
033-363, 033-710

BSD-ON:16.1 Memory is at maximum limit.

BSD-ON:16.1 The Chain-Link does not exist.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
033-712, 033-713

BSD-ON:16.1 The job cannot be processed with the host in the current status.

BSD-ON:16.1 The specified mailbox does not exist.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
033-715, 033-716

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Verification of the specified password failed.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.
Procedure
Perform following as required 1. 2. Verify machine is connected to dedicated analog line (not ISDN). Verify that no password is set. Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code (five ones) 11111, or code is available. a. b. c. d. e. f. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter (five ones) 11111 using the number keypad and select Confirm. Select System Settings. Select System Settings again. Select FAX Mode Settings. Select Local Terminal Settings. Check that 3. Machine Password is (not set). If it is (not set), select close/exit as required. Go to step 3. If a password is set, go to step 3. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. 3. Select 3. Machine Password and select Change Settings. Select Backspace as required to delete the password. Select Save. Select Close/Exit as required. Select Close again. Select Close again. Power machine off and on to verify setting change.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Initialize NVM.
033-717, 033-718

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The specified page cannot be created.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the problem persists check the Fax line connection (telephone line). If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
Procedure
033-719, 033-721

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 A stored Fax job is cancelled.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The upper limit for image data in a single transmission was exceeded.
Procedure
Ask customer to resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in smaller parts. If the problem persists refer customer to User Guide to find information on lowering memory usage.
033-722, 033-724

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The HDD was full during Fax Receive, Format or report creation.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Two-sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed-size originals for fax).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to verify that two-sided printing is not available.
Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend.
033-725, 033-726

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing was given during the operation.
Initial Actions
Power off/on
Procedure
Procedure
033-727, 033-728

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, a simultaneous request from the user to stop the job was received.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The job document number related to the job could not be obtained.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
033-731, 033-733

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 An error occurred in reserving fax receive memory.
Procedure
Procedure
033-734, 033-735

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Fax was not transferred as the data capacity exceeded the threshold value while the Fax Transfer Prohibition Function was activated, based on the data capacity of the Internet Fax Off Ramp.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax Controller detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.

Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Power off/on
Procedure
033-736, 033-737

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax Controller detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.
Procedure
Procedure
033-738 , 033-740

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX PWB did not match.

Procedure
Procedure
033-741, 033-742


Procedure
Procedure
033-743, 033-744


Procedure
Procedure
033-745, 033-746

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 When requesting to start the service from the FAX PWB, the job could not be created due to causes such as job number overflow.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 During Fax formatting, the enlarged image data is larger than the reserved memory.

Ask customer to request a re-resend. Power off/on
Procedure
033-747, 033-749

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Enlargement of error free image data failed when image data was retrieved from the FAX PWB.
033-751 Activity Report suspended RAP

When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the machine just goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period.
033-750, 033-751
033-755 Fax printing is canceled Fax RAP

Because Fax Service did not work, printing a fax document was cancelled.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
033-755
034-211 Fax Communication RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 PWB.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 2 PWB.
Procedure
Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 1 on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 2 on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
034-211 , 034-212

There is incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient telephone number).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The specified channel is not installed.
Procedure
Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to verify that the specified channel is installed. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
034-500 , 034-501

Transmission exceeded memory capacity.

A send error is detected in the Recipients Print Sets function when the receiving Fax does not support remote collating and copying.
Procedure
Procedure
Ask customer to reconfigure the job and resend.
034-505, 034-506

One of the following occurred. The password is incorrect. An error in the mailbox number is detected. No documents for polling are found.

The Fax controller sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to check if the password, mailbox number or document for valid polling. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
034-507, 034-508

The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal from the receiving Fax.

The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the reject command signal from the receiving Fax.
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
034-509, 034-510

The receiving Fax is unable to send.

An infinite loop was detected at the receiving Fax relay broadcast.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
034-511 , 034-512

The Fax controller received an illegal command from the receiving Fax during remote maintenance.

The Fax controller received a remote maintenance request from the receiving Fax but the Fax controller does not support this function.
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
Procedure
Check Fax setup. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.
034-513, 034-514

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller received a DIS signal from the receiving Fax. A DCS signal is received when this function is not supported. An illegal command was received.

The number of recipients exceeded the limit.
Procedure
Ask customer to reduce the number of recipients and then resend.
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
034-515, 034-519

The number of services exceeded the limit.
034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP

Service designated with SI does not exist (This error may not be sent back due to cross sequence fix).
Procedure
Ask customer to reduce the number of selections and then resend.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
034-520, 034-521

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There is no phone line available for manual transmission when manual transmission is disabled.

The Fax controller was unable to accept the service when it is in a prohibited state.
Procedure
Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
034-522, 034-523
034-527 Dial Control Error RAP

Dial Control Error

A manual transmission was requested during dialing.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Ask customer to resend.
Procedure
034-527, 034-528

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 When confirming and receiving print jobs, the jobs cannot be printed when the document size does not match the paper size.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 DTMF I/F Time-out is detected when an operation did not occur within the specified time.
Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to check if the paper tray guides are set correctly. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. Ask customer to check the size of the paper loaded in the tray. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
034-529, 034-530
034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection RAP

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxCard-ROM. (During DLD method).
034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang RAP

-GCP lock Date task noRTC ACK). Hardware failure, software I/F error. -G3 Dicep not changed to idle status, causing timeout.
Procedure
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxCard-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again. -CODEC hang-up.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
034-550, 034-700
034-701 Software Reset RAP

Software Reset.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There is a presentation of an illegal event.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
034-701, 034-789
034-790 Fax Communication Channel 0 RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Channel 0 outside line is not connected.

Procedure
Procedure
034-790, 034-791


Procedure
Procedure
034-792, 034-793


Procedure
Procedure
034-794, 034-795
034-796 Fax Communication Channel RAP

Incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient Telephone Number).
034-797 Communication Parameter Error RAP

Job error communication option parameter has error.
Procedure
Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
034-796 , 034-797
034-798 Data Parameter Error RAP

Job error communication data parameter has error.
034-799 Auto Dial Without Dial Data RAP

Auto Dial is activated but no dial data is found.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
034-798, 034-799
034-798, 034-799
035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection RAP

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG3-ROM. (During DLD method).
035-700 Fax Protocol RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 A modem error occurred.
Procedure
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG3-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
035-550, 035-700

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The disconnect signal was not received from the receiving Fax after transmission was not established, or there is a time-out.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 For the NSS/DTC (Non-Standard Setup/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax controller, the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax, or transmission was rejected by the Select Receive function on the receiving Fax.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Check the connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).
035-701, 035-702

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 DCN (Distributed Computer Network) signal was received from the receiving Fax when sending in Phase-B (pre-message processing).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Polling could not be done because the receiving Fax does not support Polling Send function, or the stored document/original was not set.
Procedure
Procedure
035-703 , 035-704

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal was sent out three times but there was no response from the receiving Fax, or the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received. Resending of DCS/NSS (Digital Command Signal/Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal exceeded the limit.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 When sending the NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal, fall back could not be done or a fall back error occurred (In User/Auto Resend Standby).
Procedure
Procedure
035-705, 035-706

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The password does not exist or it was inconsistent. Transmission was received from another party other than the selected party for transmission.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The post command was sent out three times but there was no response from the receiving Fax, or a DCN (Disconnect) signal was received. Post messages resend over the limit.
Procedure
Procedure
035-707, 035-708

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller received a RTN (Retrain Negative) signal from the receiving Fax.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller received a PIN (Procedure Interrupt Negative) signal from the receiving Fax.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
035-709 , 035-710

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 DCN (Disconnect) signal or an invalid command was received from the receiving Fax when sending in Phase-D.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 A NSC (Non-Standard Facilities Command) signal resulted in one of the following: The password was incorrect. Stored documents/originals for polling was not set on the receiving Fax. Document jam on the receiving Fax.
Procedure
Procedure
035-711, 035-712

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 No response signal was returned from the receiving Fax after the FTT (Failure To Train) signal was sent.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 A DCN (Disconnect) signal was returned from the receiving Fax to the NSC/DTC (Non-Standard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax controller for one of the following: Incorrect password No originals for polling Paper jam on the receiving Fax
Procedure
Fax phone line may also carry a DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) internet signal, but this is not supported by the hardware. Fax requires an analog only phone line (can be used for voice only).
Procedure
035-713, 035-714

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 A password mismatch interrupted polling.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There is a time out or there is no post message.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job, verify any passwords, and resend.
Procedure
035-715 , 035-716

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 An RTN (Retrain Negative) signal was sent to the receiving Fax.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 When no data was sent from the receiving Fax, or after receiving more than 1 page manually, the receiving Fax changed the resolution or the document size and the Fax controller returned to Phase-B (pre-message processing), but no data was sent from the receiving Fax.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation.
Procedure
035-717, 035-718

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 A busy tone was detected in receive Phase-B (pre-message processing).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The receiving Fax has one of the following problems: A compatibility problem Can not receive the DIS/NSF/NSC/DTC (DIgital Identification/Non-Standard Facilities/ Non-Standard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signals Memory is full
Procedure
Procedure
035-719, 035-720

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax when receiving in Phase-B (premessage processing).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The frame length exceeded 3.45sec in 300bps command/response.
Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
035-721, 035-722

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller could not receive the CD (Collision Detection) signal within 3mins after receiving the signal from the receiving Fax.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller sent a FTT (Failure To Train) signal after receiving a DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax.
Procedure
Procedure
035-723, 035-724

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The receiving Fax does not support the relay broadcast and mailbox functions.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller did not receive the TRN (Train) signal within 10 seconds after Phase-C (message transmission).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the resend fails Fax transmission cannot be used and another method of transmitting the data is required.
Procedure
035-725, 035-726

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 More than 50% of decoding errors were detected when 148mm of G3 image information was received in Phase-C (message transmission).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 One of the following occurred: The Fax controller did not detect a normal line within 1 minute after it had begun to receive G3 image information. The Fax controller did not detect the EOL (End of Line) signal within 13sec (default) when receiving. The Fax controller could not receive the EOL (End of Line) signal within 10sec in Phase-C (message transmission).
Procedure
Procedure
035-727, 035-728

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There is a time-out drop-out when receiving the image information.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 During training or when sending a command in high speed in Phase-C (message transmission), an error is detected when the modem is not turned on when a HDLC (High Level Data Link Control) signal was sent.
Procedure
Procedure
035-729, 035-730

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 An error was detected during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The V.34 CD (Collision Detection) is off.
Procedure
Procedure
035-731, 035-732

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There is an error in V.34 mode (33.6 KBPS rate).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 During Polling Receive, there was no stored documents/originals for polling, or the polling operation/settings were missed during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.
Procedure
Procedure
035-733, 035-734

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 During Polling Send, there was no stored documents/originals for polling or the polling operation/settings was missed on the Fax controller during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no response was returned from the receiving Fax to the CTC (Continue To Correct) signal sent by the Fax controller.
Procedure
Procedure
035-735, 035-736

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal, or no response was returned from the receiving Fax to the EOR (End Of Retransmission) signal sent by the Fax controller. Resending of CTC/EOR (Continue To Correct/End Of Retransmission) signal exceeded the limit.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no response was returned from the receiving Fax to the RR (Receive Ready) signal sent by the Fax controller.
Procedure
Procedure
035-737, 035-738

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There is a time-out after initial 2 way transmissions are established.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 After the EOR (End Of Re-transmission) signal was sent, transmission stopped or the EORQuit signal was sent from the Fax controller.
Procedure
Procedure
035-739, 035-740

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 There is a time-out during Phase-C (message transmission).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 After the EOR (End of Re-transmission) signal was sent, the ERR (Response For End Of Transmission) signal was returned, or the EOR-Q (End Of Re-transmission-Quit) signal was received by the Fax controller.
Procedure
Procedure
035-741, 035-742

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The receiving Fax can not receive a SUB (Sub-Address).

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The receiving Fax can not receive a password.
Procedure
Procedure
035-743, 035-744

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The receiving Fax does not support the SEP (Separator) function.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller detected one of the following: No DT1 signal before dialing. A BT1/BT2 signal before dialing. A CT1 signal before dialing (a state in which PBX is busy). A CT2 signal before dialing. No DT1 signal during dialing (This could happen when an outside line was used without any signal sending from the PBX). A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing. A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing. No 2nd DT2 signal during dialing. A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing. A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing. No third DT3 signal during dialing. A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing. A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing. A BT1/BT2 signal after dialing. A CT1/CT2 signal after dialing. No DT signal from the PBX before dialing. A BT signal from the PBX before dialing. A CT signal from the PBX before dialing. A BT signal from the PBX after dialing. A CT signal from the PBX after dialing.
Procedure
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the connections are good then there is a problem with the customers PBX (Private Branch Exchange) line or the receiving fax.
035-745, 035-746

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The operation was stopped during dialing by using the Stop button.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The operation was stopped during transmission by using the Stop button.
Procedure
The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job.
Procedure
The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job.
035-747, 035-748

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 After dialing, the Fax controller did not receive the CED/DIS (Called Station Identification/Digital Identification Signal) from the receiving Fax, causing a transmission error or re-dial to exceed the limit.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The machine power failed during transmission, causing an error.
Procedure
Procedure
035-749, 035-750

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The operation was stopped during document sending by using the Stop button.

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The number of jobs exceeded the limit.
Procedure
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in separate parts.
035-751, 035-752
035-753 Fax Memory Full RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 This fault occurs in Fax receive of 999 sheets or more. Image information memory full, (File full, append record error)
035-754 File Management Memory Full RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 File management area full

Check with sender to divide the sent job. Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.
035-753, 035-754
035-755 File Add Page Error RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 File append record error.
035-756 Cannot Add Page RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 No additional data of file.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
035-755, 035-756
035-757 No Receive Page RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 No received page.
035-758 No Specified File or Page RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 No designated file or page.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
035-757, 035-758
035-759 No Specified Job RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel.
035-760 No Specified Job RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure
035-759, 035-760
035-761 File Processing Error RAP

BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 Timeout occurs in file error COMM file access or file handler does not send back error code at error occurrence.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
035-761
041-340 MCU PWB Data RAP

BSD-ON:3.1 There is a MCU PWB Data failure. Data storage address corruption occurred.
041-500
IIOT Memory (DDR DIMM) Fault.
Procedure
Ensure that the DIMMs are installed correctly. If the problem continues, replace the DIMMs (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Initial Actions
Ensure that the MCU PWB E-PROM is secure on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Ensure that the last software has been loaded.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB electrical connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Secure the connectors. Turn on the power again. [041-340] persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Initialize NVM. [041-340] persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Reload software. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
041-340, 041-500
041-501
IOT NVM Memory (DDR DIMM) Fault.
Procedure
Ensure that the DIMMs are installed correctly. If the problem continues, replace the DIMMs (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
041-501
042-323 Drum K Motor Drive Failure RAP

BSD-ON:4.1 The Drum Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.
042-325 Main Motor Failure RAP

BSD-ON:4.1 The Main Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Procedure
Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover. Execute Component Control[071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) is installed correctly. Y N Install the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) correctly. Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag 7). The wire between J408-7 and J214-8 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly. Y N Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure. Foreign substances or installation failure are found. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover. Execute Component Control [042-001 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly is installed correctly. Y N Install the Main Drive Assembly correctly. Check the wire between J410 and J214 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1B). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly. Y N Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure. Foreign substances or installation failure are found. Y N Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installation failure. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
042-323, 042-325
042-323, 042-325
047-211 OCT 1 RAP

BSD-ON:10.6 the OCT Home Sensor 1 did not actuate in time after the OCT1 Motor energized.
A Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.2). Execute Component Control [047-205 OCT Home Sensor 1]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 1 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J117, P/J613, P/J432. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between P/J117 and P/J432 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.6 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the OCT Home Sensor 1 (PL 6.2). Alternately execute Component Control [047-001 Offset Motor 1 (CW)] and Component Control [047-005 Offset Motor 1 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes. Y N Check the connections of P/J432 and P/J206. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between P/J432 and P/J206 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 1 between J206-1 (COM) and each point of J2062/3/4/5 (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm. Y N Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2). Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit. Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
047-211
047-212 OCT 2 RAP

BSD-ON:10.7 the OCT Home Sensor 2 did not actuate in time after the OCT2 Motor energized.
A Replace the MCUPWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly. Y N Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.1). Execute Component Control [047-206 OCT Home Sensor 2]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 2 with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J111, P606, J606, P/J434. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between P/J111 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the OCT Home Sensor 2 (PL 6.4). Alternately execute Component Control [047-003 Offset Motor 2 (CW)] and Component Control [047-004 Offset Motor 2 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes. Y N Check the connections of P/J207, P606, J606, and P/J433. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect connectors Check the wire between J433 and P207 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 2 between J207-1 (COM) and each point of J2072/3/4/5 (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm. Y N Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4). Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P421-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit. Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). A Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 2-504 Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
047-212
047-213 Different Finisher Detected RAP

BSD-ON: A Different type of Finisher connection was detected.
047-214 MCU Duplex Module RAP

BSD-ON:1.2/3.2 Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Duplex Module.
Initial Actions
Power OFF the machine. Disconnect the Tray Module and the Finisher (if the machine has one). Power ON the machine. If the problem is resolved, go to RAP 077-131 or 077-307 and troubleshoot the Duplex Module.
Initial Actions
Power OFF the machine. Disconnect the Tray Module and the Finisher (if the machine has one). Power ON the machine. If the problem is resolved, go to RAP 077-131 or 077-307 and troubleshoot the Duplex Module.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 / BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 / BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
047-213, 047-214
047-215 MCU Exit Communication Error RAP

BSD-ON:1.2/3.2 Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Exit Module.
047-216 MCU Finisher Communication RAP

BSD-ON:3.4 A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Finisher Module.
Initial Actions
Check the Exit Module harness connections to the IOT.
Initial Actions
Check the Finisher harness connections to the IOT.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each Exit PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J421 and P/J431 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.2 Flag 2). The wire between P/J421 and P/J431 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J416 and J8989 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4). The wire between P/J416 and J8989 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
047-215, 047-216
047-217 MCU HCF Communication RAP

BSD-ON:3.8 A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the HCF Module.
Initial Actions
Check the HCF harness connections to the IOT.
Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each HCF PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between PF/JF03 and P/J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.8). The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the HCF PWB () If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
047-217
047-217
061-315 Start Of Scan RAP

BSD-ON:6.4 The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value.
061-321 ROS Motor RAP

BSD-ON:6.4/6.5 The ROS Motor rotation speed does not reach the specified value within the specified time after the ROS Motor started rotating. The light intensity of the LD1 does not reach the specified value.
Procedure
Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J406 and P/J140. Check the wires between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/ Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connections are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J406 and P/J140. Check the connections of P/J160 and P/J170. P/J160 and rectly. Y N Connect P/J160 and P/J170. P/J170 are connected cor-
Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/ Flag 2). The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wire between J406 and J130 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag 1). The wire between J406 and J130 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Execute Component Control[061-200 ROS MOTOR ON]. The ROS Motor can be heard. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag 2). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The voltage is +24VDC. Y N Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). Repair the open circuit between J526 and J400. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Install the Xero/Developer Cartridge securely. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.4 Flag 3). The voltage is +5VDC.
061-315, 061-321
N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
061-333 ROS Fan Defect RAP

BSD-ON:6.5 ROS Fan rotation failure.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Clean the fan.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[042-003 ROS FAN ON].Check for noise in the rotation of the ROS Fan (PL 3.1). The ROS Fan is rotating. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J407-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between J407 and J219 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J407 and J219 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the ROS Fan (PL 3.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
061-321, 061-333
062-211 IIT/IPS PWB EEPROM RAP

BSD-ON: 3.1 The IPS EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation.
062-277 IIT/IPS PWB DADF PWB Communication RAP

BSD-ON: 3.5 Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J751 and P750, and between P/J752 and P750 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.5 Flag 1). The wires between P/J751 and P750, and between P/J752 and P750 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
062-211, 062-277
062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON: 6.1 The Platen Interlock is open.
062-310 IIT/IPS PWB Controller Communication RAP

BSD-ON: 3.1 Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly. Check the installation of the Platen Angle Sensor. The Platen Angle Sensor is installed correctly. Y N Install the Platen Angle Sensor correctly. Execute Component Control [062-301 Platen Angle Sensor]. Open and close the Platen Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J725 and P/J722. P/J725 and P/J722 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J725 and P/J722. Check the wire between J725 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.1 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J725 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag 5). Actuate the Platen Angle Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 11.4). Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 13.4). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between P/J720, P/J7193 and P/J320 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J720, 719, and J320 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
062-300, 062-310
062-311 IIT/IPS Software RAP

BSD-ON: 6.2 A software error was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB.
062-345 IIT/IPS Subsystem RAP

BSD-ON: 3.1 The IPS EEPROM failed during a read/write operation.
Procedure
Perform GP 8 Firmware version. The firmware is the latest version. Y N Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
062-311, 062-345
062-357 CCD Fan Failure RAP

CCD Fan Failure
062-360 Carriage Position RAP

BSD-ON: 6.3 An error occurred while counting the pulses of the Carriage Motor. After the Carriage Motor turned On, the IIT Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged. Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade.
Procedure Procedure
Remove the Platen Glass. Execute Component Control [062-017 CCD Fan]. The operates. Y N Replace the CCD Fan (PL 6.4). Check CCD Fan connections and wiring for damage. CCD Fan Check the Carriage Rail for dirt or contamination or distortion. Dirt or contamination or distortion is found in the Carriage Rail. Y N Clean the rails or correct the distortion (PL 11.4). Execute Component Control [062-212 IIT Registration Sensor]. Actuate the IIT Registration Sensor with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J728 and P/J7193. P/J728 and P/J7193 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J728 and P/J7193. Check the wire between J728 and J7193 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J728 and J7193 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 2/Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 2). Actuate the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4). Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Alternately execute Component Control[062-005 Carriage Motor SCAN ON] and Component Control[062-006 Carriage Motor RETURN ON]. The Carriage Motor starts up. Y N Check the connection P/J721. P/J721 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J721. Check the wires on J721 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 1). The wires on J721 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A Status Indicator Raps B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
062-357, 062-360
B Measure the resistance of the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). The resistance between J7211/2 and J721-3/4/5/6 is approx. 1Ohm. Y N Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P721-1/2 (+) and GND (-)(BSD 6.3 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
062-371 Lamp Illumination RAP

BSD-ON: 6.3/6.2 The amount of light from Exposure Lamp is inadequate which gets incident on CCD at the start of scan or at the initialization of IIT after power on.
Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate is found. Y N Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate. Execute Component Control [062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up. Y N Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P7231-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P7231-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3). Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J700 and P/J7101. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.4) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
062-360, 062-371
062-380 Platen AGC CH1 RAP

BSD-ON: 6.3 At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it should when it receives a specified amount of light.
062-386 Platen AOC CH1 RAP

BSD-ON: 6.2 At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it should when no light is incident on it.
Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate is found. Y N Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate. Execute Component Control[062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up. Y N Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The wire between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6). Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and between P723-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J700 and P/J7101. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
062-380, 062-386
062-389 Carriage Over Run RAP

BSD-ON: 3.1 The carriage scanned beyond safe limits.
062-392 IIT/IPS PWB Memory Failure-1 RAP

BSD-ON: 3.1 The IIT/IPS PWB RAM failed during the Read/Write operation. The Shading Memory failed during the Read/Write operation. The Gap Memory failed during the Read/Write operation. The ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) failed.
Procedure
Procedure
062-389, 062-392
062-393 IIT/IPS PWB RAM RAP

BSD-ON: 6.2 An internal processing error occurred in the IIT/IPS PWB.
062-500 IISS ROM RAP

BSD-ON: 6.2 IISS ROM Failure.
Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) connector. The securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. If the problem persists replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). If the problem persists, replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3). connectors are
Procedure
Check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWS (PL 11.3). Check that the prom on the IIT/IPS PWB is seated properly. If the above checks are OK, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Perform Max Setup if the IIT/IPS PWB was replaced. Perform DADF Registration Setup (ADJ 15.1.4).
062-393, 062-500
062-790 Prohibited Document Detection RAP

BSD-ON: 6.2 Control logic detects a prohibited document.
Procedure
Ask the customer to verify that the document is not a prohibited document. Refer to Prohibited Documents in SGS 12. If the document is not prohibited, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
062-790
062-790
071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP

BSD-ON:8.7 After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
N Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Initial Actions
If jams occur after servicing components in the Left Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.8), the Chute Assembly may be out of position (PL 2.8). Verify installation. Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
071-105
071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Failure RAP

BSD-ON:7.7 After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 1 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
N Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409.

Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/ J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-206 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps
Check the wire between J100 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
071-210
071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP

BSD-ON:7.1 The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch failed.
071-940 Tray 1 Lift Up RAP

BSD-ON:7.1 The Tray 1 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.
Initial Actions
Reload the tray correctly. Check the operation of the tray actuator. Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Remove and reinsert Tray 1 Realign paper in the tray Object other than paper is in the tray
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [071-211] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Procedure
1. 2. Tray Level Sensor Drive system from motor to bottom plate
071-211, 071-940
071-211, 071-940
072-101 Tray 2 MisFeed JAM RAP

BSD-ON:7.8/8.2 After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
N Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.
Remove the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
072-101

BSD-ON:8.2/8.7 After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
B Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between P204-1 and P204-4) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control[071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J204 and P/J410. A B Status Indicator Raps
072-105

BSD-ON:7.8 After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
N Check the connections of P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409. Check the wire between J102 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J102 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Reload paper in the tray correctly. Remove foreign substances in the tray. Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/ J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Execute Component Control[071-207 Tray 2 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
072-210

BSD-ON:7.2 The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch failed.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [072-211] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Procedure
072-211 , 071-940
073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed JAM RAP

BSD-ON:3.3/7.9/8.3 After the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
B Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/ J841 P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5). Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Feed/Lift
P/J220B,
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
073-101
073-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 3 Feed) RAP

BSD-ON:8.2/8.4 After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
If a grinding noise was reported or is heard and accompanies the 073-102 code, there may be incorrect gear mesh between TTM Takeaway Clutch (PL 13.8) and its drive gear, located to the right. Loosen the bracket fixing screws and reposition bracket for best gear mesh without binding. Power OFF/ON
A Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J826 and P/J552. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
073-102

BSD-ON:8.2/8.4/8.7 After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J826 and P/J552. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll.Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
073-105

BSD-ON:7.9/7.11 After the 2TM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. After the TTM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. Reload paper in the tray correctly. Remove foreign substances in the tray. Power OFF/ON
A Execute Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. Check the wire between J101B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9 Flag 2 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Initial Actions

Procedure
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549. Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Tray 4
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. A Status Indicator Raps
073-210

BSD-ON:7.3/7.5 The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch failed.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
[For 2TM] Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [073-211] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). [For TTM] Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Procedure
073-211 , 071-940
073-211 , 071-940
074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed JAM RAP

BSD-ON:3.3/7.10/8.5 After the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The changes. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
voltage
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Feed/Lift
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.5). The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5). Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4). Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.3 Flag 2). The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 2). A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
P/J220A,
Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
074-101

BSD-ON:8.2/8.4 After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. A Status Indicator Raps
074-102

BSD-ON:3.3/8.3/8.4 After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
B Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/ J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3 Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1). Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5). Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J826 and P/J552. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag 1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
074-103

BSD-ON:7.9/8.2/8.7 After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
B Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm. Y N Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [073-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J204. P/J204 and P/J204 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J204 and P/J204. A B Status Indicator Raps
074-105

BSD-ON:7.10/7.12 After the 2TM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. After the TTM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn On within the specified time. Reload paper in the tray correctly. Remove foreign substances in the tray. Power OFF/ON
A Execute Component Control [071-209 Tray 4 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661A and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549. Check the wire between J101A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10 Flag 2 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Initial Actions

Procedure
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. Y N Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549. Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard. Y N Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Tray 3
Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Check the installation of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
074-210

BSD-ON:7.4/7.6 The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch failed.

Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
[For 2TM] Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [074-211] occurs. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). [For TTM] Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted. Y N Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator. Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
Procedure
074-211, 071-940
075-135 MPT Registration Sensor On JAM RAP

BSD-ON:8.1/8.7 After the MPT Feed Solenoid turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the MPT. The MPT is installed correctly. Y N Install the MPT correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Execute Component Control [071-012 MPT Feed Solenoid ON]. The MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2) can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J205 and P/J411. P/J205 and P/J411 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J205 and P/J411. Measure the resistance of the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2) (BSD 8.1 Flag 1). (Between P205-1 and P205-2). The resistance is approx. 90Ohm. Y N Replace the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2). Check the wire between P205 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.1 Flag 1). The wire between P205 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
075-135
075-135
077-101 Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP

BSD-ON:8.7 After the Registration Clutch turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4) between P215-1 and P215-2 (BSD 8.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 240Ohm. Y N Replace the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4). Check the wire between J215 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 3). The wire between J215 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104 and P/J403. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [089-002 Registration Clutch ON]. The Registration Clutch (PL 2.4) can be heard. Y N Check the connection of P/J215 and P/J403. P/J215 and P/J403 are connected correctly. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
077-101
077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP

BSD-ON:10.2 After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
N Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly. Y N Install the Fuser correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit Gate is free to move. Y N Repair as required. 1
Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL 6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory. Y N Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5). Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J125 and P/J410. Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5). Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. A Status Indicator Raps
077-103
077-104 Exit Sensor off (too short) JAM RAP

BSD-ON:10.2 After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor turned Off before the specified time.
A Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly. Y N Install the Fuser correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J125 and P/J410. Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5). Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
077-104
077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On JAM RAP

BSD-ON:9.4/10.2 After the Registration Clutch turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
A Execute Component Control [091-004 DTS ON]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J403A-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.4 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between P/J403A-5 and P/J500-11 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.4 Flag 1). The wire between J403 and J500 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Re place the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS (PL 9.1). if the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly. Y N Install the Fuser correctly. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J125 and P/J410. Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5). Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up. Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
077-106
077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON JAM Straight RAP

BSD-ON:10.3/10.4 After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [047-024 Exit Gate Solenoid ON]. The Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) starts up and the gates start switching. Y N Check the wire between P/J209 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 3). The wire between J209 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) between J209-1 and J209-2 (BSD 10.4 Flag 4). The resistance is approx. 160Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Procedure
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Module correctly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit Gate is free to move. Y N Repair as required. 1
Replace the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL 6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory. Y N Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5). Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with paper. The display changes to H. Y N Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Status Indicator Raps
077-109
077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF JAM Straight RAP

BSD-ON:10.3/10.4 After the Exit 2 Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
077-114 Exit 2 Sensor Static JAM RAP

BSD-ON:8.7/9.3 Paper remains on the Exit 2 Sensor.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Module correctly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with paper. The display changes to H. Y N Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Status Indicator Raps
Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with paper. The display changes to H. Y N Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
077-113 , 077-114
077-129 Registration Sensor On JAM (Duplex Feed/Stop Case) RAP

BSD-ON:8.7/10.5 In the case where Duplex feeding stops, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Duplex Motor turned On.
A Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the DUP Module correctly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104 and P/J403. Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
077-129
077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On JAM RAP

BSD-ON:8.7/9.3 In the case where there is non-stop Duplex feed, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time after the Duplex Sensor turned On.
N Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Initial Actions
Power On/Off
Procedure
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the DUP Module correctly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Y N Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J104. Check the wire between P/J104 and P/J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) with paper. The display changes to L. Status Indicator Raps
Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
077-130
077-131 Duplex Wait Sensor On JAM RAP

BSD-ON:10.4/10.5 After the Exit 2 Motor turned On, the Duplex Sensor does not turn On within the specified time.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
N Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 (COM) and each point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly. Y N Install the DUP Module correctly. Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N Replace the Transport Roll. Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1) with paper. The display changes to L. Y N Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be heard. Y N Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be heard.
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
077-131
077-211 Detected different Type Tray Module RAP

BSD-ON:1.2/3.3 A Tray Module with different specifications is connected.
077-300 IOT Front Cover Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.3 The IOT Front Cover is open.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Reconnect the connection cable of the TM.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover.
Procedure
Check the settings for the DIP SW on the Tray Module PWB. The specifications are correct. Y N Set the correct specifications. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. [077-211] reoccurs. Y N End Check the wire between P/J541 and P/J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 3 / BSD 3.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the 2TM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) or the TTM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover. The Front Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Front Cover. Check the installation of the Front Cover Interlock Switch. The Front Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Front Cover Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control [071-303 Front Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT Front Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J121 and P/J405. P/J121 and P/J405 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J121 and P/J405. Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405 and J121 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1) between J405-3 and J405-4 (BSD 1.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405-3 and J405-4 is connecting successfully when the Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
077-211, 077-300
077-301 Left Hand Interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.2/1.3 The L/H Cover Assembly is open.
D Check the wire between J526 and J400 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The wire between J526 and J400 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the connections of P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301. J523 and P/J300, P/J301 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301. P/J521, P/
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON The L/H Cover Assembly is open.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the L/H Cover Assembly. The L/H Cover Assembly can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the L/H Cover Assembly (PL 2.6). Check the installation of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the L/H Cover Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control [071-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the L/H Cover Assembly. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J120 and P/J405. P/J120 and P/J405 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J120 and P/J405. Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J405 and J120 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6) between J405-1 and J405-2 (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J405-1 and J405-2 is connecting successfully when the L/H Cover Assembly is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/ Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Check the connections of P/J526 and P/J400. P/J526 and P/J400 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J526 and P/J400. A B C D Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Check the wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the ESS PWB P301-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
077-301
077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.4 The 2TM Cover is open. The TTM Cover is open.
077-307 DUP Cover Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.4 The DUP Cover is open.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Opening/closing of the DUP Cover.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM (PL 12.4/PL 13.7). Check the installation of the Tray Module Interlock Switch. The Tray Module interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Tray Module interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) correctly. Execute Component Control [071-301 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J554, FS812 and FS813. P/J554, FS812 and FS813 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J554, FS812 and FS813. Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between J554-2 and FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) between FS813 and FS812 (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between FS813 and FS812 is connecting successfully when the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the DUP Cover. The DUP Cover can be opened/closed. Y N Reinstall the DUP Cover. Check the installation of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). The Duplex installed correctly. Y N Install the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) correctly. Open Switch is
Execute Component Control [071-305 Duplex Open Switch]. Open and close the DUP Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J124 and P/J541. P/J124 and P/J541 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J124 and P/J541. Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J124 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) between J541-4 and J541-5 (BSD 1.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541-4 and J541-5 is connecting successfully when the DUP Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
077-305, 077-307
077-308 Left Hand HIGH Interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.4 The L/H-H Cover is open.
077-309 Left Hand Low Interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON:1.4 The L/H Lower Cover is open.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Opening/closing the L/H Lower Cover.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover. The IOT L/H-H Cover can be opened/ closed. Y N Reinstall the IOT L/H-H Cover. Check the installation of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch. The Exit 2 Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the Exit 2 Interlock Switch correctly. Execute Component Control [071-304 Exit 2 Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT L/H-H Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1. The P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1. Check the wire between J434 and J116 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J434 and J116 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4) between J434-12 and J43413 (BSD 1.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J434-12 and J434-13 is connecting successfully when the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the L/H Lower Cover. The L/H Lower Cover can be opened/ closed. Y N Reinstall the L/H Lower Cover (PL 2.5). Check the installation of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) correctly. Execute Component Control [071-302 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the L/H Lower Cover. The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J106 and P/J410. P/J106 and P/J410 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J106 and P/J410. Check the wire between J106 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J106 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) between J410-11 and J410-12 (BSD 1.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J410-11 and J410-12 is connecting successfully when the L/H Lower Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open. Y N Replace the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
077-308, 077-309
077-310 Controller Failed to send image RAP

BSD-ON:3.1 The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PWB image-ready signal within the specified time.
077-329 Main Motor Stop Error RAP

BSD-ON:3.1 Due to MCU PWB control failure, the Main Motor does not stop when no paper is being fed.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Initial Actions
power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the ROM version by executing NVM[740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest version. Y N Replace the ROM with the latest version. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the ROM version by executing NVM [740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest version. Y N Replace the ROM with the latest version. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
077-310, 077-329
078-101 HCF to Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP

BSD-ON: 8.2 The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the start of feed from Tray 6 (HCF).
078-102 HCF to Registration Sensor Fault RAP

BSD-ON: 8.7 The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Registration Sensor within the specified time.

Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on. Check for out-of-spec paper. Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper Clear any jam and switch the power off then on. Check for out-of-spec paper. Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.2 BSD and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact: Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-2 to MCU PWB P/J410-14 Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-15 Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-13 Execute Component Control [089-100 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.7 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Reg Sensor P/J104-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-B8 Reg Sensor P/J104-1 to MCU PWB P/J403-B13 Reg Sensor P/J104-3 to MCU PWB P/J403-B3
If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 2.4) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor. Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. JF57-3 to pins 1/2 JF57-4 to pins 5/6 If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit. Check the following: Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Drive gears for wear/breakage Drawer Connectors and contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown
If OK, replace the Tray Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Execute Component Control [077-003 Takeaway Clutch]. There is operation noise from the Takeaway Clutch 1. Y N Go to 8.2 BSD and check the Takeaway Clutch for an open. Check the following: Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation HCF and IOT for a poor docking HCF Transport Belt for poor tension HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Drive gears for wear/breakage If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown.
078-101, 078-102
078-104 HCF Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP

BSD-ON: 8.9 The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Feed Out Sensor within the specified time.
078-210 HCF to Tray 1 Lift RAP

BSD-ON:7.7 The Tray 1 Level Sensor did not actuate in time after the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor energized.
Initial Actions
Clear any jam and switch the power off then on. Check for out-of-spec paper. Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Initial Actions
Ensure the tray is set up and loaded correctly.
Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-001 or 007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J549 P/ J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor. Execute Component Control [072-001/002 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/ Lift Motor can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wires between P/J201 and P/J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The circuit between P/J201 and P/J409 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). Execute Component Control [071-201 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. Check the wires between P/J100 and P/J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wires between P/J100 and P/J409 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. A
Procedure
Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed out Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.9 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB JF01-3 Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB JF01-1
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) before replacing the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor. Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Takeaway Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. JF57-3 to pins 1/2 JF57-4 to pins 5/6 If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit. Check the HCF paper lift components and repair as required (PL 18.2, PL 18.3).
078-104 , 078-210
078-212 NVM Read/Write Failure RAP

Cannot read from and/or write to the NVM in HCF Module.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J409-A7 (+) and P/J409-A8 (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J409-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the paper transport drives and repair as required (PL 2.3).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check wires and connectors between the HCF and the IOT. Reload Software. If the problem continues, replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
078-210 , 078-212
078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON: The HCF Top Cover Interlock is open.
078-301 HCF Docking interlock Open RAP

BSD-ON: HCF Docking Interlock Open. The HCF and the IOT were undocked.
Procedure
Execute Component Control [078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock]. Open and close the Transport Cover. The display changes. Y N +24VDC is measured between JF05-2 on the HCF PWB and GND. Y N +24VDC is measured between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and GND. Y N +24VDC is measured between JF04-1 on the HCF PWB and GND. Y N Check the +24VDC circuit between the IOT and the HCF PWB. Replace the HCF PWB (PL18.8). Check the wires between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and FS001 on the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch, and between FS002 on the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch and JF05-2 on the HCF PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good, replace the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 18.7). Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). The problem could be misalignment between the HCF Top Cover and the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch. Check if the Switch/Cover is improperly installed and if the actuator is broken or bent. If OK, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Check that the HCF and the IOT are docked properly. Switch the power OFF then ON.
Procedure
Execute Component Control [078-301 Docking Interlock Switch]. The display changes when the lever of the Docking Interlock Switch is pushed. Y N Check the Docking Interlock Switch for an open circuit. Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
078-300, 078-301
078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) RAP

An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the HCF-ROM. (During DLD method)
078-900 HCF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam RAP

BSD-ON: 8.9 The tray 6 Feed Out Sensor static jam.
Procedure
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the HCF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method again.
Initial Actions
Clear any jam and switch the power off then on. Check for out-of-spec paper. Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.8 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB PF01-3 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB PF01-1
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor: 640mm/s]. There is operation noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor. Y N Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. JF57-3 to pins 1/2 JF57-4 to pins 5/6 If OK, go to 7.14 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit. Execute Component Control [089-002 REgistration Clutch. Registration Clutch operates Y N Go to 8.7 BSD and check the Registration Clutch for an open. Check the following: Drive gears for wear/breakage HCF and IOT for a poor docking HCF Transport Belt for poor tension HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation If the results of the above checks are OK, replace HCF PWB (PL1.8).
078-500 , 078-900
078-940 HCF Paper Misfeed RAP

BSD-ON:8.9 There is a problem with one of the following: HCF Lift, Lift Motor HCF Feed Motor
078-941 HCF Paper Tray Size Mismatch RAP

BSD-ON:7.15 HCF Paper Size Mismatch.
Initial Actions
Use recommended paper sizes
Procedure
Enter Component Control [078-003 or 004 Tray 6 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 6 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 18.4) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of JF57 and JF06. JF57 and JF06 are connected correctly. Y N Connect JF57 and JF06. Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Takeaway Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement points below. JF57-3 to pins 1/2 JF57-4 to pins 5/6 If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit. Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Y N Go to 8.9 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB PF01-3 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB PF01-1
Procedure
Check connectors JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53 are connected correctly. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53. Enter Component Control [078-202, Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter)]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor JF51-2 to HCF PWB JF01-11 Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-3 to HCF PWB JF01-12 Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-1 to HCF PWB JF01-10
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Component Control [078-203, Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3)]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-2 to HCF PWB JF01-8 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-3 to HCF PWB JF01-9 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-1 to HCF PWB JF01-7
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Check the HCF paper lift components and repair as required (PL 18.2, PL 18.3).
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Component Control [078-204, Tray 6 In Sensor]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes. Y N Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-2 to HCF PWB JF01-5 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-3 to HCF PWB JF01-6 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-1 to HCF PWB JF01-4
If OK, replace the Tray 6 In Sensor (PL 18.1) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Ensure the paper guilds are adjusted correctly to the paper size.
078-940, 078-941
078-945 TTM Tray 3 Lift RAP

BSD-ON:7.9/7.11/7.12 There is a problem with the TTM Tray 3 Lift.
B Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-7 (+) and P/J549-8 (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
Procedure
Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor. Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 (2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Check the TTM paper lift components and repair as required (PL 12.3, PL 13.8).
078-945
078-946 TTM Tray 4 Lift RAP

BSD-ON:7.9/7.11/7.12 There is a problem with the TTM Tray 4 Lift.
B Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-7 (+) and P/J549-8 (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.12 Flag 2). Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
Procedure
Enter Component Control [071-004 or 073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/ Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor. Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 (2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8). Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position. Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3). Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. Y N Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. Y N Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/ J549 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. A B Status Indicator Raps
Check the TTM paper lift components and repair as required (PL 12.3, PL 13.8).
078-946
081-799 Registered Destination RAP

The Fax Send destination telephone number is not registered in the Address Book.
Initial Actions
Check the entries in the Address Book. Check the Send destination telephone number and repeat the operation.
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
081-799
081-799
091-402 Drum Life Over RAP

The Drum Cartridge must be replaced.
091-441 Drum Life Near End of Life RAP

The Drum Cartridge must be replaced soon.
Procedure
Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum. Y N There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1).
Procedure
Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum. Y N There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1).
091-402, 091-441
091-910 Waste Toner Bottle Position RAP

BSD-ON:9.9 The Waste Toner Bottle is not in the correct position.
091-911 Waste Toner Full RAP

BSD-ON:9.9 The Waste Toner Bottle is full.
Procedure
Check the installation of the Waste Toner Bottle. Waste Toner Bottle installation is correct. Y N Correct the installation problem by checking for damaged mounting points. Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Position Sensor and MCU PWB. The circuit is free of damage. Y N Repair the circuit as required. Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle sensor operating voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner Bottle is correctly installed. Y N There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Position Sensor (PL 4.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the contents level of the Waste Toner Bottle. The Waste Toner Bottle is full. Y N Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Bottle Sensor and MCU PWB. The circuit is free of damage. Y N Repair the circuit as required. Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor operating voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner Bottle is full. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL 4.2). Replace the Waste Toner Bottle. If the problem persists, return to the beginning of the RAP.
091-910, 091-911
091-912 Xerographics Drum Module Installation RAP

BSD-ON:9.1/4.1 The Xerographics Drum is not installed.
091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP

BSD-ON:9.1 It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge.
Procedure
Check the installation of the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1). The Drum Cartridge installation is correct. Y N Correct the installation (PL 4.1). Verify the condition of the circuit between the Drum Cartridge Position Sensor and MCU PWB. T h e circuit is free of damage. Y N Repair the circuit as required. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Reload the Xero Drum Cartridge.
Procedure
Check the Drum Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly. Y N Install the XERO CRUM PWB correctly (PL 4.2). Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J407. Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J142. Check the wire between J419 and P1126 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1). The wire is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1). Thevoltageis approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the XERO CRUM PWB (PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
091-912, 091-913
091-914 Xero CRUM Comm RAP

BSD-ON:9.1 There is a failure with communication between the Xero CRUM and MCU PWB.
091-915 Xero CRUM Data RAP

BSD-ON:9.1 The Control Logic detected incorrect data on the Xero CRUM.
Procedure
Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Verify the connections and condition of the circuit between Xero CRUM and MCU PWB. The circuit is free of damage and the connections are good. Y N Repair the damage as required. Check CRUM operating voltage. The operating voltage is correct. Y N Check the circuit for damage. If the circuit is free of damage replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Enter diagnostics and verify NVM value for Xero CRUM data, location [751-010]. If NVM value indicates failure replace Xerographics Drum Module (PL 4.1) If NVM value indicates no failure, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Check NVM location 740-047, for Geographic area: NA/EU = 3 DMO-E/W = 12 All the World = 512
Check NVM location 740-049, for Contact Type: Metered = 3 Sold = 2 Neutral = 31
Procedure
Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was just installed. Install the correct Xerographics Drum Module.
091-914, 091-915
091-916 Xero CRUM Match RAP

BSD-ON:9.1 The Control Logic detected mismatched data on the Xero CRUM.
Initial Actions
Check NVM location 740-047, for Geographic area: NA/EU = 3 DMO-E/W = 12 All the World = 512
Check NVM location 740-049, for Contact Type: Metered = 3 Sold = 2 Neutral = 31
Procedure
Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was installed. Verify the position of the Xerographics Drum Module. Install the correct Xerographics Drum Module.
091-916
091-916
092-661 Temperature Sensor RAP

BSD-ON:9.4 There is a temperature sensor failure.
092-662 Humidity Sensor RAP

BSD-ON:9.4 There is a humidity sensor failure.
Procedure
Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h e voltages are correct. Y N Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2).
Procedure
Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h e voltages are correct. Y N Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2).
092-661, 092-662
092-661, 092-662
093-400 Black Toner Near Empty

Black Toner Cartridge is near empty
093-406 Black Toner Pre-Near Empty

Black Toner Cartridge is Pre-near empty
Procedure
Check the following: Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1) That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly For Black Toner spills in the machine
Procedure
Check the following: Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1) That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly For Black Toner spills in the machine
093-400, 093-406
093-912 Black Toner Empty

Black Toner Cartridge is Empty.
093-924 Toner K Crum Communication Failure

BSD-ON:9.1 K Toner CRUM Comm Failure.
Initial Actions
Check the following: Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1) Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly For Black Toner spills in the machine
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is seated correctly. Ensure that the Toner Cartridge Door is closed.
Procedure Procedure
Check for Image Quality Defects. An Image Quality Defect is present. Y N Run ProCon On and follow the Corrective Actions. The Defect is Low Image Density or Uneven Density. Y N The Defect is Background. Y N Run ProCon On and follow the Corrective Actions. Go to IQ6 and troubleshoot IOT Background. Go to IQ3 and troubleshoot Low Image Density or Uneven Density. Fault codes 093-940 (Y), 093-941 (M), and 093-942 (C) are also present on the UI. Y N Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2). If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
093-912, 093-924
093-925 Toner K Crum Data Broken Failure

BSD-ON:9.1
093-926 Toner K Crum Data Mismatch Failure

BSD-ON:9.1
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is seated correctly. Ensure that the Toner Cartridge Door is closed.
Initial Actions
Ensure a Black Toner Cartridge is installed in the Black position in the Rotary Ensure the correct toner cartridge for this product is installed Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is seated correctly. Ensure that the Toner Cartridge Door is closed.
Procedure
Fault codes 093-950 (Y), 093-951 (M), and 093-952 (C) are also present on the UI. Y N Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2). If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Fault codes 093-960 (Y), 093-961 (M), and 093-962 (C) are also present on the UI. Y N Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2). If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
093-925, 093-926
093-925, 093-926
094-417 BTR Unit Pre Warning RAP

The BTR is near end of life.
094-420 BTR Unit Warning RAP

The BTR reached end of life.
Procedure
Verify that the BTR is near end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The BTR is near end of life. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Procedure
Verify that the BTR Assembly is at end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The Assembly is at end of life. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the BTR Assembly (PL 2.6). BTR
094-417, 094-420
094-417, 094-420
102-356 Controller Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 An internal Controller error shut down the processor.
102-380 UI Control RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 An internal UI controller error shut down the processor.
Procedure
Check the installation of the P-Kit/HDD-Kit/RAM boards. Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
102-356, 102-380
102-381 UI Data Link RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 During transmission between the ESS and the UI an initialization send error or a retrieve error for receiving data was detected by the ESS.
102-382 Application Layer Command RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 The required parameters were not sent by the UI. A length error was detected in the variable length parameter. A confirmation message was not received within the specified time when a request message was sent to the UI.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection between the ESS and the UI. Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the Control Panel UI PWB (PL 11.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
102-381, 102-382
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full RAP

Punch Dust Near Full
Procedure
When the Punch dust box full is detected, empty the Punch dust box.
112-700
112-700
116-210 MediaReader Fatal Error RAP

When this error is detected in OSDD.
116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail RAP

MediaLib internal logic fail occurs.
Procedure
1.Power Off/On 2.To replace either of Media Reader/USB Cable/Expanded Board for Media Reader connection. When the problem insists, see CE Manual reference for next step.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the cable is securely connected.
Procedure
1.Power Off/On 2.To check whether the problem is existing failure (to TSC) or not and see CE Manual reference for next step, when the problem persists.
116-210, 116-212
116-220 Downloader Initialize Fail RAP.

Downloader Initialize Fail when going to Download mode. (When in normal mode or in Forced Download mode.).
116-310 ESS Font DIMM #2 RAP

An error is detected in the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.

No action required since Downloader Fail cannot be displayed on PSW. Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB and the DIMM (PL 11.3). If the problem persists replace the DIMM #2 (PL 11.2).
116-220, 116-310
116-311 ESS Font DIMM #3 RAP

An error is detected in the ESS Font ROM DIMM #3.
116-312 HDD Encrypt Key RAP

An error in the HDD encryption key is detected during boot.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB and the DIMM (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the DIMM #2 (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
116-311, 116-312
116-313 HDD Encrypt Setup RAP

The encryption key is set up but the HDD is not encrypted.
116-314 Ethernet Address RAP

An Ethernet address error is detected.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the EPROM on the ESS. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-313, 116-314
116-315 ESS DDR DIMM #1 R/W Check RAP

An error is detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #1.
116-316 ESS DDR DIMM #2 R/W Check RAP

An error is detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #2.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #1. If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #2 (PL 9.2).
116-315, 116-316
116-317 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check RAP

An error is detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.
116-318 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check RAP

An error is detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace DIMM (PL 9.2).
116-317 , 116-318
116-319 Controller UI Configuration

There is a configuration mismatch between the Controller ROM and the UI.
116-321 System Software RAP

An internal controller error shut down the processor.
Procedure
If the Controller or UI was just serviced, check the electrical connections. If the problem occurred during customer usage, replace the Controller ROM. If the problem persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the installation of the DDR DIMM. Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-319, 116-321
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail RAP

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
116-323 ESS NVRAM R/W Check RAP

An error is detected during the ESS PWB NVM Read/Write Check.
Procedure
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-322 , 116-323
116-324 System Controller RAP

An exceptional Controller error shut down the processor.
116-325 ESS Fan RAP

The ESS fan failed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Replace the ESS fan (PL 9.2).
Procedure
116-324, 116-325
116-328 Controller Cache RAP

A cache failure is detected in the Controller.
116-329 Serial Software RAP

A system call error is detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-328, 116-329
116-330 HDD File System RAP

The HDD Check detected an error during power on or the HDD is not formatted.
116-331 Invalid Log Information RAP

A log error is detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Remove the HD, switch off the power, reinstall the HD, and switch on the power. If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-330, 116-331
116-332 ESS ROM RAP

An error is detected in the ESS ROM.
116-333 LocalTalk Software RAP

A LocalTalk system call error caused a shutdown.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
116-332, 116-333
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail RAP

System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings is installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM data is occurring].
116-335 HDD RAP

The control logic detected that the HDD failed.

Procedure Procedure
As powering OFF then ON after a detection of 116-334 will presumably cause other errors 124-3xx that indicate various data mismatches between the three locations, resolve one(s) following the corrective actions for the relevant Fault Code(s). If 116-334 reoccurs despite powering OFF/ON, disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board, then turn ON the power. If the problem persists, replace the NV-RAM Board. If the problem still persists, replace the mercury battery. Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
116-334, 116-335
116-336 HDD Access RAP

A failure is detected during HDD access
116-337 SNTP Software RAP

An error in SNTP (Simple Network Transfer Processing) caused in internal shutdown.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-336, 116-337
116-338 JBA RAP

A JBA (Job Based Accounting) processing error caused in internal shutdown.
116-340 Memory RAP

The DDR DIMM, Entry Buffer, and Work Area are insufficient.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Add memory (PL 9.2). Disable the PostScript option.
116-338, 116-340
116-341 ROM Version RAP

Multiple incorrect versions of the ROM DIMM are installed. An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed.
116-342 Network Manager RAP

An internal shutdown occurred due to an error in processing SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
NOTE: When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions and the minor versions. Check the version of the ROM DIMM and if necessary, replace it with the correct version of the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
116-341, 116-342
116-343 Main PWB IC RAP

An error is detected in the IC in the ESS PWB.
116-346 Formatter RAP

Errors are detected by the Formatter.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
116-343, 116-346
116-348 Redirector RAP

A system function recall error is detected by the Redirector.
116-349 SIF RAP

An error occurred using the SIF (Source Input Format) function.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-348, 116-349
116-350 AppleTalk Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an AppleTalk processing error.
116-351 Ether Talk Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an Ether Talk processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-350, 116-351
116-352 NetWare Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a NetWare processing error.
116-353 HDD Mechanical RAP

A mechanical error occurred in the HDD.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
116-352, 116-353
116-354 HDD Product RAP

An error occurred in the HDD.
116-355 Agent Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-354, 116-355
116-356 HDD Format RAP

HDD formatting failed.
116-357 PostScript RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-356, 116-357
116-358 Salutation Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a Salutation processing error.
116-360 SMB Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a SMB (Server Message Block) processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-358, 116-360
116-361 Spool HDD RAP

The controller spool detected an error during HDD access.
116-362 SSDP Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an SSDP (Simple Service Discovery Protocol) processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
116-361, 116-362
116-363 Print Service Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an SNMP processing error.
116-364 Timer RAP

A timer failure is detected in the ESS PWB.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-363, 116-364
116-365 Spool RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an SPL processing error.
116-366 Software Report RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a reporting error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
116-365, 116-366
116-367 Parallel Software RAP

116-368 Dump Print RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-367, 116-368
116-370 XJCL RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a XJCL (X Job Control Language) processing error.
116-371 PCL Decomposer Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a PCL (Printer Command Language) processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-370 , 116-371

116-373 Dynamic DNS Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after a DDNS (Dynamic Domain Name System) processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-372, 116-373
116-374 Auto Switch RAP


A response such as system function recall error is detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-374, 116-375
116-376 Port 9100 Software RAP

116-377 Video DMA RAP

A Video DMA (Direct Memory Access) failure is detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-376, 116-377


An internal shutdown occurred after an MCC processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-378, 116-379
116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 RAP

An error is detected when the Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked.
116-381 ABL Initialize RAP

Corrupted data is detected in the ABL (Address Book Library).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the PS DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Clear the ESS NVM. (Perform this only after explaining to the user the purpose of clearing recipient information.) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
116-380, 116-381
116-382 ABL Initialize RAP

HDD access by the ABL (Address Book Library) failed.
116-385 IDC Software RAP

An internal shutdown occurred after an IDC (scripting language) processing error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
116-382, 116-385
116-388 MCC RAP

The control logic detected that the HDD is not installed during an MCC operation (Mail Contents Creator).
116-389 RAM Install RAP

The control logic detected that the required RAM capacity is not installed or available.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
116-388, 116-389
116-390 ROM NVM Mismatch RAP

Incompatible versions of the standard ROM and NVM are detected.
116-391 Country Code RAP

An illegal country code is set.
Procedure
If instructions are listed on the UI perform them. If no instructions are listed on the UI Follow the LCD display and initialize the NVM.
Procedure
Perform GP 7 Country Code Setting.
116-390, 116-391
116-395 USB Software RAP

There is an internal shutdown due to a USB (Universal Serial Bus) related error.
116-399 Initialization RAP

Initialization exceeded 10 minutes.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-395, 116-399
116-701 Memory Duplex RAP

2 Sided printing requires more memory.
116-702 Substitute Font RAP

The print function is using a substitute font.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
No action necessary.
116-701, 116-702
116-703 PostScript Language RAP

There is an error in PostScript grammar interpretation or language interpretation.
116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow RAP

HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Increase HP-GL spool size or mount HDD.
Procedure
116-703, 116-710
116-713 HDD Job Full RAP

The job output was split into batches when HDD capacity was reached.
116-714 HP-GL/2 Command RAP

There is a command error in the HP-GL/2 (Hewlett Packard printer control language)
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
116-713, 116-714
116-720 PCL Memory RAP

The PCL Printer Control Language) Memory capacity is insufficient.
116-738 Overlay Size Orientation RAP

The drawing size/orientation of the form is different from the size/orientation of the paper.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to check setups so that the paper is the same size and orientation as the overlay.
Procedure
Do not start up the ports that are unnecessary. Adjust the various Buffer Memory sizes. Add additional memory.
116-720, 116-738
116-739 Form/Logo Capacity RAP

Form/logo registration was not possible because of insufficient RAM disk or HDD capacity.
116-740 Arithmetic RAP

The number calculated in the interpreter exceeded the limit value.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to check the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the forms/logos that are unnecessary. Refer customer to User Guide heading Data Encryption to check RAM usage. If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Procedure
116-739, 116-740
116-741 Maximum Forms Data Register RAP

The large quantity of forms put a limit on form data registration.
116-742 Max Logo Registered RAP

The number of logo data registrations is exceeded.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to check the registered logos using the UI utility and delete any unused logos. If the problem persists delete logos that are not required by the print job.
Procedure
Ask customer to check the registered forms using the UI utility and delete the forms that are unnecessary. If the problem persists Ask customer to delete forms that are not required by the print command.
116-741, 116-742
116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow RAP

The received data (form/logo) exceeds the registered buffer size.
116-746 Selected Form RAP

The selected form is not registered.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to use a registered form or register the required form.
Procedure
Ask customer to increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the UI. If the problem persists install the HDD (PL 9.2).
116-743, 116-746
116-747 Invalid Page Margin RAP

Subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area results in a negative value.
116-748 Page Image Data RAP

Drawing data does not exist in the page data.
Procedure
Ask customer to reset the margins setup.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
116-747, 116-748
116-749 PostScript Font RAP

The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.
116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP

Banner Sheet cancelled.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Set the Banner Sheet Feed Tray to normal status (see Detected when), or change Banner sheet feed tray.
Procedure
The font name specified in JIS is set.
116-749, 116-750
116-752 Print Job Ticket Description Warning RAP

PDF Print Job Ticket description warning.
116-771 Invalid JBIG Parameter DL Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
116-752, 116-771
116-772 Invalid JBIG Parameter D Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter D was automatically corrected.
116-773 Invalid JBIG Parameter P Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter P was automatically corrected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-772, 116-773
116-774 Invalid JBIG Parameter YD Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was automatically corrected.
116-775 Invalid JBIG Parameter L0 Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter LO was automatically corrected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-774, 116-775
116-776 Invalid JBIG Parameter MX Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was automatically corrected.
116-777 Invalid JBIG Parameter MY Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was automatically corrected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-776 , 116-777
116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLength Fixed RAP

An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was automatically corrected.
116-780 Attached Document RAP

There was an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
116-778, 116-780
116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (A-Finisher)

BSD-ON:12.5 When Staple was specified, there were no staples.
116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (SB-Finisher)

BSD-ON:12.21 When Staple was specified, there were no staples.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsubstances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of P/J8731 and P/J8701. nected correctly. Y N Connect P/J8731 and P/J8701. P/J8731 and P/J8701 are con-
Procedure
Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The display changes. Y N Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsubstances and nothing has failed. Y N Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and correctly. Y N Connect J8886 and P/J8981. P/J8981 are connected
Check the wire between J8731 and J8701 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.5). The wire between J8731 and J8701 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
116-790, 116-790
121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP

Error occurs due to the setting of impermissible combination below at Power On. IC Card Gate EP accessories other than IC Card Gate are connected (set) or IC Card Gate and other EP accessories are installed together (set). [Authentication/Counting]> [Authentication/Counting management/use] is set in [External Authentication/Counting].
Procedure
To change System Data (Chain-Link) to prevent Detection condition. (For example, If Card Auditron Level2/IC Card Auditron Level2 in Network Accounting mode is requested, Customize User Prompts shall be set to both or prompt 1 only.
121-314
121-314
123-207 Communication Manager Target RAP

A mailbox operations value is incorrect.
123-209 Controller UI Communication RAP

An incorrect check value is received during Controller UI Communications.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure
123-207, 123-209
123-310 Send Queue RAP

The upper limit of the processing capability for sending data from the UI to the Controller was exceeded.
123-311 Receive Queue RAP

The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in the UI.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-310, 123-311
123-317 Receive Message Queue RAP

123-318 Receive Finish Queue RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-317, 123-318
123-320 NVM Initialized for FCW Composition RAP

Automatic recovery with detection of incorrect value in system data area that is not compatible between different UI panels (FCW/HB) NOTE: At machine startup and machine booting, the set values are out of range for currently mounted panel has been detected in the system data area that is not compatible between the different UI panel types (HB/FCW/MCW). This fault does not occur when the same UI panel type is replaced. In case incorrect data is stored for some reason, rebooting and automatic recovery are conducted using the same mechanism as that used for physical panel replacement.
123-322 UI Target RAP

Serial transmission failed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
Even when this error code is displayed, machine can be used normally after Close is pressed. However, necessary machine settings shall be made before Controller NVM are initialized for FCW/MCW panel configuration. If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
123-320, 123-322
123-323 UI Address RAP

Serial transmission failed.
123-325 Object Creation RAP

The specified object could not be created due to UI software failure and a setting or specification error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
123-323, 123-325
123-326 Memory Overflow RAP

The UI software failed and memory capacity is exceeded.
123-327 Button Overflow RAP

The UI software failed and memory requirements exceeded the upper limit.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-326 , 123-327
123-328 UI Internal Range RAP

UI software failure and a coordinate value outside the range of the display screen is detected.
123-329 UI Coordinates RAP

UI software failure and a coordinate value that cannot be displayed is detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-328, 123-329
123-332 Interface Parameter RAP

The UI software failed and an incorrect parameter was received by the DM-CP driver interface.
123-333 Interface Communication RAP

The system detected that transmission with the Control Panel could not be established. The H/W connection in the UI is faulty and the internal connection isnt detected.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
123-332, 123-333
123-337 Frame Data RAP

The UI software failed and an incorrect data type value is detected.
123-341 Event Queue RAP

The UI software failed with a full event queue.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-337 , 123-341
123-342 Event Queue RAP

The UI software failed with an empty queue.
123-343 Invalid Class RAP

The UI software failed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-342, 123-343
123-344 Invalid Type RAP

123-345 Timer Queue Full RAP

The UI software failed an event timer.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-344, 123-345
123-346 Invalid Timer Number RAP

The UI software failed a timer routine.
123-369 Interface Value RAP

The UI software failed with an invalid interface value.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-346, 123-369
123-370 Interface Length RAP

There is an error in the parameter sent from the Controller.
123-371 Interface Parameter RAP

There is an error in the parameter sent from the Controller.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
123-370, 123-371
123-372 Interface Sequence RAP

The initialization command from the Controller was not sent within the specified time.
123-373 Channel RAP

There is an error in the channel sent from the Controller.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-372, 123-373
123-374 User Job ID RAP

There is an error in the Job ID parameter sent from the Controller.
123-375 Internal Resource RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-374 , 123-375
123-376 Internal Memory RAP

123-377 UI Timer RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-376 , 123-377
123-378 Interface Format RAP

There is an error in the data format sent from the Controller.
123-379 Dispatch RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-378 , 123-379
123-380 Copy Interface RAP

123-381 Fax Interface RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-380, 123-381
123-382 Scanner Interface RAP

123-383 Report Interface RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-382, 123-383
123-384 Server Access RAP

123-385 Service Object RAP

There is an invalid service object overflow failure.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-384, 123-385

There is an invalid service object attribute failure.

There is an invalid service object attribute failure.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-386 , 123-387
123-388 Attribute RAP

The UI software failed attribute control.
123-389 UI Comparator RAP

The UI software failed comparator management.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-388, 123-389
123-390 Job Parameter RAP

The UI software failed job parameter control.
123-391 Job Parameter RAP

The UI software failed job parameter control.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-390, 123-391
123-392 Auditron RAP

The UI software failed auditron control.
123-394 File Access RAP

The UI software failed a file access routine.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-392, 123-394
123-395 UI NVM RAP

The UI software failed an NVM access routine.
123-396 UI Software RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-395, 123-396
123-397 UI Manager RAP

123-398 Release Queue RAP

The UI software failed a full queue release.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
123-397, 123-398
123-399 UI Internal RAP

123-400 Internal Interface RAP

There is insufficient memory capacity or an internal error or invalid interface sequencing or a corrupt parameter was entered.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
123-399, 123-400
123-399, 123-400
124-310 Product Designation RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 There is an error in the product designation nomenclature.
124-311 Product Serial Number RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 There is an error in the product serial number.
Procedure
Procedure
124-310, 124-311
124-312 Machine Codes Mismatch RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 The machine codes do not match.
124-313 Serial Number RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 The serial numbers did not match.
Procedure
Procedure
124-312, 124-313
124-314 IOT Speed RAP

The IOT is not running at the correct speed.
124-315 Serial Number Mismatch RAP

The Serial Numbers are not in sync.
Procedure
Check the following for binding: Fuser/ Main Drive Controls: BSD 4.1, 4.1B Registration: BSD 8.7 Xerographics: BSD 9.3, 9.7, 9.8 Fusing and Transportation: BSD 10.1, 10.5,10.6
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Go to GP 4.
124-314, 124-315
124-316 Product Mode RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 There is an error in product mode of operation.
124-317 All Product Mode RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 There is an error in all modes of product operation.
Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
124-316, 124-317
124-318 Product Type Software Key RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 There is a mismatch between the software key and the type of product.
124-319 All Product Types Software Key RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 There is a mismatch between the software key and any type of product.
Procedure
Procedure
124-318, 124-319
124-320 EPROM RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 A write error occurred in the ESS PWB SEEPROM.
124-321 Backup SRAM RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 A failure occurred when setting the M/C serial number.
Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and FAX PWB (PL 9.1) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.1).
124-320 , 124-321
124-322 Software Key RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 There is a software key mismatch.
124-323 Software Key Registration RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 There is a software key registration failure.
Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
124-322, 124-323
124-324 All Billings Mismatch RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 The billing counters in multiple locations are all different.
124-325 Billing Restoration RAP

BSD-ON:3.6 Billing counter auto repair failed.
Procedure
Power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Compare the 3 serial numbers The 3 serial numbers match. Y N Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
124-324, 124-325
124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP

Status 1 or 2 of speed registration procedure for IOT is detected when the system is booted.
124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Failure RAP

Error is detected during IOT Speed change procedure: Move to Diag Mode fails. DC132 fails. SEEP ROM R/W fails. Rebooting fails.
Procedure
IOT Speed change procedure starts with this fault. User to input SW key for IOT speed change according to dialog displayed on UI.
Procedure
1. Replace IOT 2. Replace Controller board.
124-326, 124-327
124-333 ASIC RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 A decompression error occurred in an ESS ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit).
124-334 Standard Font ROM RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 An error was detected in the standard Built-In Font ROM.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2)
Procedure
Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
124-333, 124-334
124-335 Font ROM RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 The Font ROM could not be detected.
124-337 ESS Standard RAM RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard RAM.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2). f the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
124-335, 124-337
124-338 Duplicate Font ROMs RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM is installed.
124-339 ROM DIMM Mismatch RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 The system detected that an incorrect ROM DIMM is installed.
Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check that the prescribed DDR DIMM (PL 9.2) is installed.
124-338 , 124-339
124-340 CRUM Market RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 There is a general CRUM control failure.
124-341 CRUM Market MCU RAP

CRUM control failed on the MCU.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
124-340, 124-341
124-342 CRUM Market System 1 RAP

CRUM control failed in system 1.
124-343 CRUM Market System 2 RAP

Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU. If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
124-342, 124-343
124-350 CRUM OEM RAP

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed.
124-351 CRUM OEM MCU RAP

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed on the MCU.
Procedure
Procedure
124-350, 124-351
124-352 CRUM OEM System 1 RAP

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed in system 1.
124-353 CRUM OEM System 2 RAP

Procedure
Procedure
124-352, 124-353
124-360 CRUM Validation RAP

CRUM control failed validation.
124-361 CRUM Validation MCU RAP

CRUM control failed validation on the MCU.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
124-360, 124-361
124-362 CRUM Validation System 1 RAP

124-363 CRUM validation System 2 RAP

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure
124-362, 124-363
124-372 IOT Controller Software RAP

Due to an error in the software of the IOT Controller, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
124-373 IOT Manager Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 Due to an error in the software of the IOT Manager, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reinstall or replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
124-372, 124-373
124-374 IOT IM Device Driver Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 Due to an error in the software of the IOT IM Device Driver, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
124-380 CRUM Market (2)

There is a general CRUM control failure.
Procedure
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
124-374, 124-380
124-381 CRUM Market MCU (2)

CRUM control failed on the MCU.
124-382 CRUM Market System 1 (2)

Procedure
Procedure
124-381, 124-382
124-383 CRUM Market System 2 (2)

124-390 OEM Market (2)

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed.
Procedure
Procedure
124-383, 124-390
124-391 CRU OEM MCU (2)

OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed on the MCU.
124-392 CRU OEM System 1 (2)

Procedure
Procedure
124-391, 124-392
124-393 CRU OEM System 2 (2)

124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP

The output destination was changed by the customer from the Side Tray to the Center Tray.
Procedure
Procedure
124-393, 124-701
124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray RAP

The output destination was changed by the customer from the Finisher Tray to the Center Tray.
124-705 Punching Cancelled RAP

Punch request is canceled to continue printing.
Procedure
Procedure
Ask customer to check the job setup.
124-702, 124-705
124-706 Folding Cancelled RAP

Fold request is canceled to continue printing.
124-708 Output Tray Changed to Sub Tray RAP

Output destination is changed to Sub Tray to continue printing.
Procedure
Procedure
Paper is output to Center Tray instead of designated tray. (1) Paper of different size from paper size designated with duplex designation is fed. (2) Puncher of Finisher C has failure. [(1)Output to Sub Tray at size mismatch occurrence in duplex designation] -When size mismatch occurs, paper is output to the designated tray while Simplex is designated and to Sub Tray while Duplex is designated. -On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed when Sheet Delivered is received from IOT, with the message, Copying in progress displayed after Start button is pressed, until IOT is stopped. -No display on the driver. [(2) Output to Sub Tray at the occurrence of Finisher failure] -Decurler failure and Puncher failure shall be handled not as SubSystemFail but as LocalFail. -When Decurler failure occurs, paper is output to designated Finisher. -When Puncher failure occurs, paper is output to Sub Tray. -When Booklet is designated, however, paper is output to Booklet. -On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed when SheetDelivered is received from IOT, with the message, Copying in progress displayed after Start button is pressed, until IOT is stopped.
124-706, 124-708
124-709 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP

The sheets entering the stapler exceeded the maximum.
124-710 Output Tray Changed from MailBoxSorter RAP

Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter.
Procedure
Procedure
Output paper that can be output to Mailbox Sorter.
124-709, 124-710
124-709, 124-710
125-311 PSW Unexpected Fail RAP

PSW Cont Software Failure Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Procedure
Power OFF/ON. Check that the latest version of software is installed. Check connections on the ESS PWB. Check the wiring to the ESS PWB. If the above checks are OK, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
125-311
125-311
127-310 ESR Task RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 A fatal error occurred in an ESR (External Server Request) Task.
127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail RAP

WSD Print S/W Fail.
Procedure
Power Off/On.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
127-310, 127-314
127-353 LPD Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the LPD, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
127-396 Mail I/O Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 There is an error in Mail I/O processing.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
127-353 , 127-396
127-398 IPP Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 There is an IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) error.
127-399 JME Software RAP

BSD-ON:16.1 Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the JME, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Procedure
127-398 , 127-399
127-398 , 127-399
133-210 Fax Parameter RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The parameter value is incorrect due to reasons such as excessive length. The required parameter is not sent.
133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 A parameter value exceeds the range or the required parameter is not sent.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Procedure
133-210 , 133-211
133-212 Fax Read Error- No Data RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The specified data does not exist (incorrect number or channel).
133-213 Fax Read Error- Invalid Data RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 Corrupted data interrupted a read on the specified data.
Procedure
Procedure
133-212, 133-213
133-214 Fax USB Initializing RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 Fax failed initialization.
133-215 Fax USB Device RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 There is an error in the Fax USB interface.
Procedure
Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Procedure
133-214, 133-215
133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 There is a Fax/USB processing error.
133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory RAP

There is a Fax/USB processing error.
Procedure
Turn the power Off/On.
Procedure
133-216, 133-217
133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory RAP

There is a Fax/USB processing error.
133-219 Fax Work Memory RAP

Memory capacity reached during Fax processing.
Procedure
Procedure
133-218 , 133-219
133-220 Fax Control Task RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 An error during Fax Controller software processing caused a Fax shutdown.
133-221 Fax Card Boot RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time to boot.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
133-220, 133-221
133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervalley RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time.
133-223 Fax Card Reset RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The controller reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.
Procedure
Procedure
133-222 , 133-223
133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The Controller detected a version mismatch.
133-226 Country Code RAP

The Controller detects an invalid country code.
Procedure
Perform GP 7 Country Code Setting.
Procedure
133-224, 133-226
133-280 Fax Option Slot 1 Board RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 board.
133-281 Received unknown message RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 A message not specified in I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures. Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Y N Service Call Procedures. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
133-280, 133-281
133-282 Fax Card Download RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 An FAX PWB download could not be completed when either a FAX PWB or Fax Controller software failure occurred.
133-283 Fax Report Mailbox RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The Fax Report mailbox did not open.
Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem continues, replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
133-282 , 133-283
133-700 Staple/Punch Cancelled RAP

The Controller cancelled the Staple/Punch operation due to staple relationship with the print paper, or during data format processing for fax receive document printing in the Controller. Staple/Punch request is canceled to continue printing.
133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP

Fax receive document is printed with bypass tray when tray inapplicable to Fax is selected. NOTE: Tray mode function in Declaration of Received Paper Size is provided to select From which tray fax-received data shall be printed. This error occurs when this function is set to Enable. Even when this function is set to Disable, this error occurs also in printing of fax report and polling reservation document
Procedure
Change Staple/Punch position designation or select paper according to Staple/Punch position.
*To automatically print received FAX/IFAX document, M/C automatically selects paper tray and any of the following occurs when tray is selected: -Selected tray is set as inapplicable tray to fax document printing. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue printing. -Paper size inapplicable to fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue printing. -Paper type unusable for fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue printing. -When error does not correspond to any of the above cases, selected tray may have failure.
*This error occurs also if any of the above four cases is detected when customer manually selects paper tray to print document from mailbox.
Procedure
- To set paper size applicable to fax document printing.? A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, LetterSEF, Legal(14inch), Legal(13inch), Ledger, LetterLEF and Half Letter SEF are applicable. -To set paper type applicable to fax document printing. Plain paper, Quality paper, Recycle paper, Used paper and user-defined paper are applicable. -To take any of the following actions when Tray mode function in Declaration of Received Paper Size is set to Enable: (1) To add tray number that customer wants to designate for printing, to [Function setting]-->[FAX operation control]-->[Tray mode]. (2) To select tray number to be used for printing by customer, among trays set for [Function setting]->[FAX operation control]-->[Tray mode]. - To contact FX Support Division when none of the above actions is effective.
133-700 , 133-710
133-700 , 133-710
134-210 Fax Controller Parameter RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 The parameter value is incorrect or the required parameter is not sent.
134-211 FAX PWB RAP

BSD-ON:17.1 A failure is detected on the FAX PWB.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The connectors are securely connected. Y N Connect the connectors. Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
134-210, 134-211
134-210, 134-211
202-399 Internal Timer RAP

An internal error was detected in the machine timer.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
202-399
202-399
OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP

The width of the paper size is incorrect.
OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP

Procedure
Manually activate the switches of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant switches move smoothly. Y N Replace the relevant Size Sensor. Execute the following Diag.: Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor. Tray 1: Component Control [071-210 Tray 1 Size Switch-SW5] Tray 2: Component Control [071-211 Tray 2 Size Switch-SW5] Tray 3: Component Control [071-212 Tray 3 Size Switch-SW5] Tray 4: Component Control [071-200 Tray 4 Size Switch-SW5] The display changes. Y N Check the connections of the following connectors: Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412 Size Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412 Tray 3: P/J820, P/J548 Tray 4: P/J824, P/J548
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Reload the tray.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Y N Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Y N Set the guide correctly. Check the installation of the relevant Paper Size Switch. The relevant Paper Switch is installed correctly. Y N Install the relevant Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1/PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly. Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit. Tray 1: Between J109 and J412 Tray 2: Between J110 and J412 Tray 3: Between J820 and J548 Tray 4: Between J824 and J548 The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4 A
OF 1, OF 2
A Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9 Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14 Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7 The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: approx. +3.3VDC). Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)). Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-1 Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-6 Tray 3: TM PWB P548-11 Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 4: TM PWB P548-4 Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-3 Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/ PL 13.8)). Replace the relevant Size Sensor. Check the connections of the following connectors: Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412 Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412 Tray 3: P/J820, P/J548 Tray 4: P/J824, P/J548 The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit. Tray 1: Between J109 and J412 Tray 2: Between J110 and J412 Tray 3: Between J820 and J548 Tray 4: Between J824 and J548 Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 2-718 Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-8 Tray 3: TM PWB P548-13 Tray 4: TM PWB P548-6 Activate SW1 to SW4 of the relevant Size Sensor in sequence. The voltage changes. Y N Replace the relevant Size Sensor. Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)). The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4 Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9 Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14 Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7 The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: approx. +3.3VDC). Y N Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).
OF 2
OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP

Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard. Y N Check the connections of P/J408 and P/J214. P/J408 and P/J214 are connected correctly. Y N Connect P/J408 and P/J214. Check the wire between P/J408 and P/J2144 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag 3/Flag 4/Flag 5/Flag 6/Flag 7). The wire between P/J408 and P/J214 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and GND (-), and between P408-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 4.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 4.1 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wires between the following points for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between the points is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y Between J408-3 and J214-12 (BSD 4.1 Flag 2) Between J408-8 and J214-7 (BSD 4.1 Flag 2) Between J408-9 and J214-6 (BSD 4.1 Flag 1) N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
OF 4 Dark / Blank Display RAP

Touch Screen is dark with minimal legibility, or no text or graphics are visible, or text or graphics are distorted, or indicator LEDs are not lit.
Initial Actions
Ensure all external cables and power cords are connected.
Procedure
NOTE: If a Status Code is displayed, go to the appropriate status code RAP. There is some luminance in the UI display. Y N Switch off the power. Listen to the cooling fans on the right side and at the rear of the machine and switch on the power. Cooling fans are audible either momentarily or continuously. Y N There is a +5VDC failure. Go to BSD 1.1 and check 5VDC standby voltages. +24VDC is measured between P/J1 pin 40 and ground on Control Panel (BSD 2.3). Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J388 pin 40 and pins 25, 26 on the ESS (BSD 2.3). Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J300 pin 2 and ground on the ESS (BSD 1.1). Y N +24VDC is measured between P/J521 pin 3 and ground on Power Unit (BSD 1.1). Y N AC voltage is measured between P/J11 pin 1 and J12 pin 1 on the Power unit (BSD 1.1). Y N AC voltage is measured at wall outlet. Y N Contact key operator to resolve power problem. GFI Breaker is tripped. Y N Replace GFI Breaker (PL 9.1). Reset GFI Breaker. AC voltage is measured at P/J1 pin 3 and ground (BSD 1.1). Y N Replace Main Power Switch (PL 9.1). Replace Power Unit (PL 9.1). Go to BSD 1.1 and check circuit between P/J521 on Power Unit and P/ J387 on ESS PWB. A B C D Status Indicator Raps
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
OF 3, OF 4
D Check Fuse 2 on the ESS PWB. If OK then replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Go to BSD 2.3 and check circuit between P/J1 on Control Panel and P/J388 on ESS PWB. Replace Control Panel (PL 11.1). Check the Touch screen for one of the following: Distortion Misplaced characters Lines or spots Non-responsive icons Some illumination in the Touch Screen
The Touch Screen exhibits one of the above characteristics. Y N Characters are visible when shining flashlight onto display. Y N Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1). Replace UI PWB (PL 11.2). Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1).
OF 4
3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................. IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................... IQ3 Low Image Density RAP .......................................................................................... IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................ IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP .............................................................................. IQ6 Background RAP ...................................................................................................... IQ7 Deletion RAP ............................................................................................................ IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP ........................................................................................ IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP ............................................... IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ........................................................................... IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP.............................................. IQ12 Mottle RAP ............................................................................................................. IQ13 Spots RAP .............................................................................................................. IQ14 Black Prints RAP .................................................................................................... IQ15 Blank Image RAP ................................................................................................... 3-3 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-13 3-13 3-14 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 3-23 3-24 3-24 3-25 3-25 3-26 3-26 3-27 3-27 3-28 3-29 3-29 3-30 Image Quality Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames ............. Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density ........ Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals ............................... CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks ........................................................... Defects Related To Scan Print ........................................................................................ Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals...................................... Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background ...................... 3-30 3-31 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-33 3-33
Copy Quality Specifications

Copy Quality Specifications ............................................................................................ IQS1 Solid Area Density Specification ............................................................................ IQS2 Uniformity Specification ......................................................................................... IQS3 Exposure Level Specification................................................................................. IQS4 Lead Edge Registration Specification .................................................................... IQS5 Side Edge Registration Specification..................................................................... IQS6 Skew Specification................................................................................................. IQS7 Lead Edge Deletion Specification .......................................................................... IQS8 Trail Edge Deletion Specification ........................................................................... IQS9 Side Edge Deletion Specification........................................................................... IQS10 Resolution Specification....................................................................................... IQS11 Skips And Smears Specification .......................................................................... IQS12 Magnification Specification .................................................................................. IQS13 Background Specification ....................................................................................
Defect Samples
Image Defect Samples .................................................................................................... Auger Mark...................................................................................................................... Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) ........................................................................ White Streaks (Process Direction) .................................................................................. Black Bands .................................................................................................................... Toner Contamination....................................................................................................... Toner Splattering............................................................................................................. White Spots (Irregular) .................................................................................................... Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) ..................................................................... Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) ................................. Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) .......... Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) .......................................... Transparency Blocking.................................................................................................... Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original ............................................................... Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 3-1
Image Quality
February, 2008 3-2
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP

Initial Actions
Determine whether the problem occurs in Copy Mode or Printer Mode. If the problem occurs in Copy Mode, go to IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.
IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP

Initial Actions
Clean the Platen Glass. Clean the mirrors and lens with lint-free cloth.
Procedure
Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP. Table 1 Print Qualilty Problem Low Image Density Wrinkled Image Residual Image (Ghosting) Background Deletion Skew/Misregistration Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears Unfused Copy/Toner Offset Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears Mottle Spots Black Prints Blank Image Symptoms Overall low density of images. The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn. RAP IQ3 RAP IQ4 RAP Problem Low Image Density Background Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears Spots Black Prints Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed. Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. Uneven printed image density. Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page. Paper is printed completely black. Paper is printed completely white. IQ10 RAP IQ11 RAP Table 1 Image Quality Symptoms Overall low density of images. RAP IQ3 RAP
Procedure
Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP.
Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous IQ5 RAP page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper. Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains. Part of the image is missing. Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. IQ7 RAP IQ9 RAP Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ8 RAP
Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains. Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation. Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page. Paper is printed completely black. IQ9 RAP
IQ11 RAP
IQ13 RAP IQ14 RAP
IQ12 RAP IQ13 RAP IQ14 RAP IQ15 RAP
February, 2008 3-3
Image Quality
IQ1, IQ2
IQ3 Low Image Density RAP

Overall low density of images.
IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP

The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass. Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check for foreign substances and distortions in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign substances or distortions in the paper delivery path. Y N Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Image Quality
IQ3, IQ4
February, 2008 3-4
IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP

Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost images on the paper.
IQ6 Background RAP

Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.
Procedure
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3). Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
February, 2008 3-5
Image Quality
IQ5, IQ6
IQ7 Deletion RAP

Part of the image is missing.
IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP

Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper.
Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Procedure
Check the location where the machine is installed. The machine is installed on a stable horizontal surface. Y N Install the machine on a stable horizontal surface. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the installation of the Paper Cassette. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed. Y N Install the Paper Cassette correctly. Check for distortion in the paper delivery path. There is no distortion in the paper delivery path. Y N Correct the distortion or replace the distorted part. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the BTR. Y N Replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Image Quality
IQ7, IQ8
February, 2008 3-6
IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP

Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.
N Clean the ROS Window. If there is a scratch, replace the ROS Window.
Procedure
Check the IIT Carriage Mirrors for scratches and dirt. There are no scratches or dirt on the mirrors. Y N Clean the mirrors. If there is a scratch or stubborn stain, replace the Number1/Number2/ Number3 Mirror (PL 11.6). Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean. Y N Clean the paper delivery path. Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror. Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there are no scratches.
February, 2008 3-7
Image Quality
IQ9
IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP

Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when rubbed.
IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP

Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.
Procedure Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper stored under room conditions. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the power supply voltage. The voltage is within the specified range. Y N Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the fusing temperature using the Diagnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set. Y N Set a normal fusing temperature. Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are approx.78mm (the circumference of the Heat Roll). Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Image Quality
IQ10, IQ11
February, 2008 3-8
IQ12 Mottle RAP

Uneven printed image density.
IQ13 Spots RAP

Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page.
Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3). Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean. Y N Clean the paper delivery path. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Y N Use paper within specifications. Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
February, 2008 3-9
Image Quality
IQ12, IQ13
IQ14 Black Prints RAP

Paper is printed completely black.
IQ15 Blank Image RAP

Paper is printed completely white.
Procedure
Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Procedure
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly. Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly. Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point is clean and there is no distortion. Y N Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The lem reoccurs. Y N End prob-
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N End Check the connections of P/J500 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the HVPS. If the problem persists, replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum. There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum. Y N Check the connections of P/J140 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly. Y N Connect the connectors. Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly. Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly. Measure the voltage of the MCU PWB P406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the wire between J140 and J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire between J140 and J406 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Image Quality
IQ14, IQ15
February, 2008 3-10
Copy Quality Specifications

Test Patterns
Procedure Test Patterns 1. The following test patterns are used with those products. Standard Test Pattern: USCO/XCL, 82P524; XL, 82P521. Output Reference Guide: USCO/XL, SIR 542.00. Visual Scale: USCO/XL, 82P448
Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/82P521

Procedure This test pattern is the standard multinational test pattern used for the evaluation of copy quality for those products. Side A (Figure 1) is used to evaluate solid area density, uniformity, exposure level, registration, skew, and lead edge deletion.
Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern (Side A)(j0st3201) Side B (Figure 2) is used to evaluate skips and smears, resolution, and magnification.
February, 2008 3-11
Image Quality
Output Reference Guide, SIR542.00

Procedure This test document serves as a reference guide for measuring the solid area density of the Side A copies of the test pattern, 82P524 and 82P521 (Figure 3).
Figure 2 Standard Test Pattern (Side B)(j0st3202)
Figure 3 Output Reference Guide, SIR542.00 (j0st3203)
Image Quality
February, 2008 3-12
IQS1 Solid Area Density Specification

Procedure
Using Side A of the Standard Test Pattern (Figure 1), evaluate the solid area density per the following table.
IQS2 Uniformity Specification

Procedure
Make a copy of Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. The density of all the 1.0 blocks are same (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern (SideA)(j0st3204) Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern 1.0 Blocks(j0st3205) Table 1 Solid Area Density Specification Copy Copie Quality Mode s 1 Normal Input Output Density Density 1.0
Specification
The 1.0 solid area density nearest the center of the 1.0 copy should be the 1.0 solid area density block on the Output Reference Guide.
February, 2008 3-13
Image Quality
IQS3 Exposure Level Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness control set at the middle of the scale, the 0.20G(Or0.20B) line pair must be copied completely. In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness control set two level lighter from at the middle of the scale, the 0.10 line pair should not copy at all (Figure 1).
IQS4 Lead Edge Registration Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. The center 10 mm reference line on the copy must be 10 mm (plus or minus the ranges listed in the following charts) from the lead edge of a 100% copy (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Lead Edge Registration(j0st3207) Table 1 Specification of Lead Edge Registration Configuration Figure 1 Exposure Level(j0st3206) Platen (Simplex) Platen (Duplex) Platen (MPT) Image Quality Range +/-1.6mm +/-2.0mm +/-2.2mm
February, 2008 3-14
Table 1 Specification of Lead Edge Registration Configuration DADF (Simplex) DADF (Duplex) Range +/-2.2mm +/-3.0mm
IQS5 Side Edge Registration Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. For a copy that is folded in half, the crease in the copy should be within the following ranges from the center line of a 100% copy (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Side Edge Registration(j0st3208) Table 1 Specification of Side Edge Registration Configuration Platen (Simplex) Platen (Duplex) Platen (MPT) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Range +/-2.1mm +/-2.5mm +/-3.0mm
February, 2008 3-15
Image Quality
Table 1 Specification of Side Edge Registration Configuration DADF (Simplex) DADF (Duplex) Range +/-2.9mm +/-3.2mm
IQS6 Skew Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. Skew must be within the following ranges (with respect to each other) at the two 10 mm reference lines shown (Figure 1).
Figure 1 1 Skew(j0st3209) Table 1 Specification of Skew Configuration Platen (Simplex) Platen (Duplex) Platen (MPT) DADF (Simplex) Image Quality Range +/-1.42 +/-1.87 +/-1.78 +/-2.04 Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 3-16
Table 1 Specification of Skew Configuration DADF (Duplex) Range +/-2.40
IQS7 Lead Edge Deletion Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. The image deleted intentionally along the lead edge must be 2.0 mm from the lead edge of the copy (Figure 1).(maximum is 4mm)
Figure 1 Lead Edge Deletion(j0st3210)
February, 2008 3-17
Image Quality
IQS8 Trail Edge Deletion Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. The image deleted intentionally along the trail edge must be 2mm from the trail edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)
IQS9 Side Edge Deletion Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. The image deleted intentionally along both of side edge must be 2mm from the side edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)
Figure 1 Side Edge Deletion(j0st3212) Figure 1 Trail Edge Deletion(j0st3211)
Image Quality
February, 2008 3-18
IQS10 Resolution Specification

Procedure
Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern. The complete resolution of designated LP/mm lines for specific magnification percentages is listed in Table below. It is also required that the designated LP/mm lines be resolved in the top-to-bottom direction and the side-to-side direction over the entire copy (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Resolution(j0st3213) Table 1 Resolution Specifications Magnification(%) 70 100 141 200 Resolution LP/mm 2.5 4.3 3.5 3.5
February, 2008 3-19
Image Quality
IQS11 Skips And Smears Specification

Procedure
Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern. [Reduction] Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 1.8 ladder chart must be completely resolved. [100% /Enlargement] Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 2.5 ladder chart must be completely resolved (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Skips and Smears(j0st3214) Table 1 Skips and Smears Specifications Magnification(%) 70 100 141 200 Ladder LP/mm 1.8 2.5 2.5 2.5
Image Quality
February, 2008 3-20
IQS12 Magnification Specification

Procedure
Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern. The tolerance for each magnification setting in the lead edge to trail edge direction and the front to rear direction are listed in Table below. Table 1 Magnification Specifications Magnification(%) 65 101 154 Measurement 130+/-2mm 202+/-2mm 154+/-2mm
Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B for the magnification in the lead edge to trail edge direction; and areas C and D for magnification in the front to rear direction. For 154% use areas A and E for magnification in the lead edge to trail edge direction; and areas C and F for magnification in the front to rear direction.(Figure 1)
Figure 1 Areas of Side B to be Measured(j0st3202)
February, 2008 3-21
Image Quality
IQS13 Background Specification

Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. Compare images of the test pattern,(Figure 1) made from the document glass, with the visual scale,82P448. The background of the images must not be darker than the reference area C (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Test Pattern(j0st3215)
Image Quality
February, 2008 3-22
Image Defect Samples

IOT The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes. IIT The following figures contain examples of defects and their possible causes. Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks Defects Related To Scan Print Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background Auger Mark Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) White Streaks (Process Direction) Black Bands Toner Contamination Toner Splattering White Spots (Irregular) Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) Transparency Blocking
Auger Mark
Figure 1 Auger Mark Defect Sample (j0st3217)
Cause
1. 2. 1. The Developer Magnetic Roll magnetic field failed. There was a drop in the level of developer material. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge. NOTE: This may occur immediately after a new CRU is installed. -> Correct by feeding a few sheets of paper.
Corrective Action
February, 2008 3-23
Image Quality
Auger Mark
Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)
White Streaks (Process Direction)
Figure 1 White Streaks (Process Direction) Defect Sample (j0st3219) Figure 1 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) Defect Sample (j0st3218)
Cause
1. Foreign substances are blocking the ROS Laser. Developer material clogging on the Developer Magnetic Roll due to foreign substances. Clean the light path between the ROS and the Xero/Developer Cartridge and the seal glass. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge. 2. 1. 2.
Cause
1. 1. Developer Magnetic Roll bias. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action
Image Quality
Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density), White
February, 2008 3-24
Black Bands
Toner Contamination
Figure 1 Black Bands Defect Sample (j0st3220)
Figure 1 Toner Contamination Defect Sample (j0st3221)
Cause
1. 1. The developer material is not well mixed. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.
Cause
1. 1. 2. Cloud toner dropped from the Xero/Developer Cartridge. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action
February, 2008 3-25
Image Quality
Black Bands, Toner Contamination
Toner Splattering
White Spots (Irregular)
Figure 1 Toner Splattering Defect Sample (j0st3222)
Figure 1 White Spots (Irregular) Defect Sample (j0st3223)
Cause
1. 2. Paper size mismatch occurred (tray settings and paper size are different). The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions. Check the tray settings. Use paper from a freshly opened packet.
Cause
1. 1. The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions. Use paper from a freshly opened packet.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action
1. 2.
Image Quality
Toner Splattering, White Spots (Irregular)
February, 2008 3-26
Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)
Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)
Figure 1 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample (j0st3225) Figure 1 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) Defect Sample (j0st3224)
Cause
1. 94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances 28mm pitch -> Developer Roll: Developer material fixed on the Developer Roll 44mm pitch -> Charger: Scratches or foreign substances 80mm pitch -> Fuser H/R: Scratches or foreign substances 1, 4: Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit. 2, 3: Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2.
Cause
1. 1. Transparencies were processed in Plain Paper mode. Select Transparency mode.
Corrective Action
Corrective Action
February, 2008 3-27
Image Quality
Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts), Regular
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)
5. 6. 1. 2.
19mm pitch -> Fuser Roll-Exit: Dirt 44mm pitch -> Registration: Dirt 1, 4, 5, 6: Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit. 2, 3: Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Corrective Action
Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample (j0st3226)
Cause
1. 2. 3. 4. 94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances 28mm pitch -> Magnetic Roll: Developer material fixed on the Magnetic Roll 44mm pitch -> BCR: Scratches or foreign substances 80mm pitch -> Heat Roll: Scratches or foreign substances Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Image Quality
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction
February, 2008 3-28
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2)
Transparency Blocking
Figure 1 Transparency Blocking Sample Image (j0st3228) Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) Defect Sample (j0st3227)
Cause
1. Transparencies were continuously printed in Plain Paper mode. Select Transparency mode.
Cause
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 94mm pitch -> Fuser Pressure Roll: Scratches or foreign substances 59mm pitch -> BRT Roll: Dirt, scratches or paper size mismatch 44mm pitch -> Pinch Roll: Dirt 1, 2, 3: Clean or replace the relevant parts. 2: Change the tray settings.
Corrective Action
1.
Corrective Action
February, 2008 3-29
Image Quality
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction
Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original

Cause
When copying, interference with the original may cause moire. Combinations of certain angles of screen ruling near 150lpi and Reduce/Enlarge ratio may cause moire. Precautions should be taken during enlargement.
Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames

When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, the suppression value is set so large such that areas of medium density appear extremely light.
Corrective Action
Reduce sharpness. Secondary defect: Text is blurred. Make copies at a different Reduce/Enlarge ratio. Change the orientation of the original.
Figure 1 Light Background (in circled area for example) Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames Defect Sample (j0st3229)
Cause
Auto Exposure performs background detection of images at a distance of up to 10mm from the Lead Registration Edge. As there were dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, Auto Exposure could not detect the original background density. Therefore, Auto Exposure was performed based on the density of the frames.
Corrective Action
Disable Auto Exposure.
Image Quality
Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original, Light
February, 2008 3-30
Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density

When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with background of medium density (0.5G), the effectiveness of Auto Exposure fluctuates for each job.
Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals
In Text mode, making copies of images of 100 lpi (halftone dot) gradation may result in a tone jump.
Cause
As medium density (0.5G) is near the upper limit value for background detection, the Auto Exposure value fluctuates according to the result of background detection that varies according to the variations in the density of the original and how the original is placed.
Corrective Action
Disable Auto Exposure.
Figure 1 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals Defect Sample (j0st3230)
Cause
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed for lower lpi.
Corrective Action
Make copies in Photo mode. Secondary defect: Text is blurred. Change the setting from [More Text] to [Text], and then to [Photo] and [More Photo]. Secondary defect: Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text] and [Text] settings. Text becomes blurred in [More Photo] and [Photo] settings.
February, 2008 3-31
Image Quality
Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of
CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks

Streaks may occur in the CVT, even if they do not occur in the Platen.
Defects Related To Scan Print

Moire may occur when scanned images are printed.
Cause
Even though CVT streak detection is performed for both color and B/W scans, there may be cases where foreign substances on the CVT Glass could not be detected and removed.
Cause
Interference with the printer screen and printer driver resolution conversion processing by the original causes moire.
Corrective Action
Clean the CVT Glass.
Corrective Action
Reduce sharpness. Secondary defect: Text is blurred.
Image Quality
CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks, De-
February, 2008 3-32
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals
During Fax Scan and B/W Scan mode, moire occurs in Text mode halftone dot images. Or, moire is especially obvious in Text mode (Fine) 133 lpi halftone dot images.
Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background

Black discoloration occurs around white texts with a certain background density, causing difficulties in reading the text.
Cause
In Text mode, text is given priority, causing halftone dot moires.
Cause
Discoloration occurs during resolution conversion in Fax Send. Due to separation error in text graphic separation, parts determined as text are darkened and are output as graphics that look like dark smears. Occurrences and severity of the occurrences vary according to the combinations of Send/ Receive type, Send route and Receive settings.
Corrective Action
Change from Text mode to Text & Photo mode or Photo mode. However, as the amount of data increases in Text & Photo mode, the machine takes a longer time for transmission.
Corrective Action
Perform sending and document storage according to the capabilities of the receiver. It is possible to suppress resolution conversion during Send/Receive by preventing a mismatch in Send image quality (resolution). Change the setting for resolution conversion processing to [More Photo]. Secondary defect: As this reduces the sensitivity for separation between text and photographs, edges appear less smooth.
February, 2008 3-33
Image Quality
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi
Image Quality
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi
February, 2008 3-34
4 Repairs and Adjustments

01. Drives
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly ..................................................................................... 4-3 4-7 4-9 4-10 4-12 4-13 4-15 4-16 4-19 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-29 4-31 4-33 4-35 4-37 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-45 4-46 4-47 4-48 4-48 4-49 4-49 4-50 4-51 4-53 4-54 4-56 4-57 REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover........................................................................................ 4-59 4-61 4-62 4-62 4-63 4-65 4-69 4-75 4-77 4-78 4-81 4-84 4-87 4-88 4-89 4-90 4-91 4-93 4-96 4-98 4-100 4-101 4-103 4-104 4-106 4-108 4-108 4-110 4-111 4-112 4-113 4-115 4-120 4-125 4-131 4-131 4-132 4-132 4-133
11. IIT
REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion............................................................................................. REP 11.1.2 Control Panel Assembly............................................................................... REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass................................................................................................. REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB................................................................................................. REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable............................................................................................. REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly ............................................................................ REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp............................................................................................ REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness .....................................................................................
02. Paper Transportation

REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly........................................................................................ REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly........................................................................................ REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll....................................................................... REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit ............................................................................................ REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll ............................................................................................... REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll ........................................................................................................ REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit ....................................................................................
03. ROS
REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit........................................................................................................
12 Tray Module - 2TM

REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)....................................................................................... REP 12.2 Tray 4 Feeder (2TM)....................................................................................... REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (2TM) ..................................................................... REP 12.4 2TM PWB........................................................................................................
04. Xerographic/Development
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge .............................................................................. REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge.............................................................................................. REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor..............................................................................................
05. Fuser
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit ......................................................................................................
13. TTM Tray Module

REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly (TTM) ............................................................................... REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly (TTM) ............................................................................... REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable (TTM) ...................................................................... REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder (TTM).................................................................................... REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM).................................................................................... REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (TTM) .................................................................. REP 13.8.1 TTM PWB ....................................................................................................
06. Exit
REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2 .................................................................................................
07. HCF
REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly............................................................................................... REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad............................................................................ REP 7.3.1 HCF Tray 6 .................................................................................................... REP 7.3.2 HCF Feeder ................................................................................................... REP 7.3.3 HCF Un-docking and Docking ....................................................................... REP 7.3.4 HCF Tray Cables ........................................................................................... REP 7.3.5 HCF Retard / Feed / Nudger Rolls................................................................. REP 7.3.6 HCF Feed Shaft............................................................................................. REP 7.3.7 HCF Retard Lever Spring .............................................................................. REP 7.3.8 HCF Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring ...................................... REP 7.3.9 HCF Casters .................................................................................................. REP 7.3.10 HCF Takeaway Roll..................................................................................... REP 7.3.11 HCF PWB .................................................................................................... REP 7.3.12 HCF Feed Motor ..........................................................................................
15. DADF
REP 15.1.1 DADF ........................................................................................................... REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion.................................................................................. REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray.................................................................................. REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly .............................................................................. REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover ....................................................................................... REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover........................................................................................ REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB .................................................................................................. REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance ................................................................................... REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance................................................................................. REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll ................................................................................................... REP 15.4.2 Top Cover Assembly.................................................................................... REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll................................................................................. REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll...........................................................................................
09. Electrical Components

REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB ..................................................................................................... REP 9.1.2 MCU PWB EPROM ....................................................................................... REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB ...................................................................................................... REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM ........................................................................................
16. SB Finisher
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly ................................................................................. REP 16.1.2 Hole Punch Assembly.................................................................................. REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt........................................................................................... REP 16.1.4 H-Transport Motor........................................................................................ REP 16.2.1 SB-Finisher Undocking ................................................................................
10. Covers
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly ................................................................................... Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 4-1
Repairs and Adjustments
REP 16.2.2 Front Cover Assembly ................................................................................. REP 16.2.3 Rear Upper Cover........................................................................................ REP 16.2.4 Rear Lower Cover........................................................................................ REP 16.2.5 Eject Cover .................................................................................................. REP 16.2.6 Foot Cover ................................................................................................... REP 16.2.7 Stacker Lower Cover ................................................................................... REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover ................................................................................... REP 16.2.9 Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2 ..................................................................... REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly................................................................. REP 16.2.11 Finisher Stapler Move Motor...................................................................... REP 16.2.12 Finisher Stapler Assembly ......................................................................... REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly............................................................................ REP 16.2.14 Folder Knife Assembly ............................................................................... REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor .............................................................................. REP 16.2.16 Stacker Tray .............................................................................................. REP 16.2.18 Eject Belt.................................................................................................... REP 16.2.19 Eject Motor Assembly ................................................................................ REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB............................................................................................. REP 16.2.22 Finisher LVPS............................................................................................ REP 16.2.23 Eject Motor................................................................................................. REP 16.2.24 Front/Rear Tamper Motor .......................................................................... REP 16.2.25 Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensors ........................................................... REP 16.2.26 Compiler No Paper Sensor........................................................................ REP 16.2.27 Front/Rear Carriage Assembly .................................................................. REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB................................................................................................ REP 16.3.2 Booklet Maker Assembly ............................................................................. REP 16.3.3 Booklet Front Cover ..................................................................................... REP 16.3.4 Booklet Rear Cover ..................................................................................... REP 16.3.5 Booklet Top Cover ....................................................................................... REP 16.3.6 Booklet PWB Cover ..................................................................................... REP 16.3.7 Booklet Left Cover ....................................................................................... REP 16.3.8 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler .......................................................................... REP 16.3.9 Booklet Stapler Move Motor ........................................................................
4-134 4-135 4-135 4-136 4-139 4-139 4-140 4-140 4-141 4-141 4-143 4-144 4-154 4-155 4-155 4-156 4-156 4-157 4-157 4-158 4-158 4-159 4-159 4-160 4-161 4-162 4-164 4-165 4-167 4-167 4-168 4-168 4-170 4-173 4-175 4-177 4-179 4-181 4-182 4-184 4-186 4-186 4-188 4-189 4-191 4-194 4-196 4-197 4-198 4-199
REP 22.8.3 Stacker Motor............................................................................................... REP 22.8.4 Stacker Stack Sensor .................................................................................. REP 22.9.1 Compile Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 22.9.2 Set Clamp Shaft........................................................................................... REP 22.9.3 Eject Belts .................................................................................................... REP 22.9.4 Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly ................................................................ REP 22.9.5 Rear Tamper Home Sensor......................................................................... REP 22.9.6 Eject Shaft Assembly ................................................................................... REP 22.10.1 Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly.......................................................... REP 22.10.2 Front Tamper Home Sensor ...................................................................... REP 22.10.3 Eject Clamp Home Sensor......................................................................... REP 22.10.4 Stack Height Sensor ..................................................................................
4-202 4-204 4-204 4-206 4-208 4-209 4-211 4-213 4-214 4-216 4-217 4-219 4-221 4-223 4-225 4-226 4-229 4-230 4-231 4-235 4-236 4-237 4-239 4-240
7. HCF
ADJ 7.1.2 HCF Side Edge Registration ..........................................................................
9. Electrical Components
ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ......................................................... ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment........................................................................ ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Downloading......................................................................
11. IIT
ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ......................................................... ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment......................................................................... ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment ................................................
15. DADF
ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Edge Registration ...................................................................... ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized Registration Function ...... ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration ..................................................................... ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment ............................................................................. ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment...............................................................
22. A Finisher
REP 22.1 A-Finisher ....................................................................................................... REP 22.3.1 Paddle Belt .................................................................................................. REP 22.3.2 Sub Paddle Solenoid ................................................................................... REP 22.4.1 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 22.4.2 Staple Assembly .......................................................................................... REP 22.4.3 Set Clamp Home Sensor ............................................................................. REP 22.4.4 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... REP 22.5.1 Pinch Roll..................................................................................................... REP 22.5.2 Finisher Entrance Sensor ............................................................................ REP 22.5.3 Compile Exit Sensor .................................................................................... REP 22.5.4 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly....................................................................... REP 22.5.5 Lower Chute Assembly................................................................................ REP 22.6.1 ENT Roll Assembly...................................................................................... REP 22.6.2 Upper Chute Assembly................................................................................ REP 22.7.1 Finisher Control PWB .................................................................................. REP 22.8.1 Stacker Tray Assembly................................................................................ REP 22.8.2 Stacker Shaft Assembly............................................................................... Repairs and Adjustments
February, 2008 4-2
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly

Parts List on PL 1.1 Removal WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Loosen the screws (x2). Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.
2.
Remove the Rear Middle Cover. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Rear Middle Cover.
Figure 2 Removing the Rear Middle Cover (j0st41006)
Figure 1 Removing the ESS Cover Assembly (j0st41005)
February, 2008 4-3
REP 1.1.1
3. 4.
Open the L/H Upper Cover. Disconnect the belt and connector. (Figure 3) a. Remove the flange (item 1). Remove the belt (item 2). Disconnect (item 3). Disconnect (item 4).
5.
Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)
2
Remove the screws (2)
3
Remove the Bracket
1
Disconnect the wire clamp from the bracket
Figure 4 Removing the bracket 6. Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 5) a. b. c. Open Left Cover Assembly (not shown). Remove the screws (x4). Remove the Main Drive Assembly.
Figure 3 Disconnecting the belt and connector (j0st40101)
REP 1.1.1
February, 2008 4-4
Figure 5 Removing the Main Drive Assembly (j0st40103)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
February, 2008 4-5
REP 1.1.1
REP 1.1.1
February, 2008 4-6

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1) 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside. Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2) Preparing to remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) a. b. Remove the wire harness from the Gear Assembly holder Remove the screws (2)
a. b.
Remove the Gear Assembly Disconnect the connector
a
Remove the Gear Assembly
b
Disconnect the connector
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector 6. 7. Remove Tray 1. Preparing to remove the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Release the Wire Harness from the clamps (2). Remove the screws (2).
b
Remove screws (2)
a
Remove harness Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly (j0st40201)
5.
Removing the Gear Assembly (Figure 2)
February, 2008 4-7
REP 2.1.1
1
Move the Feeder Assembly toward the front
2
Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly
Figure 4 Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly
Replacement
1. Figure 3 Preparing to removing the Feeder 1 Assembly 8. Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 4) To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 2.1.1
February, 2008 4-8

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1) Remove Tray 2. Remove the L/H Upper Cover. (REP 2.6.2) Open the Left Hand Lower Cover. Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (2). Remove the wire harness and remove the Gear Assembly. Disconnect the connector.
1
3
2
Remove the wire harness and remove the Gear Assembly
Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly 7. Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the connector. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Remove the screws (x2). Move the white guide to rear, then remove the Feeder 2 Assembly.
February, 2008 4-9
REP 2.1.2
REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll

Parts List on PL 2.3 Removal
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is described here. Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll replacement is the same as for Tray 1. NOTE: When replacing the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter Diagnostic mode and clear the counter for the Tray 1 Feed counter (sheets). 741/511 (For Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll: 741/512])
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: The Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1. 2. Remove Tray 1. Slide the guide to the front. (Figure 1) 1. Slide the guide.
Figure 2 Removing the Feeder 2 Assembly (j0st40208)
Replacement
CAUTION When installing the Feeder 2 Assembly, be careful to avoid trapping the Gear Assembly Sensor Connector behind the Feeder. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 2.1.2, REP 2.3.1
February, 2008 4-10
Figure 1 Sliding the guide to the front (j0st40205) 3. Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll.
Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll (j0st40206)
Replacement
February, 2008 4-11
REP 2.3.1
REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside. 2. 3. Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2) Free the Registration Assembly. (Figure 1) NOTE: The connectors are connected on the inner side of the Registration Assembly. 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Slide the Registration Assembly to the rear. 3.Slightly lift up the Registration Assembly and remove it.
Figure 1 Setting free the Registration Assembly (j0st40212) 4. Remove the Registration Assembly. (Figure 2) 1.Turn over the Registration Assembly. 2.Disconnect the connector. 3.Disconnect the connector. 4.Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. 5.Remove the Registration Assembly.
REP 2.4.1
February, 2008 4-12
REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1) 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside. Remove the L/H Upper Cover. (REP 2.6.2) Open the L/H Lower Cover. Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1) a. b. Remove the wire harness from the Gear Assembly holder Remove the screws (2)
Figure 2 Removing the Registration Assembly (j0st40213)
Replacement
b
a
Remove the wire harness
Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly 6. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Removing the Gear Assembly (Figure 2) Repairs and Adjustments
February, 2008 4-13
REP 2.4.1, REP 2.5.1
a. b.
Remove the Gear Assembly Disconnect the connector
a
Remove the Gear Assembly
b
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector 7. Remove the chute. (Figure 3) 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Remove the chute. 8. Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 4) 1.Remove the KL-Clip. 2.Slide out the Takeaway Roll. Figure 3 Removing the chute (j0st40202)
REP 2.5.1
February, 2008 4-14
REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Open the L/H Upper Cover. 2. Remove the BTR Roll Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the BTR Roll Assembly.
Figure 4 Removing the Takeaway Roll (j0st40209)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the BTR Roll Assembly (j0st40216) 3. Remove the BTR Roll. (Figure 2) NOTE: Do not remove the cover at the front. 1. 2. Remove the cover at the rear. Remove the BTR Roll.
February, 2008 4-15
REP 2.5.1, REP 2.6.1
REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Open the L/H Upper Cover. 2. 3. Disconnect the Duplex Unit Cable. Remove the screw while holding the L/H Upper Cover. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the screw.
Figure 2 Removing the BTR Roll (j0st40210)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the screw (j0st40217) 4. Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Open the L/H Upper Cover Unit until it becomes horizontal. Lift up the unit and remove it.
REP 2.6.1, REP 2.6.2
February, 2008 4-16
Figure 2 Removing the L/H Upper Cover Unit (j0st40215)
Replacement
February, 2008 4-17
REP 2.6.2
REP 2.6.2
February, 2008 4-18
REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the following parts: a. b. c. d. Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1) Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2) Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1) Remove the Front L/H Cover (1 screw).
2.
Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the screws (x3). 2.Remove the Inner Cover.
2
Remove the Front L/H Cover
1
Remove the screw (1) Figure 2 Removing the Inner Cover (j0st40305) 3. 4. Remove the L/H Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) 1.Disconnect the connector. 2.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide. 3.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide. Figure 1 Removing the Front L/H Cover
February, 2008 4-19
REP 3.1.1
2
Loosen the screw (1) and remove the ROS Shade
1
Remove the screw (1)
Figure 4 Removing the ROS Shade Assembly NOTE: There may be toner in the Toner Box and in the tube. If the Toner Box is turned upside down or the tube is disconnected from the Toner Box, toner might spill out. 6. Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40301) 5. Remove the ROS Shade assembly. a. b. From the Left Hand side of the machine, remove the screw from the outboard end of the shade. Loosen the screw on the endboard end of the ROS Shade and slide the shade outboard (toward the front) and remove. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 5) 1.Loosen the screws (x2). 2.Remove the screw on the tube. 3.Remove the Toner Box.
REP 3.1.1
February, 2008 4-20
3.Disconnect connector. 4.Disconnect connector. 5. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.
Figure 6 Disconnecting the ROS Unit connectors (x4) (j0st40303) CAUTION 8. Do not touch the ROS Unit window when holding it up. Remove the ROS Fan and move aside.
Figure 5 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302) 7. Disconnect the ROS Unit connectors (x4). (Figure 6) 1.Disconnect connector. 2.Disconnect connector. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Repairs and Adjustments
February, 2008 4-21
REP 3.1.1
1
Figure 7 Removing the ROS Fan and set it aside 9. Remove the ROS Unit. (Figure 8) 1.Remove the screws (x5). 2.Remove the ROS Unit. Figure 8 Removing the ROS Unit (j0st40304)
Replacement
CAUTION When connecting the connector of the Toner Crum PWB, be careful not to press too hard such that the PWB is shifted. NOTE: When the ROS Unit is being installed, be careful to properly seat the ROS Unit in to the two locating holes in the machine frame. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 3.1.1
February, 2008 4-22
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. 3. Open the L/H Upper Cover. Open the Front Cover. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Figure 1 Removing the Xero/Developer Cartridge (j0st40402)
Replacement
NOTE: Push in the handle of the Xero/Developer Cartridge until the handle latches securely. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
February, 2008 4-23
REP 4.1.1
REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. Open the Front Cover. Remove the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the Toner Cartridge.
Figure 1 Removing the Toner Cartridge (j0st40403)
Replacement
REP 4.1.2
February, 2008 4-24
REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. Remove the following parts: 2. Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1) Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2) Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1)
Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screws (x3). 2.Remove the Inner Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the Inner Cover (j0st40305) 3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) 1.Disconnect the connector. 2.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide. 3.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.
February, 2008 4-25
REP 4.2.1
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40301) 4. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 3) 1.Loosen the screws (x2). 2.Remove the screw on the hose. 3.Remove the Toner Box.
Figure 3 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302) 5. Remove the Dispense Motor. (Figure 4) 1.Disconnect the connector. 2.Remove the screws (x3). Repairs and Adjustments Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 4.2.1
February, 2008 4-26
3.Remove the Dispense Motor.
Figure 4 Removing the Dispense Motor (j0st40401)
Replacement
February, 2008 4-27
REP 4.2.1
REP 4.2.1
February, 2008 4-28
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. CAUTION Do not start servicing until the Fuser has cooled down. 1. 2. Open the L/H Upper Cover. Remove the Fuser Unit. (Figure 1) 1.Free the knobs (x2) by turning them. 2.Hold the Fuser by the handles (x2).
Figure 1 Removing the Fuser Unit (j0st40501)
Replacement
February, 2008 4-29
REP 5.1.1
REP 5.1.1
February, 2008 4-30
REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. Open the L/H Upper Cover. Remove the Exit2 + OCT2. (Figure 1) 1. Lift up the front and rear levers and remove the Exit2 + OCT2.
Figure 1 Removing the Exit2+OCT2 (j0st40601)
Replacement
February, 2008 4-31
REP 6.1.1
REP 6.1.1
February, 2008 4-32
REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. Remove the MPT Rear Cover. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screw. 2.Remove the MPT Rear Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the MPT Rear Cover (j0st40706) 2. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) 1.Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. 2.Disconnect connector.
February, 2008 4-33
REP 7.1.1
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40701) 3. Remove the MPT Assembly. (Figure 3) 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Remove the MPT Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the MPT Assembly (j0st40702)
Replacement
REP 7.1.1
February, 2008 4-34
REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad

NOTE: When replacing the MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad, enter the Diag. mode and clear the counter for MPT Feed. 741/516]
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. [FAX Models] Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. [Printer Models] Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The MPT Feed Roll and MPT Retard Pad must both be replaced at the same time. 1. 2. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1) Remove the plate. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Remove the plate.
Figure 1 Removing the plate (j0st40703) 3. Remove the MPT Feed Roll. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the ends of the roll and slide them out. 2.Remove the ends of the roll and slide them out. 3.Slide the MPT Feed Roll to the front and remove it.
February, 2008 4-35
REP 7.2.1
Figure 2 Removing the MPT Feed Roll (j0st40704) 4. Remove the MPT Retard Pad. (Figure 3) 1.Remove the springs (x2). 2.Remove the MPT Retard Pad. 3.Pull out the shaft.
Figure 3 Removing the MPT Retard Pad (j0st40705)
Replacement
REP 7.2.1
February, 2008 4-36
REP 7.3.1 HCF Tray 6

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Open the HCF Tray by pulling the tray toward you. (PL 18.1) Remove all paper from the tray. Using a small screwdriver, or other small, blunt instrument, release the stopper on each rail of the tray by inserting the screwdriver into the hole of the stopper and pulling the tray toward you. Remove the tray by pulling it toward you and off of its rails. Slide the rails (2) into the HCF housing. Line up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF and push the tray into place. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.
REP 7.3.2 HCF Feeder

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the HCF Tray. (REP 7.3.1) Remove the (2) screws used to secure the HCF Feeder on its rail. (Figure 1) NOTE: For a better view of both the HCF Feeder and its securing screws, open the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.
4. 1. 2. 3.
Replacement
1
Feeder Securing Screws
Figure 1 Feeder Securing Screws
February, 2008 4-37
REP 7.3.1, REP 7.3.2
3. 1. 2.
Slide the HCF Feeder toward you off its rail to remove it from the HCF. Position the HCF Feeders bottom rail-following feet (2) onto the internal HCF rail. Slide the HCF Feeder back into the HCF until it seats. CAUTION
REP 7.3.3 HCF Un-docking and Docking

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Unplug the HCF Power Cable connected to the left rear of the copier/printer. Grasping the HCF by its upper corners, pull the HCF away from the copier/printer to expose the HCF Docking Base. (Figure 1)
Replacement
Do not over tighten the two HCF Feeder screws. 3. Reinstall the two securing screws and tighten until snug.
Docking Points
HCF Docking Base
Docking Latch Spring Lever
Figure 1 Exposing the docking base 3. 4. 1. 2. Release the Docking Latch Spring Lever on the right side of the Docking Base. Pull the HCF away from the copier/printer to un-dock it from the copier/printer. Push the HCF toward the two Docking Points on the left side of the printer. Align the two holes in the HCF Docking Base with the two Docking Points on the printer/ copier.
Replacement
REP 7.3.2, REP 7.3.3
February, 2008 4-38
NOTE: Make sure that the Caster of the copier/printer is rotated out of the way (fully rotated underneath the copier/printer) so that it does not interfere with HCF docking. 3. 4. Push the HCF into place against the copier/printer. Reattach the HCF Power Cable to the left rear of the copier/printer.
REP 7.3.4 HCF Tray Cables

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. PART 1 Removing the HCF Rear Tray Cables 1. 2. Remove the HCF Tray (REP 7.3.1) At the rear of the HCF Tray, remove the Gear Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove (2) E-Rings securing the oval-shaped Plate and remove the Plate. Slide the (2) gears, that were being retained by the Plate, off their shafts and set the gears aside. Remove (3) screws securing the Gear Bracket Assembly. Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly, being careful to maneuver it around the cable as required for removal.
February, 2008 4-39
REP 7.3.3, REP 7.3.4
3
2
Slide the Bushing away from the frame
2
Remove the gears (2)
Tray Cable Pulley
1
Remove the E-ring
Figure 2 Lift Shaft rear Tray Cable Pulley
1
Remove the oval shaped Plate
4
Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly
6.
Preparing to remove the Rear Tray Cable. (Figure 3) a. Remove (2) E-Rings, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys. See also Figure 6 (a).
Figure 1 Gear Bracket Assembly 5. At the rear of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 2) a. b. Remove the E-Ring on the Lift Shaft. Slide the Bushing to the left on the Lift Shaft. NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved farther to the left releasing the cable ends.
REP 7.3.4
February, 2008 4-40
2
Slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front
3
Remove the cable ends from the shaft
Remove the E-Rings (2), Wire Guides (2), and Pulleys (2)
1
Disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame Figure 3 Preparing to remove the Rear Tray Cable 7. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 4) 8. Figure 4 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft Removing the Rear Tray Cable. (Figure 5, Figure 6) a. b. Remove (1) E-Ring, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray Cable.
February, 2008 4-41
REP 7.3.4
1
Remove the E-Ring (1), Wire Guide (1), and Pulley (1)
2
Remove the Cables
Figure 5 Removing the Rear Tray Cables Figure 6 Rear Tray Cable details PART II Removing the HCF Front Tray Cables 1. 2. 3. Remove the HCF Tray (REP 7.3.1) Remove the (5) screws securing the HCF Trays Front Cover. At the front of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the front Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 7) a. b. c. Remove the E-Ring on the Lift Shaft. Slide the bearing to the rear on the Lift Shaft. Front Tray Cable Pulley NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved farther to the right releasing the cable ends.
REP 7.3.4
February, 2008 4-42
1
Remove E-Rings (2), Wire Guides (2), and Pulleys (2)
Figure 7 Lift Shaft front Tray Cable Pulley 4. Remove the E-Rings, Wire Guides, and Pulleys from the front of the HCF Tray. (Figure 8) 1. Remove (2) E-Rings, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys. 2.
Figure 8 Preparing to remove the front Tray Cables When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 9)
February, 2008 4-43
REP 7.3.4
1
Remove the E-Ring (1), Wire guide (1), and Pulley (1)
2
Remove the Cables
Figure 9 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft 3. Removing the Front Tray Cables. (Figure 10, Figure 11) a. b. Remove (1) E-Ring, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray Cable.
Figure 10 Removing the front Tray Cables
REP 7.3.4
February, 2008 4-44
REP 7.3.5 HCF Retard / Feed / Nudger Rolls

Parts List on PL 18.5 PL 18.6 Removal
NOTE: Remove and replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls simultaneously.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Open the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF. Release the green Lever to open the Upper Feeder Assembly to reveal the (3) rolls. NOTE: For reference purposes, the single roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the Nudger roll. The double roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the Feed Roll. The larger double roll in the Lower Feeder component is the Retard Roll. 3. Remove each roll by squeezing the rolls shaft at both ends (with the thumb and forefinger of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF. (Figure 1)
Figure 11 Front Tray Cable details
Replacement
1. 2. 3. Install the front Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order. Install the rear Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order. Reinstall the HCF Trays Front Cover. a. b. 4. 5. Make sure to raise the gear on the Indicator Shaft so that it meshes with the adjoining Lift Shaft gear. Replace the (5) Installation Screws.
Reinstall the HCF Tray by lining up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF and pushing the tray into place. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.
Figure 1 Removing rolls
February, 2008 4-45
REP 7.3.4, REP 7.3.5
Replacement
1. 2. 3. 4. Install each new roll by squeezing its shaft at both ends and sliding the roll into place. Use your fingers to roll each roll in place to assure its movement. Flip down the Upper Feeder Assembly. Close the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.
REP 7.3.6 HCF Feed Shaft

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the HCF Feeder. (REP 7.3.2) Place the Feeder on a flat surface. Open the Upper Feeder Assembly by releasing the green lever. Remove the Nudger Roll by squeezing the rolls shaft at both ends (with the thumb and forefinger of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF. Remove the E-Ring and bearing on the Feed Shaft (at the Nudger Roll end of the shaft). Move the bearing at the opposite end of the shaft to the right, and slide the Feed Shaft to the right to remove.
Replacement
REP 7.3.5, REP 7.3.6
February, 2008 4-46
REP 7.3.7 HCF Retard Lever Spring

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the HCF Feeder. (REP 7.3.2) Place the Feeder on a flat surface and release the green Lever to open the Upper Feeder Assembly. Remove the Lower Chute. Remove the (2) securing screws. Remove the plastic Cover by removing (4) screws. Remove the Retard Roll. Remove the E-Rings on the Lever and Spring. Remove the Lever. Remove the Spring. (Figure 1)
Replacement
NOTE: Make sure the plastic pads on the Lower Chute fit in the track before pushing it in. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Retard Roll
Lever Spring. Note how extension fits into Lever. Lower Chute Figure 1 Removing the Retard Lever Spring Cover
February, 2008 4-47
REP 7.3.7
REP 7.3.8 HCF Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the HCF Feed Shaft. (REP 7.3.6) Disassemble the Feed Shaft by removing (4) E-Rings and unscrewing the Nudger Support that retains the Torsion Spring. Install replacement parts. Carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 7.3.9 HCF Casters

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Un-dock (remove) the HCF. (REP 7.3.3) Remove all paper from the HCF Tray. Roll the HCF away from the copier/printer. Turn the HCF over onto its left side to expose the casters on the underside of the HCF. Remove (3) installation screws per caster. Install a new caster or casters, by tightening the (3) installation screws per caster. Turn the HCF back up to an upright position. Roll the HCF back toward the copier/printer. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the HCF Tray. Dock the HCF.
Replacement
1. 2.
Replacement
REP 7.3.8, REP 7.3.9
February, 2008 4-48
REP 7.3.10 HCF Takeaway Roll

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the HCF Feed Motor. (REP 7.3.12) Remove the Lower Chute. (Figure 1) Remove the (2) securing screws.
REP 7.3.11 HCF PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Takeaway Roll (includes Shaft) 5. Un-dock (remove) the HCF. (REP 7.3.3) Remove the plastic Rear Cover. Remove the (4) securing screws. Disconnect all of the connectors connected to the HCF PWB. Remove the (4) screws securing the HCF PWB. Remove the HCF PWB.
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Lower Chute 3. Slide the Takeaway Roll to the right until the left side is released, then lower the roll to remove. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter into Diagnostic mode and then clear the DC135HFSI counter.
Replacement
1. 2.
February, 2008 4-49
REP 7.3.10, REP 7.3.11
REP 7.3.12 HCF Feed Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Un-dock (remove) the HCF. (REP 7.3.3) Remove the plastic Rear Cover. Remove the (4) securing screws. Supporting the motor with one hand, remove the HCF Feed Motor. (Figure 1) Disconnect the electrical Connector (1). Remove the (2) securing screws.
NOTE: Be careful when removing the motor as it is meshed to a hidden gear.
HCF Feed Motor
Figure 1 Removing the HCF Feed Motor
Replacement
REP 7.3.12
February, 2008 4-50
REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. 1. Access the MCU PWB. a. b. c. 2. a. b. 3. Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2). Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Middle Cover (PL 10.2). Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Lower Cover (PL 10.2). Disconnect P/Js. Remove screws and remove MCU PWB. Figure 1 MCU PWB EPROM Location (j0st40901)
Remove MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If a new MCU PWB will be installed, go to step 4. If the MCU PWB will be reinstalled after service actions in other areas, reinstall the MCU PWB when appropriate to do so. CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed. 4. Remove EPROM from old MCU PWB and save for installation on new MCU PWB (Figure 1).
February, 2008 4-51
REP 9.1.1
Replacement
CAUTION Fatal error occurs to machine software if MCU PWB is replaced before EPROM is installed on MCU PWB and powered on. This procedure installs a new MCU PWB. Refer to step 3 of Remove to install the same MCU PWB. CAUTION Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly replaced. 1. Install the EPROM from the old MCU PWB on the new MCU PWB (Figure 2).
2. 3.
Install the MCU PWB and connect P/Js. Install the rear covers. a. b. c. Install the Rear Lower Cover (PL 10.2). Install the Rear Middle Cover (PL 10.2). Install the ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).
4. 5.
Switch on the machine power. Verify that the serial numbers and billing data are the same. a. Access Diagnostic Routines. i. ii. b. i. ii. iii. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Access Diagnostic Routines. Select Adjustment/Others. Select Machine ID/Billing Data. Check that the Serial Number and Billing Data for IOT, Sys1, and Sys2 are the same. If they are the same, return to Service Call Procedures in Section 1. If the data are different, perform GP 4 Serialization/Billing Maintenance.
Check serial number and billing data.
Figure 2 MCU PWB EPROM Location (j0st40901)
REP 9.1.1
February, 2008 4-52
REP 9.1.2 MCU PWB EPROM

Removal
CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. NOTE: Refer to REP 9.1.1 to remove or replace the MCU PWB EPROM (Figure 1).
Figure 1 MCU PWB EPROM Location (j0st40901)
February, 2008 4-53
REP 9.1.2
REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. 1. Remove the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). a. If present, remove Printer PWB (PL 9.2). i. ii. b. c. d. e. 2. Disconnect network connection. Loosen thumbscrews and pullout Printer PWB to disconnect it from the ESS PWB.
If present, remove FID PWB (PL 9.2), or FMO PWB (PL 9.2), or Hard Drive (PL 9.2). Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2). Disconnect P/Js form ESS PWB. Remove the screws and remove ESS PWB. Figure 1 ESS PWB EPROM Location (j0st40902)
If a new ESS PWB will be installed, go to step 3. If the ESS PWB will be reinstalled after service actions in other areas, reinstall the ESS PWB when appropriate to do so. CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed. 3. Remove EPROM from ESS PWB and save for installation on new or original ESS PWB (Figure 1).
REP 9.2.1
February, 2008 4-54
Replacement
CAUTION Fatal error occurs to machine software if ESS PWB is replaced before EPROM is installed on ESS PWB and powered on. This procedure installs a new ESS PWB. Refer to step 2 of Remove to install the same ESS PWB. CAUTION Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly replaced. 1. Install the EPROM from the old ESS PWB on the new ESS PWB (Figure 1).
2. 3.
Install the ESS PWB and connect P/Js. If present, install the Printer PWB. a. b. Install Printer PWB while connecting it to ESS PWB and tighten thumbscrews. Connect network connection.
4. 5.
Install the ESS Cover. Perform GP 4 Serialization/Billing Maintenance.
Figure 2 ESS PWB EPROM Location (j0st40902)
February, 2008 4-55
REP 9.2.1
REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM

Removal
CAUTION Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD procedures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs. Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. CAUTION A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time. NOTE: Refer to REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB to remove or reinstall the ESS PWB EPROM (Figure 1).
Figure 1 ESS PWB EPROM Location (j0st40902)
REP 9.2.2
February, 2008 4-56
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. Remove the Toner Cartridge. (REP 4.1.2) Remove the Front Left Cover. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screw. 2.Remove the Front Left Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the Front Left Cover (j0st41001) 3. Remove the Paper Weight Assembly. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the Paper Weight Assembly.
February, 2008 4-57
REP 10.1.1
Figure 2 Removing the Paper Weight Assembly (j0st41003) 4. Remove the Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 3) 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Remove the Top Cover Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Top Cover Assembly (j0st41004)
Replacement
REP 10.1.1
February, 2008 4-58
REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1) 1.Loosen the screws (x2). 2.Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.
2.
Remove the Rear Middle Cover. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Remove the Rear Middle Cover.
Figure 2 Removing the Rear Middle Cover (j0st41006) 3. For the Duplex and Finisher models, remove the cover. (Figure 3) 1.Slide the cover downwards to remove it.
Figure 1 Removing the ESS Cover Assembly (j0st41005)
February, 2008 4-59
REP 10.2.1
Figure 3 Removing the cover (j0st41007) 4. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (Figure 4) 1.Remove the screws (x2). 2.Remove the Rear Lower Cover.
Figure 4 Removing the Rear Lower Cover (j0st41008)
Replacement
REP 10.2.1
February, 2008 4-60
REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Platen Cushion. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Platen Cushion.
Replacement
NOTE: Remove all remaining tapes on the Platen Cover after the Platen Cushion has been removed. 1. Install the Platen Cushion. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Remove the seal. Press gently in the direction of the arrow. Slowly lower the Platen Cover pressing on the Platen Cushion.
Figure 2 Installing the Platen Cushion (j0st41102)
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cushion (j0st41101)
February, 2008 4-61
REP 11.1.1
REP 11.1.2 Control Panel Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screws (2). Remove the screws (2). Slide the Control Panel Assembly to front a little. Release the connector. Release the wire harness from the frame. Remove the Control Panel Assembly.
REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the plate. Remove the Platen Glass.
Figure 1 Removing the Control Panel Assembly (j0st41103)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Glass (j0st41104)
Replacement
1. Repairs and Adjustments To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following: Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 11.1.2, REP 11.3.1
February, 2008 4-62
NOTE: To install the Platen Glass, push the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and the plate in the direction of arrow B. (Figure 2)
REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the following parts: Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1) Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the screws (x7). 2. Remove the IPS Cover.
Figure 2 Installing the Platen Glass (j0st41105)
Figure 1 Removing the IPS Cover (j0st41134) 3. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Disconnect the cable (IIT-DADF).
February, 2008 4-63
REP 11.3.1, REP 11.3.2
4.
Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) 1.Disconnect the connectors (x5).
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41106) 5. Remove the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screws (x6). Remove the screws (x2). Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.
Figure 3 Removing the IIT/IPS PWB (j0st41107)
Replacement
REP 11.3.2
February, 2008 4-64
2.
When having replaced the IIT/IPS PWB, install the EP ROM from the old IIT/IPS PWB on the new IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 4)
REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1) Remove the APS Sensor. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Screw. 2. Remove the APS Sensor.
Figure 4 EP ROM Replacement (j0st41142)
Figure 1 Removing the APS Sensor (j0st41108) 3. Remove the Lens Cover. (Figure 2) 1.Remove the screws (x2). Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 4-65
REP 11.3.2, REP 11.4.1
2.Remove the Lens Cover.
Figure 3 Disconnecting the CCD Flat Cable (j0st41109) Figure 2 Removing the Lens Cover (j0st41135) 5. 4. Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable. (Figure 3) 1.Take off the hook. 2.Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Replace the Lens Kit Assembly.
REP 11.4.1
February, 2008 4-66
8.
Turn on the power. Print the Controller built-in Total Chart (Pattern 052) and check that the IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge fall within the specifications. If they do not fall within the specifications, perform ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Adjustment. Place the Test Chart (82P521) on the Platen and make a copy. (A3, 100%, 1 sheet)
9.
10. Measure the length of A and B indicated in the diagram using the scale. Record the measurements as L0 and R0. (Scan in 0.5mm increments) Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/ -1.6 mm). If they do not satisfy the specifications, go to Step 4. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 Chart for checking L0 and R0 (j0st41143) Figure 4 Removing the Lens Kit Assembly (j0st41110) 6. 7. Connect the CCD Flat Cable and install the Lens Cover. Install the Platen Glass. (No need to install the Glass Press Guide.) 11. With the measurements taken for L0 and R0, refer to the adjustment table below for the required rotation amount for the nuts on the CCD Assembly Bracket. Unit (L0, R0): mm
February, 2008 4-67
REP 11.4.1
Rotation: degree Direction: +ve: Right, -ve: Left Table 1 Adjustment Table (Nut Rotation Amount) R0=13 R0=13.5 R0=14 R0=14.5 R0=15 R0=15.5 R0=16 R0=16.5 R0=17
NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, draw a line on the paper to make a mark at the tip of the Box Driver using tape as shown in the figure below.
L0=13
Front +165 Rear +165
+240 +45 +120 +120 0 +195 -120 +285 -240 +360 -345 +450 -465 +525 -585 +615 -705 +690
+315 -90 +195 0 +75 +75 -45 +165 -150 +240 -270 +330 -390 +405 -510 +495 -630 +570
+390 -210 +270 -120 +165 -45 +45 +45 -75 +120 -195 +210 -315 +285 -435 +375 -555 +450
+465 -330 +360 -240 +240 -165 +120 -75 0 0 -120 +75 -240 +165 -360 +240 -465 +330
+555 -450 +435 -375 +315 -285 +195 -210 +75 -120 -45 -45 -165 +45 -270 +120 -390 +210
+630 -570 +510 -495 +390 -405 +270 -330 +150 -240 +45 -165 -75 -75 -195 0 -315 +90
+705 -690 +585 -615 +465 -525 +345 -450 +240 -360 +120 -285 0 -195 -120 -120 -240 -45
+780 -810 +660 -735 +555 -645 +435 -570 +315 -495 +195 -405 +75 -330 -45 -240 -165 -165
L0=13.5 Front +45 Rear +240 L0=14 Front -75 Rear +330 L0=14.5 Front -195 Rear +405 L0=15 Front -315 Rear +495 L0=15.5 Front -435 Rear +570 L0=16 Front -555 Rear +645 L0=16.5 Front -660 Rear +735 L0=17 Front -780 Rear +810 12. Turn off the power.
13. Remove the Platen Glass. Turn the respective nuts using the Box Driver according to the direction and amount given in Step 11. (Figure 6)
Figure 6 Making the mark(j0st41112) 14. Turn on the power again and repeat Steps 9 and 10. 15. Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications. Repeat Steps 11 to 14 until L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/-1.6 mm). 16. Check the Side Registration. If it does not fall within the specifications, perform ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead/Side Registration Adjustment. Repairs and Adjustments Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 11.4.1
February, 2008 4-68
17. Reinstall all the parts removed.
REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable

NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here. The replacement procedure for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage Cable. NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. For the Platen models, remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Platen Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cover (j0st41136) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 4-69
REP 11.4.1, REP 11.5.1
2.
Remove the following parts: Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1) Control Panel (REP 11.1.2) DADF Assembly (REP 15.1.1) Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Support Glass on both sides. Remove the Left Side Platen.
3.
Remove the Left Side Plate. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3.
Figure 2 Removing the Left Side Platen (j0st41139) 4. Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 3) 1. Remove the screws (x2). 5. Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Repairs and Adjustments Remove the spring from the frame. Detach the cable from the spring. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Figure 3 Unfastening the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41113)
REP 11.5.1
February, 2008 4-70
Figure 4 Removing the spring (j0st41114)
Figure 5 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 1/3 (j0st41115)
Replacement
1. Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7) 1.Insert the Carriage Cable ball into the ditch of the pulley. 2.Wind the spring end of the cable around the pulley for 1.5 rounds. 3.Fix the cable at the spring end on the frame with tape. 4.Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds. 5.Fix the cable on the pulley with tape to prevent it from moving.
February, 2008 4-71
REP 11.5.1
REP 11.5.1
February, 2008 4-72
NOTE: Indicates the number of coils made by the Carriage Cable at the front and rear. (Figure 8)
Figure 9 Installing the Carriage Cable (j0st41119) Figure 8 The number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear (j0st41118) 2. Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9) 1. Route the Carriage Cable on the pulley in front of it. 2. Hang the ball on the notch of the frame. 3. Install the spring end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 10) 1. Route the spring end of the Carriage Cable along the frame and on the pulley. 2.Route the cable on the pulley at the rear of the Half Rate Carriage. 3.Attach the spring to the Carriage Cable and route the cable along the frame as indicated. 4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.
February, 2008 4-73
REP 11.5.1
Figure 11 Installing the Carriage Cable at the front (j0st41121) 5. 6. 7. Remove the tape used for keeping the cable in place. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 11.6.1) Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
Figure 10 Installing the spring (j0st41120) 4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage at the front side. (Figure 11) 1. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.
REP 11.5.1
February, 2008 4-74
REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. For the DADF models, disconnect the IIT-DATA Cable. (Figure 1) 1. Disconnect the IIT-DATA Cable.
Figure 2 Removing the Rear Upper Cover (j0st82020) 3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the spring. Disconnect the connector.
Figure 1 Disconnecting the cable (j0st82019) 2. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the Rear Upper Cover.
February, 2008 4-75
REP 11.5.2
Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41122) 4. Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x3). Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly.
Figure 4 Removing the Carriage Motor Assembly (j0st41123)
Replacement
REP 11.5.2
February, 2008 4-76
REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Open the Platen Cover or DADF. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1) Move the Full Rate Carriage to the frame notch. Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screw. Remove the Exposure Lamp.
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Exposure Lamp (j0st41124) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 4-77 Repairs and Adjustments
REP 11.6.1
REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1) Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x7). Remove the IPS Cover.
1. 2. 3.
Disconnect the connector. Pull the connector out of the hole. Release the connector from the hook.
Figure 1 Removing the IPS Cover (j0st41134) 4. Disconnect the connector of the Lamp Wire Harness. (Figure 2) Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41125)
REP 11.6.2
February, 2008 4-78
5.
Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Full Rate Carriage.
Figure 4 Removing the Lamp Wire Harness (j0st41127)
Replacement
Figure 3 Removing the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41126) 6. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 4) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn over the Full Rate Carriage. Remove the screw. Remove the guide. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. NOTE: Adjust the positions of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages after installation. (ADJ 11.6.1)
February, 2008 4-79
REP 11.6.2
REP 11.6.2
February, 2008 4-80
REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Pull out Tray 3. Remove the Foot Covers. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Loosen the screw (1). Remove the Foot Cover (1).
2.
Remove the Left Lower Cover.
Figure 2 Removing the Left Lower Cover (j0st41213) 4. 5. Open the Left Cover Assembly. Remove the bracket. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screw. Remove the bracket.
Figure 1 Removing the Foot Covers (j0st41212) 3. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the screws (x2).
February, 2008 4-81
REP 12.1
Figure 3 Removing the bracket (j0st41201) 6. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 1. Remove the Feed Out Chute. 7.
Figure 4 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41202) Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5) 1. 2. Disconnect the connector. Release the clamp to remove the wire.
REP 12.1
February, 2008 4-82
Figure 5 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41203) 8. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 6) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 3 Feeder.
Figure 6 Removing the Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41204)
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter Diagnostic. mode. Clear the counter. Tray 3 Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter Tray3-1
February, 2008 4-83
REP 12.1
REP 12.2 Tray 4 Feeder (2TM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Pull out Tray 3/4. Remove the Foot Covers. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Loosen the screw (1). Remove the Foot Cover (1).
Figure 2 Removing the Left Lower Cover (j0st41213) 4. 5. Open the Left Cover Assembly. Remove the screws. (Figure 3) 1. Remove the screws.
Figure 1 Removing the Foot Covers (j0st41212) 3. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Removing the screws (x2). Removing the Left Lower Cover.
REP 12.2
February, 2008 4-84
Figure 3 Removing the screws (j0st41205) 6. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 1. Remove the Feed Out Chute. 7.
Figure 4 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41206) Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5) 1. 2. Disconnect the connector. Release the clamp to remove the wire.
February, 2008 4-85
REP 12.2
Figure 5 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41207) 8. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 6) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 4 Feeder.
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the counter. Tray 4 Chain Link:954-803 Tray Feed Counter Tray4-1
REP 12.2
February, 2008 4-86
REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (2TM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1. Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder. 2. 1. Tray 3 Feeder (REP 12.1) Tray 4 Feeder (REP 12.2) Remove the Front Chute.
3.
Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2) 1. Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll.
Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the counter.
Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 4-87
REP 12.3
REP 12.4 2TM PWB

Parts List on PL 12.6 Clean
Replacement
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. When replacing the 2TM PWB, set the 2TM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0st41211)
REP 12.4
February, 2008 4-88
REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly (TTM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. 3. 4. Pull out Tray 3. Remove the paper from Tray 3. Open the Left Cover Assembly. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screw. Slide the stopper. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41301)
Replacement
February, 2008 4-89
REP 13.1.1
REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly (TTM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. 3. Pull out Tray 4. Remove the paper from Tray 4. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the screws (x2). Push in Tray 4 Transport Assembly. Remove the screw. Remove the stopper. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Assembly (j0st41302)
Replacement
REP 13.1.2
February, 2008 4-90
REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable (TTM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2) Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.(Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x4). Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.
Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Cover (j0st41303) 3. Remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 2) NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Front Tray Cable is described here. The Rear Tray Cable is removed in the same way. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the Cable Guide. Remove the Tray Cable. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the Cable Guide. Remove the Tray Cable.
February, 2008 4-91
REP 13.3.1
Figure 2 Removing the Tray Cable (j0st41304) 4. Remove the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Remove the E-Clip. Slide the bearings (x2). Remove the Lift Shaft Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable (j0st41305)
Replacement
REP 13.3.1
February, 2008 4-92
REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder (TTM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. 3. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2) Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2) Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Transport Assembly (j0st41312) 4. Remove the Stud Bracket. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screw. Remove the Stud Bracket.
February, 2008 4-93
REP 13.4.1
Figure 2 Removing the Stud Bracket (j0st41306) 5. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connectors (x2). Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly (j0st41307) 6. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Repairs and Adjustments Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Upper Chute. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 13.4.1
February, 2008 4-94
3. 4.
Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Lower Chute.
Figure 5 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41309) Figure 4 Removing the Lower Chute (j0st41308) 7. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 5) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the bracket. Remove the screw. Remove the bracket. Remove the screw. Remove the bracket.
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. HFSI Chain Link 954-803
February, 2008 4-95
REP 13.4.1
REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. 2. 3. Remove Tray 3. Open the Left Cover. Remove the Upper/Lower Chute. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the Upper Chute. Remove the Lower Chute.
Figure 1 Removing the Upper/Lower Chute (j0st41313) 4. Remove the screw. (Figure 2) 1. Remove the screw.
REP 13.5.1
February, 2008 4-96
Figure 2 Removing the screw (j0st41315) 5. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. Remove the screws. 2. 3. 4. 5. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. 6.
Figure 3 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41310) Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Remove the bracket.
February, 2008 4-97
REP 13.5.1
REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (TTM)

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1. Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder. 2. Tray 3 Feeder (REP 13.1.1) Tray 4 Feeder (REP 13.1.2)
Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1) 1.Remove the Front Chute.
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. Chain Link: 954-802
REP 13.5.1, REP 13.6.1
February, 2008 4-98
Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209) 3. Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2) 1. Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed Roll/Retard/Nudger Roll.
Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter. Tray 3 Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter Tray3-1]
February, 2008 4-99
REP 13.6.1
REP 13.8.1 TTM PWB

Parts List on PL 13.8 Replacement WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following. FAX Models Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure that there are no jobs in progress. Printer Models Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display. 1. When replacing the TTM PWB, set the TTM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0st41314)
REP 13.8.1
REP 15.1.1 DADF

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. CAUTION The DADF is a heavy component. Take care when lifting the DADF.
1.
Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) 1. Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.
Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector 2. Remove the DADF. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the Knob Screws (x2). Remove the DADF.
REP 15.1.1
Replacement
1. When installing the DADF, push the DADF to the front, then secure. (Figure 3)
Figure 2 Removing the DADF
Figure 3 Installing the DADF
REP 15.1.1
REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion is attached with Velcro Fastening.
1.
Remove the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1) 1. Peel the DADF Platen Cushion from the Velcro Fastening at 10 locations.
Figure 1 Removing the DADF Platen Cushion 2. Attach the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass. Set up the gaps from the Registration Guide and Platen Guide. Slowly lower the DADF and press on to the Platen Cushion.
REP 15.1.2
REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the following parts: 2. 3. DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3) DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
Open the Top Cover. Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the clamp. Disconnect connector. Disconnect connector. Remove the screw (1). Disconnect the Ground Wire. Unhook the Wire Harness (x2).
Figure 2 Installing the DADF Platen Cushion
Replacement
REP 15.1.2, REP 15.2.1
Figure 1 Disconnecting the connectors 4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Tapping Screws (1). Remove the Tray Holder. Remove the DADF Document Tray. Pull out the Wire Harness. Figure 2 Removing the DADF Document Tray
Replacement
REP 15.2.1
REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) Remove the following covers. 3. 4. 5. DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3) DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
Open the Top Cover Assembly. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1) Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1) 1. Disconnect the connectors (6).
Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors 6. Remove the lever and Wire Harness. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Loosen the Set Screw and remove the disk. Release the hook and remove the lever. Remove the screw. Remove the washer. Move the DADF Interlock Switch. Disconnect the connector. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Wire Harness from the clamps (x3).
REP 15.2.2
Figure 2 Removing the Lever and Wire Harness 7. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screw (1). Remove the Tapping Screws (6). Release the wire harness from clamp. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. Remove the plunger. When installing: Align the boss with the boss hole.
Figure 3 Removing the DADF Feeder Assembly
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the [HFSI] counter.
REP 15.2.2
REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Open the Top Cover Assembly. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the Tapping Screw (1). Remove the tabs (x2) from the Tab Slots and remove the DADF Front Cover.
REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Open the Top Cover. Open the DADF Document Tray. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Tapping Screw (1). Remove the screws (2). Release the hooks (x2). Remove the harness from the notch of the DADF Rear Cover. Remove the tabs (x4) from the Tab Slot and remove the DADF Rear Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the DADF Front Cover
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 15.2.3, REP 15.2.4
Replacement
1. Pull the harness to the notch of the DADF Rear Cover when installing the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 2) 1. Pull the harness to the notch of DADF Rear Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the DADF Rear Cover
Figure 2 Installing the DADF Rear Cover
REP 15.2.4
REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4) Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1) 1. Disconnect the connectors (13).
Figure 2 Removing the DADF PWB
Replacement
1. 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Check the S/W version and upgrade if necessary.
Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors 3. Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the screw (1). Remove the Tapping Screws (4). Remove the Earth Wires (x2). Remove the DADF PWB.
REP 15.3.1
REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure. Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak 1. 2. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) Remove the following covers. 3. 4. 5. 6. DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3) DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
Open the Top Cover Assembly. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1) Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2) Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the Tapping Screws (4). Remove the Left Counter Balance.
Figure 1 Removing the Left Counter Balance
Replacement
REP 15.3.2
REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure. Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak 1. 2. 3. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 15.2). Remove the screw that secure the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the calibration. Remove the screw (1). Disconnect the Ground Wire. Remove the Tapping Screws (4).
Figure 1 Unfastening the Right Counter Balance 4. Remove the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 2) 1. 2. To remove, slide the Right Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow. Precautions during installation: A.Slot B.Boss C.Cutout
REP 15.3.3
REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll

NOTE: The Nudger Roll, Feed Roll (REP 15.6.1) and Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time. 1. Open the Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 Removing the Right Counter Balance Figure 1 Open the Top Cover
Replacement
1. Check the DADF (ADJ 15.1.6).
2.
With a 6 inch screwdriver, lift up on the outboard end of the Retard Roll Shaft. (Figure 2)
REP 15.3.3, REP 15.4.1
Raise the Retard Roll and remove
Figure 2 Lift up the Retard Roll Shaft 3. Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 3)
Figure 3 Removing the Retard Roll
Replacement
1. Install the Shaft into the Torque Limiter and then into the Retard Roll. (Figure 4) 1. 2. 3. The shaft. The Retard Roll. The Torque Limiter.
REP 15.4.1
REP 15.4.2 Top Cover Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Open the Top Cover Assembly. Remove the following covers: 3. 1. 2. 3. DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3) DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4) Remove the screw (1). Remove the Feed Upper Chute. Take note of the following at installation: A. Insert the Bosses into the U-grooves. B. Insert the Tabs into the Tab Slots.
Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
Figure 4 Installing the Retard Roll 2. Install the Retard Roll into the DADF.
REP 15.4.1, REP 15.4.2
Figure 2 Removing the Harness Guide 5. Remove the Plate Spring. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the Tapping Screw (2). Remove the Plate Spring.
Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute 4. Remove the Harness Guide. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the screw. Remove the Earth Wire. Remove the Tapping Screw (1). Unfasten the Harness Guide.
REP 15.4.2
Figure 3 Removing the Plate Spring 6. Remove the Top Cover with the Wire Harness connected. (Figure 4) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the screw (1). Remove the Stud Bracket. Remove the stud. Remove the Top Cover Assembly. 7.
Figure 4 Removing the Top Cover Assembly Unfasten the Wire Harness. (Figure 5) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Topping Screw (1). Remove the Earth Wire. Remove the Tapping Screw (2). Unfasten the Harness Guide.
REP 15.4.2
Figure 5 Unfastening the Wire Harness 8. Remove the Wire Harness from the Top Cover. (Figure 6) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Wire Harness from the Harness Guide. Remove the Wire Harnesses (3) from the square hole and remove the Top Cover.
Figure 6 Removing the Wire Harness
REP 15.4.2
Replacement
1. 2. Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover Assembly when installing the cover. Remove the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring from the new Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 7) 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the screw (1). Remove the Feed Upper Chute. Remove the Tapping Screw (2). Remove the Plate Spring.
Figure 8 Removing the Wire Harness 4. Hook on the spring when securing the Harness Guide. (Figure 9)
Figure 7 Removing the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring 3. Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover. (Figure 8) 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the connectors (2). Removing the Tapping Screw (3). Removing the Wire Harness (x3) from the square hole.
REP 15.4.2
REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll

NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Rolls must be replaced at the same time. 1. 2. Open the Top Cover Assembly. Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1) 1. 2. 3. Remove the screw (1). Remove the Feed Upper Chute. Precautions during Installation: A. B. Insert the Boss into the U-groove. Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot.
Figure 9 Hooking on the spring
REP 15.4.2, REP 15.6.1
Figure 2 Rotate the gear to extend the Retard Roll 4. Lift the retaining clip from the Nudger Roll. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute 3. To remove the Nudger Roll rotate the inboard gear of the Torque Limiter until the Nudger Roll is fully extended. (Figure 2)
REP 15.6.1
Nudger Roll Shaft
Retraining Clip
Figure 3 Removing the retaining clip from the Nudger Roll 5. Remove the Nudger Roll Shaft and remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 4) 6. 7.
Figure 4 Removing the Nudger Roll shaft and the Nudger Roll Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear. To remove the Feed Roll, remove the locking tab. (Figure 5)
REP 15.6.1
Feed Roll Locking Tab
Feed Roll Shaft
Figure 5 Removing the Feed Roll Locking Tab 8. Remove the Feed Roll Shaft and remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 6)
Figure 6 Removing the Feed Roll shaft and the Feed Roll
Replacement
1. 2. Extend the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear. Install the Nudger Roll and Nudger Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the shaft and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 7)
REP 15.6.1
Figure 7 Installing the Nudger Roll, Nudger Roll shaft and locking clip 3. 4. Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear. Install the Feed Roll and Feed Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the shaft and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 8) 5.
Figure 8 Installing the Feed Roll and Feed Roll shaft. Observe following while installing Upper Feed Chute. (Figure 9) Insert the Boss into the U-groove (A). Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot (B). Install the screw (1)
REP 15.6.1
REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1) Remove the following covers. 3. 4. 5. 6. DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3) DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
Open the Top Cover. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1) Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2) Loosen the belt tension on the DADF Registration Motor. (Figure 1) 1. 2. Remove the spring. Loosen the screws (2).
Figure 9 Installing the Feed Upper Chute
REP 15.6.1, REP 15.8.1
Figure 1 Loosening the belt tension 7. Move the motor unit. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screws (3). Remove the guide. Remove the Stud Screw. Move the motor unit. Remove the belt. Figure 2 Moving the motor unit 8. 9. Open the chute. Remove the Feed Guide. (Figure 3) 1. 2. Remove the screws (2). Remove the Feed Guide.
REP 15.8.1
Figure 3 Removing the Feed Guide 10. Remove the sensor holder. (Figure 4) 1. 2. Remove the Tapping Screws (2). Remove the sensor holder.
Figure 4 Removing the sensor holder 11. Loosen the belt tension. (Figure 5) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the spring. Loosen the screw. Loosen the belt tension. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the gear.
REP 15.8.1
Figure 5 Loosening the belt tension 12. Remove the Registration Roll. (Figure 6) 1. 2. 3. Remove the E-Clip. Remove the bearings (2). Remove the Registration Roll.
Figure 6 Removing the Registration Roll
REP 15.8.1
Replacement
1. When installing the motor unit, pull the Wire Harness as shown in Fig. 7. (Figure 7)
Figure 7 Pulling the Wire Harness
REP 15.8.1
REP 15.8.1
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Undock the Finisher Assembly (REP 16.2.1) Move the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 1) a. b. c. d. Disconnect the cable ties and the connector. Remove the screw (1). Remove the Docking Plate. Remove the H-Transport Assembly.
REP 16.1.2 Hole Punch Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Open the H-Transport Top Cover and hold it open. Open the H-Transport Front Cover. Remove the Hole Punch Assembly. (Figure 1) a. b. c. d. Disconnect the cable clamp. Remove the Connector cover and disconnect the Connector Remove the Thumb screw (1). Lift the Hole Punch Assembly and pull outboard to remove.
1
Disconnect connector and Cable
3
Remove the Thumb Screw
Front Cover
4 4
Remove the H-Transport
3
Remove Docking Plate
2
Remove the Hole Punch Assembly
Figure 1 Removing the Docking Bracket (j0st41662.jpg)
Replacement
2
Remove the Connector Cover and disconnect the connector
1
Disconnect the cable clamp
Figure 1 Removing the Hole Punch Assembly (j0st41663.jpg)
Replacement
1. 2. Insert the Hole Punch Assembly rear locating pin into the H-Transport frame. Install the Hole Punch Assembly in reverse order of removal.
REP 16.1.1, REP 16.1.2
REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the H-Transport Assembly (REP 16.1.1) Remove the screws (2) on the H-transport Rear Cover and remove the Cover. Loosen the screws (2) on the Tension Bracket. (Figure 1) Remove the Belt.
REP 16.1.4 H-Transport Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (REP 16.1.1) Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover. Place the H-Transport top down on a work surface. Remove the H-Transport motor. (Figure 1) a. b. c. d. Loosen the H-Transport Belt Idler Bracket. (REP 16.1.3) Disconnect the Connector. Remove the screws (2). Remove the H-Transport Motor.
3
Remove the screws (2) and remove the motor
2
Remove the Belt
1
Loosen the screws (2)
Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Belt (j0st41664.jpg)
2 Replacement
Install the H-Transport Belt in reverse order of removal. Disconnect the connector
1
Loosen the screws (2)
Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Drive Motor (j0st41665.jpg)
Replacement
Replace in reverse order of removal.
REP 16.1.3, REP 16.1.4
REP 16.2.1 SB-Finisher Undocking

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Switch off the power and disconnect the Printer power cord. Disconnect the Finisher Power Cord, the H-Transport Connector and the Finisher Connector from the IOT. CAUTION The Finisher is unstable when not docked with the Printer. Use care when handling an undocked Finisher so that it does not fall over. 3. Release the Docking Latch on the Finisher and move the Finisher away from the Printer. a. The docking latch is difficult to see when the Finisher is docked to the IOT. The figure is shown with the finisher undocked to show the location of the latch and how to actuate it. Locate the docking latch from the rear of the Finisher and Printer. (Figure 1) The docking latch release from the rear of the Finisher and Printer
b.
Figure 1 Locating the docking latch release (j0st41730.jpg) c. With a large common screwdriver release the docking latch by moving the latch toward the front of the Finisher and move the Finisher away from the Printer. (Figure 2)
REP 16.2.1
REP 16.2.2 Front Cover Assembly

2
Docking latch will move also

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) CAUTION Do not drop the Booklet Maker Thumb screw into the Finisher. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. Remove the Booklet Maker and set aside. (REP 16.3.2) Open the Finisher upper Front Door. Remove the screws (5). Remove the Front Cover Assembly. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1
Using a large common screwdriver, move the docking latch release toward the front of the Finisher
Figure 2 Releasing the docking latch (j0st41731.jpg)
Replacement
1. 2. 3. 4. Align the Printer Docking Bracket with the cut outs in the Finisher Docking Bracket. Mate the Printer and the Finisher until it latches. Check that the Finisher is firmly latched to the Printer. Perform the remainder of the replacement procedure in reverse order of removal.
REP 16.2.1, REP 16.2.2
REP 16.2.3 Rear Upper Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Rear Upper Cover. a. b. 1. Remove the screws (4) Remove the Rear Upper Cover.
REP 16.2.4 Rear Lower Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) Remove the Rear Lower Cover. a. b. 1. Remove the screws (3). Remove the Cover.
Replacement
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
REP 16.2.3, REP 16.2.4
REP 16.2.5 Eject Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Eject Cover. (Figure 1) a. b. c. d. Unlatch the Eject Cover, and move it to the left. Remove the Retaining Screw (1). Push the Latch through the hole in the Cover. Remove the Cover by moving it to the left.
Replacement
1. Align the Eject Cover with the Pins (2) on both sides, and slide it to the right. (Figure 2) NOTE: The left side of the Cover is now captured by the Pins and cannot be lifted up.
Eject Cover
Retaining Screw Pin (2)
Eject Cover
Figure 2 Aligning the Eject Cover (j0st41681)
Latch
Figure 1 Removing the Eject Cover (j0st41682)
REP 16.2.5
2.
Position the Eject Cover so that the Latch is inserted in the hole. (Figure 3) NOTE: The Latch must be outside the hole.
3.
Place the Latch Spring in the position shown. (Figure 4)
Latch Spring
Eject Cover Latch Figure 4 Positioning the Latch Spring (j0st41692) Figure 3 Inserting the Latch through the hole in the Cover (j0st41688)
REP 16.2.5
4.
Make sure the Latch Hook and Latch Pin are positioned as shown. (Figure 5)
5.
Install the Retaining Screw (1). (Figure 6)
Latch Hook
Latch Pin
Retaining Screw
Figure 5 Positioning the Latch Hook and Latch Pin (j0st41689)
Figure 6 Installing the Retaining Screw (j0st41683)
REP 16.2.5
REP 16.2.6 Foot Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Screw (1). (Figure 1) Remove the Foot Cover.
REP 16.2.7 Stacker Lower Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6) Remove the Screws (2). (Figure 1) Remove the Stacker Lower Cover.
Stacker Lower Cover Foot Cover Screw (2)
Screw
Figure 1 Removing the Foot Cover (j0st41699) Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Lower Cover (j0st41699)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Replacement
REP 16.2.6, REP 16.2.7
REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16) Remove the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7) Remove the Screws (6). (Figure 1) Remove the Stacker Upper Cover.
REP 16.2.9 Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Remove the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2. (Figure 1) a. b. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Sensor.
1
2
Stacker Upper Cover Remove the Sensor
Screw (6)
Stack Height Sensor 1 Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Upper Cover (j0st41700)
Stack Height Sensor 2
Figure 1 Removing the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2
Replacement
REP 16.2.8, REP 16.2.9
REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5) Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly. a. b. c. d. Disconnect the connector. Remove the wires from the wire clamps Remove the screw (1) from the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly. Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.
REP 16.2.11 Finisher Stapler Move Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly. (REP 16.2.12) Remove the Screws (2). (Figure 1)
1
Disconnect the Connector
2
Remove wires from wire clamp
Screws
3
Figure 1 Removing the Screws (2) (j0st41697) Figure 1 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (j0st41736)
REP 16.2.10, REP 16.2.11
3.
Remove the Wire Guide. (Figure 2) a. b. c. Pull out the Cable Clamps (3), and remove the wires from the Wire Guide. Remove the Screws (2). Remove the Wire Guide.
4.
Remove the Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 3) a. b. c. d. Remove the wires from the Cable Clamp. Disconnect the Connector. Remove the Screws (2). Remove the Stapler Move Motor.
Screws Connector Cable Clamp
Cable Clamps
Wire Guide
Stapler Move Motor Figure 3 Removing the Stapler Move Motor (j0st41696)
Screws
Figure 2 Removing the Wire Guide (j0st41698)
Replacement
REP 16.2.11
REP 16.2.12 Finisher Stapler Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the Folder Knife Assembly. (REP 16.2.14) Remove the Front Cover Assembly. (REP 16.2.2) Remove the Stapler Cover. (Figure 1) a. b. Remove the Screw. Remove the Stapler Cover.
4.
Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly. (Figure 2) a. b. c. Disconnect the Connectors (2). Remove the Screws (3). Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly.
Stapler Cover
Screw
Finisher Stapler Assembly
Connectors (2)
Screws (3)
Figure 2 Removing the Finisher Stapler Assembly (jost41737.jpg)
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Cover (jost41722.jpg)
REP 16.2.12
REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. Undock the SB Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) Remove the Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2) Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Remove the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6) Remove the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7) Remove the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16) Remove the Stacker Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.8) Remove the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5)
c. d. e.
Slide the Eject Roller shaft toward the front. Remove the Gear, and brass bushing. Remove the Eject Roll from the Finisher.
3
Remove the Gear and brass bearing
10. Preparing to remove the Eject Roller Shaft. (Figure 1)
2
Slide the shaft toward front
1
Remove the E-ring
4
Remove the shaft
Figure 2 Removing the Eject Roll Shaft (j0st41720.jpg) 12. Remove the Compiler Tray screw. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 Removing the E-ring and brass bearing from the front Eject Roller shaft. (j0st41719.jpg) 11. Remove the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 2) a. b. Remove the E-ring and brass bearing from the front of the shaft. Remove the E-ring,
REP 16.2.13
NOTE: Notice the position of the Set Clamp Holders
Figure 3 Removing the Compiler Tray screw (j0st41721.jpg) NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Holders. 13. Disconnect the springs from the Set Clamp Holders (3). (Figure 4)
Disconnect spring from the Holders (3) Figure 4 Disconnecting the Set Clamp Holder springs (3) (j0st41727.jpg) 14. Remove the front E-ring and the bushing from the Set Clamp Shaft Assembly. (Figure 5)
REP 16.2.13
Remove the Ering and the bushing
NOTE: Notice the orientation of the gears on the shaft
Figure 5 Removing the front E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41722)t NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Shaft gear and the cam gear that it engages. When installing the Set Clamp Shaft these gears must engage in the same manner. (Figure 6) 15. Remove the rear E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 7)
Figure 6 Notice the Set Clamp Shaft gear orientation (j0st41723)
REP 16.2.13
1
Remove the E-ring
2
Slide the Gear, Spring and Bushing toward the end of the Shaft
Disconnect the Spring Slide the Gear away from the frame from the Gear
1
Unlock and remove the Flag
Figure 7 Preparing to remove the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41723) 16. Slide the Gear, Spring and the Bushing away from the frame. (Figure 8)
Figure 8 Preparing to remove the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41724) 17. Slide the Set Clamp Shaft to the front to clear the rear frame then slide the Shaft to the rear and remove it from the Finisher. (Figure 9)
REP 16.2.13
1
Slide the Shaft toward the front
2
Slide the Shaft toward the rear and remove Figure 9 Removing the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41725) 18. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 10)
Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly Figure 10 Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly (j0st41723) 19. Usually this level of Compiler Tray Assembly removal is for the purpose of removing the Front or Rear Tamper Motors, or the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensors or the Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor. However if the Compiler Tray Assembly must be completely removed from the Finisher, it will be necessary to disconnect all of the wire harness connectors to the Tamper Motors, Tamper Home Sensors and No Paper Sensor and disconnect the wires from all wire harness guides.
Replacement
1. 2. 3. 4. Route the wire harness through the wire guides and connect the proper connectors to the No Paper Sensor, the Tamper Home Sensors and the Tamper Motors. Place the Compiler Tray Assembly into position. Install the Set Clamp Shaft front end into the front frame. (Figure 11) Slide the Shaft toward the front until the rear end of the Shaft can be inserted into the rear frame. (Figure 11)
REP 16.2.13
1
Insert the front end of the shaft into the front frame
2
Insert the rear end of the Shaft into the rear frame
Figure 11 Installing the Set Clamp Shaft into position (j0st41725) 5. Slide the 3 Set Clamp Holders with Springs into the correct location on the Shaft. (Figure 12) 6.
Holders and Springs in correct location on the Shaft Figure 12 Preparing to install the Holder Springs (3) (j0st41729) Install the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear end of the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 13)
REP 16.2.13
1
Bearing
2
Spring
3
Gear
4
Install the Stack Height Sensor Flag onto the rear end of the Shaft as shown
2
Position the 2 Gears into the position shown here
1
Rotate shaft until Stack Height Flag is in position
Figure 13 Installing the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear of the Shaft (j0st41724) 7. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft until the Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown in Figure 14. Then position the 2 gears into the configuration as shown in Figure 14. 8. 9.
Figure 14 Aligning the Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag (j0st41723) Attach the Spring to the gear and slide the Gear into position. Ensure that the 2 Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown Figure 15 and install the E-ring.
REP 16.2.13
Install the Bushing and the Ering
Figure 16 Installing the Bushing and E-ring (j0st41722) Shaft Gear position on Pinion Gear Pinion Gear position 11. Ensure that the Set Clamp Holder Springs are connected. (Figure 17) Flag
Install the Ering
Figure 15 Orientation of 2 Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag (j0st41728) 10. Install the Bushing onto the front end of the Set Clamp Shaft and install the E-ring. (Figure 16)
REP 16.2.13
Spring attaches in 2 spots
Eject Roll Shaft in position
Figure 17 Attaching the Set Clamp Holder Springs (3) (j0st41727) 12. Install the Eject Roll Shaft. a. Place the Eject Roll Shaft into position in the front and rear frame. (Figure 18) b.
Figure 18 Preparing to install the Eject Roll Shaft (j0st41732) Install the brass bearing, the Gear and the E-ring onto the rear of the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 19)
REP 16.2.13
1
Install the brass Bearing
2
Install the Gear
3
Install the E-ring Figure 20 Installing the brass bearing and E-ring on the front of the Shaft (j0st41719) Figure 19 Installing the Eject Roll Shaft rear parts (j0st41720) 13. Install the Compiler Tray screw (1). c. Install the brass bearing and E-ring onto the front of the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 20) 14. Install the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5) 15. Install the Stacker Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.8) 16. Install the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16) 17. Install the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7) 18. Install the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6) 19. Install the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) 20. Install the Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2) 21. Dock the SB Finisher to the Printer IOT. (REP 16.2.1)
REP 16.2.13
REP 16.2.14 Folder Knife Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Folder Knife Assembly. (Figure 1) a. b. Open the Finisher Front Door. Remove the Guard. NOTE: Pull out the Cable Tie to obtain additional slack in the wires. c. d. e. Disconnect the Cable. Remove the Thumbscrew. Pull the Folder Knife Assembly straight out.
Replacement
NOTE: Make sure the Locating Pins (2) are properly engaged. (Figure 2) 1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Guard
Thumbscrew Locating Pins
Figure 2 Folder Knife Assembly (j0st41685)
Cable
Cable Tie
Folder Knife Assembly
Figure 1 Removing the Folder Knife Assembly (j0st41686)
REP 16.2.14
REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. Remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Disconnect P/J8988 on the Finisher Control PWB. Release the wires from the cable clamps. Remove the wires from the wire guide, remove the screws (2) and move the wire guide to one side. Remove the screws (2) from the motor mount using a 5.5 mm combination wrench. Remove the Stacker Elevator Motor.
REP 16.2.16 Stacker Tray

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the following: a. b. c. 2. a. b. Booklet Maker Assembly (if installed). (REP 22.4.2) Front Cover Assembly. (REP 16.2.2) Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Remove the Screws (4). Remove the Stacker Tray.
Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 1)
Replacement
Install in reverse order of removal procedure.
Stacker Tray
Screws Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Tray (j0st41693)
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
REP 16.2.15, REP 16.2.16
REP 16.2.18 Eject Belt

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Rear upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Remove the Eject Motor Assembly. (REP 16.2.19) Remove the Eject Motor. (REP 16.2.23) Remove the Eject Belt. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 16.2.19 Eject Motor Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Preparing to remove the Eject Motor Assembly. a. b. c. d. e. f. 5. 1. Disconnect the Eject Motor connector Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide Disconnect the wire harness clamps (2) Remove the screws (2) from the Harness Guide and move the Harness Guide aside. Disconnect the Spring Remove the Eject Motor Assembly screws (4)
Replacement
Remove the Eject Motor Assembly. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
REP 16.2.18, REP 16.2.19
REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Remove the Finisher PWB. (Figure 1) a. b. c. Disconnect the Connectors (9). Remove the Screws (5). Remove the Finisher PWB.
REP 16.2.22 Finisher LVPS

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.4) Remove the Finisher LVPS. (Figure 1) a. b. c. Disconnect the Connectors (2). Remove the Screws (4). Remove the Finisher LVPS.
Finisher LVPS Screws
Screw
Connector
Screw
Connectors Screw
Screws
Finisher PWB
Figure 1 Removing the Finisher PWB (j0st41684)
Replacement
Screw
Connector
Screw
Figure 1 Removing the Finisher LVPS (j0st41691)
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 4-157 Repairs and Adjustments
REP 16.2.21, REP 16.2.22
REP 16.2.23 Eject Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) Remove the Eject Motor Assembly. (REP 16.2.19) Remove the Eject Motor. a. b. 1. Remove the screws (2) Remove the Eject motor
REP 16.2.24 Front/Rear Tamper Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the Compiler Tray. (REP 16.2.13) Turn the Compiler Tray over on a work surface. Remove the Tamper Motor. (Figure 1) a. b. c. Release the wires from the wire guide. Remove the screw (1) and remove the wire guide. Disconnect the Tamper Motor connector. NOTE: The Rear Tamper Motor connector has already been disconnected. d. e. Remove the screws (2). Remove the Tamper Motor.
Replacement
4
3
2
1
Remove wires from guide Figure 1 Removing the Tamper Motor (j0st41728)
Replacement
Replace in reverse order of removal.
REP 16.2.23, REP 16.2.24
REP 16.2.25 Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensors

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (REP 16.2.13) Turn the Compiler Tray over on a work surface. (Figure 1) Disconnect the connector. Remove the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 23.12)
REP 16.2.26 Compiler No Paper Sensor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (REP 16.2.13) Turn the Compiler tray over on a work surface. Remove the screw (1) that secures the bracket. (PL 23.12) (Figure 1)
Rear Tamper Home Sensor Remove the screw (1)
1
Figure 1 Removing the Bracket (j0st41733) 4. 5. Figure 1 Removing the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensor (j0st41733) 6. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) Remove the screw (1) that secures the sensor. Remove the Compiler No Paper Sensor.
REP 16.2.25, REP 16.2.26
REP 16.2.27 Front/Rear Carriage Assembly

1

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: Ensure that the Stacker Tray is in the top position. 1. 2. 3. 4. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. Remove the Finisher Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2) Remove the Rear Upper and Rear Lower Covers. (REP 16.2.3, REP 16.2.4) Remove the Stacker Tray. (PL 23.7) Removing the Carriage Assembly. (Figure 1) a. Disconnect and remove the Spring.
2
3
Remove the Sensor
5.
NOTE: The Carriage Bearings (2 each Assembly) are not fastened to the shafts. Use care to catch the Bearings when the Carriage Assembly is removed. b. With a 6 inch common screwdriver, move the belt Clamp latch aside and remove the Stacker Belt and Carriage Assembly.
Figure 2 Removing the Compiler No Paper Sensor (j0st41735)
1
Remove the Spring
2
Release latch and remove Belt
3
Remove the Carriage Assembly
Figure 1 Removing the Carriage Assembly (j0st41717)
REP 16.2.26, REP 16.2.27
Replacement
NOTE: Ensure that the Front and Rear Carriage Assemblies are installed at the same height. 1. Install the Front or Rear Carriage Assemblies in the reverse order of removal.
REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (REP 16.3.6) Remove the Booklet PWB. (Figure 1) a. b. c. Disconnect the Connectors (5). Remove the Screws (4). Remove the Booklet PWB.
REP 16.2.27, REP 16.3.1
REP 16.3.2 Booklet Maker Assembly

Screws

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Unlatch the Eject Cover, and move it all the way to the left. (Figure 1) Remove the Thumbscrews (2). (Figure 1)
Thumbscrew (2) Connectors
Booklet PWB Screws Figure 1 Removing the Booklet PWB (j0st41680)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Eject Cover Figure 1 Eject Cover and Thumbscrew (j0st41701)
REP 16.3.1, REP 16.3.2
3.
Disconnect the Booklet Maker Assembly from the SB Finisher. a. Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 2)
b. c.
Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 3) Pull out the Cable Ties (4). Connector
Cable Tie (4) Figure 3 Disconnecting the Booklet Maker Assembly (j0st41667) Connector Cover SB Finisher
Figure 2 Connector Cover (j0st41666)
REP 16.3.2
4.
Lift the Booklet Maker Assembly off the Locating Pins (4), and remove. (Figure 4)
REP 16.3.3 Booklet Front Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Booklet Front Cover. a. Remove the Screw (1). (Figure 1)
Booklet Maker Assembly
Locating Pins Figure 4 Removing the Booklet Maker Assembly (j0st41673)
Replacement
Screw
Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Front Cover (j0st41668)
REP 16.3.2, REP 16.3.3
b. c.
Remove the Screws (2). (Figure 2) Remove the Booklet Front Cover.
REP 16.3.4 Booklet Rear Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (REP 16.3.6) Remove the Booklet Rear Cover. a. b. Remove the Tapping Screws (2). (Figure 1) Remove the Booklet Side Cover.
Booklet Front Cover
2. 3.
Booklet Side Cover Screws Tapping Screws Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Front Cover (j0st41669)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Side Cover (j0st41676)
REP 16.3.3, REP 16.3.4
c. d.
Remove the Screw (1). (Figure 2) Remove the Booklet Rear Cover.
Booklet Rear Cover
Screw
Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Rear Cover (j0st41675)
Replacement
REP 16.3.4
REP 16.3.5 Booklet Top Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the Booklet Front Cover. (REP 16.3.3) Remove the Booklet Rear Cover. (REP 16.3.4) Remove the Booklet Top Cover. (Figure 1) a. b. Remove the Screws (4). Remove the Booklet Top Cover.
REP 16.3.6 Booklet PWB Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (Figure 1) a. b. c. Remove the Tapping Screws (2). Remove the Screws (2). Remove the Booklet PWB Cover.
Booklet Top Cover Tapping Screw
Screws
Booklet PWB Cover Screws
Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Top Cover (j0st41679)
Tapping Screw
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Booklet PWB Cover (j0st41674)
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
REP 16.3.5, REP 16.3.6
REP 16.3.7 Booklet Left Cover

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repairs or adjustments with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Booklet Maker from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Booklet Maker Left Cover. (Figure 1) Align the slots at the front and rear of the Booklet Maker Left Cover with the flats on the Mounting Pins. Move the Booklet Maker Left Cover by allowing the flats on the Mounting Pins to slide through the slots in the Cover. Screw Stapler Lower Cover
REP 16.3.8 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler

Parts List on PL 23.19, PL 23.20 Removal WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Stapler Guard. (Figure 1) a. b. Remove the Screw (1). Remove the Stapler Guide. Screw
Stapler Guide
Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Guard (j0st41677)
Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Lower Cover (j0st41695)
Replacement
REP 16.3.7, REP 16.3.8
3.
Remove the Stapler Lower Cover. (Figure 2) a. b. Remove the Screw (1). Remove the Stapler Lower Cover.
4.
Remove the Chute. (Figure 3) a. b. Remove the Screw (1). Remove the Chute. Remove the Screws (2). Remove the Stapler Rear Cover.
5. Screw Stapler Lower Cover
Remove the Stapler Rear Cover. (Figure 3) a. b.
Screws Chute
Screw
Stapler Rear Cover
Figure 2 Removing the Stapler Lower Cover (j0st41695)
Figure 3 Removing the Chute and Stapler Rear Cover (j0st41694)
REP 16.3.8
6.
Remove the Stapler. (Figure 4) a. b. c. d. Release the wires from the Clip. Disconnect the Connector. Remove the Screws (3). Remove the Stapler.
REP 16.3.9 Booklet Stapler Move Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2) Remove the Cover for the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 1) a. b. Remove the Screw (1). Remove the Cover.
Stapler
Cover
Screw
Clip Screws Connector
Figure 4 Removing the Stapler (j0st41678)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Cover (j0st41671)
REP 16.3.8, REP 16.3.9
3.
Remove the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 2) a. b. c. d. Open the Clip and release the wires. Disconnect the Connector. Remove the Screws (3). Remove the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. Connector Clip
Screws
Booklet Stapler Move Motor
Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Stapler Move Motor (j0st41672)
Replacement
REP 16.3.9
REP 16.3.9
REP 22.1 A-Finisher

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 1)
2.
Disconnect the A-Finisher Wire Harness. (Figure 2) (1)Remove the Cable Clamp from the hole in the Frame. (2)Disconnect the Connectors (2).
Connectors
Cable Clamp
Figure 2 Disconnecting the A-Finisher Wire Harness (af422110) Connector Cover
Figure 1 Removing the Connector Cover (af422109)
REP 22.1
3.
Loosen the Thumb Screws. (Figure 3) (1) Loosen the Thumb Screws (2).
4.
Remove the A-Finisher. (Figure 4)
A-Finisher
Figure 4 Removing the A-Finisher (af422106)
Replacement
Figure 3 Loosening the Thumb Screws (af422105)
REP 22.1
REP 22.3.1 Paddle Belt

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the front Pulley. (Figure 1) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Flange. (3)Remove Belt from Pulley. (4)Remove Pulley.
4.
Remove the front Bearing. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Bearing.
Figure 2 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42202) 5. Remove the rear Gear. (Figure 3) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Gear.
Figure 1 Removing the Pulley (j0fa42201)
Figure 3 Removing the Gear (j0fa42203)
REP 22.3.1
6.
Remove the rear Bearing. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Bearing.
8.
Remove the Bearing. (Figure 6) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Bearing.
Figure 4 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42204) 7. Remove the Paddle Link Assembly. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Paddle Link Assembly. 9.
Figure 6 Removing Bearing (0fa42206) Remove the Shaft Assembly. (Figure 7) (1)Remove Paddle Belt from Pulley. (2)Remove Shaft Assembly in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 5 Removing the Paddle Link Assembly (j0fa42205) Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 4-176
Figure 7 Removing Shaft Assembly (j0fa42207)
REP 22.3.1
10. Remove the Paddle Belt. (Figure 8) (1)Remove E-Clips (2). (2)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. (3)Remove Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly. (4)Remove Paddle Belt.
REP 22.3.2 Sub Paddle Solenoid

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2) Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connector.
Figure 8 Removing the Paddle Belt (j0fa42208)
Replacement
1. 2. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Install the Paddle Link Assembly as shown in the figure. (Figure 9)
Figure 1 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42210) 6. Turn over the A-Finisher.
Paddle Link Assembly Figure 9 Installing the Paddle Link Assembly (j0fa42209)
REP 22.3.1, REP 22.3.2
7.
Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)Disconnect Connector. (2)Release wires from Hooks. (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.
8.
Remove the Support. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Support.
Figure 3 Removing the Support (j0fa42212) 9. Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid.
Figure 2 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (j0fa42211)
Figure 4 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid (j0fa42213)
REP 22.3.2
Replacement
1. 2. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Install the Sub Paddle Assembly as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
REP 22.4.1 Exit Roll Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the Pinch Roll. (REP 22.5.1) Remove the Gear. (Figure 1) (1)Remove KL-Clip. (2)Remove Gear.
Figure 5 Installing the Sub Paddle Assembly (j0fa42214)
Figure 1 Removing the Gear (j0fa42215)
REP 22.3.2, REP 22.4.1
5.
Remove the front Bearing. (Figure 2) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Bearing.
6.
Remove the rear Bearing. (Figure 3) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Bearing.
Figure 2 Removing the front Bearing (j0fa42216)
Figure 3 Removing the rear Bearing (j0fa42217)
REP 22.4.1
7.
Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Exit Roll Assembly.
REP 22.4.2 Staple Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1) Remove the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Clamps (2). (2)Disconnect Connectors (2). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Staple Assembly.
Figure 4 Removing the Exit Roll Assembly (j0fa42218)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Staple Assembly (j0fa42219)
REP 22.4.1, REP 22.4.2
4.
Remove the Bracket from the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Remove Bracket.
REP 22.4.3 Set Clamp Home Sensor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamp and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connector.
Figure 2 Removing the Bracket (j0fa42220)
Replacement
Figure 1 Disconnecting Connector (j0fa42221)
REP 22.4.2, REP 22.4.3
4.
Remove the Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly.
5.
Remove the Set Clamp Home Sensor. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Set Clamp Home Sensor from Bracket. (2)Disconnect Connector.
Figure 2 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42222)
Figure 3 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor (j0fa42223)
Replacement
REP 22.4.3
REP 22.4.4 Exit Roll Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Remove the Left Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Upper Frame Section. (Figure 1) (1)Remove Screw and Bracket. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Screw and Bracket. (4)Remove Screws (2). (5)Remove the Upper Frame Section
Figure 1 Removing the Upper Frame Section (af422101)
REP 22.4.4
NOTE: The screws do not thread into the Upper Chute. They are used like pins to secure the Upper Chute in place. 6. Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Remove Screw. (3)Carefully Remove the Upper Chute Assembly.
7.
Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove E-ring and Bearing. (2)Remove E-ring and Bearing. (3)Remove the Exit Roll Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Exit Roll Assembly (af422103) Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).
REP 22.4.4
REP 22.5.1 Pinch Roll

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the Pinch Roll. (Figure 1) (1)Raise Springs (4) in the direction of the arrow. (2)Remove Pinch Rolls (4).
REP 22.5.2 Finisher Entrance Sensor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (5). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Connector Bracket.
Figure 1 Removing the Pinch Rolls (j0fa42224)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)
REP 22.5.1, REP 22.5.2
5.
Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) (1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4). (4)Remove Screws (4). (5)Remove Bottom Plate.
Figure 3 Removing the Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly (j0fa42225) 7. Remove the Finisher Entrance Sensor. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Finisher Entrance Sensor from Bracket.
Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 6. Remove the Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Disconnect Connector. (2)Remove Tapping Screw. (3)Remove Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly.
Figure 4 Removing the Finisher Entrance Sensor (j0fa42226)
Replacement
REP 22.5.2
REP 22.5.3 Compile Exit Sensor

5.
Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) (1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Release wires from Hooks (4). (4)Remove Screws (4). (5)Remove Bottom Plate.
Figure 2 Moving the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 6. Remove the Compile Exit Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Compile Exit Sensor Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (0fa42266)
Figure 3 Removing the Compile Exit Sensor Assembly (j0fa42227)
REP 22.5.3
7.
Remove the Compile Exit Sensor. (Figure 4) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wire. (2)Disconnect Connector. (3)Remove Compile Exit Sensor.
REP 22.5.4 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the Gears. (Figure 1) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Gear. (3)Remove KL-Clip. (4)Remove Gear.
Figure 4 Removing the Compile Exit Sensor (j0fa42228)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Gears (j0fa42292)
REP 22.5.3, REP 22.5.4
4.
Remove the Gear Pulley. (Figure 2) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Gear. (3)Remove Belt. (4)Remove Flange.
6.
Remove the Support Bearing from the ENT Lower Chute Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Tapping Screw. (2)Remove Support Bearing (with Shaft still attached).
Figure 2 Removing the Gear Pulley (j0fa42293) 5. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Bearing. 7.
Figure 4 Removing the Support Bearing (j0fa42232) Remove the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Main Paddle Shaft Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42294) Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 4-190
Figure 5 Removing the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly (j0fa42233)
REP 22.5.4
8.
Remove the Support Bearing from the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 6) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Support Bearing.
REP 22.5.5 Lower Chute Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Turn over the A-Finisher (Transport). Remove the Stapler Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (2). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Stapler Assembly.
Figure 6 Removing the Support Bearing (j0fa42234)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Assembly (j0fa42219) 5. Turn over the A-Finisher.
REP 22.5.4, REP 22.5.5
6.
Remove the Transport Motor. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Remove Belt from Pulley. (3)Remove Transport Motor.
7.
Remove the Gears. (Figure 3) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Gear. (3)Remove KL-Clip. (4)Remove Gear.
Figure 2 Removing the Transport Motor (j0fa42236) Figure 3 Removing the Gears (j0fa42229)
REP 22.5.5
8.
Remove the Gear. (Figure 4) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Pull out Gear. (3)Release Belt from Gear, and remove Gear. (4)Remove Flange.
10. Remove the ENT Lower Chute Assembly. (Figure 6) (1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Loosen Screws (2). (3)Remove ENT Lower Chute Assembly.
Figure 6 Removing the ENT Lower Chute Assembly (j0fa42237) Figure 4 Removing the Gear (j0fa42230) 9. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Bearing.
Replacement
Figure 5 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42231)
REP 22.5.5
REP 22.6.1 ENT Roll Assembly

REP 22.6.1
7.
Remove the ENT Roll Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Disconnect Spring. (2)Remove E-Rings (2). NOTE: Capture the Bearing. (3)Remove Arm. (4)Slide Shaft out of the Bearing in the Arm.
Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)
Figure 3 Removing the Gear (af422102)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).
REP 22.6.1
REP 22.6.2 Upper Chute Assembly

REP 22.6.2
REP 22.7.1 Finisher Control PWB

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Turn over the Finisher. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Finisher Control PWB. (Figure 1) (1)Disconnect Connectors (12). (2)Remove Screws (4). (3)Remove Finisher Control PWB.
Figure 1 Removing the Finisher Control PWB (j0fa42245)
Replacement
Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).
REP 22.6.2, REP 22.7.1
REP 22.8.1 Stacker Tray Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2) Disconnect Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamp. (2)Remove Clamp. (3)Release and remove wires from Hook. (4)Release Clamp. (5)Disconnect Connector. (6)Release and remove wires from Hook.
8.
Release the Clamps and the Hooks to remove the wires. (Figure 2) (1)Release Clamps (5). (2)Remove wires from Hooks.
Figure 2 Disconnecting the Wire (j0fa42248) 9. Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (3)Release Clamps (4). (4)Disconnect Connectors (2).
Figure 1 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42247)
Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Sensor Assembly (j0fa42249)
REP 22.8.1
10. Remove the Stacker Tray Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Screws (5). (2)Remove Stacker Tray Assembly.
REP 22.8.2 Stacker Shaft Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the rear Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Bracket.
Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0fa42250)
Replacement
1. 2. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Install the Stacker Tray Assembly and A-Finisher as shown in the figure. (Figure 5) Figure 1 Removing the rear Bracket (j0fa42252)
Figure 5 Installing the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0fa42251)
REP 22.8.1, REP 22.8.2
6.
Remove the front Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Bracket.
8.
Disconnect Connector. (Figure 4) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Release wires from Hook. (3)Disconnect Connector.
Figure 2 Removing the front Bracket (j0fa42253) 7. Remove the Top Tray. (Figure 3) (1)Raise A-Finisher slightly in the direction of the arrow. (2)Remove Top Tray.
Figure 3 Removing the Top Tray (j0fa42254)
REP 22.8.2
9.
Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (3)Remove wires from Clamps (4)
10. Remove the Stacker Assembly. (Figure 6) (1)Remove Tapping Screws (5). (2)Remove Screw. (3)Remove Stacker Assembly.
Clamp (4)
Figure 6 Removing the Stacker Assembly (j0fa42257) Figure 5 Removing the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly (j0fa42256) 11. Remove the Actuator. (Figure 7) (1)Unhook. (2)Remove Actuator.
Figure 7 Removing the Actuator (j0fa42258) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 4-201 Repairs and Adjustments
REP 22.8.2
12. Move the Bearing. (Figure 8) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Move Bearing in the direction of the arrow.
REP 22.8.3 Stacker Motor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2) Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Release wires from Hook. (3)Disconnect Connector.
Figure 8 Moving the Bearing (j0fa42259) 13. Remove the Stacker Shaft Assembly. (Figure 9) (1)Remove Stacker Shaft Assembly in the direction of the arrows (lift up then out).
Figure 9 Removing the Stacker Shaft Assembly (j0fa42260)
Replacement
REP 22.8.2, REP 22.8.3
6.
Remove the Bracket. (Figure 2) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Bracket.
8.
Remove the Stacker Motor. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Screws (3). (2)Remove Belt from Pulley. (3)Remove Stacker Motor.
Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Motor (j0fa42264) Figure 2 Removing the Bracket (j0fa42262) 7. Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screws (2). (2)Remove Stacker Motor Assembly.
Replacement
1. 2. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Install the Stacker Motor as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 Installing the Stacker Motor (j0fa42265)
Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Motor Assembly (j0fa42263)
REP 22.8.3
REP 22.8.4 Stacker Stack Sensor

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1) NOTE: The Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly has 2 Sensors. (1)Release the wires from the Clamp. (2)Remove Screw. (3)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (4)Disconnect appropriate Sensor Connector, and remove Sensor from Bracket.
REP 22.9.1 Compile Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (5). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Connector Bracket.
Sensor
Sensor Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266) Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly (af422108)
Replacement
REP 22.8.4, REP 22.9.1
8.
10. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 4) (1)Release wires from Clamps (5). (2)Disconnect the Connector. (3)Remove Screws (5). (4)Remove the Stacker Tray.
Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107) 11. Remove the front Tapping Screw. (Figure 5) Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 9. Release the Clamp from the wires. (Figure 3) (1)Release Clamp and remove the wires. (1)Remove front Tapping Screw.
Figure 5 Removing the front Tapping Screw (j0fa42269)
Figure 3 Releasing the Clamp (j0fa42268)
REP 22.9.1
12. Remove the rear Screw. (Figure 6) (1)Remove the rear Screw.
REP 22.9.2 Set Clamp Shaft

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wire. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Bracket Assembly.
Figure 6 Removing the rear Screw (j0fa42270) 13. Remove the Compile Assembly. (Figure 7) (1)Remove Compile Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272)
Figure 7 Removing the Compile Assembly (j0fa42271)
Replacement
REP 22.9.1, REP 22.9.2
4.
Remove the KL-Clips from the Eject Shaft. (Figure 2) (1)Remove KL-Clips (2).
6.
Remove the Actuator and the Bearing. (Figure 4) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Actuator. (3)Remove E-Clip. (4)Remove Bearing.
Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273) 5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. (2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. (3)Remove Belt from Pulley. 7. Figure 4 Removing the Actuator and Bearing (j0fa42275) Remove the Bearing. (Figure 5) (1)Remove E-Clip. (2)Remove Bearing.
Figure 3 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0fa42274)
Figure 5 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42276)
REP 22.9.2
8.
Remove the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 6) (1)Move Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrows. (2)Remove Belts (3) from Pulleys (3). (3)Remove Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrow.
REP 22.9.3 Eject Belts

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (REP 22.10.1) Move the Eject Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Move Eject Home Sensor Assembly.
Figure 6 Removing the Set Clamp Shaft (j0fa42277)
Replacement
1. 2. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Install and align the Eject Belts with marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 7)
Figure 1 Moving the Eject Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42279)
Figure 7 Installing the Eject Belts (j0fa42278)
REP 22.9.2, REP 22.9.3
5.
Remove the Eject Belts. (Figure 2) (1)Move the blades of Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrow. (2)Remove Eject Belts in the direction of the arrow.
REP 22.9.4 Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1) Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) Turn over the A-Finisher. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2) Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (5). (3)Remove Screws (2). (4)Remove Connector Bracket.
Figure 2 Removing the Eject Belts (j0fa42280)
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)
REP 22.9.3, REP 22.9.4
7.
9.
Remove the screws securing the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Tapping Screws (2).
Figure 4 Removing Screws (j0fa42281)
Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 8. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 3) (1)Release wires from Clamps (5). (2)Disconnect the Connector. (3)Remove Screws (5). (4)Remove the Stacker Tray.
Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107) Repairs and Adjustments Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 22.9.4
10. Remove the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Belts (2) from Pulleys. (2)Remove Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly.
REP 22.9.5 Rear Tamper Home Sensor

Figure 5 Removing the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly (j0fa42282)
Replacement
REP 22.9.4, REP 22.9.5
7.
Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) (1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4). (4)Remove Screw (4). (5)Remove Bottom Plate.
9.
Remove the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Rear Tamper Home Sensor from the Bracket.
Figure 4 Removing the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (j0fa42284)
Replacement
Figure 2 Moving the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 8. Remove the Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1) Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2) Remove Tapping Screw. (3) Move Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (4) Disconnect the Connector.
Figure 3 Removing the Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42283)
REP 22.9.5
REP 22.9.6 Eject Shaft Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Bracket Assembly.
4.
Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273) 5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. (2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. (3)Remove the Belts from the Pulleys.
REP 22.9.6
Replacement
REP 22.10.1 Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly

To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. 1. 2. 3. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Bracket Assembly.
REP 22.9.6, REP 22.10.1
4.
6.
Remove the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Remove Tapping Screws (2). (2)Remove Screw. (3)Remove Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly.
Figure 4 Removing the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly (j0fa42285) Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273)
Replacement
5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. (2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. (3)Remove the Belts from the Pulleys. 1. 2. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Install and align the Eject Belts with the marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 5)
REP 22.10.1
REP 22.10.2 Front Tamper Home Sensor

7.
Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 8. Remove the Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3) (1)Remove Screw. (2)Remove Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly.
Figure 3 Removing the Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42286)
REP 22.10.2
9.
Remove the Front Tamper Home Sensor. (Figure 4) (1)Disconnect Connector. (2)Remove Front Tamper Home Sensor.
REP 22.10.3 Eject Clamp Home Sensor

Figure 4 Removing the Front Tamper Home Sensor (j0fa42287)
Replacement
REP 22.10.2, REP 22.10.3
5.
Replacement
Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 6. Remove the Eject Clamp Home Sensor. (Figure 3) (1)Release Clamp and remove the wires. (2)Disconnect Connector. (3)Remove Eject Clamp Home Sensor from the Bracket.
Figure 3 Removing the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (j0fa42288)
REP 22.10.3
REP 22.10.4 Stack Height Sensor

7.
Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) 8. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 3) (1)Release wires from Clamps (5). (2)Disconnect the Connector. (3)Remove Screws (5). (4)Remove the Stacker Tray.
Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107)
REP 22.10.4
9.
Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 4) (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires. (2)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove Bracket Assembly.
Figure 4 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272) 10. Remove the Stack Height Sensor. (Figure 5) (1)Remove Clamp. (2)Release Clamps (4) and remove the wires. (3)Disconnect Connector. (4)Remove Stack Height Sensor from the bracket.
Figure 5 Removing the Stack Height Sensor (j0fa42289)
Replacement
REP 22.10.4
ADJ 7.1.2 HCF Side Edge Registration

Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to properly align the ROS image to the paper / media, for the High Capacity Feeder, (Tray 6), print and copy modes. This adjustment can only be accomplished after the IOT Image Registration, and the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration. Measurement points Side Edge 10mm =/- 0.5mm
Check
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Print Test Pattern and enter test pattern number 58. Under Paper Supply select Tray 6 (HCF) and select Save. Press the Start button. Measure the distance from the last horizontal line to the edge of the paper on the inboard end and the outboard end of the page. The measurement should be 10mm =/- 0.5mm. (Figure 1) If the measurement is not within specifications, perform the adjustment. Do not perform side 2 adjustments until side 1 adjustments are correct.
6.
Measurement points Side Edge 10mm =/- 0.5mm
Figure 1 Test Pattern #58 Measurement points CHECKING SIDE 2 PLAIN PAPER FROM TRAY 6 1. To check for side 1 to side 2 side edge registration place the side 1 test pattern on the document glass and use this test pattern to create a duplex copy from tray 6. NOTE: Before making side 2, place a small piece of paper, with the words side 2 written on it, face down under the test pattern. 2. Hold the sheet in front of a strong light source to pass light through the paper to see a side 1 and side 2 comparison. Adjust side 1 or side 2 as necessary.
ADJ 7.1.2
Adjustment
NOTE: To enter a negative number (a number less than 0) into NVM, press the Dial Pause button on the Control Panel before entering the New Value. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select NVM Read / Write, and enter Chain-Link for plain paper, side 1 (742-464). Select Conform / Change. Under Change Current Value enter the New Value. See the Table 1. Select Save.
NOTE: When adjusting the inboard to outboard images from the HCF (Tray 6), negative numbers will move the image outboard and positive numbers will move the image inboard. NOTE: In Table 1, all Descriptions are for Black and White and Color unless otherwise stated. NOTE: The adjustment is 0.2mm per bit. Table 1 HCF (Tray 6) NVM Settings for Side Edge Registration Description Plain Paper Side 1 Plain Paper Side 2 Heavyweight 1 BW Heavyweight 1 Color Heavyweight 2 Labels, BW Labels, Color Transparency NVM 742-464 742-463 742-465 742-466 742-467 742-468 742-469 742-470 Default Values 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Range -25 to 25 -25 to 25 -25 to 25 -25 to 25 -25 to 25 -25 to 25 -25 to 25 -25 to 25
ADJ 7.1.2
ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

Purpose
To align the image on the drum with the Lead/Side Edge of the paper.
Check
1. 2. 3. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Print Test Pattern. Load A3 or 11x17 into tray 1 or 2. NOTE: If A3 or 11x17 is not available, set the paper guides in the tray to A3 or 11x17. Load A4 or 8.5x11 with the paper against the tray (feeder end). An error will occur but the test print will output. 4. Enter 052-1 for tray 1 or 052-2 for tray 2 using the number key pad and press the Start button. NOTE: Print Test Pattern routine will auto-select the tray set with A3 or 11x17 paper regardless of which tray is selected. 5. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Figure 1) Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern Side Edge: Part B of the pattern
Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0st40950) 6. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the specified mode (A3 Table 1) (11x17 Table 2). Table 1 A3 Specification Item Lead Edge (A) Side Edge (B) Simplex 15 1.3mm 148.5 1.8mm Duplex 15 1.7mm 148.5 2.2mm MPT 15 2.0mm 148.5 2.5mm
Table 2 11x17 Specification Item Lead Edge (A) Side Edge (B) Simplex 21 1.3mm 140 1.8mm Duplex 21 1.7mm 140 2.2mm MPT 21 2.0mm 140 2.5mm
ADJ 9.1.1
Adjustment
1. 2. 3. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Chain Link Name 760-24 760-25 760-031 760-032 760-033 Table 3 NVM List of Lead Edge Chain Link Name 742-027 760-001 760-002 760-003 760-005 760-013 760-014 760-015 760-016 760-017 760-018 760-019 760-020 760-021 760-022 760-023 LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Initia Max l 33 33 33 33 33 10 10 10 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 66 66 66 66 66 16 16 16 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 760-034 Increment 0.2175mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 749-002 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 4. 0.363mm 5. 0.363mm 0.363mm 749-003 749-004 749-005 749-007 749-009 749-010 749-011 749-012 749-013 749-015 Chain Link Name 749-001
Table 3 NVM List of Lead Edge Min. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Initia l Max 33 33 33 33 33 33 66 66 66 66 66 66 Increment 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm
Select NVM Read/Write. Adjust the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications of the respective supporting modes. If the measured value is shorter than specification above (A or B): Set a larger value. If the measured value is longer than specification above (A or B): Set a smaller value. Adjustment of A (Lead Edge), refer to Table 3 below. Adjustment of B (Side Edge), refer to Table 4 below.
Tray 2-=4, HCF for Thick-1 Paper-REGI LOOP TIMER Tray3-4, HCF for Thick-2 Paper-REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT
Table 4 NVM List of Side Edge Min. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Initia Max l 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 Increment 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm
ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP MPT-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT
After adjustment, print the test pattern in the same mode and measure the Lead and Side Edge values. Repeat this procedure until the values fall within the specifications. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) fall within the specifications.
ADJ 9.1.1
ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment

Purpose
To correct the Lead, Tail Edge and both Side Edge (rear/front) erase values. NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.
Check
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select NVM Read/Write. Set Chain-Link Number 749-516 (Image Area) to 0. Specify a tray with paper. Make a black copy with the Platen Cover open. Check that the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select NVM Read/Write. Adjust the measured values using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications (2mm). If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases. Table 1 NVM List Chain Link 749-522 749-523 749-524 749-527 4. 5. Name END ERASE OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT Min. 0 0 0 0 Initia l Max 50 8 9 9 99 16 18 18 Increment 0.363mm 0.254mm 0.217mm 0.217mm
Adjustment
After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the Platen Cover open. Repeat the procedure until the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges fall within the specifications (2mm).
ADJ 9.2.1
ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Downloading

Purpose
The purpose is to load software in the ESS PWB, FCB PWB, IIT/IPS PWB, DADF PWB ROM. NOTE: Software can be loaded utilizing any of the three ports. USB port Network port Parallel port
18. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.
M123 USB Port

NOTE: If PWS has Windows 98 operating system then refer to Firmware Upload Utility CD for detailed instructions on how to enable the USB port on the PWS. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download. Power off the Machine and the PWS. Remove the ESS cover and plug the USB cable into the USB port on the ESS PWB and to your PWS. Power on the Machine into the Download Mode. (Hold the Power Saver Button down while powering on the Machine) Power on the PWS. A Device Found window will pop-up on your PWS. Select Cancel on this pop-up. Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe) Click on Agree in the License Screen. On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following: Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate. File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download. The file should read either: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre machines or SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.) Click on Add once you have found the File name. Click on Version to check the version of the software you are about to download. 10. Click on Next. 11. In the Firmware Update Tool select USB port. 12. Click Next. 13. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. 14. The PWS will Transfer the file to the machine in about 3 minutes. Do not unplug the USB cable until the download is complete. On the PWS you will see - IIT Finish, ADF Finish, Finisher Finish etc. as the machine unpacks each piece of the firmware. On the machine you will see TRANSFERRING as the file is transferred, then PROCESSING, 0-5 progressing to 4-5 as the file is unpacked. 15. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished. 16. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes, exit the program. 17. The Software Download is now complete.
ADJ 9.3.1
M123 PARALLEL Port

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download. Power off the Machine and the PWS. Plug in the parallel cable to both the Machine and the PWS. Power on the Machine into the Download Mode.(Hold the Power Saver Button down while powering on the Machine) Power on the PWS. Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe) Click on Agree in the License Screen. On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following: Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate. File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download. The file should read similar to the following: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin or SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin. The file with the STD is for CopyCentre and WorkCentre machines. The file with PS is for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.) Click on Add once you have found the File name. 9. Click on Next. 10. In the Firmware Update Tool select Parallel Port(P) 11. Click Next. 12. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. 13. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished. 14. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes exit the program. 15. The Software Download is now complete. 16. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.
M123 NETWORK Port

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the completion of the download and to locate the machine IP address. Set the IP address on your PWS to be 1 different from the machine and the subnet mask to be the same as the machine. Power off the Machine and the PWS. Plug in the Crossover cable to both the Machine and the PWS. Power on the Machine. Do NOT put the machine into Download Mode. The machine must be in the ready state. Power on the PWS. Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe) Click on Agree in the License Screen. On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following: Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate. File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download. The file should read similar to the following: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin or SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin. The file with the STD is for CopyCentre and WorkCentre machines. The file with PS is for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.) Click on Add once you have found the File name. 10. Click on Next. 11. In the Firmware Update Tool select Network (Port 9100). 12. Click Next. 13. Select Search, wait until the machine is found. 14. Check that the correct machine IP address is displayed, and select it. 15. Check the Version. This will display the version of the software you are about to download. 16. Select Next. 17. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. The machine will automatically go into Download Mode. Progress and download status is shown on the PWS. 18. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished. 19. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes to exit the program. 20. The Software Download is now complete. 21. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.
ADJ 9.3.1
ADJ 9.3.1
ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration

Purpose
To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) direction. NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.
3.
Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications of the supporting mode. Table 1 Specification
Item Lead Edge (A) Side Edge (B)
Simplex 10 1.6mm 5 2.1mm
Duplex 10 2.0mm 5 2.5mm
MPT 10 2.2mm 5 3.0mm
Check
1. 2. Register Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen. Make 5 100% copies of the Test Chart on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper. Measure the Lead Edge and Side Edge of the third copy (Figure 1). Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern Side Edge: Part B of the pattern
Adjustment
1. 2. 3. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select NVM Read/Write. Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications. Side Edge If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value. If the measured value is long: Set a larger value. Lead Edge If the measured value is short: Set a larger value. If the measured value is long: Set a smaller value. NOTE: After performing the IIT side Edge Registration Adjustment, perform the DADF side Edge Registration Adjustment. (ADJ 15.1.1) Table 2 NVM List Chain Link 715 715 4. 050 053 Name Platen SS Registration Adjustment Platen FS Registration Adjustment Initia Min. l Max 16 0 100 120 184 240 Increment 0.036mm 0.085mm
After adjustment, place Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen so that there is no gap between the chart and the Registration Guide at the rear of the Platen. Make another 100% copy on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the specifications.
5.
Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0st41137)
ADJ 11.1.1
ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment

Purpose
To obtain the proper Reduce/Enlarge ratio for Copy in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction and the Front to Rear direction.
Check
1. Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern (82P521 or 82P524). The tolerance for each Reduce/Enlarge setting in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction and the Front to Rear direction are listed in the following table. Table 1 Measurement Reduce/Enlarge (%) 65 101 154 Measurement 130 2mm 202 2mm 154 1.5mm Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B for reduction/enlargement in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and D for enlargement in the Front to Rear direction. For 154%, use areas A and E for enlargement in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and F for enlargement in the Front to Rear direction. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Enlargement areas to be measured (j0st41138)
Adjustment
1. 2. 3. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select NVM Read/Write. Adjust the distance between the reference points in the copy using the following NVM so that it is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart. If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a larger value.
ADJ 11.2.1
If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set a smaller value. Table 2 NVM List Chain Link 715 715 051 702 Name Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment Platen FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment Min. 44 0 Initia Max l 50 50 56 100 Increment 0.1% 0.1%
ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment

Purpose
To adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.
Adjustment WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine. NOTE: Adjust the position of the Front and Rear Full/Half Rate Carriage separately. 1. 2. Remove the DADF Assembly. (REP 15.1.1) (Platen models) Remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Platen Cover.
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cover (j0st41136)
ADJ 11.2.1, ADJ 11.6.1
3. 4.
Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1) Prepare the tools (x2) for determining the position. (Figure 2) 1. 2. Remove the screws (x2). Take out the tools (x2).
Figure 3 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 1/3 (j0st41129) 6. Fix the tool to the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 4) NOTE: Install the tools near the edges (the front tool to the front and the rear tool to the rear). 1. 2. Fix the tool. (Front/Rear) Secure it with a screw.
Figure 2 Taking out the tools (j0st41128) 5. Align the tool hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the tool hole of the rail (Front/Rear). (Figure 3)
ADJ 11.6.1
Figure 4 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 2/3 (j0st41130) NOTE: The fixing position of the pulley can be changed if the tool holes of the Half Rate Carriage and the rail are not aligned and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 5) 1. 2. 3. Loosen the screws (x2). Turn the Pulley until the tool hole aligns. Align the shaft with the Pulley end face and tighten the screws (x2). 7.
Figure 5 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 3/3 (j0st41131) Fix the tool to the tool hole on the frame and check the tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 6) NOTE: When adjusting the position of Full Rate Carriage from the rear side, to it with the rear tool for Half Rate Carriage installed. 1. 2. Fix the tool. Secure it with a screw.
ADJ 11.6.1
Figure 6 Position Adjustment of Full Rate Carriage 1/2 (j0st41132) NOTE: Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable and align the tool holes if the tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage are not aligned, and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 7) 1. 2. 3. Loosen the screw. Move the Full Rate Carriage until the tool hole aligns. Tighten the screw. 8.
Figure 7 Position Adjustment of Full Rate Carriage 2/2 (j0st41133) When adjusting the front position of Full Rate Carriage, move the tool for Half Rate Carriage to the front of Full Rate Carriage before doing the adjustment. At this time the rear tool for Full Rate Carriage remains installed.
ADJ 11.6.1
ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Edge Registration

Purpose
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Side Edge (Fast Scan Direction). NOTE: The following adjustments must be checked. IOT Image Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.1.1) IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 11.1.1) DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5) DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6) Lead TOP
For this sequence of checks and adjustments, an original Cross Line Test Pattern with lines drawn exactly down the center and across in both directions, will need to be created.
Check
DADF Side Edge Registration Side 1 1. To create a Cross Line Test Pattern Original, use a plain white sheet of 8.5x11 paper and fold the sheet precisely in half lengthwise and width wise. Then with a straight edge draw a straight line in the lengthwise crease and a straight line in the width wise crease. Label the top for orientation purposes. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Creating a Test Pattern Original 2. 3. 4. 5. Load Tray 1 with 8.5x11 paper. Place the new Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the word TOP Face Up and towards the rear of the DADF. Select Tray 1, 1-1 Sided. 100% 1->1 Sided 1 copy 6. 7. 8. 9. Make one copy to the center tray. Remove the copy from the center tray and Flip the copy left to right. Fold the copy in half in the 8.5 inch direction. If adjustment is required, enter UI Diagnostic Mode, NVM 711-272 to place the Center line on the fold. See Figure 1. NOTE: Increase the value to move the image toward the lead edge.
ADJ 15.1.1
DADF Side Edge Registration Side 2 1. 2. 3. Place the new Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the word TOP Face Down and towards the rear of the DADF. Select Tray 1, 2-2 Sided. 100% 1->1 Sided 1 copy 4. 5. 6. 7. Make one copy to the center tray. Remove the copy from the center tray but DO NOT FLIP the copy this time. Fold the copy in half in the 8.5 inch direction. If adjustment is required, enter UI Diagnostic Mode, NVM 711-274 to place the center line on the fold. See Table 1. NOTE: Increase the value to move the image toward the lead edge. NOTE: The Values of NVM 711-272 and 711-274 are written to NVMs 715-110, 715-111, 715-112, and 715-113, when the machine power is switched on. 711-272 = 715-110 711-274 = 715-111, 715-112, 715-113
ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized Registration Function

Purpose
To enable non-standard sized originals to be fed as standard sized originals by registering original sizes that cannot be detected (non-standard sizes) by the DADF. This enables the feeding of customized original sizes for different users. [Outline] Original size detection is based on the customized registered data. The DADF then processes the original in the specified original size. Customized registration is limited to only 1 entry. If the registration data is valid, the original size is detected based on the priorities in the detection table. Preparation 1. 2. 3. Borrow a non-standard sized original to be registered from the customer. Check in which direction (LEF or SEF) the customer wants to process the original using the DADF. Check in which paper size and direction the customer wants the copy. Check and make a note of the Fast Scan Direction Length (X) and Slow Scan Direction Length (Y) of the original using the scale. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Set the following NVM Data for customized registration detection. NOTE: Fast Scan Direction Max </= Fast Scan Direction Min. Value = 200 (within 20mm) NOTE: Slow Scan Direction Max </= Slow Scan Direction Min. Value = 200 (within 20mm) NOTE: In order to prevent incorrect detection by the Size Sensor, the following sizes cannot be entered. Fast Scan Direction Max: 2190~2290 Fast Scan Direction Min.: 2810~2910
Table 1 NVM List Chain Link Name 711-272 711-274 CVT FS Offset Side 1 Replace All CVT FS Offset Side 2 Replace All Min. 0 0 Initial Max 120 120 240 240 Increment .06mm .06mm
4.
Adjustment
1. 2.
For the measurements X and Y obtained in the preparation: Set the data for 710-565 to 1. (Customized registration is valid.) Set (X+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-559. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value Setting) Set (X-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-560. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value Setting) Set (Y+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-561. (Slow Scan Direction Max Value Setting) Set (Y-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-562. (Slow Scan Direction Min. Value Setting) Enter the data for 710-563. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table below based on the size specified by the customer.)
ADJ 15.1.1, ADJ 15.1.3
Enter the data for 710-564. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table below based on the size specified by the customer.) The information that is related to the NVM to be entered is as follows. Table 1 NVM List
ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration

Purpose
To set the DADF Lead Edge Registration in side 1 and side 2. NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed. IOT Image Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.1.1) IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 11.1.1) DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5) DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)
Chain-Link Display Data Name 710-559 710-560 710-561 710-562 710-563 Fast Scan Direction Max Value Note 1)
Remarks Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)
Fast Scan Direction Min. Value Note 1) Setting Range=1297~3070 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970) Slow Scan Direction Max Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100) Slow Scan Direction Min. Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in increments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100) Specified Paper Code for Customized Registration 03: 5.5x 8.5 04: A5 05: B5 08: A4 09: 8x10 10: 8.5x11 11: 8.5x12.4 12: 8.5x13 13: 8.5x14 14: B4 15: A3 16: 11x17 17: 8K 20: ILLEGAL SIZE (Initial Value=08) 0: LEF, 1: SEF (Initial Value=0) Do not use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 0 Use Specified Customized Registration for Original Size Detection Table: 1 (Initial Value=0)
Check
1. 2. Place the 82E8220 Test Pattern on the Document glass with the trade mark and part number as the lead edge. Set up the machine to make two sided copies of the test pattern as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. 3. 4. 5. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Copy tab. Under Output Color select Black. Under the Paper Supply select 11x17 paper size. Under 2 Sided Copying select 1 to 2 Sided. Reduce / Enlarge should be set to 100%. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab, Image Shift should be Side 1 and Side 2 No Shift. Select Save.
Select a Quantity of 5. Press the Start button to make side 1. After side 1 is made, place a small piece of paper with the words side 2 written on it, onto the Document Glass and under the 82E8220 Test Pattern. NOTE: Side 2 can now be identified by the word side 2 copied from the small piece of paper placed on the Document Glass under the test pattern from previous step.
710-564 710-565
Feed Direction for Original Size Specified Customized Registration for DADF Original Size Detection Table
6.
Press the Start button to make side 2. NOTE: The 2 sided copies will be used to run duplex sets for measurement through the DADF.
7. 8.
Place the 2 sided copies into the DADF and make one set of 2 sided copies. On side 1 and side 2, measure on the scale from the 10 mm line to the edge of the paper. The measurement should as follows. (Table 1) Table 1 Specification
3. 4.
Check the NVM Data setting. Feed the customized original registered in the Size Detection Table into the DADF. Check that the original size is detected according to the settings. NOTE: As non-standard sized originals are handled as standard sized originals, there may be problems such as image loss in the scan data.
Item Lead Edge
Simplex 10 0.5mm
Duplex 10 0.5mm
ADJ 15.1.3, ADJ 15.1.4
2. Piece of paper to identify side 2 The 10 mm line is located on this scale 3.
Select NVM Read/Write. Adjust the Lead Edge using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within specifications. If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value. If the measured value is long: Set a larger value. Table 2 NVM List
Chain Link Name 711-140 711-141 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 1) Replace All DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 2) Replace All
Min. 80 80
Initial Max 129 129 230 230
Increment 0.458mm 0.458mm
4. 5.
After adjustment is complete, perform the check following the steps in the Check procedure. Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge falls within the specifications.
Figure 1 Identifying side 2
Adjustment
1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
ADJ 15.1.4
ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment

Purpose
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF.
Adjustment
NOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance. In cases where such adjustment is not possible, adjustment is carried out using the Right Counter Balance. 1. Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height and slant of the DADF. (Figure 2) Turning the screw in direction A will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear to fall. (Direction of arrow A) Turning the screw in direction B will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear to rise. (Direction of arrow B)
Check
1. Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide tips (x3) and the Platen Glass or DADF Platen Glass. (Figure 1) 1. 2. The DADF Platen Guide tip at the rear is touching the DADF Platen Glass. The DADF Platen Guide tips (x2) at the front are touching the Platen Glass.
Figure 1 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Height NOTE: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.
ADJ 15.1.5
ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment

Purpose
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF. (DADF Skew)
Check
1. 2. 3. Place the Test Chart 82E8220 on the Platen Glass. Place 11x17 paper in Tray 1. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. a. b. c. d. e. f. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Copy tab. Under Output Color select Black. Under the Paper Supply select 11x17 paper size. Under 2 Sided Copying select 1 Sided. Reduce / Enlarge should be set to 100%. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab, Image Shift should be Side 1 No Shift. Select Save if necessary. Check from the paper edge to the parallel line at the 100mm mark and the 300mm mark
NOTE: The copy made from the Platen Glass will be used as the original in the DADF. 4. 5. Place the copy made from the Platen Glass into the DADF and make 3 copies. Check that the difference in the distance between the side and the Edges at the 100mm mark and the 300mm mark in the 3 copies is within 00.5mm. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Checking the Skew
ADJ 15.1.6
Adjustment
1. 2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4) Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2) 1. 2. 3. Loosen the screws (5). Move the DADF in direction A or B. Tighten the screws (5).
Figure 3 Output copy after adjustment The DADF moved in direction B. (Figure 4)
Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Position The DADF moved in direction A. (Figure 3)
ADJ 15.1.6
Figure 4 Output copy after adjustment 3. 4. Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover. After adjustment, carry out DADF Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.1) and DADF Lead Edge Registration (ADJ 15.1.4).
ADJ 15.1.6
5 Parts List
Overview
Introduction ..................................................................................................................... Subsystem Information ................................................................................................... Symbology ...................................................................................................................... 5-3 5-4 5-5 PL 9.1 Electrical .............................................................................................................. PL 9.2 ESS...................................................................................................................... PL 9.3 FAX Unit............................................................................................................... PL 9.4 Wire Harnesses ................................................................................................... 5-31 5-32 5-33 5-34 5-35 5-36 5-37 5-38 5-39 5-40 5-41 5-42 5-43 5-44 5-45 5-46 5-47 5-48 5-49 5-50 5-51 5-52 5-53 5-54 5-55 5-56 5-57 5-58 5-59 5-60 5-61 5-62 5-63 5-64 5-65 5-66 5-67
Parts Lists Drives

PL 1.1 Main Drive............................................................................................................ 5-7
Covers
PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left................................................................................................ PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right ..............................................................................................
Paper Transportation
PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly.................................................................................. PL 2.2 Tray 1/2................................................................................................................ PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly ........................................................................................... PL 2.4 Registration.......................................................................................................... PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover...................................................................................... PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly .................................................................................... PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................. PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly ................................................................................. 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-26 5-27 5-28 5-29 5-30
IIT
PL 11.1 Platen/Cover ...................................................................................................... PL 11.2 Control Panel ..................................................................................................... PL 11.3 Platen Glass....................................................................................................... PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor............................................................................................. PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor......................................................................................... PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage ......................................................................................
Tray Module-2T
PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2 Tray .......................................................................... PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2 Tray.................................................................................. PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder- 2 Tray ..................................................................................... PL 12.4 Left Cover-2Tray ................................................................................................ PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2Tray ......................................................................................... PL 12.6 Electrical-2Tray .................................................................................................. PL 12.7 Cover-2Tray .......................................................................................................
Paper Transport
PL 2.9 Envelope Tray Assembly .....................................................................................
ROS
PL 3.1 ROS .....................................................................................................................
Xerographics/Develoment
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge.......................................................................................... PL 4.2 Toner System ......................................................................................................
Tray Module-TT
PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-Tandem............................................................................... PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-Tandem.................................................................................. PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-Tandem.................................................................................. PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-Tandem ................................................................................. PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-Tandem ................................................................................. PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-Tandem Tray........................................................................... PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-Tandem ........................................................................... PL 13.8 Electrical-Tandem Tray...................................................................................... PL 13.9 Cover-Tandem Tray...........................................................................................
Fuser
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit ............................................................................................................
Exit
PL 6.1 Exit ....................................................................................................................... PL 6.2 Exit 1.................................................................................................................... PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................. PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly .......................................................................................... PL 6.5 Tray Guide Assembly ..........................................................................................
Mobile Stand
PL 14.1 Mobile Stand ......................................................................................................
MSI
PL 7.1 MSI Assembly ...................................................................................................... PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly ....................................................................................... PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly..............................................................................................
DADF
PL 15.1 DADF Accessory................................................................................................ PL 15.2 DADF Component Cover ................................................................................... PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover ............................................................................................. PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component ................................................................................. PL 15.5 Top Cover Component....................................................................................... PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll ................................... PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute .......................................................................................... PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll .............................................................................................
Duplex
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit .......................................................................................................... PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly .........................................................................................
Electrical Components
February, 2008 5-1
Parts List
PL 15.9 Motor Unit Assembly.......................................................................................... PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray .....................................................................................
5-68 5-69 5-70 5-71 5-72 5-73 5-74 5-75 5-76 5-77 5-78 5-79 5-80 5-81 5-82 5-83 5-84 5-85 5-86 5-87 5-88 5-89 5-90 5-91 5-92 5-93 5-94 5-95 5-96 5-97 5-98 5-99 5-100 5-101 5-102 5-103 5-104 5-105 5-106 5-107 5-108 5-109 5-119
HCF
PL 18.1 HCF Unit ............................................................................................................ PL 18.2 HCF Tray 6 (1 of 2)............................................................................................ PL 18.3 HCF Tray 6 (2 of 2)............................................................................................ PL 18.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3)........................................................................................... PL 18.5 HCF Feeder (2 of 3)........................................................................................... PL 18.6 HCF Feeder (3 of 3)........................................................................................... PL 18.7 HCF Top Cover Unit .......................................................................................... PL 18.8 HCF Electrical and Rail......................................................................................
A-Finisher
PL 22.1 Finisher Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... PL 22.2 Finisher Assembly (Part 2 of 2) ......................................................................... PL 22.3 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 1 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.4 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 2 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.5 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 3 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.6 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 4 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.7 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 5 of 5)................................................................. PL 22.8 Stacker Tray Assembly...................................................................................... PL 22.9 Compile Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... PL 22.10 Compile Assembly (Part 2 of 2) .......................................................................
SB Finisher
PL 23.1 H-Transport Assembly (1 of 5)........................................................................... PL 23.2 H - Transport Assembly (2 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.3 H - Transport Assembly (3 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.4 H - Transport Assembly (4 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.5 H - Transport Assembly (5 of 5)......................................................................... PL 23.6 Finisher Cover ................................................................................................... PL 23.7 Finisher Stacker................................................................................................. PL 23.8 Finisher Stapler.................................................................................................. PL 23.9 Finisher Eject (1 of 5)......................................................................................... PL 23.10 Finisher Eject (2 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.11 Finisher Eject (3 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.12 Finisher Eject (4 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.13 Finisher Eject (5 of 5)....................................................................................... PL 23.14 Finisher Exit/Folder Assembly ......................................................................... PL 23.15 Folder Assembly .............................................................................................. PL 23.16 Finisher Electrical ............................................................................................ PL 23.17 Booklet Cover .................................................................................................. PL 23.18 Booklet Stapler Assembly................................................................................ PL 23.19 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly ...................................................................... PL 23.20 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly ....................................................................... PL 23.21 Booklet Electrical .............................................................................................
Common Hardware
Common Hardware ......................................................................................................... Part Number Index ..........................................................................................................
Parts List
February, 2008 5-2
Introduction
Overview
The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared subsystem components. R/E REF: SCSI W/ W/O
Table 1 Abbreviation size Abbreviation Refer to Small Computer Systems Interface With Without Table 2 Meaning Operating Companies Abbreviation AO NASG - US NASG Canada XE Meaning Americas Operations North American Solutions Group - US North American Solutions Group Canada Xerox Europe Meaning Reduction/Enlargement
Organization
Parts Lists Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same illustration or in a series of associated illustrations. Electrical Connectors and Fasteners This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included. Common Hardware The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise identified.
Symbology
Part Number Index This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found. Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
Service Procedure Referencing

If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)
Other Information
Abbreviations Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual: Table 1 Abbreviation size Abbreviation A3 A4 A5 AD AWG EMI GB KB MB MM MOD NOHAD PL P/O Meaning 297 x 594 Millimeters 210 x 297 Millimeters 148 x 210 Millimeters Auto Duplex American Wire Gauge Electro Magnetic Induction Giga Byte Kilo Byte Mega Byte Millimeters Magneto Optical Drive Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt Parts List Part of
February, 2008 5-3
Parts List
Introduction
Subsystem Information
Use of the Term Assembly
The term assembly will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized parts in the part number listing. When the word assembly is found in the part number listing, there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a listing of the contents of the assembly.
Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts follow the bracket.
Tag
The notation W/Tag in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data for the name and purpose of the modification. In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only replacement part available is listed as W/Tag, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need. Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate number on the Tag matrix.
Parts List
Subsystem Information
February, 2008 5-4
Symbology
A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.
A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag number within the circle (Figure 2).
Figure 2 Without Tag Symbol Figure 1 With Tag Symbol
February, 2008 5-5
Parts List
Symbology
A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag Index.
A tag number within a circle with no apex and having a shaded bar shows that the entire drawing was the configuration before being changed by the tag number within the circle (Figure 4).
Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol
Figure 4 Entire Drawing Without Tag Symbol
Parts List
Symbology
February, 2008 5-6
PL 1.1 Main Drive

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 007K88585 005E17860 604K20500 Description Collar (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Gear (21/21T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Gear (18T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Gear (21T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Belt (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10) Main Drive Unit Main Drive Assembly (P/O PL 1.1 Item 6) (REP 1.1.1) Pulley (P/O PL 1.1 Item 6, 10) Flange Drive Gear Kit
February, 2008 5-7
Parts List
PL 1.1
PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 003E61510 050K61180 110K12100 054K24091 059K42524 054E25722 604K20550 Description Stopper Spacer (Not Spared) Tray Assembly Tray 1 Paper Size Switch, Tray 2 Paper Size Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Feed Out Chute Feeder 1 Assembly, Feeder 2 Assembly (REP 2.1.1) Slide Look (Not Spared) Feed Out Chute Label Tray 1, Label Tray 2 (P/O PL 2.1 Item 13) Label Size (Not Spared) Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 13) Tray Label Kit
Parts List
PL 2.1
February, 2008 5-8
PL 2.2 Tray 1/2

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 604K20541 Description Stopper (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) (SCC) Tray Cover (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Seal (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Label (Max) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Bottom Pad (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Tray Gear Kit Tray Pad (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Tray (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Side Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Pinion Gear (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) End Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) End Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Link (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Coupling Gear (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7) Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7) Sector Gear (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7) Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3) Lift Up Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
February, 2008 5-9
Parts List
PL 2.2
PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Part 127K38171 120E22481 930W00113 113E37571 962K19692 005K05890 005K06760 005K81880 604K20360 Description Upper Frame (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Tray 1/2 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spacer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (31T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Oneway Gear (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (13T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Front Chute (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Actuator Tray 1/2 Level Sensor, Tray 1/2 No Paper Sensor Harness Holder Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (29T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Feed Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40) (REP 2.3.1) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Chute (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Friction Clutch Support (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Retard Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40) (REP 2.3.1) Spacer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Support Assembly (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40) (REP 2.3.1) Gear (25T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Lower Frame (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Gear (34T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Lever (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Washer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7) Tray Feed Roller Kit (3/Kit) (REP 2.3.1)
Parts List
PL 2.3
February, 2008 5-10
PL 2.4 Registration
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 054K35390 013E26760 054E23940 059E98590 059K31021 121K32660 130K64270 054K23940 013E26060 013E26091 121K32730 007E79320 Description Chute Bearing Registration Chute Idler Roll Registration Roll Registration Roll Registration Sensor Earth Plate (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Chute Assembly Bearing Bearing Shaft (Not Spared) Takeaway Roll Clutch (Alternate) Gear (19T) (23/28CPM) Wire Harness (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-11
Parts List
PL 2.4
PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part 015K73510 059K26840 059E98371 802E55701 007E79270 013E29830 013E30110 Description Gear Assembly Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Cap (Not Spared) Lower Chute (Not Spared) Takeaway Roll (REP 2.5.1) Handle (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Pinch Roller Gear (31T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Spring (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Gear (22T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Earth Plate (Not Spared) L/H Lower Cover Spring (Not Spared) Gear (18T) Bearing Bearing Gear (21T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1) Gear (23T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
Parts List
PL 2.5
February, 2008 5-12
PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part 012K94341 802K81270 054K24055 802K88890 802K49240 110E94770 Description Link Assembly BTR Roll Assembly Lever (Rear) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Lever (Front) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Bearing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) BTR Roll (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) (REP 2.6.1) Housing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) L/H Upper Chute Assembly L/H Upper Cover Assembly Stud (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Wire Assembly L/H Cover Inter Lock Switch Label 220V (Not Spared) Label 110V (Not Spared) Screw (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-13
Parts List
PL 2.6
PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part Description Bearing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Earth Plate (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) L/H Chute (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Eliminator (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring Contact (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring Chute (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Pinch Roll (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Plate (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10) Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
Parts List
PL 2.7
February, 2008 5-14
PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 003E59833 054E23950 054K30770 802K86921 849E13981 Description Handle Xerographics/Developer Cartridge Shutter (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) Handle Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) L/H Cover Chute Chute Assembly Frame (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) L/H Upper Cover (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11) Support
February, 2008 5-15
Parts List
PL 2.8
PL 2.9 Envelope Tray Assembly

Item 1 Part 050K61320 Description Envelope Tray Assembly (Optional)
Parts List
PL 2.9
February, 2008 5-16
PL 3.1 ROS
Item 1 2 3 4 Part 062K13584 927W00111 Description ROS Unit (REP 3.1.1) ROS Fan Bracket (Not Spared) Connector (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-17
Parts List
PL 3.1
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge

Item 1 2 Part Description Xerographics/Developer Cartridge (Not Spared) (REP 4.1.1) Toner Cartridge (Not Spared) (REP 4.1.2)
Parts List
PL 4.1
February, 2008 5-18
PL 4.2 Toner System

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Part 110K11810 130K87980 962K13060 807E01360 849E23310 127K38040 160K95831 127K37881 032K96941 Description Stopper (Not Spared) Screw (Not Spared) Guide Assembly (Not Spared) Xerographics Interlock Switch HUM and Temp Sensor Plate (Not Spared) Wire Harness Stopper (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Shaft (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Toner Box (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Dispense Motor (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20) Gear (13T) Support Dispense Motor (REP 4.2.1) Toner Crum PWB, Xerographic Crum PWB Duct (Not Spared) Fuser Fan Housing Assembly (Not Spared) Housing Assembly (Not Spared) Toner Box Assembly
February, 2008 5-19
Parts List
PL 4.2
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part 120E29881 130E87090 809E42201 126K24980 126K24990 Description Shaft (Not Spared) Insulator (Not Spared) Actuator Fuser Exit Sensor Spring Bracket (Not Spared) Fuser Unit (110V) (REP 5.1.1) Fuser Unit (220V) (REP 5.1.1)
Parts List
PL 5.1
February, 2008 5-20
PL 6.1 Exit
Item 1 2 3 4 5 Part 059K55870 059K55880 Description Exit 1 (REF: PL 6.2 Item 3) Exit 2 And OCT2 (REP 6.1.1) L/H Upper Chute Assembly (P/O PL 6.1 Item 2) Tray Guide Assembly (P/O PL 6.1 Item 2) Exit 2 And Inverter
February, 2008 5-21
Parts List
PL 6.1
PL 6.2 Exit 1
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part 036K91620 038E26725 059K55770 013E25550 013E30050 050E19804 054E23844 604K47020 059K26760 127K57200 604K20420 930W00113 962K15241 105E12940 Description Paper Weight Assembly Exit 1 Tray Guide Exit 1 Assembly Gear (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Gear (19T) (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Bearing (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Bearing Bearing Cap (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Exit 1 Gate Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) OCT Chute Roller Kit (2/Kit) Exit 1 Roll Offset Motor 1 Spring (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Spring Kit (2/Kit) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) OCT Home Sensor Wire Harness Screw (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3) Exit 1 Top Cover (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Eliminator
Parts List
PL 6.2
February, 2008 5-22
PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 003E60161 050E20010 054E24372 809E37170 Description L/H Upper Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Latch Exit 2 Gate Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Upper FU Chute Stopper (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Gear Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Gear (52T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Face Up Exit Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Spring Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Label (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3) Invert Roll Assembly (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
February, 2008 5-23
Parts List
PL 6.3
PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Part 105E12940 604K20680 054E24331 059K26760 807E00180 604K20690 604K20700 003E60171 809E50210 120E22451 110E11580 121K32370 604K20430 121K41700 127K57200 604K20400 059E98780 809E37332 962K18882 127K51680 604K20450 809E54971 Description Tray Guide (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Eliminator Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit Bear Roll Kit (2/Kit) OCT 2 Chute Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit 2 Roll Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Gear (19T) Exit Roll Kit (2/Kit) Exit Spring Kit (2/Kit) Latch Spring Front Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Earth plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Actuator Exit 2 Interlock Switch Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Rear Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Face Up Solenoid Gear (20T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Shaft (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Gear (19T/44T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Spring Kit (2 Per Kit) Exit Gate Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit 2 Gate Solenoid Offset Motor 2 Roller Kit (2/Kit) Actuator Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Spring Actuator Exit 2 Sensor, OCT Home Sensor 2 (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Wire Harness Exit 2 Motor Pinch Roll Kit (2/Kit) Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Exit Fan (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4) Pinch Spring
Parts List
PL 6.4
February, 2008 5-24
PL 6.5 Tray Guide Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 930W00113 809E37332 059E98780 604K20400 121K41700 604K20430 003E60171 809E50210 120E22451 Description Tray Guide (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Exit 2 Sensor (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Spring Actuator Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Actuator Roller Kit (2/Kit) Exit Fan (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Exit 2 Gate Solenoid Exit Gate Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Spring Kit (2/Kit) Latch Spring Front Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Earth Plate (P/O Pl6.1 Item 5) Actuator Exit 2 Interlock Switch (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Rear Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Shaft (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Gear (19T/44T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5) Gear (40T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
February, 2008 5-25
Parts List
PL 6.5
PL 7.1 MSI Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 050K56600 962K13120 604K20410 120E22231 930W00113 802E55201 802E55212 604K20520 Description Label (P/O PL 7.1 Item 19) Label (Max) (P/O PL 7.1 Item 19) Upper Frame (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) MPT Tray Assembly Wire Harness Chute (Not Spared) Shaft (Not Spared) Spacer (Not Spared) Guide (Not Spared) Roller Kit (2/Kit) Spring (Not Spared) Actuator Lower Frame Assembly (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) MPT No Paper Sensor MPT Front Cover MPT Rear Cover MPT Label Kit
Parts List
PL 7.1
February, 2008 5-26
PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Part 801K30720 007E79710 011E15150 019E56551 019K09420 032E21061 059K27141 121E92780 059K40654 807E02610 Description Lower Frame Assembly Lower Frame (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Stopper Lever (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Collar (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Retard Shaft (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pick Up Gear (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Gear (18T) Gear Lever Bearing (8) (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pad Bottom Plate (P/O PL 7.1 Item 14) MPT Retard Pad (REP 7.2.1) Paper Guide Drive Roll MSI Feed Solenoid Shaft (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pick Up Cam (Rear) (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Pick Up Cam (Front) (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Core (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Feed Roll (REP 7.2.1) Bearing (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Cam Gear Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Earth Plate (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Earth Plate (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1) Lower Chute (Not Spared) Paper Guide (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
February, 2008 5-27
Parts List
PL 7.2
PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part Description Pinion Gear (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Front Rack (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Rear Rack (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Link (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Side Guide (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Side Guide (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Tray MPT (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Tray Exit (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) MPT Paper Size Sensor (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Cover Tray (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5) Wire Harness (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
Parts List
PL 7.3
February, 2008 5-28
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 059K55760 011E14582 011E14590 110E11580 120E21261 127K57210 160K94227 802E55173 930W00113 127E83681 Description Duplex Unit Gear (28T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Gear (33/37T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Gear (42T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Latch Lever (Rear) Latch Lever (Front) Lower Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Duplex Open Chute Actuator Duplex Motor Duplex PWB Cover Spring (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Latch Plate (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Duplex Sensor Inner Chute Assembly (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Label (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1) Fan
February, 2008 5-29
Parts List
PL 8.1
PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 604K20460 604K20470 Description Stopper (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Lock (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Bearing (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Pin (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Outer Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Inner Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Duplex Roller (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Duplex Roller (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19) Roller (4/Kit) Spring (4/Kit)
Parts List
PL 8.2
February, 2008 5-30
PL 9.1 Electrical
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part 105E17880 110E11230 960K37900 960K35862 105E17920 105E17930 104E94080 101K55280 908W01201 962K18690 962K57510 Description HVPS-Y1C Main Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Exit PWB MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) PWB Support (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Power Unit - B1 (110V) Power Unit (220V) Choke Coil (220/240V) AC Chassis Assembly Screw (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) Bracket (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) GFI Breaker Wire Harness Wire Harness (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) Outlet (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10) Screw (Not Spared) Holder (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) 110V Power Cord (Not Spared) HCF Harness Assembly
February, 2008 5-31
Parts List
PL 9.1
PL 9.2 ESS
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Part 101K55270 133K25440 960K35820 540K08771 540K08781 Description Panel (Not Spared) ESS Chassis (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Screw (Not Spared) Panel (Not Spared) Panel (Not Spared) ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1) DDR DIMM (256MB) ESS Cover (Not Spared) HDD (40GB) Wire Harness (Not Spared) PS DIMM Printer PWB
Parts List
PL 9.2
February, 2008 5-32
PL 9.3 FAX Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part 960K32180 960K32190 960K32200 117K38480 962K61060 Description FAX Box (Not Spared) Panel (Not Spared) Speaker (Not Spared) FAX PWB (110V) FAX PWB (220V) FAX PWB (ARZ) Bracket (Not Spared) USB Cable Wire Harness Data Cable (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-33
Parts List
PL 9.3
PL 9.4 Wire Harnesses

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part 962K13510 962K13080 962K13090 962K13140 962K13200 962K13211 960K16185 962K19220 962K23600 962K13500 Description Wire Harness Switch 2 Wire Harness ROS Wire Harness Drive Wire Harness Feeder Wire Harness PH (Not Spared) Wire Harness Size Wire Harness Crum Wire Harness Exit Wire Harness LVPS Power (Not Spared) Wire Harness Fuser AC Wire Harness Interlock Wire Harness MPT Wire Harness Switch 1 Shoulder Screw (Not Spared) Shoulder Screw (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 9.4
February, 2008 5-34
PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 802E55223 802E55392 802E55431 848K09590 848E21070 848E21010 802E55312 848K06221 110E94770 892E99040 Description Left Front Cover Front Left Cover Top Rear Cover (Not Spared) Exit Cover Left Cover Magnet (Not Spared) Front Cover Strip (Not Spared) Stopper (Not Spared) ADD Tray (Not Spared) Duct (Not Spared) Top Cover Panel Cover (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Inner Cover Cap (Not Spared) Plate (Not Spared) Sheet Guide (Not Spared) Logo Label Front Cover Interlock Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) E-Star Label (Not Spared) Xerographic/Developer Cartridge Label
February, 2008 5-35
Parts List
PL 10.1
PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 802E55231 802E55242 802E55271 848E14800 848E19410 Description Right Upper Cover Right Lower Cover ESS Right Cover (Not Spared) Rear Middle Cover Rear Upper Cover Rear Lower Cover (REP 10.2.1) Cover (Not Spared) Label (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Data Plate (Not Spared) Label (220V) (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 10.2
February, 2008 5-36
PL 11.1 Platen/Cover
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 802K55690 802K59201 004E13450 802E54563 802E90180 802E90161 062K18631 Description Platen Cover Assembly Platen Cover Hinge Cover (Not Spared) Hinge (P/O PL 11.1 Item 1) Magnet (P/O PL 11.1 Item 1) Platen Cushion (REP 11.1.1) Top Cover Right Cover Left Cover Frame Assembly Control Panel Assembly UI Cable (Not Spared) Name Plate
February, 2008 5-37
Parts List
PL 11.1
PL 11.2 Control Panel

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part 802E55521 802K60062 848E25740 160K91631 110K11610 123K94951 960K02444 802K57132 802K64718 Description Panel (Center) Panel (Left) Panel (Right) Contrast PWB (P/O PL 11.2 Item 2) Panel Housing (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Adjust Pen (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Control Panel PWB (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Inverter PWB Touch Panel Display Bracket (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) UI PWB UI Base Frame (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) UI Top Cover UI Lower Cover (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Support (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21) Control Panel Assembly Panel (P/O PL 11.2 Item 2)
Parts List
PL 11.2
February, 2008 5-38
PL 11.3 Platen Glass

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 090K93210 815E36330 960K32481 117E27750 090K93011 Description Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1) Right Side Plate IPS Cover (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) IIT/IPS PWB (REP 11.3.2) CCD Flat Cable Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Left Side Plate Platen Glass Plate (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Lock Screw (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Screw (Not Spared) ESS Flat Cable (Not Spared) Support Glass (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Support Glass (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
February, 2008 5-39
Parts List
PL 11.3
PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 062K19060 130K64150 110K11960 130E87280 120E22031 Description Lens Kit (REP 11.4.1) Lens Cover (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Bracket (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) APS Sensor Seal (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Platen Open Switch IIT Registration Sensor, Platen Angle Sensor Support (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Actuator Spring (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
Parts List
PL 11.4
February, 2008 5-40
PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 020E37030 604K20440 023E21210 127K52340 604K20510 Description Capstan Pulley (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Capstan Shaft (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Front Carriage Cable (P/O PL 11.5 Item 16) (REP 11.5.1) Rear Carriage Cable (P/O PL 11.5 Item 16) (REP 11.5.1) Pulley Spring Kit Tape (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Tape (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Frame (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Bearing (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Belt Timing Pulley (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10) Carriage Motor Assembly (REP 11.5.2) Carriage Motor (P/O PL 11.5 Item 13) Bracket (P/O PL 11.5 Item 13) Cable Kit
February, 2008 5-41
Parts List
PL 11.5
PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 041K95940 117E27590 062E10800 122K93780 105E16210 041K94910 Description Harness Guide (Not Spared) Full Rate Carriage Assembly Full Rate Carriage (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Lamp Wire Harness (REP 11.6.2) Guide (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) No. Mirror Clip (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Insulator (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Exposure Lamp (REP 11.6.1) Lamp Ballast PWB Pad (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2) Half Rate Carriage Assembly (ADJ 11.6.1) No.2 Mirror, No.3 Mirror (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Clip (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Half Rate Carriage (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Pulley (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Pulley (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Pad (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12) Guide (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12)
Parts List
PL 11.6
February, 2008 5-42
PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2 Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part 050K53945 110K12100 014E51110 003E61510 604K20550 054E22622 Description Tray 3/4 Assembly Label (No. 3), Label (No. 4) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 7) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Tray Spacer Tray Stopper Tray 3 Feeder, Tray 4 Feeder (P/O PL 12.1 Item 11) Tray Label Kit Feed Out Chute Sensor Cover (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Tray 3/4 Feeder Kit
February, 2008 5-43
Parts List
PL 12.1
PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2 Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part 604K20541 010E94240 Description Tray Gear Kit Tray Cover (Not Spared) Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 7) Label (Max) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 7) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Bottom Pad (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Tray Pad (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Side Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Pinion Gear (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) End Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) End Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Link (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Coupling Gear (13T) (P/O PL 12.2 Item 1) Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 12.2 Item 1) Sector Gear (P/O PL 12.2 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Lift Up Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Stopper (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Seal (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1) Slide Lock
Parts List
PL 12.2
February, 2008 5-44
PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder- 2 Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Part 127K38171 120E22481 930W00113 962K18912 005K05890 005K06760 005K81880 930W00211 604K20360 Description Upper Frame (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spacer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (31T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Oneway Gear (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Front Chute (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Actuator Tray 3/4 Level Sensor, Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor Harness Holder (CTR) Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (29T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Feed Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Chute (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Friction Clutch Support (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Retard Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Spacer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (13T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Support (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Gear (25T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Gear (34T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Lever (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Washer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Lower Frame (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Holder (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6) Tray 3/4 Per Feed Sensor Feeder Roll Kit (Feeder/Nudger/Retard)
February, 2008 5-45
Parts List
PL 12.3
PL 12.4 Left Cover-2Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part 802K70855 059E98190 830E45710 110E12220 Description Left Cover Assembly Latch Assembly (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Hook (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Handle (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Left Cover (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Chute (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Actuator (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1) Pinch Roll Support Strap Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 12.4
February, 2008 5-46
PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 130K64121 962K18171 130K64471 962K18900 059K40370 604K20720 Description Chute (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor Wire Harness Chute (Not Spared) Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor Wire Harness Takeaway Roll Assembly Bearing Kit Gear (16T) (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8) Bearing (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8) Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8)
February, 2008 5-47
Parts List
PL 12.5
PL 12.6 Electrical-2Tray
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 960K16185 121K31530 007K93801 962K18900 604K20720 Description 2 Tray Module PWB (REP 12.4) 2 Tray Module Takeaway Roll Clutch Bracket (Not Spared) Shaft (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Gear (38T) (Not Spared) 2 Tray Module Takeaway Motor Assembly Gear (22T/40T) (Not Spared) Gear (126T) (Not Spared) Gear (37T) (Not Spared) Gear (37T) (Not Spared) Gear (32T) (Not Spared) Wire Harness Gasket (Not Spared) Bearing Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7) 2Tray Takeaway Module Motor (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7) Gear (50T) (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7)
Parts List
PL 12.6
February, 2008 5-48
PL 12.7 Cover-2Tray
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 802E54750 802E54762 802E54771 Description Top Cover (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover Left Cover Rear Cover Caster (Stopper) (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-49
Parts List
PL 12.7
PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-Tandem

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 050K53962 050K53952 110K11820 059E98210 604K20550 Description Tray 3 Assembly (REP 13.1.1) Label (3) (P/O PL 13.1 Item 12) Tray 4 Assembly (REP 13.1.2) Tray 4 Stopper (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Label (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Label (4) (Not Spared) Tray 3 Stopper (Not Spared) Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch Roll Shaft (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Tray Label Kit
Parts List
PL 13.1
February, 2008 5-50
PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-Tandem

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Part 006K23014 020E36560 032E20890 003E79750 030K75541 604K20730 604K20750 604K20740 Description Tray 3 Cover (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Handle Tray (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pulley (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Lift Shaft Pulley Cable Guide Pulley (P/O PL 13.2 Item 29) Cable Guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item 31) Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Knob (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Knob Assembly (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Lack Rear (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pinion (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Stopper Brake Bracket Rail Spacer (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Spacer (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Actuator (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1) Pulley Kit Tray Cable Kit Cable Guide Kit
February, 2008 5-51
Parts List
PL 13.2
PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-Tandem

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Part 059K26340 006K23014 020E36821 007E78390 003E79750 Description Tray Cover (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Tray 4 Transport Assembly Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Lift Shaft Pulley Pulley (P/O PL 13.2 Item 29) Cable Guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item 31) Rear Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Front Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30) Bottom Plate (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Front Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Knob (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Knob Assembly (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Brake Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Gear Rack Gear (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Pinion (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Rail Roll (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Shaft (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Stopper Actuator (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
Parts List
PL 13.3
February, 2008 5-52
PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-Tandem

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Part 059K26350 059E98860 930W00212 Description Spacer (Not Spared) Guide (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Upper Chute (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Takeaway Roll Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Cover (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Pinch Roll Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Spring (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Spacer (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Transport Rail (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Lower Chute (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2) Tray 4 Feeder (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor Upper Chute (Not Spared) Lower Chute (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Stand Bracket (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-53
Parts List
PL 13.4
PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-Tandem

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 059K42524 059K40370 962K18171 130K64121 054E22622 Description Tray 3 Feeder Cover (Not Spared) Takeaway Roll Assembly Bearing (Not Spared) Cover (Not Spared) Chute (Not Spared) Wire Harness Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor Upper Chute (Not Spared) Lower Chute Gear (16T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3) Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3)
Parts List
PL 13.5
February, 2008 5-54
PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-Tandem Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Part 127K38171 014E44770 120E22481 930W00113 962K18912 005K05890 005K06760 054E23170 005K81880 930W00211 604K20360 Description Upper Frame (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor Bracket (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spacer Gear (31T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Oneway Gear (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (33T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Front Chute (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Actuator Tray 3/4 Level Sensor, Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor Harness Holder (CTR) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Wire Harness Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (29T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Feed Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Oneway Clutch Oneway Gear (22T) Shaft (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Chute Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Friction Clutch Support (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Retard Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Spacer (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (13T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Support (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43) (REP 12.3) Gear (25T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Gear (34T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Lever (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Washer (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Lower Frame (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Holder (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1) Tray 3/4 Per Feed Sensor Feeder Roll Kit (Feeder/Nudger/Retard)
February, 2008 5-55
Parts List
PL 13.6
PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-Tandem

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part 848K20560 830E45710 110E12220 Description Left Cover Assembly Latch (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Hook (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Handle (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Left Cover (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Chute (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Actuator (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Pinch Roll (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1) Support Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 13.7
February, 2008 5-56
PL 13.8 Electrical-Tandem Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part 007K93801 960K16185 121K31530 Description Gear Assembly (Not Spared) Gear Assembly (Not Spared) Tandem Tray Module Takeaway Motor Assembly Gear (22T/40T) (Not Spared) Tandem Tray Module PWB Bracket (Not Spared) Tandem Tray Module Takeaway Roll Clutch Bracket (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Gear (38T) (Not Spared) Shaft (Not Spared) Gear (37T) (Not Spared) Gear (32T) (Not Spared) Gear (60T) (Not Spared) Gear (60T) (Not Spared) Bracket Assembly (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Gasket (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3) Tandem Tray Module Takeaway Motor (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3) Gear (36T/72T) (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3)
February, 2008 5-57
Parts List
PL 13.8
PL 13.9 Cover-Tandem Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 802E54750 802E54762 802E54771 Description Top Cover (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover Left Cover Rear Cover Caster (Stopper) (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared) Foot Cover (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 13.9
February, 2008 5-58
PL 14.1 Mobile Stand

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part Description Front Cover (Not Spared) Magnet (Not Spared) Left Cover (Not Spared) Rear Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Caster (Not Spared) Upper Hinge (Not Spared) Lower Caster (Not Spared) Front Cover (Not Spared) Foot (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-59
Parts List
PL 14.1
PL 15.1 DADF Accessory

Item 1 2 3 Part 059K54576 Description Knob Screw (Not Spared) DADF Platen Cushion (Not Spared) (REP 15.1.2) DADF (With Item 2 Without PL 15.3 Item 31) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)
Parts List
PL 15.1
February, 2008 5-60
PL 15.2 DADF Component Cover

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part 801K22542 050K56180 802E57293 802E57445 Description DADF Base Cover Assembly DADF Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) (REP 15.2.2) DADF Document Tray (REP 15.2.1) Tray Holder (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) LED Cap (P/O PL 15.2 Item 9) DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3) DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4) Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) DADF Front Cover (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) Velcro Fastening (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) Velcro Fastening (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
February, 2008 5-61
Parts List
PL 15.2
PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Part 028E94260 036K91551 036K91561 117E27450 960K32501 962K19793 Description DADF Base Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Gate Pad (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Chute-Front) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Chute-Rear) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Cushion (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Registration-Front) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Seal (Registration-Rear) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Magnet (Interlock) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Tapping Screw (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Holder (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Exit) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Registration-Plastics) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Registration-Plastics) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Spring (20mm) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Out Roll-Rubber) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pinch Roll (Out-Rubber) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Spring (17mm) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Pad (Sensor) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) K-Clip Lever (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Cap (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Left Counter Balance (REP 15.3.2) Right Counter Balance (REP 15.3.3) IIT-DADF Cable Clamp (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) DADF PWB (REP 15.3.1) PWB Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Bush (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Earth Wire (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1) Wire Harness (Feeder Front)
Parts List
PL 15.3
February, 2008 5-62
PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 059K45218 019K98770 019K99070 962K19731 962K19740 962K19750 059K45234 Description Stud (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Stud Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Top Cover Assembly DADF Feeder (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Retard Roll Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Retard Roll Holder (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Retard Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) (REP 15.4.1) Torque Limiter Shaft (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Pad (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Pad (Actuator) Seal (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) C-Clip (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Label (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Wire Harness (Sensor) Wire Harness (Registration Motor) Wire Harness (Feed Motor) Seal (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Seal (Retard) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24) DADF Feeder (With out Motor Unit)
February, 2008 5-63
Parts List
PL 15.4
PL 15.5 Top Cover Component

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part 059K60740 127K38412 930W00111 962K19705 059K48900 028E94260 Description Top Cover (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Handle Lever (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Actuator (Feed Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Takeaway Pinch Roll DADF Nudger Motor DADF Nudger Sensor Wire Harness Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Set Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Label (Size) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Label (Jam Clear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) K-Clip Plate Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Actuator (Set) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4) Pad (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
Parts List
PL 15.5
February, 2008 5-64
PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Part 807E18980 007K88751 604K20760 Description Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Shaft (Takeaway Pinch Roll) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Roll (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Roll (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear (18T/19T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear (36T/19T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) Gear (36T/36T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6) DADF Nudger Motor (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Housing (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Sector Gear (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7) Gear (Idler-36T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Shaft (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Gear (Nudger-34T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Nudger Roll (P/O PL 15.6 Item 30) (REP 15.6.1) Shaft (Nudger) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Set Gate (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Shaft (Feed) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Gear (Feed-26T) Feed Roll (P/O PL 15.6 Item 30) (REP 15.6.1) C-Clip (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Bearing (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12) Gear DADF Roll Kit (Feeder/Nudger/Retard)
February, 2008 5-65
Parts List
PL 15.6
PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 110K11981 930W00111 Description Lower Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Chute (Scan Position) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Frame (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) DADF Interlock Switch Frame (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Sensor Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) DADF APS 1 Sensor, DADF APS 2 Sensor, DADF APS 3 Sensor, DADF Preregistration Sensor, DADF Invert Sensor DADF Document Set LED Exit Nip Release Solenoid Wire Harness Invert Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Registration Sensor Feeder Housing (Not Spared) Actuator (Preregistation) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (APS 1) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (APS 2) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (APS3) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Actuator (Invert) (P/O PL 15.7 Item 31) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bracket (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bracket (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Eliminator (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Eliminator (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Actuator Kit
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
160K97600 121K31912 962K19722 930W00211 604K20770
Parts List
PL 15.7
February, 2008 5-66
PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Part 930W00111 604K47010 Description Registration Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) (REP 15.8.1) Out Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Exit Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Ball Bearing (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bearing (10mm) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Bearing (6mm) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Registration) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Exit) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Gear (Takeaway) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Belt (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Handle Pulley (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Motor Unit Assembly (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3) Tension Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Tension Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Pulley (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22) DADF Document Set Sensor KL-Clip (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5) Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22) Disk (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22) Stud Screw (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2) Belt Kit
February, 2008 5-67
Parts List
PL 15.8
PL 15.9 Motor Unit Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 127K38440 930W00111 423W08055 423W29955 127K38460 809E50763 Description Motor Bracket (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) Gear Pulley (20/50) (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) Gear Pulley (14/32/37) (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) DADF Feed Motor DADF Feed Out Sensor Spring (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15) Takeaway Belt (4mm) Feed Belt (6mm) DADF Registration Motor Spring
Parts List
PL 15.9
February, 2008 5-68
PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 120E22370 809E51860 930W00111 Description Hinge Tray (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Side Guide (Rear) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Side Guide (Front) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Rack Gear (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Pinion Gear (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Rack Gear and Actuator Rack Spring Tray Upper Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Tray Spring (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Roll (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1, DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 2, DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 3 Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Tray Lower Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor, DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor Tray Wire Harness Eliminator Earth Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Label (Installation) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3) Label (Max) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
130E89950 962K19712 105E06910
February, 2008 5-69
Parts List
PL 15.10
PL 18.1 HCF Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 003K91881 130K55590 801K15700 Description Joint Plate (Not Spared) Knob HCF Tray Set Sensor Tray Rail HCF Tray 6 (Not Spared) (REP 7.3.1) Left Top Cover (Not Spared) Right Cover (Not Spared) Front Right Cover (Not Spared) Left Cover (Not Spared) Rear Cover (Not Spared) HCF Feeder (Not Spared) (REP 7.3.2) Label (Top) (Not Spared) Label (Tray Number) (Not Spared) Label (Size) (Not Spared) Label (End) (Not Spared) Frame Assembly (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 18.1
February, 2008 5-70
PL 18.2 HCF Tray 6 (1 of 2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Part 003K13591 Description Tray Latch Assembly (Not Spared) Tray Latch Spring (P/O PL 18.2 Item 1) Latch Lever (P/O PL 18.2 Item 1) Magnet (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Wave Washer (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Front Cover (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Gear Bracket (Not Spared) Label (Gauge) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Pin (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Spring (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Top Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
February, 2008 5-71
Parts List
PL 18.2
PL 18.3 HCF Tray 6 (2 of 2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part 020E37620 815E09030 019E58620 604K19981 032E22410 015K65531 807E04500 Description Lift Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bearing (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bearing (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Tray Cable Pulley Gear (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Gear (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Bottom Plate Pad front Side Guide (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Tray Cable Pulley (REP 7.3.4) Wire Guide (L) Pulley Wire Guide (S) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Pulley (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5) Screw Gear Bracket Assembly Gear Bracket (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Contact Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Brake (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Spring (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17) Lift Gear Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
Parts List
PL 18.3
February, 2008 5-72
PL 18.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part 007E78760 007E78780 007E78790 013E25530 019E56470 413W66250 007K88520 007K88530 127K37901 Description Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Gear (19T) Gear (25T) (Not Spared) Gear (25T) Gear (40) Bearing (Not Spared) Block (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Spacer (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Holder Upper Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Lower Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Ball Bearing (Not Spared) Front Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Pin (Not Spared) Down Bracket (Not Spared) Link Bracket (Not Spared) Rear Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Tension Spring (Not Spared) Lift/Motor Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11) Bracket (P/O PL 18.4 Item 19) Gear (23T/27T) Gear (31T/36T) Lift/Feed Motor (REP 7.3.12) Plate Spring (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-73
Parts List
PL 18.4

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Part 003E59570 006K23123 413W66250 007E78180 120E21900 930W00112 930W00211 059K26691 059K26701 Description Upper Feeder Assembly (P/O PL 18.4 Item 10) Latch Shaft Latch (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Feed Shaft Assembly Feed Shaft (P/O PL 18.5 Item 4) (REP 7.3.6) Ball Bearing Gear (20T) (P/O PL 18.5 Item 4) Feed Gear (25T) Lever (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Bearing (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Spacer (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Pin Drive (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Guide Rear Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Actuator Upper Frame (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) HCF Stack Height Sensor, HCF Paper Sensor HCF Pre Feed Sensor Wire Harness (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1) Feed Roll (REP 7.3.5) Nudger Roll (REP 7.3.5)
Parts List
PL 18.5
February, 2008 5-74

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part 059K26591 005K06701 007E78170 007E89760 013E23600 013E23610 Description Retard Roll (REP 7.3.5) Lower Feeder Assembly Retard Shaft Assembly (Not Spared) Collar (P/O PL 18.6 Item 3) Friction Clutch Shaft (P/O PL 18.6 Item 3) Gear (15T) Gear (22T) Bearing Bearing Retard Bracket (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Slide (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Lever (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Lower Chute (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Lower Frame (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) (REP 7.3.7)
February, 2008 5-75
Parts List
PL 18.6
PL 18.7 HCF Top Cover Unit

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Part 013E17100 059E01430 059K36260 130K88150 110E94770 Description Bearing Bracket (Not Spared) Pivot Bracket (Not Spared) Top Cover Assembly (Not Spared) Bearing (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Top Cover (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Knob (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Latch (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Latch (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Pinch Roller Shaft (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Shaft (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Gasket (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4) Takeaway Roll (REP 7.3.10) Spring (Left) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Spring (Right) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Pivot Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Lower Chute (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) Takeaway Sensor Top Cover Interlock Switch
Parts List
PL 18.7
February, 2008 5-76
PL 18.8 HCF Electrical and Rail

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 017E92820 801K15690 127K47150 960K31491 130K55590 Description Plate (Not Spared) Rack Caster (REP 7.3.9) Foot (Not Spared) Latch Lever (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Rail Takeaway Motor Docking Interlock Switch HCF PWB (REP 7.3.11) Wire Harness (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16) HCF Size Sensor R and L Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)
February, 2008 5-77
Parts List
PL 18.8
PL 22.1 Finisher Assembly (Part 1 of 2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part 848K16210 068K29871 068K29880 848K07550 848E14680 042E92330 Description Front Cover Assembly Front Cover (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Magnet (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Label (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1) Front Inner Cover (Not Spared) Hinge Hinge Top Cover Assembly Top Cover (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Bracket (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Stopper (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Magnet (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9) Rear Cover Hinge (Not Spared) ITT Cover (Not Spared) Eliminator
Parts List
PL 22.1
February, 2008 5-78
PL 22.2 Finisher Assembly (Part 2 of 2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part 848E26250 068K58981 962K42291 050K61270 050K62810 Description Bottom Cover (Not Spared) Spacer (Not Spared) Tray Cover (Not Spared) Left Cover Tray Support Rear Bracket (Not Spared) Wire Harness Stacker Tray Assembly (REP 22.8.1) Stacker Base Assembly (Not Spared) Extended Tray Assembly Screw (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-79
Parts List
PL 22.2
PL 22.3 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 1 of 5)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Part 003E65500 005E89470 423W10454 012K96370 012E16150 423W06054 413W75959 020K13900 005E89490 807E13260 120E27240 802K85560 012K94990 130K88780 110K12980 121K34620 Description Knob Collar Belt Link Shaft Assembly Link Shaft (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4) Support Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4) Bearing (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4) Paddle Belt (REP 22.3.1) Bearing Pulley Collar Gear (21T) Actuator Knob Cover Assembly Knob Cover (P/O PL 22.3 Item 15) Spring (P/O PL 22.3 Item 15) Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor Finisher Top Cover Interlock (+24V) Support (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Cushion (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Link (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Arm (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Bracket (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18) Sub Paddle Solenoid (REP 22.3.2) Spring (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)
Parts List
PL 22.3
February, 2008 5-80

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part 050K61290 029K92350 930W00111 962K44980 022K72790 004E15340 004E15330 007K94220 005E89470 807E13230 127K49800 423W06954 Description Compile Assembly (REP 22.9.1) (SCC) Staple Assembly (REP 22.4.2) Cartridge (P/O PL 22.4 Item 2) Stapler (P/O PL 22.4 Item 2) Bracket (Not Spared) Support (Not Spared) Set Clamp Home Sensor (REP 22.4.3) Wire Harness Exit Roll Assembly (REP 22.4.1) Exit Roll (P/O PL 22.4 Item 9) Damper Center Damper Bearing (Not Spared) Oneway Gear Collar Gear Pulley (16T/18T) Finisher Transport Motor Belt
February, 2008 5-81
Parts List
PL 22.4

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 807E13250 005E89480 413W75959 006K25001 423W09854 413W77559 020E43500 054K30361 022K73190 809E65931 130K93251 807E13240 130K88190 Description Gear Pulley (37T/45T) Collar Bearing Main Paddle Shaft Assembly (REP 22.5.4) Belt Shaft (Not Spared) Bearing Pulley (19T) Lower Chute Assembly (REP 22.5.5) Lower Chute (P/O PL 22.5 Item 9) Pinch Roll (REP 22.5.1) Spring Support (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Compile Exit Sensor (REP 22.5.3) Gear (27T) Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Entrance Sensor (REP 22.5.2)
Parts List
PL 22.5
February, 2008 5-82

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 068K29930 068K29940 054K30600 042E92241 022K72782 031E97041 031E97020 413W66250 042E92330 Description Bracket Bracket Upper Chute Assembly (REP 22.6.2) Upper Chute (P/O PL 22.6 Item 3) Eliminator ENT Roll Assembly (REP 22.6.1) Arm Arm Ball Bearing Spring (Not Spared) Eliminator Guide Paper (P/O PL 22.6 Item 3)
February, 2008 5-83
Parts List
PL 22.6

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 960K38285 055K30850 110E97990 Description Finisher PWB (REP 22.7.1) Connector Bracket Harness Guide (Not Spared) PWB Bracket (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Drive) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Stapler) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Interlock) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Front Sensor) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Compile) (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Stacker) (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Front Interlock Switch
Parts List
PL 22.7
February, 2008 5-84
PL 22.8 Stacker Tray Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Part 006K25031 127K49420 423W07354 930W00111 Description Bearing (Not Spared) Top Tray (Not Spared) bracket (Not Spared) Plate (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Base Tray (Not Spared) Base Bracket (Not Spared) Stacker Shaft Assembly (REP 22.8.2) Stacker Motor (REP 22.8.3) Pulley (60) (Not Spared) Worm Gear (Not Spared) Gear (16T/32T) (Not Spared) Stud (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Belt Bracket (Not Spared) Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (Q1), Sensor 2 (Q2) (REP 22.8.4) Actuator (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-85
Parts List
PL 22.8
PL 22.9 Compile Assembly (Part 1 of 2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 006K25010 120E27220 413W11860 006K25020 068K29830 930W00111 423W26754 423W29554 023K91530 Description Set Clamp Shaft (REP 22.9.2) Actuator Bearing Eject Shaft Assembly (REP 22.9.6) Eject Shaft (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4) Spacer (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4) Pulley (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4) Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly (REP 22.9.4) Rear Tamper Home Sensor (REP 22.9.5) Support (P/O item 8) Belt Belt Eject Belt (REP 22.9.3) Spring (P/O item 8) Eject Motor, Set Clamp Motor (P/O item 8) Bracket (P/O item 8)
Parts List
PL 22.9
February, 2008 5-86
PL 22.10 Compile Assembly (Part 2 of 2)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part 068K30510 050E24260 930W00111 038E34860 930W00212 962K42270 038K88990 068K30740 001E70981 038K89260 Description Bracket Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 1) Wire Harness (P/O PL 22.10 Item 1) Compile Tray Support (Not Spared) (SCC) Front Tamper Home Sensor (REP 22.10.2) Paper Guide Bracket (Not Spared) Eject Home Sensor (P/O PL 22.10 Item 7) (REP 22.10.3) Stack Height Sensor (REP 22.10.4) Wire Harness Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 10) Wire Harness (P/O PL 22.10 Item 10) Tamper Guide, Rear Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly (REP 22.10.1) Front / Rear Tamper Motor (P/O PL 22.10 Item 14) Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 14) Rail Tamper Guide, Front
February, 2008 5-87
Parts List
PL 22.10
PL 23.1 H-Transport Assembly (1 of 5)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 059K55690 068K59492 Description H-Transport Assembly (REP 16.1.1) Docking Plate Assembly Docking Plate (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2) Side Guide (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2) Center Guide (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2) Thumb Screw (Not Spared) Bracket Plate (Not Spared) SB Finisher Assembly (Not Spared) (REP 16.2.1)
Parts List
PL 23.1
February, 2008 5-88
PL 23.2 H - Transport Assembly (2 of 5)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 848K09313 848K09340 038E36420 848K09320 054K35261 026K81200 848E15160 180K00390 180K00400 Description Left Cover Assembly Left Cover Paper Guide Top Over Assembly Lower Chute Assembly (P/O PL 23.1 Item 1) Lower Chute Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 5) Chute Assembly Thumb Screw Rear Cover Punch Assembly (2/3 Hole) (REP 16.1.2) Punch Assembly (2/4 Hole) (REP 16.1.2) Dust Box (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Wire Harness (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-89
Parts List
PL 23.2

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part 054K35236 054K35243 022E27660 809E76210 003K15983 Description Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4) Left Chute Assembly Left Chute (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2) Pinch Spring (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2) Pinch Roller (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2) Right Chute Assembly Right Chute (P/O PL 23.3 Item 6) Pinch Roller Pinch Spring Top Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4) H - Transport Counter Balance Assembly (Left) H - Transport Counter Balance Assembly (Right) (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4) Spring Spring
13 14
809E76240 809E78940
Parts List
PL 23.3
February, 2008 5-90

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Part 121E92720 130E81600 868E15540 809E81720 930W00211 848K14231 848E15151 921W41162 127K57622 020E45330 020K15720 020E45210 809E78950 059K54480 059K55070 013E33140 423W01154 413W14660 962K60422 Description Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) Magnet H - Transport Open Sensor Sensor Bracket Actuator H - Transport Entrance Sensor H - Transport Front Cover Assembly H - Transport Front Cover Gasket Hinge (P/O PL 23.4 Item 7) Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) H - Transport Motor (REP 16.1.4) Tension Pulley Pulley (T43) Pulley (T43) Tension Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6) Spring Tension Drive Roll Drive Roll Bearing H - Transport Belt (REP 16.1.3) Sleeve Bearing Wire Harness
February, 2008 5-91
Parts List
PL 23.4

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part Description Punch Motor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Lower Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Motor Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Encoder Sensor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Home Sensor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Encoder / Gear Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Gear (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Top Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Frame Assembly (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10) Punch Box Set Sensor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10)
Parts List
PL 23.5
February, 2008 5-92
PL 23.6 Finisher Cover

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part 848E15190 848K09330 848E15210 848E15221 848E15231 848E15240 848E22450 801K30700 826E09910 921W41162 Description Plate (Not Spared) Lower Plate (Not Spared) Docking Lever Front Cover (REP 16.2.2) Front Door Bracket (Not Spared) Hinge (Not Spared) Rear Lower Cover (REP 16.2.4) Rear Upper Cover (REP 16.2.3) Connector Cover Stacker Lower Cover (REP 16.2.7) LH Cover Cover (Not Spared) Spring (Not Spared) Foot Cover (REP 16.2.6) Booklet Assembly (REP 16.3.2) Thumb Screw Upper Adjust Cover (Not Spared) Lower Adjust Cover Base Frame Assembly (Not Spared) Gasket
February, 2008 5-93
Parts List
PL 23.6
PL 23.7 Finisher Stacker

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Part 041K95980 809E56850 041K95990 017K94620 050K61104 807E08990 020E37710 146E90650 809E56860 020E37720 068K58303 020E44181 930W00111 017K94630 251W31178 413W79359 Description Front Carriage Assembly (REP 16.2.27) Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Spring Front Stacker Belt (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Clamp (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Front Carriage Assembly (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1) Rear Carriage Assembly (REP 16.2.27) Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Clamp (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Knob Caster Assembly Rear Stacker Belt (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Rear Carriage (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Actuator (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7) Carriage Tray (Not Spared) Stacker Tray (REP 16.2.16) Shaft (Not Spared) Gear Pulley Encoder Spring Pulley (T18) Stacker Elevator Motor Assembly (REP 16.2.15) Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Pulley (T60) Gear (Z15/Z37) (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Worm Shaft (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Belt (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Stacker Elevator Motor (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22) Stacker Encoder Sensor Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.7 Item 30) Stacker Encoder Sensor (P/O PL 23.7 Item 30) Stacker Upper Cover (REP 16.2.8) Stacker No Paper Sensor Caster Assembly Washer Bearing
Parts List
PL 23.7
February, 2008 5-94
PL 23.8 Finisher Stapler

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Part 029K92350 130E94940 127K57622 Description Base Frame (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Rail (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Harness Guide Stapler Assembly (REP 16.2.12) Holder (Not Spared) Stapler Move Position Sensor Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.8 Item 6) Stapler Move Position Sensor Stapler Move Motor Assembly (Not Spared) Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Harness Support Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16) Stapler Cover (Not Spared) Clamp (Not Spared) (SCC) Stapler Cartridge (Not Spared) Stapler Unit (Not Spared) Cable Band (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Stapler Motor Assembly (P/O PL 23.8 Item 9) (REP 16.2.11) Motor Assembly
February, 2008 5-95
Parts List
PL 23.8
PL 23.9 Finisher Eject (1 of 5)

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 Part 031K93790 807E21370 059K55110 807E21380 807E21391 120E29770 006K86731 019K09391 809E79060 809E79080 006K86741 807E21420 807E21400 038E36490 005E25820 807E21970 Description Eject Cover Assembly (PL 23.10) Eject Assembly (PL 23.11) Clamp Arm Assembly Gear (Z25) Eject Roller Gear (Z72) Gear (Z18) Actuator Set Clamp Shaft Assembly Spring (P/O PL 23.9 Item 9) Set Clamp Holder Shaft (Not Spared) Spring Spring Guide Paper Shaft Assembly Guide Paper Shaft (P/O PL 23.9 Item 15) Gear (Z20) (P/O PL 23.9 Item 15) Shaft (Not Spared) Gear (Z19) Gear (Z31) Guide Paper (Left/Right) Clutch Gear (Z23) Stopper (Not Spared) Bracket (Front) (Not Spared) Bracket (Rear) (Not Spared) Option Switch Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (Not Spared) Option Switch (Not Spared) Sleeve Bearing (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Clamp Arm (P/O PL 23.9 Item 3) Roll (Not Spared) Shaft (P/O PL 23.9 Item 3)
Parts List
PL 23.9
February, 2008 5-96

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Part 848E15291 011E20781 003E76111 809E79030 848E15301 054K35301 121K41632 031K93770 423W08655 059K55102 809E79050 006K86690 Description Open Cover Top Cover Lever Top Cover Latch Shaft (Not Spared) Spring Eject Cover (REP 16.2.5) Eject Chute Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (REP 16.2.10) Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8) Damper (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8) Sub Paddle Solenoid (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8) Eject Roller Assembly (Not Spared) Paddle Arm Assembly Sub Paddle Arm (Not Spared) Belt Sub Paddle (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13) Pulley (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13) Pulley (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13) Gear/Pulley (Z31/T20) (Not Spared) Eject Pinch Roller Assembly (Not Spared) Bearing (P/O PL 23.10 Item 20) Eject Pinch Roller Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 20) Shaft (P/O PL 23.10 Item 12) Spring (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 12) Spring Drive Eject Shaft Bearing (Not Spared) Bearing (Not Spared) Eject Chute Assembly (Not Spared)
February, 2008 5-97
Parts List
PL 23.10

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 807E20931 807E20940 127K53140 807E22030 423W31054 807E21330 807E21340 807E21350 807E21360 121K34631 120E29591 130K72170 930W00111 Description Gear (Z82/Z77/Z51) Gear (Z38) Eject Motor Assembly (Not Spared) (REP 16.2.19) Eject Motor (REP 16.2.23) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 3) Gear/Pulley (Z20/T49) Belt Gear (Z28/Z22/T38) Gear (Z25) Gear/Pulley (Z32L/T25) Gear (Z23L) Set Clamp Clutch (Z34) Set Clamp Cam Actuator Stacker Height Sensor 1 Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 14) Stacker Height Sensor 1, Stacker Height Sensor 2, Eject Clamp Home Sensor, Set Clamp Home Sensor (REP 16.2.9) Stacker Height Sensor 2 Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 17) Eject Cover Switch (P/O PL 23.11 Item 37) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Gear Select Actuator Eject Drive Bracket Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Shaft (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Clamp Set Cam Spring (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Shaft (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Eject Clamp Cam Sleeve Bearing Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22) Drive Eject Flange Eject Clamp Home Sensor Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 34) Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 37) Eject Cover Switch Assembly (Not Spared) Spring Gear (Z30) Belt (Not Spared) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
130K72180 120E29850 008E96770 008E96691 413W11660 005E25810 130K72190 809E79820 807E22040
Parts List
PL 23.11
February, 2008 5-98

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part 050K61090 038E36461 127K48210 930W00111 Description Compile Tray Assembly (REP 16.2.13) Tamper Guide, Rear Compile Center Paper Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Compile Rear Paper Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Tamper Motor (REP 16.2.24) Rack (Front) (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Front Tamper Home Sensor, Rear Tamper Home Sensor (REP 16.2.25) Compile Tray No Paper Sensor (REP 16.2.26) Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Tamper Front Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Tamper Rear Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Compile Tray (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Paper Paddle Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Spring Paper End Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Paper Tray Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1) Actuator Tamper Base (REP 16.2.24) Tamper Guide, Front
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
130E81600 809E79000 120E29760 801E04902 038E36451
February, 2008 5-99
Parts List
PL 23.12

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 068K58822 068K58832 809E78980 020E45340 020E45570 807E20890 007K98300 059K55080 059K55090 006K86812 033E92850 Description Transport Motor Tension Roller Assembly Spring Pulley (T30) Pulley (T41) Gear/Pulley (Z27/T30) Gear Entrance Roller Exit Roller Eject Belt (REP 16.2.18) Paddle Shaft Assembly Cyclone Paddle Paddle Shaft (P/O PL 23.13 Item 11)
Parts List
PL 23.13
PL 23.14 Finisher Exit/Folder Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part 059E03710 809E78960 054K35540 105E18000 130K88311 054K35555 059K56321 695K18691 Description Lower Chute Assembly (Not Spared) Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 1) Shaft (P/O PL 23.14 Item 1) Pinch Roll Spring Exit Upper Chute Assembly Exit Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 6) Static Eliminator Paper Guide (P/O PL 23.14 Item 6) Compiler Exit Sensor, Finisher Entrance Sensor Exit Lower Chute Assembly Exit Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 11) Pinch Roll Assembly Spring (P/O PL 23.14 Item 13) Pinch Roll (P/O PL 23.14 Item 13) Chute Assembly (Not Spared) Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 16) Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 16) Thumb Screw (P/O PL 23.14 Item 16) Chute Assembly (Not Spared) Folder Assembly (Option) (REP 16.2.14)
Parts List
PL 23.14
PL 23.15 Folder Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Part Description Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Upper Plate (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Knife Assembly (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Blade Holder (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Lower Holder 1 (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Lower Holder 2 (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Bracket (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Blade (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3) Spring (P/O PL 23.14 Item 2) Frame (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Front Cover (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Bracket (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Folder Knife Motor Assembly (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.15 Item 13) Folder Knife Motor (P/O PL 23.15 Item 13) Folder Home Sensor (P/O PL 23.15 Item 13) Cam Shaft Assembly (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Guide (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T28/T8) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Encoder (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Bearing (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T12/T27) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T12/T30) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Gear (T12/T51) (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
Parts List
PL 23.15
PL 23.16 Finisher Electrical

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Part 960K32534 015K78041 962K60480 962K60511 105E17550 110E97990 Description LVPS Cover (Not Spared) Finisher Main PWB (REP 16.2.21) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Not Spared) Magnet (Not Spared) Gasket Plate Assembly Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Power Cable (Not Spared) Finisher LVPS (REP 16.2.22) Bracket (Not Spared) Finisher Front Door Interlock Switch
Parts List
PL 23.16
PL 23.17 Booklet Cover

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Part 848E15321 848E15332 848E15340 848E15350 848E15361 848K09340 Description Frame Assembly (REF: PL 23.21) Booklet Stapler Assembly (REF: PL 23.18) Front Cover (REP 16.3.3) Rear Cover (REP 16.3.4) Top Cover (REP 16.3.5) Side Cover PWB Cover (REP 16.3.6) Left Cover (REP 16.3.7) Harness Guide (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 23.17
PL 23.18 Booklet Stapler Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 127K57050 930W00111 Description Front Carriage Rail (Not Spared) Frame (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1) Core (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1) Booklet Stapler Move Motor Assembly (REP 16.3.9) Belt (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Bracket (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Gear (Z12) (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Pulley (T50) (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Booklet Stapler Move Motor (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4) Sensor Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1) Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 23.18 Item 11) Booklet Stapler Move Home Sensor, Booklet Stapler Move Position Sensor Rear Rack Gear (Not Spared) Carriage Assembly (Not Spared) Carriage (P/O PL 23.18 Item 15) Core (P/O PL 23.18 Item 15) Core (Not Spared) Front Rack Gear (Not Spared) Motor Cover Harness Guide Assembly Booklet Front Stapler Assembly (REF: PL 23.19) Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly (REF: PL 23.20) Harness Guide (Front) (Not Spared) Harness Guide (Rear) (Not Spared) Rear Rack Guide (Not Spared) Locking Clamp Harness Strap (P/O PL 23.18 Item 21)
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
848E15400 032K05221 920W01210
Parts List
PL 23.18
PL 23.19 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 029K92490 054K35272 848E15421 Description Booklet Front Stapler Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Rear Cover (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Chute Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Support (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Exit Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Front Cover (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Lower Cover Booklet Stapler Assembly (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) (REP 16.3.8) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Guide (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1) Booklet Staple Cassette Assembly (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 23.19
PL 23.20 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Part 029K92500 054K35282 848E15421 Description Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly Bracket (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Rear Cover (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Bracket (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Chute Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Support (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Spring (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Front Cover (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Lower Cover Booklet Stapler Assembly (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) (REP 16.3.8) Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Guide (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1) Booklet Staple Cassette Assembly (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
Parts List
PL 23.20
PL 23.21 Booklet Electrical

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part 068K58350 110E12970 960K32541 962K60531 962K60540 Description Booklet Stapler Safety Switch Assembly Booklet Stapler Safety Switch Bracket (P/O PL 23.21 Item 1) Booklet PWB (REP 16.3.1) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Wire Harness (Not Spared) Booklet Stapler Cover Switch Assembly (Not Spared) Bracket (P/O PL 23.21 Item 8) Booklet Stapler Cover Switch (P/O PL 23.21 Item 8) Plate (Not Spared) Wire Harness Wire Harness
Parts List
PL 23.21
Common Hardware
Item A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM AN AP AQ AR AS AT AU AV AW AX AY AZ BA Part 112W27677 112W27678 112W27851 112W27898 113W15488 113W20678 113W20857 113W21278 113W21778 113W27688 113W36278 114W27678 141W35651 153W17688 153W17888 153W18088 153W27678 158W27878 158W27655 158W27663 158W27677 158W27678 158W27855 158W27863 153W27878 158W28078 158W28255 158W28278 158W35678 220W21278 271W21250 285W16251 285W28051 354W15251 354W15278 354W21251 354W21278 354W24251 354W24254 354W24278 354W26278 354W27251 354W27254 354W28278 354W27278 354W29251 354W29278 251W21278 113W27651 Description Screw (Red) (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M2 x 4) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 12) Screw (M3 x 18) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M4 x 12) Screw (M3 x 6) Set Screw (M4 x 6) Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Tapping Screw (M3 x 10) Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (Red) (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 8) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 10) Screw (M3 x 12) Screw (M3 x 12) Screw (M4 x 6) Nut (M3) Dowel Pin (2.5 x 12) Spring Pin (2 x 12) Spring Pin (3 x 10) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (2) E-Clip (3) E-Clip (4) KL-Clip (4) E-Clip (4) E-Clip (5) E-Clip (6) KL-Clip (6) E-Clip (7) E-Clip (6) E-Clip (8) E-Clip (8) Washer T.05 (3) Screw (M3 x 6)
BB BC BD BE BF BG BH BJ BK BL BM BN BP BQ BR BT BU BV BW BX BY BZ CA CB CC CH CJ CK CL CM CN CP CS CW
112W27659 113W16088 113W20688 113W27551 141W27451 153W15888 153W16288 158W35878 271W16050 285W16051 153W17655 153W17855 252W29450 158W36255 354W26251 113W20457 113W27451 113W20657 112W35651 112W27859 158W28678 285W21851 252W26450 251W19278 113W21478 354W13278 113W20478 153W27278 285W15851 158W27688 354W19278 113W35578 153W27855 113W27488
Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M2 x 10) Screw (M2.5 x 6) Screw (M3 x 5) Setscrew (M3 x 4) Tapping Screw (M4 x 12) Tapping Screw (M4 x 12) Screw (M4 x 8) Dowel Pin (2 x 10) Spring Pin (2 x 10) Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Nylon Washer (t1) (8) Screw (M4 x 12) E-Clip (5) Screw (M3 x 4) Screw (M3 x 4) Screw (M3 x 6) Screw (M4 x 6) Screw (M3 x 8) Screw (M3 x 16) Spring Pin (2.5 x 20) Nylon Washer (t1) (5) Washer (t0.5) (2.5) Screw (M3 x 14) E-Clip (1.5) tAPING sCREW sCREW Pin Spring Taping Screw E-Clip Screw (M4) Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) Pan Head Screw
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
Part Number Index

The Part Number Index Table has been deleted from the EDOC. Use SearchLite to search for Part Numbers and Part Descriptions.
Parts List
Parts List
6 General Procedures and Information

How to use UI Diagnostics
UI Diagnostic Mode......................................................................................................... 6-3 6-5 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-31 6-43 6-113 6-114 6-115 6-119 6-120 6-121 6-123 6-134 6-135 6-137 6-138 6-138 6-139 6-141 6-142 6-144 6-145 6-146 6-147 6-148 6-149 6-150 6-151 6-152 6-154 6-155 6-155 6-156 6-156 6-157 February, 2008 6-1 General Procedures
Change Tag Information

Change Tag Introduction................................................................................................. IOT/Processor (P) Tags .................................................................................................. 6-159 6-159
Various Reports
Jam Report...................................................................................................................... Failure Report ................................................................................................................. Shutdown Report ............................................................................................................
Diagnostics (NVM)
NVM Read/Write ............................................................................................................. IOT NVM List................................................................................................................... IIT NVM List .................................................................................................................... Controller & Fax NVM List...............................................................................................
Diagnostics (Others)
Serial Number/Billing Meter Data.................................................................................... Reading HFSI.................................................................................................................. Initialize HFSI Counters .................................................................................................. Adjust Tone Up / Down ................................................................................................... Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment .................................................................................. Initialize NVM .................................................................................................................. Component Control ......................................................................................................... Hard Disk Diagnostic Program ........................................................................................ Test Pattern Print ............................................................................................................ Webpage Administrator Password.................................................................................. Center Tray Offsetting..................................................................................................... E-Mail Icon ...................................................................................................................... FAX Output Separation ...................................................................................................
General Procedures
GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP ...................................................................................... GP 2 Fax Diagnostics ..................................................................................................... GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password................................................................... GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs ......................................................................................... GP 5 Printing Reports ..................................................................................................... GP 6 Special Boot Modes ............................................................................................... GP 7 Country Code Setting............................................................................................. GP 8 Firmware Version................................................................................................... GP 9 Key Operator Log In...............................................................................................
General Information
Space Requirements....................................................................................................... Product Specs. ................................................................................................................ Common Tools ................................................................................................................ Product Tools and Test Patterns..................................................................................... Log Book Storage ........................................................................................................... Cleaning Materials .......................................................................................................... Machine Consumables.................................................................................................... Glossary of Terms........................................................................................................... Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-2
UI Diagnostic Mode
Procedure
Access UI Diagnostics by following the procedures below. Entering UI Diagnostics 1. At the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for 6 seconds, then press the Start button while still pressing the 0 key. The CE - Passcode screen will appear. 2. Enter the Access Number 6789 and press Confirm. The colors on the display are reversed to indicate that UI Diagnostics mode is active. Accessing Diagnostic routines 1. 2. 3. 1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select the Tools tab on the UI. Under Features column, use the down arrow and scroll to and select Maintenance / Diagnostics. The following Diagnostics Routines can be accessed from the UI screen. (Figure 1) a. NVM Read/Write b. c. Follow the instructions on the screen. If one or more NVM locations is changed, the machine will reboot upon exit.
IO Check Sub System Initialize Hard Disk Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test Delete All Data Software Options Fax Diagnostics
d. e. f. g.
Print Test Pattern Max Setup Initialize NVM Adjustment/Others Machine ID/Billing Data Initialize HFSI Counter Tray 5(Bypass) Guide Adjustment
h.
Faults
Figure 1 Maintenance/Diagnostics
February, 2008 6-3
General Procedures
UI Diagnostic Mode
Printing Service Reports 1. 2. 3. 4. To access service reports, follow the Entering UI Diagnostics procedure. Press the Machine Statue button then select the Print Report. Using the down arrow find and select the CE button. The following reports can be printed. 5. Debug Log Report HFSI Report Jam Report Shutdown Report Failure Report
Select the required report and press the Start button. The selected report will be printed. CAUTION
Exiting UI Diagnostics Ensure that the machine is not inadvertently left in UI Diagnostics. There are three ways to exit from UI Diagnostics. Switch the power off and on. Perform the following: Press Close to exit any of the service screens that were opened. When the System Settings screen is displayed, press Exit. When the reversed-color Main Menu screen is displayed, press the Start button while the 0 key is pressed.
If the Restart button is displayed on the screen, pressing the button will exit UI Diagnostics and restart the operation.
General Procedures
UI Diagnostic Mode
February, 2008 6-4
Jam Report
Purpose
To check the frequency of jams.
Failure Report
Purpose
To display the frequency of failures.
Print Contents
Perform following to print Jam Report 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display. Select the Print Reports/List button. Select the Jam Report button. Press the Start button to print Jam Report
Print Contents
Perform following to print Failure Report. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display. Select the Print Reports/List button. Select the Failure Report button. Press the Start button to print Failure Report.
February, 2008 6-5
General Procedures
Jam Report, Failure Report
Shutdown Report
Purpose
To output the Shutdown history.
Print Contents
Perform following to print Shutdown Report. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display. Select the Print Reports/List button. Select the Shutdown Report button. Press the Start button to print Shutdown Report.
General Procedures
Shutdown Report
February, 2008 6-6
NVM Read/Write
Purpose
Reads, sets or changes the NVM data. Component Item IOT IIT UI Copy Service Print Service Fax Service iFax Service Diagnostics
Table 1 Component VS Chain number IOT/IIT/Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller Chain Number Allocation 780 785 790 790, 810 800, 806 820, 823, 825 830 870, 900
Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. b. 2. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Access Diagnostic Routines (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Select NVM Read/Write. Input Chain-Link number(6 digits) on NVM Read/Write screen. Select Confirm/Change. Current Value appears in Current Value column. Input New number in New Value column. Select Save. New number appears on Current Value column. Table 1 Component VS Chain number
Reading NVM
Writing NVM
Component Item ESS IF Recycle Billing Drive NOHAD PH EXIT Tray Fuser ROS Process Control Xero CRU Finisher DADF IISS (DADF) IISS IISS (Config) Common Meter Counter Stored Data I/O Port Protocol Scan Service Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IOT/IIT/Controller IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IOT IIT IIT IIT IIT Controller Controller Controller Controller Controller
Chain Number Allocation 740 740 740 741 741 740, 742, 760 740, 742, 764 742 744 749 740, 751, 752, 753 740, 751 751 763, 764 711 710 715 719 700 720 731, 732, 733, 734 770 770, 840 General Procedures
February, 2008 6-7
NVM Read/Write
IOT NVM List

ChainLink 740-001 740-007 740-008 740-009 740-010 740-011 740-012 740-013 740-022 740-023 740-024 740-025 740-026 740-027 740-028 740-029 740-030 740-031 740-062 740-082 740-083 740-084 740-085 740-086 740-087 740-088 740-089
Chain 740-xxx ESS IF

Table 1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF
Name Check System Data Set up MCU VERSION MCU Release Number MCU Patch Level DM ROM Version DM ROM Release Number Exit Version Exit Release Number The Area 1 that Controller is free to use The Area 2 that Controller is free to use The Area 3 that Controller is free to use The Area 4 that Controller is free to use The Area 5 that Controller is free to use The Area 6 that Controller is free to use The Area 7 that Controller is free to use The Area 8 that Controller is free to use The Area 9 that Controller is free to use The Area 10 that Controller is free to use Firmware Download Status Finisher Version major Finisher Version minor Finisher Patch Level HCF Version major HCF Version minor HCF Patch Level TM-Version TM-Release Number
Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -
Range 0~99 0~1 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~254 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99
1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -
Remarks Controller will write in the optional value when System Data setting is completed. Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available For the firmware downloaded by PC-TOOL Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available
Chain 740-xxx Billing

Table 2 Billing ChainLink 740-563 740-564 740-565 Name Tray Feed Capacity MAX Over IOT Starting Number MAX Over Billing Counter MAX Over Default 0 0 0 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 1 Count 1 1 1 Remarks Displays whether the number of feeds exceeds 4,000,000. 0: No, 1: Yes Displays whether the IOT Starting Number NVM was written more than 1,000,000 times. 0: No, 1: Yes Displays whether the Billing Counter Number NVM was written more than 5,000,000 times. 0: No, 1: Yes
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-8
Chain 741-xxx Drive

Table 3 Drive ChainLink 741-001 Name Fine-Tuning of Main and Drum Motor Speed Default 24 Range 0~53 1 Count 0.1% Remarks Diag50-28 Adjust Main and Drum Motor Speed at the same time so that they rotate at the same speed. Min(0)=-2.7%, Max(53)=2.6%, Initial(27)=0%
Chain 741-xxx NOHAD

Table 4 NOHAD ChainLink 741-509 741-510 741-519 741-520 Name Non-condensation mode Condensation Time ROS Fan Control Temp ROS Fan Off Delay Time Default 0 24 10 Range 0~1 0~120 15~30 6~14 1 Count 1 1 minute 1 deg.C 1 sec. Threshold temperature for operating ROS Fan during print Time period during which ROS Fan stops (ROS Motor is off) after print ends Remarks 0: Normal mode 1: Condensation mode
Chain 740-xxx Chain 742-xxx Chain 760-xxx PH

Table 5 PH ChainLink 740-090 742-003 742-006 742-012 742-015 742-018 742-027 742-030 742-031 742-032 742-090 Name Output Tray Exit SNR1 Short Off Check TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER The Timer which turns OFF TACL The Timer which turns ON TACL LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY INVERT TIMING - ALL TRAY Exit Gate Solenoid On Time Exit Gate Solenoid Off Time Paper Path Sensor (Tray Module) Default 0 0 33 24 87 11 26 33 50 0 Range 0~4 0~1 0~66 0~66 37~137 0~41 0~66 0~66 47~53 0~99 0~127 1 Count 0.363mm 0.435mm 3.0ms 3.0ms 0.2175mm 0.435mm 10 ms 10 ms Bit0: Not available Bit1: Not available Bit2: PREFEED #2 SENSOR Bit3: PREFEED #1 SENSOR Bit4: FEED OUT#4 SENSOR Bit5: FEED OUT#3 SENSOR Bit6: FEED OUT#2 SENSOR Bit7: * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms. Bit0: HCF PREFEED SENSOR Bit1: HCF FEED OUT SENSOR Bit2: DM WAIT SENSOR Bit3: EXIT#2 SENSOR Bit7: EXIT#1 SENSOR Bit6: REGI SENSOR * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms. General Procedures Remarks 0: FACE DOWN TRAY#1, 1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2, 2: FACE UP TRAY, 3: FINISHER Bin1, 4: FINISHER Top Tray 0: Enable 1: Disable Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Not available Not available Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-7.18mm, Max(66)=7.18mm, Initial(26)=-1.5225mm Invert timing is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-14.96mm, Max(66)=14.96mm, Initial(33)=0mm
742-091
Paper Path Sensor (HCF / DM / EXIT/ IOT)
0~127
February, 2008 6-9
IOT NVM List
Table 5 PH ChainLink 742-093 Name Paper Path Sensor (FINISHER) Default Range 0~63 1 Count Remarks Bit0: Fin H-X'port Ent. SENSOR Bit1: Fin H-X'port EXIT SENSOR Bit2: Fin X'port Ent.SENSOR Bit3: Fin Buffer PATH SENSOR Bit4: COMPILE TRAY EXIT PATH SENSOR Bit5: Not available Bit6: Top Tray Exit Sensor * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Clutch off is delayed by 2ms when Set Value is increased. Not available Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-001 760-002 760-003 760-005 760-006 760-007 760-008 760-009 760-010 760-011 760-012 760-013 760-014 760-015 760-016 760-017 760-018 760-019 760-020 760-021 760-022 760-023 760-024 760-025 760-026
TRAY1 for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4,HCF for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT ALL TRAY - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY2-4,HCF - REGI LOOP TIMER MPT for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER DUP for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER REGI CLUTCH OFF TIMER - ALL TRAY TOP SIGNAL OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4,HCFfor Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY3-4,HCFfor Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY3-4,HCF for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER
33 33 33 33 33 33 33 12 33 33 0 10 10 10 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~99 0~16 0~16 0~16 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66
0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.435mm
MPT for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 24
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-10
Table 5 PH ChainLink 760-027 760-028 760-029 760-031 760-032 760-033 760-034 760-035 760-036 760-037 760-038 760-039 760-040 Name Default Range 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 1 Count 0.435mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm Remarks Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased. Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
MPT for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 24 DUP for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 DUP for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 TRAY1 for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1 for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY1 for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 33 33 33 33 33 24 24
MPT for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 15 DUP for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 24
Chain 740-xxx Chain 742-xxx Chain 764-xxx EXIT

Table 6 EXIT ChainLink 740-544 742-098 742-099 742-100 764-005 Name Low Noise Measure Exit2 Enable Face Down Tray#2 Enable Face Up Tray EXIT2 Unit Type FACE DOWN TRAY#1,#2 Offset Mode Default 1 0 0 0 0 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~2 1 Count Remarks 0: Not supported, 1: Supported 0: Disable Face Down Tray#2 1: Enable Face Down Tray#2 1 is taken with M0. 0: Disable Face Up Tray 1: Enable Face Up Tray 0: Type A (Enable Inverter, Disable OCT2 and FDT#2) 1: Type B (Enable Inverter and OCT2 and FDT#2) 0: No Offset 1: Front Offset 2: Rear Offset Applies only when the Output Tray is set to FACE DOWN TRAY#1 & #2.
Chain 742-xxx TRAY

Table 7 TRAY Chain-Link Name 742-001 Tray1-Default width of Universal-size paper Default 0 Range 0~247 1 Count 1mm Remarks 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm, 1-89=cannot use
February, 2008 6-11
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 7 TRAY Chain-Link Name 742-002 742-002 742-004 742-005 742-005 742-007 742-008 742-008 742-009 742-010 742-011 742-011 742-013 742-014 742-014 742-016 742-017 742-017 742-019 742-020 742-020 742-022 742-023 742-023 742-028 742-029 742-075 Tray1- First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Default 0 Range 0~4 0~99 0~247 0~4 0~99 0~247 0~4 0~99 0~1 0~247 0~4 0~99 90~247 0~4 0~99 90~247 0~4 0~99 90~247 0~4 0~99 90~247 1~4 0~99 0~30 0~150 0~1 1 Count 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 100mm 1mm 1mm 2 ms 0: Thicker than 70gsm for multinational market 1: 70gsm or under for domestic market This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. See Diag 20-5 20-6 MSI Side Guide Adjustment Min(0)=0mm, Max(30)=30mm, Initial(15)=15mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 182 - 432"=182mm - 432mm, 1-181and 433499=cannot use 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 182 - 432"=182mm - 432mm, 1-181and 433499=cannot use 0: Disable Tray4 1: Enable Tray4 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm, 1-89=cannot use 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 182 - 432"=182mm - 432mm, 1-181and 433499=cannot use 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm. 1-89=cannot use 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 98 - 432"=98mm - 432mm, 1-97and 433499=cannot use 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm, 1-89=cannot use Remarks
Tray1- Last two digits of default length of Universal- 0 size paper Tray2-Default width of Universal-size paper Tray2- First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Tray2-Last two digits of default length of Universalsize paper Tray3-Default width of Universal-size paper Tray3- First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Tray3-Last two digits of default length of Universalsize paper Enable Tray4 Tray4-Default width of Universal-size paper Tray4- First digit of default length of Universal-size paper Tray4-Last two digits of default length of Universalsize paper Size of Universal-size width in Tray1 Tray1- First digit of length of Universal-size Tray1 Last two digits of length Universal-size Tray2 Width of Universal-size paper Tray2- First digit of length of Universal-size Tray2- Last 2 digits of length Universal-size Tray3 Width of Universal-size paper Tray3- First digit of length of Universal-size Tray3 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size Tray4 Width of Universal-size paper Tray4- First digit of length of Universal-size Tray4 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size MPT Size Detection Offset Value (delta T) HCF Lift Up Time Kind of the default plain paper 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 60 0
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-12
Table 7 TRAY Chain-Link Name 742-087 742-102 742-102 MPT Width of Universal-size paper MPT- First digit of length of Universal-size MPT Last 2Dig of length Universal-size Default Range 39~247 0~4 0~99 1 Count 1mm 100mm 1mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets. Remarks 89 - 247"=139mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.
Chain 744-xxx FUSER

Table 8 FUSER ChainLink 744-006 744-010 744-043 744-061 744-065 744-080 744-081 744-133 744-134 744-135 744-136 744-180 744-181 744-182 744-183 744-184 744-220 Name Fuser Standby Lamp ON Temp Fuser Standby Lamp OFF Temp Fuser C1 Ready Temperature-(T-READY) Fuser Low Run Temperature-(T42) Fuser OHP Run Temperature-(T43) Fuser SSTSctrlExceTM(t13) Fuser SSTSctrlExceAppP(M) Fuser WU STRT T70(ForSB2) Fuser Standby 2 On Temp(T71) Fuser Standby 2 Off Temp(T72) FSR WU STRT T70 (From V113700) Fuser Flicker Lamp On TM Fuser Flicker Lamp Off TM Fuser Lamp Change t8 Fuser Lamp Change t9 Fuser Lamp Change t10 Fuser Reset FuserOverTemp Default 45 20 25 15 15 30 10 0 60 41 59 7 13 15 30 12 0 Range 0~99 0~99 0~70 0~40 0~40 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~70 0~70 0~80 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 1 Count 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1sec 1page 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1.5ms 1.5ms 40ms 40ms 40ms Nominal=30sec Nominal=10pages Nominal=80 deg.C Nominal=190 deg.C Nominal=191 deg.C Nominal=59 deg.C Nominal=10.5 ms Nominal=19.5 ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Precycle, Cycle) 600ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Stby) 1200ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Warm Up) 480ms 0: Reset, 1: FS1 Detected over temp, 2: FS2 Detected over temp, 3: ON time fail, 5: Cold Sagging fail, 7: PR temperature rising fail (only reset is possible in the diagnostics mode), 8: On time fail (detects anomalous high temperature) Nominal=15 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C Nominal=190 deg.C Nominal=175 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C Nominal=10sec U4-2 confirmation function. 0: Enable, 1: Disable FSR_State when System stops for high temperature detection FSR_State immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS1_Tem when System stops for high temperature detection Remarks Nominal=175 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C Nominal=155 deg.C Nominal=15 deg.C
744-301 744-302 744-303 744-304 744-305 744-306 744-932 744-933 744-934 744-935 744-935
Fuser Very Low Tmp T80 Fuser Very Low Tmp T81 Fuser Very Low Tmp T82 Fuser Very Low Tmp T83 Fuser Very Low Tmp TR2 Fuser Very Low Tmp tP2 U4_2_CHK_FLG U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE_OLD U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP
15 10 0 15 30 10 0 0 0 0 0
0~30 0~30 0~20 0~35 0~40 0~99 0~1 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99
1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1 deg.C 1sec
February, 2008 6-13
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 8 FUSER ChainLink 744-936 744-936 744-937 744-937 744-938 744-938 744-939 744-939 744-940 744-940 744-941 744-941 744-942 744-942 Name U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD1 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD1 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD2 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD2 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD3 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD3 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD1 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD1 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD2 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD2 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD3 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD3 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 FS2_Temp3 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS2_Temp2 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS2_Temp1 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS2_Tem when System stops for high temperature detection FS1_Temp3 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection FS1_Temp2 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection 1 Count Remarks FS1_Temp1 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
Chain 749-xxx ROS

Table 9 ROS ChainLink 749-001 749-002 749-003 749-004 749-005 749-006 749-007 749-009 749-010 749-011 749-012 749-013 749-014 749-015 749-505 749-516 749-522 749-523 749-524 749-527 Name ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT ROS Beam Position LD2 IMAGE AREA END ERASE OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT Default 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 0 50 8 9 9 Range 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 1~99 0~20 0~1 0~99 0~16 0~18 0~18 1 Count 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 0.254mm 1 0.363mm 0.254mm 0.217mm 0.217mm Remarks Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available 0: NORMAL IMAGE AREA 1: WIDE IMAGE AREA Not available Nominal=2.032mm Nominal=1.953mm Nominal=1.953mm Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-14
Chain 740-xxx Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx Chain 753-xxx Procon

Table 10 Procon ChainLink 740-529 751-005 751-012 751-709 752-003 752-003 752-006 752-006 752-007 752-503 752-504 752-509 752-523 752-541 752-725 752-725 752-747 752-747 752-748 752-748 752-749 752-749 752-756 Name SL_CRU/LL_CRU Selection for Third Party Consumables Toner Empty on Toner Cartridge (for CRUM Read) Enable Drum Life Adjust Toner Refill History in Customer Mode A ATC OUT First 2Dig ATC OUT Last 2Dig ATC Target First 2Dig ATC Target Last 2Dig Result of ATC Check Humidity Sensor Judge Temperature Sensor Judge Toner Empty Current Humidity (%) Current Temperature [deg.C] First 2Digits of LD2 Last 2Digits of LD2 Barcode LD_Ref Barcode LD_Ref Barcode LD_H Barcode LD_H Barcode LD_L Barcode LD_L Barcode_Switch Default 0 0 1 0 3 70 0 77 0 78 0 76 0 0 Range 0~99 0~1 0~1 0~99 00~19 00~99 00~19 0~99 0~4 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~99 0~99 00~19 00~99 0~99 0~2 0~99 0~2 0~99 0~2 0~2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Barcode LD operating mode: 0: follows mode selected by the controller 1: forced ON 2: forced OFF Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not permitted. Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not permitted. Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not permitted. Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not permitted. Minimum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD Maximum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD Not available Default value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 Not available 0=Low, 1=Normal, 2=High, 3=False, 4=Abnormal end Not available Not available 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal Not available Not available Not available Remarks 0: SL (standard life) Drum CRU, 1: LL (long life) Drum CRU 0: Toner Cartridge is not empty 1: Toner Cartridge is empty 1: Perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value) 0: Do not perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value)
752-843 752-843 752-843 752-843 752-844
Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C Last Two Digits Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C Middle Two Digits (2) Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C Middle Two Digits (1) Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C First Two Digits Level of Remaining Drum Life Amount
0 0 0 0 100
0~99 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~100
100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 1%
February, 2008 6-15
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 10 Procon ChainLink 752-893 752-893 752-954 752-955 752-955 753-001 753-004 753-005 753-006 753-007 753-008 753-008 753-009 753-612 753-619 753-645 753-673 753-705 753-716 753-725 753-726 753-731 753-737 753-742 Name First 2Digits of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman Last 2Digits of Manual Light Volume Adjustment LDman ATC Sensor First 2Digits of Delta ATCman Last 2Digits of Delta ATCman Toner Empty (for CRUM Read) ATC OUT Last 2Digits (for CRUM Read) ATC OUT First 2Digits (for CRUM Read) ATC Sensor (for CRUM Read) CRU New or Old (for CRUM Read) First 2Digits of CRU ATC S Last 2Digits of CRU ATC S Exchange DRUM in No CRUM Country Toner Refill Rate [mg/s] Toner Empty Status PreNear Threshold Value (Threshold Value of Remaining Toner [%]) Remaining Toner [%] Flag indicating CRU Layer Formation Complete ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) Last 2Digits of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower Limit First 2Digits of ICDC Accumulative Value since Empty until TC Lower Limit PR_VL Toner Empty Status (for CRUM Read) ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) (for CRUM Read) Default 50 00 0 50 0 0 70 3 0 0 3 80 0 22 0 114 0 55 0 0 87 0 55 Range 47~52 00~99 0~1 49~50 0~99 0~1 00~255 00~255 0~1 0~1 0~10 0~99 0~1 0~254 0~4 0~254 0~200 0~1 0~99 0~99 0~99 30~150 0~255 0~255 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available ATC Sensor 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal ATC manual correction (higher digits) ATC manual correction (lower digits) Not available Not available Not available For reading 42-3 data stored in the CRUM. For reading 49-63 (0: New/1: Old) data stored in the CRUM. Remarks Not available
Chain 740-xxx Chain 749-xxx Chain-751-xxx XERO

Table 11 XERO ChainLink 740-560 749-016 Name Print Volume Setting for Forced Drum Reverse Pre-Exposure Control Default 0 0 Range 0~10 0~254 1 Count 50 sheets 1 kHz 0: Off (Always) 254: On (Always) 1~253: On (Drum Cycle mode change) For 1~253 preexposure (Drum Cycle mode change), 1 count is equivalent to 1 Kcycle. The recommended value is 122 (Kcycle). Remarks
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-16
Table 11 XERO ChainLink 751-034 751-035 751-036 751-037 751-560 751-849 751-849 751-849 751-881 751-882 Name TRAY1 for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT TRAY2-4, HCF for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT MPT for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT Component Control Independent Output Selection Drum Cycle Count, 1st and 2nd digits Drum Cycle Count, 3rd and 4th digits Drum Cycle Count, 5th and 6th digits BCR Iac Control Threshold Value of the Number of Drum Cycles BCR Iac Output SC UNDER (Temperature is less than 11deg.C. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.) BCR Iac Output SC OVER (Temperature is less than 11deg.C. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.) Default 33 33 33 33 0 0 0 0 1 100 Range 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~66 0~1 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~40 0~100 1 Count 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 0.363mm 1 1 1 1 10 kHz 1% Used only in mode for countries where wireless transmission is inhibited. Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (100): 1.6 mA Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (67): 1.55 mA Remarks Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. 0: Simultaneous Output (Independent Output disabled) 1: Independent Output
751-883
67
0~100
1%
751-884
BCR Iac Output C UNDER 50 (Temperature is from 11deg.C to less than 20deg.C. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.) BCR Iac Output C OVER 50 (Temperature is from 11deg.C to less than 20deg.C. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.) BCR Iac Output B UNDER 33 (Temperature is from 20deg.C to less than 28deg.C. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.) BCR Iac Output B OVER 33 (Temperature is from 20deg.C to less than 28deg.C. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.) BCR Iac Output A UNDER (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.) BCR Iac Output A OVER (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.) 33
0~100
1%
Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (50): 1.45 mA
751-885
0~100
1%
751-886
0~100
1%
751-887
0~100
1%
751-888
0~100
1%
Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA
751-889
33
0~100
1%
February, 2008 6-17
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 11 XERO ChainLink 751-890 Name BCR Iac Output A UNDER (for LL) (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is less than the threshold value.) BCR Iac Output A OVER (for LL) (Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold value.) Default 0 Range 0~100 1 Count 1% Remarks Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100): 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA
751-891
0~100
1%
Chain 751-xxx CRU

Table 12 CRU ChainLink 751-001 751-001 751-001 751-001 751-003 751-009 Name Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 1st & 2nd digits Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 3rd & 4th digits Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 5th & 6th digits Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 7th & 8th digits Return Normal CRU MODE Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle Default 0 0 0 0 0 40 Range 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~1 1~254 1 Count 1 1 1 1 0.5 kHz Return to Normal CRU MODE Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warning. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life Warning can be entered.) Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning. (Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life PreWarning can be entered.) TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 0th byte) TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 1st byte) TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 2nd byte) TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 3rd byte) TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 0th byte) TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 1st byte) TONER: The capacity of the toner bottle Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warning. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life Warning can be entered.) Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning. (Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life PreWarning can be entered.) Sets the accuracy of the Drum/Toner life misdetection prevention function. 0: Custom Mode normal 1: Invalid (operates as in custom mode normal) 2: Custom Mode A (Toner can be refilled) Remarks
751-010
Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle
12
1~254
0.5 kHz
751-041 751-041 751-041 751-041 751-042 751-043 751-044 751-089
Toner Disp Time 0 Toner Disp Time 1 Toner Disp Time 2 Toner Disp Time 3 Toner Filling 0 Toner Filling 1 Toner Capacity Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle (for LL)
40
0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 1~254
0.5 kHz
751-090
Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle (for LL)
12
1~254
0.5 kHz
751-503
Custom Mode
0~2
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-18
Chain 763-xxx SB Finisher

Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-600 763-600 763-600 763-601 763-601 763-601 763-602 763-603 763-603 763-603 763-605 763-608 763-610 763-611 763-613 Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Finisher_Local_Version Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 5, 6 Digit NVM_Puncher_Type NVM_Buffer_Request NVM_Add_Pitch_Sheet NVM_Add_Pitch_Set Diag_Fault_Clear_Check_Enble Default 0 0 0 0 0 Range 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~255 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~6 0~1 0~255 0~255 0~1 Type of Puncher installed. 0: None, 1: 2 holes, 2: 3 holes, 3: 2/3 holes, 5: 2/4 holes, 6: Swd 4 holes. Buffer operation request. 0: Request, 1: Do not request. Maximum volume of stapled paper that can be compiled. Maximum volume of small-sized and Unstapled paper that can be compiled. Static jam detection in diagnostic mode. 0: FaultClear is detected in diagnostic mode. 1: FaultClear is not detected in diagnostic mode. Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unstaple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unstaple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unstaple/dual staple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unstaple/dual staple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper (paper length > 216 mm). Mix full stack positional Encoder limitation. Mix size stack after mix stack position is detected. 0: Not prohibited, 1: Prohibited Number of sheets of small-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set. Number of sheets of large-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set. Maximum number of copies of small-sized paper allowed in the Stacker in single staple mode or unstaple and single staple mode. Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm). Finisher Software Local Version. Finisher Software Patch Version. Finisher Software Minor Version. 1 Count Remarks Finisher Software Major Version.
763-616 763-617 763-618 763-619 763-620 763-621 763-622 763-623 763-624 763-625 763-626 763-627
NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size NVM_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_Limit NVM_Mixsize_Full_Check_Enable
63 50 50 50 116 63 26 1
1~135 1~135 1~135 1~135 1~135 1~135 1~28 0~1 2~50 2~50 1~255 1~255
Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Sm 5 all Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Big 25 NVM_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_S_Size NVM_Large_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_L_Size 100 75
February, 2008 6-19
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-628 763-629 763-630 763-631 763-631 763-631 763-632 763-633 763-634 763-635 763-636 763-637 763-638 763-639 763-639 763-641 763-642 763-643 763-644 763-645 763-646 763-647 763-648 763-649 763-650 763-651 NVM_Dual_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_S_Size NVM_Dual_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_L_Size NVM_Max_Stapling_50Sheets NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_24 - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_24 - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_24 - 5, 6 Digit [Unused] NVM_Eject_Exit_Ctrl_Encoder_Limit NVM_Bklt_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size NVM_Bklt_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size Default 75 75 50 50 7 0 0 90 90 Range 1~255 1~255 25~75 0~99 0~15 0~0 0~255 1~90 1~90 1~90 1~90 1~200 1~200 0~99 0~15 1~5 0~120 0~120 5~100 0~200 0~200 5~100 1~255 0~250 0~200 0~200 Adjusts sheet count for NVM 763-639 to compensate for thick paper. Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper punch (paper length = or > 364.0 mm [B4]). Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper punch (paper length < 364.0 mm [B4]). Time delay until punch operation starts. Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper fold (paper length = or > 364.0 mm [B4]). Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper fold (paper length < 364.0 mm [B4]). Time delay until fold operation starts. Eject exit speed in Stacker job mode. Time delay until tamping operation starts. Off time for the Set Clamp Clutch after paper is outputted. Usage: 200 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Off_Tim (initialize 300 ms). Time between Compile Exit Sensor OFF and Sub Paddle Solenoid ON during job stacking mode. Usage: 25 (5 with Filter) + NVM_Stk_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim = operation start time (initialize 70 [50] ms) [Unused] When the Encoder position reaches this value, the eject speed is switched. Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet staple mode for small size paper (paper size < B4). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet staple mode for large size paper (paper size = or > B4). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet unstaple mode for small size paper (paper size < B4). Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet unstaple mode for large size paper (paper size = or > B4). Maximum number of sheets allowed in the Stacker during booklet staple mode. Maximum number of sheets allowed in the Stacker during booklet unstaple mode. Sheet count when punch rubbish warning is declared (valid when NVM 763-605 = 5). 1 Count Remarks Maximum number of small-sized copies allowed in the Stacker in unstaple, single staple, and dual staple mode. Maximum number of large-sized copies allowed in the Stacker in unstaple, single staple, and dual staple mode. Maximum number of sheets than can be stapled using a 50-sheet Staple Cartridge. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (2-4 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5.
NVM_Bklt_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Siz 90 e NVM_Bklt_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Siz 90 e NVM_Bklt_Staple_Stack_Sheet_Limit NVM_Bklt_Unstaple_Stack_Sheet_Limit NVM_Puncher_Near_Full_Count_Num_24 - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Puncher_Near_Full_Count_Num_24 - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Thick_Paper_Puncher_Count NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Pulse_B4_More NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Pulse_B4_Less NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Tim NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Pulse_B4_More NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Pulse_B4_Less NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Tim NVM_Stk_Eject_Exit_Speed_Mode NVM_Tmp_Strt_Tim NVM_Set_Clmp_Off_Tim NVM_Stk_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim 60 50 0 5 1 100 100 5 100 100 5 79 250 120 100
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-20
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-652 763-652 NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit Default 90 0 Range 0~99 0~3 1 Count Remarks Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length < 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763666]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 190 ms). Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763666]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 150 ms). 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms Sets the time when the Set Clamp Clutch turns on after the paper is exhausted. Usage: 185 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Keep_Tim (initialize 285 ms). Time at which Sub Paddle Solenoid enters low noise operation. Time at which Sub Paddle Solenoid exits from low noise operation. 1 ms 1 ms 1 pulse Adjusts the amount of skew correction to the paper loop during a folding operation (paper length > or = 364.0 [B4]). Adjusts the amount of skew correction to the paper loop during a folding operation (paper length < 364.0 [B4]). Allows the Transport Motor to perform a skew correction during a folding operation. Adjusts the output pulse, from TransportEnt Snr On to start XportMot emergency stop (paper length > or = 364.0 [B4]). Allows the Transport Motor to perform a skew correction during a folding operation. Adjusts the output pulse, from TransportEnt Snr On to start XportMot emergency stop (paper length < 364.0 [B4]). Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763666]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 190 ms). Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763667]). Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 150 ms). Sets the time when the Set Clamp starts to go back and when the Clutch turns on. Usage: 200 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim (initialize 400 ms).
763-653 763-653
NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Keep_Tim NVM_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Pre_On_Tim NVM_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Pre_Off_Tim NVM_Skew_Adjust_B4_More NVM_Skew_Adjust_B4_Less NVM_Skew_Adjust_Pulse_B4_More
50 0
0~99 0~3
763-654 763-654 763-655 763-656 763-657 763-658 763-659 763-660
50 2 100 20 25 50 50 20
0~0 0~4 0~200 5~60 5~60 10~255 10~255 0~255
763-661
NVM_Skew_Adjust_Pulse_B4_Less
20
0~255
1 pulse
763-662 763-662
NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit
90 0
0~99 0~3
763-663
50
0~99
763-663 763-664 763-665 763-666 763-667 763-671
NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Front_Nml_Add_Tmp_Cnt NVM_Front_Set_Add_Tmp_Cnt NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Papernum_B Order NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Papernum_B Order NVM_Num_Of_Eject_Single_Staple_Set
0 2 2 25 25 0
0~3 1~10 1~10 1~50 1~50 0~255 Number of additional tamps for a front, rear, or dual staple job. Number of additional tamps for a front, rear, or dual staple job. Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length < 364.0 [B4]) or the sheet switch number Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4]) or the sheet switch number Number of stapled copies outputted to the Stacker Tray.
February, 2008 6-21
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-672 763-672 763-672 763-673 763-673 763-673 763-674 763-674 763-674 763-675 763-675 763-675 763-677 763-679 763-680 763-680 763-680 763-684 763-684 763-684 763-685 763-685 763-685 763-686 763-686 763-686 763-687 763-687 763-687 Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 5, 6 Digit Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Range 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~1 0~1 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 Total staple frequency of Stacker (lower value). Total staple frequency of Stacker = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Number of Stacker output sheets (upper value). Total number of sheets = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Number of Stacker output sheets (lower value). Total number of sheets = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Number of output sheets for Full detection. Final offset position. 0: Rear, 1: Front Mix Full Stack detect. 0: Not detected, 1: Detected. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message. Maximum length paper in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF). Maximum width paper in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF). Length of top sheet in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF). 1 Count Remarks Width of top sheet in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).
Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 Digit Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 Digit Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 Digit Ex_Offset_Position NVM_Mix_Stack NVM_Puncher_Dust_Count - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Puncher_Dust_Count - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Puncher_Dust_Count - 5, 6 Digit NVM_Num_Of_Stack_Tray_Sheets - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Num_Of_Stack_Tray_Sheets - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Num_Of_Stack_Tray_Sheets - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-22
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-688 763-688 763-688 763-689 763-689 763-689 763-690 763-690 763-690 763-691 763-691 763-691 763-692 763-692 763-692 763-693 763-693 763-693 763-694 763-694 763-694 763-695 763-695 763-695 763-696 763-696 763-696 763-697 763-697 763-697 763-698 763-698 763-698 763-699 763-700 763-703 Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Upper - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit NVM_Stacker_Tray_Position NVM_Booklet_Sub_CPU_Ver NVM_Book_Unstp_Eject_Exit_Speed_S Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Range 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~150 0~255 1~6 Positional record of Stacker Tray (0 = uppermost position). Booklet Sub CPU software version (for booklet control). Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length = or < 300 mm) during booklet unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Elevator Motor DOWN operation frequency (upper value). Total DOWN frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Elevator Motor DOWN operation frequency (lower value). Total DOWN frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Elevator Motor UP operation frequency (upper value). Total UP frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Elevator Motor UP operation frequency (lower value). Total UP frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Set Clamp operating frequency (upper value). Total Set Clamp operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Set Clamp operating frequency (lower value). Total Set Clamp operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Sub Paddle Solenoid operating frequency (upper value). Total operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). Total punch frequency (lower value) Operation frequency of Punch Unit (lower value) Total punch frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value) Total punch frequency (upper value) Operation frequency of Punch Unit (upper value) Total punch frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value) Sub Paddle Solenoid operating frequency (lower value). Total operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value). 1 Count Remarks Total staple frequency of Stacker (upper value). Total staple frequency of Stacker = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
February, 2008 6-23
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-704 NVM_Book_Unstp_Eject_Exit_Speed_L Default 6 Range 1~6 1 Count Remarks Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length > 300 mm) during booklet unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Stapler position shift for small-sized booklet staple job. 0: No shift, 1: Shift Stapler position shift for large-sized (paper length > 330 mm) booklet staple job. 0: No shift, 1: Shift 1 pulse The amount of position shift (valid when NVM 763-705 or 763-706 = 1). 1 pulse = 0.1766 mm Maximum number of sheets at the binding fold in booklet staple mode. Number of paper sets required for Booklet Full detection (standard = 15 pieces/set) (paper length < B4S). Number of paper sets required for Booklet Full detection (standard = 15 pieces/set) (paper length = or > B4S). Maximum number of sheets at the binding fold in booklet unstaple mode. [Unused] The maximum number of copies in a set allowed in the Stacker during booklet unstaple mode. A limit of 1 job in booklet mode (staple or unstaple) when deciding a mixed-size stack. 0: No limit, 1: Limit Immediately notice a mixed stack full condition when starting a mixed-size stack in booklet mode. 0: Do not immediately notice, 1: Immediately notice Mix Full Detection Encoder position setting when a booklet job ends (booklet staple or unstaple mode). Position at which Tray Encoder is cleared for Full, Mix Full, StackerTrayFull. 10 ms Increase the Encoder count time after the Stacker Tray Motor stops. Normal tamping frequency of Front Tamper when booklet is ejected. Normal tamping frequency of Rear Tamper when booklet is ejected. Last tamping frequency of Front Tamper when booklet is ejected. Last tamping frequency of Rear Tamper when booklet is ejected. [Unused] Sets the eject output speed in booklet job mode. Adjusts the pulse for Booklet Stapler Move size position. Usage: pulse = 1230 + NVM_Book_Size_Pos_Pls - (Paper Width) / 0.3532. Adjusts the pulse for the Eject Motor booklet transport operation when the booklet is ejected (paper length < 364 mm [B4]). Usage: pulse = 954.4 - (paper length)/0.495 + NVM_Book_Trns_S_Adjust. NOTE: Increasing the value moves the staple position toward rear end of paper. Adjusts the pulse for the Eject Motor booklet transport operation when the booklet is ejected (paper length = or > 364 mm [B4]). Usage: pulse = 954.4 - (paper length)/0.495 + NVM_Book_Trns_L_Adjust. NOTE: Increasing the value moves the staple position toward rear end of paper. Adjusts number of tamping pulses after booklet is ejected: F Tamper = 32 + NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls R Tamper = 51 - NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls
763-705 763-706 763-707 763-710 763-711 763-712 763-713 763-714 763-715 763-716
NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_S NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_L NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_Pls Ex_Max_Booklet_Stapling NVM_Booklet_Full_Set_Count_S NVM_Booklet_Full_Set_Count_L Ex_Max_Booklet_Unstapling [Unused] NVM_Booklet_Unstaple_Stack_Set_Count NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_End_Chk_Setting NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_Start_Chk_Setting
0 0 57 15 50 50 5 100 1 1
0~1 0~1 27~170 2~25 1~255 1~255 1~15 1~255 0~1 0~1
763-717 763-718 763-719 763-720 763-721 763-722 763-723 763-724 763-725 763-726
NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_End_Chk_Encoder_Cnt NVM_Tray_Full_Clear_Encoder_Cnt NVM_Encoder_Cnt_Tim NVM_Book_Frnt_Nml_Tmp_Cnt NVM_Book_Rear_Nml_Tmp_Cnt NVM_Book_Frnt_Set_Tmp_Cnt NVM_Book_Rear_Set_Tmp_Cnt [Unused] NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Mode NVM_Book_Size_Pos_Pls NVM_Book_Trns_S_Adjust
6 6 10 2 2 6 5 0 17 52
1~255 1~255 0~10 0~10 0~10 0~10 0~10 0~255 0~33 0~90
763-727
NVM_Book_Trns_L_Adjust
49
0~90
763-728
NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls
12
0~24
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-24
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-729 NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim Default 50 Range 0~200 1 Count Remarks Time from CompileExitSnrOff to energizing Sub Paddle Solenoid (in booklet job mode). 25 (5 with Filter) + NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim = operation start time (initialize 75 [55] ms) In booklet staple mode, time at which rear staple operation begins. Sets a pulse count for the Stacker Encoder when the TrayAjust operation was completed. Limit of input value is [NVM 763-731] > or = [NVM 763-732]. Sets the limit of upward travel for the first time the Tray goes up after the Booklet Staple Job Limit of the input value is [NVM 763-731] > or = [NVM 763-732]. 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms [Unused] The amount of time to retain the status of Set Clamp Goback when a booklet uses large size paper. Usage: 170 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Escape_Keep_Tim (initialize 270 ms). [Unused] The amount of time the Clutch is on to operate the Set Clamp when outputting large-size booklets. Usage: 185 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Clon_Tim (initialize 285 ms). The amount of time the Eject Motor operates in reverse when outputting small-size (paper size < 322 mm) booklets. Usage: [1207.4 - (2x paper length) + 50] - 529 -120 + NVM (Default: 134 pulses on A4S). The number of sheets of the Eject Motor speed switch when outputting small-size (paper length = or < 330 mm) booklets. When outputting small-size booklets, if the Eject Motor speed switch count is less than the set value (NVM 763-740), the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed. When outputting small-size (paper length = or < 330 mm) booklets, if the Eject Motor speed switch count is more than the set value (NVM 763-740), the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed. The number of sheets of the Eject Motor speed switch when outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets. Effective interval time (off time) to repeat a dragging (Sub Paddle Sol On operating). Can be set with NVM 736-746 (booklet job and length of paper < 364.0 [B4]). Effective interval time (off time) to repeat a dragging (Sub Paddle Sol On operating). Can be set with NVM 736-746 (booklet job and length of paper < 364.0 [B4]). [Unused] Booklet Staple Move Motor starts to go back after this time. [Unused] Time until beginning of booklet exhaust operation.
763-730 763-730 763-731 763-732 763-733 763-733 763-734 763-734 763-735 763-735 763-736 763-736 763-737
NVM_Book_R_Stpl_Strt_Tim - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Book_R_Stpl_Strt_Tim - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Book_Tray_Down NVM_Book_Tray_Up1 NVM_Book_Adjust_Start_Tim - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Book_Adjust_Start_Tim - 3, 4 Digit
0 2 20 8 0 0
5~99 0~5 0~40 0~40 0~0 0~50 5~99 0~50 0~99 0~2 0~99 0~2 0~200
NVM_Book_Staple_Move_Escape_Start_Tim - 1, 2 0 Digit NVM_Book_Staple_Move_Escape_Start_Tim - 3, 4 5 Digit NVM_Book_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Book_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 50 0
NVM_Book_Lrg_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 1, 2 Digit 50 NVM_Book_Lrg_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 0 [Unused] NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Off_Tim 100
763-738 763-739
[Unused] NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Escape_Keep_Tim NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Eject_Rev_Pls - 1, 2 Digit
100 20
0~200 0~99
763-739 763-740 763-741
NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Eject_Rev_Pls - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Book_Eject_Border_Sheet_Num_S NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Less_S
1 5 3
0~3 2~25 1~4
763-742
NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_More_S
1~4
763-743
NVM_Book_Eject_Border_Sheet_Num_L
2~25
February, 2008 6-25
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-744 NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Less_L Default 4 Range 1~4 1 Count Remarks When outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets, the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed. When outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets, if the Eject Motor speed switch count is more than the set value (NVM 763-743), the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows: 1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed. The Sub Paddle Sol On operating frequency is set at Booklet Job. Sets the transport speed from the Eject Motor to the booklet staple position. Also corrects the timing for the Set Clamp Goback operation. 1: 1617 pps (403.0 mm/sec.), 2: 400 pps (99.7 mm/sec.), 3: 645 pps (160.7 mm/sec.), 4: 839 pps (209.1 mm/sec.), 5: 1034 pps (257.7 mm/sec.), 6: 1210 pps (301.5 mm/ sec.). Sets the limit of upward travel for the first time the Tray goes up after the Booklet Staple Job. Default is [NVM 763-731] - [NVM 763-732]. In Fold Job mode (Booklet UnStaple Job, BiFold Job), the number of sheets which causes the Output Tray to move down 1 increment. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 13 of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 46 of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 7 and above of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length > Letter L) during Stacker unstaple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length = or > 13 inches) during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment ~ 3 copies. The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment 4 ~ 7 copies. The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment 8 ~ 10 copies. The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Small size: Each increment 11 ~ copies.
763-745
NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_More_L
1~4
763-746 763-747
NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Times NVM_Book_Transport_Select
1 4
1~5 1~6
763-748 763-749 763-750
NVM_Book_Tray_Up2 NVM_Fold_Tray_Down_Sheet_Count NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_1
12 12 6
0~40 1~50 1~6
763-751
NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_2
1~6
763-752
NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_3
1~6
763-753
NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_L
1~6
763-755
NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_L
1~6
763-756 763-757 763-758 763-759
NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S1 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S2 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S3 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S4
4 5 3 1
1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-26
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-760 763-761 763-762 763-763 763-764 763-765 763-766 763-767 763-768 763-769 763-770 763-771 763-772 763-773 763-773 763-774 763-774 763-775 763-775 763-776 763-776 763-777 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L1 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L2 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L3 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L4 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S1 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S2 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S3 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S4 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L1 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L2 NVM_Num_Of_Ejected_Booklet_Staple_Set NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L3 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L4 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_233 - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_233 - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_SW4 - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_SW4 - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_233 - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_233 - 3, 4 Digit Default 4 2 3 1 2 3 2 1 2 1 0 2 1 50 7 75 3 0 5 Range 1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15 1~15 0~255 0~15 0~15 0~99 0~15 0~99 0~15 0~99 0~15 0~99 0~15 1~6 1 Count Remarks The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment ~ 3 copies. The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment 4 ~ 7 copies. The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment 8 ~ 10 copies. The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted. Large size: Each increment 11 ~ copies. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: ~ 3 copies. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 4 ~ 7 copies. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 8 ~ 10 copies. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 11 ~ copies. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: ~ 3 copies. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 4 ~ 7 copies. The saddle-stapled number of copies outputted to the Booklet Tray. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 8 ~ 10 copies. Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 11 ~ copies. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (2-3 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (6 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish warning (2-3 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 2 or 3. The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish warning (6 hole punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 6. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 19 during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 10-29 during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 30 and above during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 9 and above during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_SW4 - 1, 2 Digit 50 NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_SW4 - 3, 4 Digit 2 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S1 5
763-778
NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S2
1~6
763-779
NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S3
1~6
763-780
NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M1
1~6
February, 2008 6-27
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-781 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M2 Default 6 Range 1~6 1 Count Remarks Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 10-29 during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 30 and above during front/rear staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 19 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 10-29 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 30 and above during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 1-9 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Booklet fold frequency (lower value). Total fold frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Booklet fold frequency (upper value). Total fold frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value). Booklet staple operation frequency (lower value). Total staple frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-782
NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M3
1~6
763-783
NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S1
1~6
763-784
1~6
763-785
1~6
763-786
NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M1
1~6
763-787 763-787 763-787 763-788 763-788 763-788 763-789 763-789 763-789 763-790 763-790 763-790
Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Lower - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Lower - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Lower - 5, 6 Digit Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Upper - 1, 2 Digit Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Upper - 3, 4 Digit Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Upper - 5, 6 Digit
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6
Booklet staple operation frequency (upper value). Total staple frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-28
Table 13 SB Finisher Chain-link Name 763-791 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M2 Default 1 Range 1~6 1 Count Remarks Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 10-29 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches) for sheets 1-30 during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length = or > 13 inches) during dual staple job mode. 1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/ sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec. NVM write frequency (lower value). Total NVM write frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value)
763-792
NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M3
1~6
763-793
NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_L
1~6
763-797 763-798 763-798 763-798 763-799 763-799 763-799
NVM_Write_Address NVM_Write_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Write_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Write_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit NVM_Write_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit NVM_Write_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit NVM_Write_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0~3 0~99 0~99 0~6 0~99 0~99 0~6 NVM write frequency (upper value). Total NVM write frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value)
Chain 764-xxx Finisher

Table 14 Finisher Chain-link Name 764-100 764-101 764-102 764-103 764-104 764-112 764-120 764-121 764-122 764-123 Mix Stack Enable/Disable Maximum Set Count Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Staple Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Big paper size Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/ Small paper size Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate Maximum Set Count(A-fin) Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Big) Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Small) Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Plain Big) Default 0 50 50 25 50 0 30 30 50 1 Range 0~1 0~100 0~100 10~100 10~100 0~1 30~300 10~50 10~70 1~25 1 Count Remarks 0: Enable (mix size stack is detected) 1: Disable (mix size stack is not detected) Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Finisher) Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled Not available Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Fin) Maximum volume of large-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin) Maximum volume of small-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin) Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled plain paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)
February, 2008 6-29
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
Table 14 Finisher Chain-link Name 764-124 764-125 764-126 764-127 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Plain Small) Default 10 Range 1~50 1~25 1~50 1~25 1 Count Remarks Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled plain paper that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin) Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled heavy weight paper 1 that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin) Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled heavy weight paper 1 that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin) Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled special paper (heavy weight paper 2, labels, transparency) that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (AFin) Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled special paper (heavy weight paper 2, labels, and transparency) that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (AFin)
Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Heavy weight 1 paper 1 Big) Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Heavy weight 5 paper 1 Small) Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Special paper 1 Big) Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Special paper 1 Small)
764-128
1~50
Chain 954-xxx HFSI

Table 15 HFSI ChainLink 954-800 954-800 954-800 954-800 954-801 954-801 954-801 954-801 954-802 954-802 954-802 954-802 954-803 Name Tray1 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Default 0 Range 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.)
Tray1 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 its) Tray1 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0 0
General Procedures
IOT NVM List
February, 2008 6-30
Table 15 HFSI ChainLink 954-803 954-803 954-803 954-804 954-804 954-804 954-804 954-805 954-805 954-805 954-805 954-807 954-807 954-807 954-807 954-808 954-808 954-808 954-808 Name Default Range 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 1 Count 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Remarks Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to 0 at the same time.)
Tray4 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 its) Tray4 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0 0
HCF Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 its) HCF Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MSI Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0 0
MSI Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 MSI Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MSI First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Last Two Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits) Fifth and Sixth Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits) Third and Fourth Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits) First Two Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 Digits) Last Two Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) Fifth and Sixth Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) Third and Fourth Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) First Two Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
IIT NVM List
February, 2008 6-31
General Procedures
IOT NVM List, IIT NVM List
Chain 710-xxx DADF

Table 1 DADF Chain-Link Content 710-501 710-551 710-556 710-557 710-558 710-559 710-560 710-561 710-562 710-563 710-564 710-565 710-566 710-567 710-568 710-600 710-601 710-602 710-603 Fax Document Size Detection Method for DADF JAM Bypass 8.5x11 LEF Threshold B5 SEF/8x10 SEF Switching 11x15 SEF/8-k Switching (for AP market) FS MAX Value FS MIN Value SS MAX Value SS MIN Value Document Size Document Process Direction DADF Document Size Detection Table Default 0 0 2093 0 0 2970 2970 2100 2100 8 0 0 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning Switches detection methods when Fax Document Size Detection is specified in DADF mode. 0: A/B series, 1: Inch series 0: Do not bypass, 1: Bypass. Also applies to CVT mode. 0: B5 SEF (FX/XE/AP), 1: 8x10 SEF (XC) 0: 11x15 SEF, 1: 8 k
1993~2193 Threshold value for distinguishing 8.5x11 LEF from 8x10 LEF
1297~3070 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers 1297~3070 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers 1297~4418 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers 1297~4418 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers 3~20 0~1 0~1 217~283 217~283 217~283 1~2 1~2 1~2 0~2 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers DADF document size detection table for registration by customers DADF document size detection table for registration by customers Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of S-sized documents. (Unit = step.) S-sized paper with a length between 131.7mm and 158.0mm in the slow scan direction. Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of M-sized documents. (Unit = step.) M-sized paper with a length between 158.1mm and 245.9mm in the slow scan direction. Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of L-sized documents. (Unit = step.) L-sized paper with a length between 246.0mm and 460.0mm in the slow scan direction. 1: Size Mismatch Jam Detection On 2: Size Mismatch Jam Detection Off PF1: Switches between 8.5x13 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 13 1: 8.5x13 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF PF1: Switches between 8.5x14 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 14 1: 8.5x14 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF PF1: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm, No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S PF2: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm/Inch13/ Inch14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S PF1: Switches between 8.46x12.4S, 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: 8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S PF2: Switches between 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial value: 2,0: Default,1: 8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S PF1: Switches between BS5 and 16KS. No-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B5S,2: 16KS PF2: Switches between B5S and 16KS. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm 0: Default,1: B5S, 2: 16KS PF1: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S PF1: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L PF2: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/ Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS, 11x15S and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B4S,2: 8KS 3: 11x15S 4: 11x17S PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B4S,2: 8KS 3: 11x17S PF2 setting range is 0~3. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of S-sized 250 documents Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of M-sized 250 documents Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of L-sized 250 documents Size Mismatch Jam Detection Setting (Applicable only in Simplex mode) Alternate Size Set 1 Alternate Size Set 2 Alternate Size Set3 1 1 1 0
710-604
Alternate Size Set4
0~2
710-605 710-606
Alternate Size Set5 Alternate Size Set6
0 0
0~2 0~3
710-607
Alternate Size Set7
0~3
710-608
Alternate Size Set8
0~3
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
February, 2008 6-32
Table 1 DADF Chain-Link Content 710-609 710-610 Alternate Size Set9 Alternate Size Set10 Default 0 0 Range 0~2 0~2 Meaning PF1: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8x10S,2: 8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8x10S,2: 8x10.5S PF1: Switches between B5L and 16KL. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B5L,2: 16KL PF2: Switches between B5L, 16KL and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default 1: B5L,2: 16KL 3: 8.5x11L PF2 setting range is 0~3. PF1: Switches between B5S/16KS/8.5x11S. Size-Mix: mm, 0: Default, 1: B5S, 2: 16KS, 3: 8.5x11S Switches between LEF and SEF.,0: LEF,1: SEF Switches the size (standard size/non-standard size) to be transmitted from DADF to IISS in mixed size mode of fax job. 0: Non-standard size mode, 1: Standard size mode
710-611 710-612 710-613
Alternate Size Set11 Size-Mix Mode Size Orientation Mixed Size Selection
0 1 1
0~3 0~1 0~1
Chain 715-xxx IISS

Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-017 715-018 715-020 715-022 715-023 715-024 715-025 715-026 715-027 715-030 IIT Fail Bypass Fan Control Mode Number of APS Lamp Fan Fail Bypass Lamp Fan On Time (Low Rotation) Lamp Fan Off Time FL Timer Set Lamp ON Interval Lamp ON Time IIT Failure Part Diagnosis Default 0 0 1 0 15 0 0 30 1 0 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~60 0~60 0~1 1~60 1~60 0-65535 Meaning 0: Fail Bypass Off, 1: Fail Bypass On 0: Normal, 1: Extended mode 0: 1 APS, 1: 2 APS On/Off of Lamp Fan Fail Detection. 0: On, 1: Off Time period to operate Lamp Fan at low rotation (value can be set in 1-minute increments) Time period during which Lamp Fan stops (value can be set in 1-minute increments) 0: Standard FL Timer settings (30min rest/0.5sec On), 1: Condensation mode setting (Diag 715026, 715-027 timer settings apply) Interval setting (time between Lamp OFF and Lamp ON again) (unit: min.) Lamp ON time setting (unit: sec.) By writing 1, diagnosis for IIT failed part starts. The numbers of failed parts that are predicted to read this NVM are displayed after the failed parts diagnosis ends. When Fail occurs during the failed parts diagnosis, Fail code is recorded in this NVM and the failed parts diagnosis ends. Even when 1 is entered, the value is not actually written. When values other than 1 are entered, the values are invalid. Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/increment), Factory Settings Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.1%/increment), Factory Settings 0: Platen model, 1: Belt DADF, 2: CVT, Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (Dot), VLSS=PROMVLSS+(PRadjF-120)x2, Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-050 715-051 715-052 715-053 715-056 715-057 715-058 715-059 715-060 715-061 715-062 715-063
Platen SS Registration Adjustment Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment Platen Glass Type Platen PRadjF CVT FS Offset Side1-1 (139.7-148) CVT FS Offset Rear Side2-1 (139.7~148) CVT FS Offset Side1-2 (182-194) CVT FS Offset Side2-2 (182-194) CVT FS Offset Side1-3 (203.2) CVT FS Offset Side2-3 (203.2) CVT FS Offset Side1-4 (210) CVT FS Offset Side2-4 (210)
100 50 2 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
16~184 44~56 0~2 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240
February, 2008 6-33
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-064 715-065 715-066 715-067 715-068 715-069 715-070 715-071 715-072 715-073 715-074 715-075 715-076 715-077 715-078 715-079 715-080 715-081 715-082 715-083 715-084 715-085 715-086 715-087 715-088 715-089 715-090 715-091 715-092 715-093 715-094 715-095 715-096 715-102 715-103 715-104 715-105 715-106 715-107 715-108 CVT FS Offset Side1-5 (214.9-215.9) CVT FS Offset Side2-5 (214.9-215.9) CVT FS Offset Side1-6 (254-257) CVT FS Offset Side2-6 (254-257) CVT FS Offset Side1-7 (266.7-267) CVT FS Offset Side2-7 (266.7-267) CVT FS Offset Side1-8 (279.4) CVT FS Offset Side2-8 (279.4) CVT FS Offset Side1-9 (297) CVT FS Offset Side2-9 (297) CVT FS Offset Side3-1 (139.7-148) CVT FS Offset Side4-1 (139.7-148) CVT FS Offset Side3-2 (182-194) CVT FS Offset Side4-2 (182-194) CVT FS Offset Side3-3 (203.2) CVT FS Offset Side4-3 (203.2) CVT FS Offset Side3-4 (210) CVT FS Offset Side4-4 (210) CVT FS Offset Side3-5 (214.9-215.9) CVT FS Offset Side4-5 (214.9-215.9) CVT FS Offset Side3-6 (254-257) CVT FS Offset Side4-6 (254-257) CVT FS Offset Side3-7 (266.7-267) CVT FS Offset Side4-7 (266.7-267) CVT FS Offset Side3-8 (279.4) CVT FS Offset Side4-8 (279.4) CVT FS Offset Side3-9 (297) CVT FS Offset Side4-9 (297) WREF_ADJ_R WREF_ADJ_G WREF_ADJ_B WREF_ADJ__BWX WREF_ADJ__BWY WREF_Offset_R WREF_Offset_G WREF_Offset_B WREF_ADJ_BW (Individual Paper) IIT Paper Code Nut_Angle_Front Nut_Angle_Rear Default 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 140 140 140 140 140 63 63 63 63 0 990 990 Range 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 70-255 70-255 70-255 70~255 70~255 0~127 0~127 0~127 0~127 0~8 0~1980 0~1980 BW W-Ref correction coefficient for each individual paper type. 0: NVM uses coefficient for each individual paper type 1: J paper, 2: P paper, 3: C2 paper, 4: Green100 paper, 5: Digital Color Xpression, 6: Color Tech+, 7: Xerox4200 paper, 8: Xerox Business Light Axis Front Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle) Light Axis Rear Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 BW-X W-Ref correction coefficient, Factory Settings BW-Y W-Ref correction coefficient, Factory Settings Meaning Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
February, 2008 6-34
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-110 715-111 715-112 715-113 715-201 715-241 715-242 715-243 715-244 715-245 715-246 715-280 715-281 715-282 715-283 715-284 715-285 715-286 715-287 715-288 715-289 715-290 715-291 715-292 715-293 715-302 715-303 715-305 715-306 715-307 715-308 CVT FS Offset Side1 CVT FS Offset Side2 CVT FS Offset Side3 CVT FS Offset Side4 ACS Detection Level Extension Black Line Correction Level Value (for Color) Black Line Correction Level Value (for BW) DCIC TEST MODE BWC Table Sampling timing optimization Threshold level of tuning HOSEI_SCAN HOSEI_SCAN CCD Calib Y Scan Red CCD Calib Y Scan Green CCD Calib Y Scan Blue CCD Calib M Scan Red CCD Calib M Scan Green CCD Calib M Scan Blue CCD Calib C Scan Red CCD Calib C Scan Green CCD Calib C Scan Blue CCD Calib PK Scan Red CCD Calib PK Scan Green CCD Calib PK Scan Blue A4S/8.5in Detection 2 B5/8x10 Detection 8.5x13/8.5x14 Detection Original Detection Table for Special Paper Original Size Detection Table Switch 5.5x8.5/Postcard Detection Default 120 120 120 120 0 8 9 0 0 0 4 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 Range 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~240 0~1 0~15 0~15 0~7 0~7 0~1 1~7 0~6 0~6 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~1023 0~6 0~3 0~3 0~2 1~5 0~2 Meaning Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-272). Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-274). Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-274). Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-274). 0: Normal, 1: Extends levels to be detected Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading Color, the larger the value, the stronger the correction strength (0 means no correction). Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading BW, the larger the value, the stronger the correction strength (0 means correction reset). Test Mode Setting for Designing Black Line Correction Parameter, 0 means normal operation. B/W correction table for registration by customers. (BWC) B/W correction is not performed by setting 0. Optimizes the timing of image sampling. The optimization starts only when 1 is written. *When values other than 1 are entered, the values are invalid. Threshold value for density difference that is used when calculating the optimal timing of image sampling. Can be changed between 1 and 7. Correction coefficient number. *The value adjusted at shipment is applied. Correction coefficient number. *The value adjusted at shipment is applied. CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment. 0: 210mm, 1: 211mm, 2: 212mm, 3: 213mm, 4: 214mm, 5: 215mm, 6: 216mm 0: Table default 1: B5LEF or ExecutiveLEF 2: 8x10LEF/8x10.5LEF 3: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 0: Table default. 1: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 2: 13inch 3: 14inch 0: Do not use Special Table 1: APS OFF, A4; APS ON, A3 2: APS OFF, Letter; APS ON, 17inch 1: Inch13-2 2: mm-2 3: mm 4: Inch13-1 5: Inch14 0: Table default 1: A5SEF or 5.5x8.5SEF 2: PostCardLEF
February, 2008 6-35
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-310 715-311 715-312 A3/11x17 Detection A4/8.5x11 Detection A6S Threshold Default 0 0 90 Range 0~3 0~3 50~110 Meaning 0: Table default 1: A3SEF 2: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 3: A3SEF, 11x17SEF 0: Table default 1: A4LEF 2: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 3: 8.5x11LEF, A4LEF Changes the threshold value in the fast scan direction between non-standard size paper, postcard SEF, and A6 SEF. When values outside the setting range (50~100) are set, the threshold value in the fast scan direction is 90mm. 50 ~ 100mm in 1mm increments. 0: Detection by 4 registers 1: Detection by 3 registers (countermeasure for dirt) 0: GCO (16K/8K=270x195/270x390) 1: TFX (16K/8K=267x194/267x388) 0: 256mm, 1: 258mm, 2: 260mm, 3: 262mm, 4: 264mm, 5: 266mm, 6: 268mm 0: 269mm, 1: 271mm, 2: 273mm, 3: 275mm, 4: 277mm, 5: 279mm, 6: 281mm 0: Table default 1: B6SEF 2: 5x7SEF Lamp Check NG Count (Reset when lamp is replaced) Data obtained when Lamp Check Fails (Read G Write data compared at checking) Number of times the AOC flow has ended abnormally Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0 to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0 to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0 to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0 to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0 to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0 to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Solid PG density of the whole page (0: Black) High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At SMPST, SMPED setting High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At HAEFST, HAEFSE setting High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (* Area used as detection area is used for PreIPS noise removal as well) High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At NAEFST, NAEFSE setting High Speed AE/Slow Scan Direction variable fixed position/NCON Slow Scan Edge AE Detection Amount (0.16mm increments) End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting background density with RAE. HAESSE
715-344 715-345 715-346 715-347 715-349 715-362 715-363 715-418 715-550
Original Size Detection, Platen Background Countermeasure for Dirt GCO/TFX Size Switch B4/8K Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting B6/5x7 Detection FL_CHK_NG_Count FL_CHK_NG_Data AOCerr TP_BW_Copy BGR-AE-Level
0 1 3 0 0 0 0 0
0~1 0~1 0~6 0~6 0~2 0~65535 0~1023 0~255 0~4095
8K/11x17SEF Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting 3
715-551
TP_CL_Copy BGR-AE-Level
0~4095
715-552
TX_BW_Copy BGR-AE-Level
0~4095
715-553
TX_CL_Copy BGR-AE-Level
0~4095
715-554
TP_BW_Contone BGR-AE-Level
0~4095
715-555
TP_CL_Contone BGR-AE-Level
0~4095
715-560 715-600 715-601 715-602 715-603 715-604 715-605
BWPG Density AE1 FS External Area AE2 FS External Area AE3 FS External Area AE4 FS External Area Line to Fix Variation HAE Line to Fix Variation
128 255 255 255 255 60 240
0~255 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
February, 2008 6-36
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-606 715-607 715-608 715-609 715-610 715-611 715-612 715-613 715-614 715-615 715-616 715-617 715-618 715-619 715-620 715-621 715-622 715-629 MAE Line to Fix Variation NAE Line to Fix Variation Variation Control for BW Copy CL_Copy Variation Control Variation Control for FAX, BinScan Variation Control for ContoneScan HAE Threshold for Background Color Suppression NAE1 Threshold for Background Color Suppression NAE2 Threshold for Background Color Suppression NAE3 Threshold for Background Color Suppression NAE4 Threshold for Background Color Suppression AE Control of FS Length Minimum FS Length for AE Default 240 240 1 1 1 1 127 33 204 8 4 0 500 Range 0~65535 0~65535 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~65535 0~65535 0~1 0~65535 0~4000 0~4000 0~4000 0~4000 0~8191 Meaning End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting background density with RAE. MAESSE (*Also applies to detection area for PreIPS noise deletion.) End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting background density with RAE. NAESSE LIM Control mode LIM Control mode LIM Control mode LIM Control mode Threshold value for histogram of HAE. Set in 100/255 increments. HAETH Threshold value for the number of color blocks of NAE. Set in 100/255% increments. NAEBLKTHC Threshold value for the number of designated color blocks of NAE. Set in 100/255% increments. NAEBLKTHY Threshold value for the number of color lines of NAE. Designates the number of lines. NAETHC Threshold value for the number of color lines of NAE. The number of lines is set. NAETHY 0: Always use the document size detection result, 1: Detects the document size which the user enters for calculating the AES parameter Fast Scan Detection Min range (0.1mm increments) for AES parameter calculation. Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for RAE. Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for MAE. Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for HAE. Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for NAE. 0 to 3 bits: Platen 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 12 bits: On/Off of this register 1: On 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well) 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy
RAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter MAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter HAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter NAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 Value for Adjusting AE Parameter TX_BW_Fax Offset Level of AE 0
715-630
TP_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Print, Photograph, Copy)
0~4095
715-631
TP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Print, Photograph, Copy)
273
0~4095
February, 2008 6-37
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-632 TX_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Normal, Pencil Text) Default 0 Range 0~4095 Meaning 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF. 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well) 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well) 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well) 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher, the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher, the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.) 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
715-633
TX_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Normal, Pencil Text) TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Light Document)
273
0~4095
715-634
0~4095
715-635
TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Light Document) TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE (Tracing Paper)
273
0~4095
715-636
0~4095
715-637
TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Tracing Paper) TP_CL_Copy Removal Level of AE
273
0~4095
715-638
0~4095
715-639
TP_CL_Copy Offset Level of AE
0~4095
715-640
TX_CL_Copy Removal Level of AE
715-641
TX_CL_Copy Offset Level of AE
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
February, 2008 6-38
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-642 TP_BW_Contone Suppression Level of AE Default 819 Range 0~4095 Meaning 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well) 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level as well) 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4: Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher, the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher, the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard) 0 to 3 bits: Platen 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) Used when calculating HAE background density. In 1/255 increments. 255=1 Used when calculating HAE background density. Set so that the sum of 2F-AE Upper Limit of Multiplied Value and 2F-AE Lower Limit of Multiplied Value is 255. In 1/255 increments. 255=1 Value to be added (subtracted) to the HAE background density when comparing the RAE background density and the HAE background density. With a larger value, 2-side AE is less likely to be selected.
715-643
TP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE
0~4095
715-644
woTP_BW_Contone Suppression Level of AE
819
0~4095
715-645
woTP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE
0~4095
715-646
TP_CL_Contone Removal Level of AE
0~4095
715-647
TP_CL_Contone Offset Level of AE
0~4095
715-648
woTP_CL_Contone Removal Level of AE
0~4095
715-649
woTP_CL_Contone Offset Level of AE
0~4095
715-660 715-661 715-662
2F-AE Lower Limit of Multiplied Value 2F-AE Upper Limit of Multiplied Value Offset for 2F-AE Control
0 255 8
0~255 0~255 0~255
February, 2008 6-39
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-663 715-664 715-668 715-669 715-680 715-681 715-682 715-683 715-684 715-685 715-686 715-687 715-688 715-689 715-690 715-691 715-692 715-693 715-694 715-702 Threshold for 2F AE Control Mode Control of 2F AE Control of 2C Copy Control of Tracing Paper Mode CL Balance Def Y / Low Density CL Balance Def Y / Medium Density CL Balance Def Y / High Density CL Balance Def M / Low Density CL Balance Def M / Medium Density CL Balance Def M / High Density CL Balance Def C / Low Density CL Balance Def C / Medium Density CL Balance Def C / High Density CL Balance Def K / Low Density CL Balance Def K / Medium Density CL Balance Def K / High Density BW-PH Lighter3 Density BW-PH Lighter2 Density BW-PH Lighter1 Density PLTN/Belt FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment Default 16 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 0 0 50 Range 0~255 0~3 0~1 0~1 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~8 0~64 0~64 0~64 0~100 Meaning Value to be compared with the HAE background density when deciding whether to select 2-side AE. When the background density of HAE is less than the value in this NVM, 2-side AE is not selected. 0: Conduct 2-side AE control, 1: Selection of 1-side AE is enforced (L0), 2: Output of 2-side AE is enforced (L1) 2-color copy reproduction control. 0: Normal (same as Imari-MF), 1: 1301a series (yellow is not recreated) 0:,Normal, 1: Tracing Paper mode (*applies to PreIPS C mode as well) Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Low Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Medium Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color High Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Low Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Medium Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color High Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Low Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Medium Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color High Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Medium Density Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High Density Fine adjustment for density. Coefficient value is calculated by dividing the set value by 64. Values between 0 and 64 can be set. 0 is handled as 64. Fine adjustment for density. Coefficient value is calculated by dividing the set value by 64. Values between 0 and 64 can be set. 0 is handled as 64. Fine adjustment for density. Coefficient value is calculated by dividing the set value by 64. Values between 0 and 64 can be set. 0 is handled as 64. Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and 100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at +/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings) Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and 100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at +/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings) IPS Through Setting 1. Force to skip Image Processing functions at memory sample scan. Change a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set 0 in normal use. (Handle with care) --The usage is as follows: Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bit. However, you can specify multiple bits at a time. [PF1/SHIPS]| [PF2],D'0: AES | BEXG_TH,D'1: DF39 | FSRE_TH,D'2: SSR | SSR_TH,D'3: FSRE | NSP_TH,D'4: NSP | AER_TH,D'5: 4DLUT | TRC2_TH,D'6: 5AER | ED_TH,D'7: 5MUL | SEL_TH,D'8: 5MWA | SEL2_TH,D'9: 4AER | (spare),D'10: 4MUL | (spare),D'11: TRC | (spare),D'12: ED | (spare),D'13: DIRECT | (spare),D'14: AMAOSEL (SHIPS) | (spare),D'15: (spare) | (spare) The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Forced to skip. IPS Through Setting 2. Sets the bypass mode for 4DLUT. Valid only when 4DLUT is set to be forcibly bypassed at IPS Bypass Setting 1. Value is changed at the time of S/W & H/W debug. 0: Data from Y block bypass L*a*b*, 1: Data from M block bypass L*a*b*, 2: Data from C block bypass L*a*b*, 3: Data from K block bypass L*a*b*, 4: Data from YMCK blocks bypass L*, 5: Data from YMCK blocks bypass a*, 6: Data from YMCK blocks bypass b*, 7 to 65535: 0 output
715-703
CVT FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
50
0~100
715-704
IPS Through Setting1
0~65535
715-705
IPS Through Setting2
0~65535
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
February, 2008 6-40
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-720 715-721 715-722 715-723 715-724 715-725 Normal Density Text (BW Copy) High Density Text (BW Copy) Normal Density Text (Scan/Fax) High Density Text (Scan/Fax) PLTN RAE SS Not Detect Area DADF-P-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area Default 128 128 128 128 0 0 Range 0~256 0~256 0~256 0~256 0~65535 0~65535 Meaning B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for Platen model. BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model Platen job. Or, Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for CVT job. BASE, HAEST, MAESST, NAESS Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model DADF job. HAEST, MAESST, NAESS The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) BASE,
715-726 715-780 715-781 715-782 715-783 715-784 715-785 715-786 715-787 715-788 715-789 715-790 715-791 715-800 715-801 715-802 715-803 715-804 715-805 715-806 715-807 715-808 715-809 715-810 715-811 715-814 715-815 715-816 715-817 715-818
DADF-D-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area B-Hue Start Degree B-Hue End Degree G-Hue Start Degree G-Hue End Degree R-Hue Start Degree R-Hue End Degree Y-Hue Start Degree Y-Hue End Degree M-Hue Start Degree M-Hue End Degree C-Hue Start Degree C-Hue End Degree IISS-DADF Communication Fail (Overall Total) IISS-DADF Communication Fail (Since Reset) IISS-Controller Communication Fail (Overall Total) DADF EEPROM Fail (Overall Total) DADF EEPROM Fail (Since Reset) IPS Fan Failure Count (Overall Total) IPS Fan Failure Count (Since Reset) CRG Position Fail (Overall Total) CRG Position Fail (Since Reset) IISS LOGIC Fail (Overall Total) IISS LOGIC Fail (Since Reset) Lamp Illumination Fail (Overall Total) Lamp Illumination Fail (Since Reset) CRG Over Run Fail (Overall Total) CRG Over Run Fail (Since Reset) Lamp Fan Fail (Overall Total)
0 270 320 110 200 350 60 60 120 320 10 190 280 0 0 0
0~65535 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~360 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535
IISS-Controller Communication Fail (Since Reset) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
February, 2008 6-41
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS Chain-Link Content 715-819 715-820 715-821 715-822 715-823 715-824 715-825 715-826 715-827 715-828 715-829 715-830 715-831 715-832 715-833 715-834 715-835 715-836 715-837 715-838 715-839 715-840 715-841 715-856 715-857 715-860 715-861 715-875 715-876 715-890 715-891 Lamp Fan Fail (Since Reset) CCD Fan Fail (Overall Total) CCD Fan Fail (Since Reset) AGC Fail (Overall Total) AGC Fail (Since Reset) AOC Fail (Overall Total) AOC Fail (Since Reset) IPS PWBA Fail (Overall Total) IPS PWBA Fail (Since Reset) IISS/EXT Communication Fail (Overall Total) IISS/EXT Communication Fail (Since Reset) Extension EEPROM Fail (Overall Total) Extension EEPROM Fail (Since Reset) IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Overall Total) IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Since Reset) IPS-YATA Connection Fail (Overall Total) IPS-YATA Connection Fail (Since Reset) EXT-YATA Connection Fail (Overall Total) EXT-YATA Connection Fail (Since Reset) YATA PWBA Fail (Overall Total) YATA PWBA Fail (Since Reset) ITS PWBA Memory Fail (Overall Total) ITS PWBA Memory Fail (Since Reset) IIT Hot Line Fail (Overall Total) IIT Hot Line Fail (Since Reset) Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits) Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits) Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits) Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits) Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits) Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91 36224 109 56576 91 36224 Range 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 Meaning Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted) Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted) Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times (including Pre Scan) Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times (including Pre Scan) Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 7,200,000 sec. (2,000 hr.) Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 7,200,000 sec. (2,000 hr.) Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times
Chain 719-xxx Configuration
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
February, 2008 6-42
Table 3 Configuration Chain-Link Name 719-008 719-009 719-010 719-011 719-012 719-013 719-014 719-015 719-016 719-017 Market Information IISS Major Version IISS Minor Version IISS Revision Version IISS Patch Version ADF Major Version ADF Minor Version ADF Revision Version ADF Patch Version IPL Version Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Range 0~4 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 Remarks 0: FX, 1: AP, 2: XC, 3: XE, 4: SA *NVM value is updated when the power is turned on according to the market information of the SystemCapabilitiesUpdate command IISS Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded) IISS Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded) IISS Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded) IISS Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded) ADF Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded) ADF Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded) ADF Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded) ADF Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded) IPL Version Number
Controller & Fax NVM List

ChainLink 700-006
Chain 700-xxx Common

Table 1 Common
Content Configuration
Default -
Range 1~15
Meaning P(rinter), F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following logic. P: 01, F: 02, C 04, S: 08. To differentiate between SP and MF-CSP, SP is allocated 0x09. 0: Normal, -1: Error, -2: Not installed 0=None, 1=Available (Implemented on Host. Only automatic detection is necessary for Fax card.) [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte bytes (Auto Set) [32KB~2048KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [16MB~96MB] (0.25MB increments) Unit: Kbyte (Valid when PS option is available) [128KB~2048KB] Unit: Kbyte [64KB~5120KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte [0: Installed, -1: Failed, -2: Not installed] (Auto Detect) 0: Cannot be set, 1: Can be set 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0 to 23 (Hour) 0 to 59 (Minute)
700-061 700-064 700-071 700-073 700-075 700-076 700-078 700-080 700-081 700-082 700-083 700-084 700-085 700-086 700-087 700-089 700-100 700-109 700-110 700-111
Fax Card Available Fax Card Available for Ch0 USB User Buffer Size Page Memory Size ART User Buffer Size PostScript Buffer Size Form Buffer Size HPGL/Auto Layout Buffer Size Parallel Buffer Size Port9100 Buffer Size Lpd Buffer Size NetWare Buffer Size AppleTalk Buffer Size SMB Buffer Size IPP Buffer Size HDD Status Forced Warmup Function Enable Forced Warmup Mode Forced Warmup Time (Hour) Forced Warmup Time (Minute)
0=None 64KB 32KB 24MB (24x1024) 128KB 64KB 64KB 256KB 1024KB 256KB 1024KB 256KB 256KB 0 0 23 59
-2~0 0~1 64~1024 64~256 32~2048 16~96 128~2048 64~5120 64~1024 64~1024 1024~2048 64~1024 1024~2048 64~1024 64~1024 -2~0 0~1 0~1 0~23 0~59
February, 2008 6-43
General Procedures
IIT NVM List
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-119 700-120 Content Image Log Supported Service Time Zone Default 0x000f +540 (FX Default) +600 (AP Default) -300 (XC Default) 1min (MF: 60, P: 1) Range 0~0x000f -2460~2460 Meaning Designation of service for which logs/images are to be created (designated with logical OR). 0x0001: Copy, 0x0002: Print, 0x0004: Fax, 0x0008: Scan, 0x0000: None Displays time difference (min.) from GMT. For example, Japan: 540, Hawaii: -600
700-124
Auto Clear Timer
0~900
When entering from the menu, MF: 0 (prohibit), 60, 120, 180, 240 (sec.) P: 0 (prohibit), 1~30 (min.) When entering from a Chain Link, 0 (prohibit)~900 can be entered for MF and P but for normal operation, they must fall within the above range. 0, 240~5940: [Prohibit, 4~99min] (unit: second at 60-second increments) (The value is different from the MF-UI SOD value. This value is extracted from the COPY SOD.) 0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1-sec. increments) 0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1-sec. increments) 1~20: [1~20sec (1-sec. increments)] 2~60 [2~60min (1-min. increments)] (Ignored if not in Low Power mode) 2~60 [2~60min (1-min. increments)] (Ignored if not in Sleep mode) [0: Disable, 1: Enable] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] (For P Models, there is no volume adjustment. Any setting of soft, normal or loud means On.) [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Disable, 1: Enable] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0=When print instruction is specified 1=When error occurs 2=Always 1=Do not print 1=Print 0=Do not print 1=Send to Relay Station 2=Print on machine 3=Send to Relay Station and print on machine 1=Do not print 1=Print 0: Do not print, 1: Print only when ended with a error, 2: Always print, 3: Print only at the time of successful termination. Note: Transmission reports are printed only when designated at the Panel. However, when the setting is 1, a transmission report is printed automatically at the time of transmission failure. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
700-125 700-126 700-127 700-128 700-129 700-130 700-131 700-132 700-133 700-134 700-135 700-136 700-137 700-138 700-139 700-140 700-141 700-142 700-143 700-144 700-145 700-146 700-147 700-148 700-149 700-150 700-151
Job Cancel Timer Operating Timer Job End Timer Scanning Timer Low Power Mode Timer Sleep Mode Timer Sleep Mode Available Panel Select Tone Panel Alert Tone Job Complete Tone (Copy) Job Complete Tone (without Copy) Error Alert Tone Job Incomplete Tone Ready Tone Toner Empty Alert Tone Bell Tone Line Monitor Tone Low Power Mode Available Job Memory Entry Tone Auto Log Print Flag Report Duplex Print Mail Box Receive Report Protocol Monitor Output Control Broadcast / Multi-Poll Report Print Control Relayed Broadcast Report Output Control
600sec 10sec 6sec 4sec 2min 2min 1: Enable 2: Normal 2: Normal 2: Normal 2: Normal 0: Off 2: Normal 2: Normal 2: Normal 2: Normal 2: Normal 1: Enable 2: Normal 0: Off 0: Off 1: On When print instruction is specified (0) 1=Print 1: Send to Relay Station
0~5940 0~240 0~240 1~20 2~60 2~60 0~1 0~3 0~3 0~3 0~3 0~3 0~3 0~3 0~3 0~3 1~3 0~1 0~3 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~2 0~1 0~3 0~1 0~3
FAX Communication Report Output Control 1: Print Transmission Report on Error Output Con- 1 trol
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-44
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-152 700-153 700-154 700-155 700-156 700-158 700-159 700-160 700-161 700-162 Content User Abort Transmission Report Output Control No Paper Alert Auto Clear Pre Notification Tone Base Tone Job Flow Transmission Report Control Batch Print Blank Page Control Pay for Print Info Ignore Case of User ID Use Related User ID Security SNTP Server Address Default 0 (Do not print) 2: Normal 0: Off 2: Normal 1 1 0 0 1 Null Range 0~1 0~3 0~3 0~3 0~1 1~2 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0=Do not print 1=Print [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] 0=Do not print 1=Print according to Net Transfer/Fax Send setting 1=Print blank page 2=Do not print blank page 0=Ordinary processing only 1=Give higher priority on mailbox storage than on private storage 0=Do not ignore 1=Ignore 0=Use input ID 1=Use related ID Address can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be nullterminated. Restrictions: Only ASCII characters are supported. Notation and characters that can be used conform to RFC1034. 1~32 1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Russian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14: Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese, 20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Rumanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew 0=Not Defined, 840=USA, 124=Canada, 076=Brazil, 826= UK, 276=Germany, 380=Italy, 250=France, 724=Spain, 528=Holland, 756=Swiss, 752=Sweden, 056=Belgium, 040=Austria, 620=Portugal, 246=Finland, 208=Denmark, 578=Norway, 300=Greece, 372=Ireland, 036=Australia, 554=New Zealand, 360=Indonesia, 702=Singapore, 458=Malaysia, 608=Philippines, 764=Thailand, 344=Hong Kong, 704=Vietnam, 392=Japan, 158=Taiwan, 410=Korea, Mexico=484, Chile=152, Argentina=032, Venezuela=862, Columbia=170, Peru=604, India=356, Egypt=818, South Africa=710, Turkey=792, Russia=643, Czech Republic=203, Poland=616, Hungary=348, Romania=642, Bulgaria=100, Morocco=504, 156=China, 703=Slovakia, 048=Bahrain, 072=Botswana, 196=Cyprus, 231=Ethiopia, 238=Falklands, 292=Gibraltar, 364=Iran, 376=Israel, 400=Jordan, 414=Kuwait, 422=Lebanon, 586=Pakistan, 634=Qatar, 682=Saudi Arabia, 512=Oman, 784=UAE, 232=Eritrea, 270=Gambia, 288=Ghana, 404=Kenya, 426=Lesotho, 454=Malawi, 470=Malta, 516=Namibia, 566=Nigeria, 736=Sudan, 694=Sierra Leone, 748=Swaziland, 760=Syria, 834=Tanzania, 800=Uganda, 894=Zambia, 887=Yemen, 716=Zimbabwe, 012=Algeria, 450=Madagascar, 480=Mauritius, 148=Chad, 788=Tunisia, 562=Niger, 108=Burundi, 178=Congo, 266=Gabon, 384=Cote dlvoire, 024=Angola, 854=Burkina Faso, 120=Cameroon, 132=Cape Verde, 140=CAR, 180=DR Congo, 466=Mali, 508=Mozambique, 686=Senegal, 690=Seychelles, 768=Togo, 218=Ecuador, 780=Trinidad and Tobago 1 to 240 minutes [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] 0: Destination name>Name of destination address>Remote ID>Phone Number>Communication Mode, 1: Remote ID>Destination Name>Phone number>Name of destination address>Communication mode, 2: Destination Name>Phone number>Name of destination address>Remote ID>Communication mode 0=Display first 40 digits 1=Display last 40 digits
700-164
Language
1: Japanese 2: English
700-165
Country Code
700-172 700-173 700-174
Forced Warmup Duration Off Hook Alert Information Sequence of Transaction Report Log
20 2 0
1~240 0~3 0~2
700-175
Transaction Report Display Point
0=Display first 40 digits
0~1
February, 2008 6-45
General Procedures
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-176 700-177 700-179 700-184 700-185 700-186 700-187 700-188 700-189 700-190 700-191 700-193 Content Auto Doc Delete Auto Doc Delete - Elapsed Time Accounting Accessory Relation IPSEC Enable IPSEC Authorization Mode IPSEC Key IPSEC Certificate IPSEC IKE-SA Life IPSEC IPSC-SA Life IPSEC DH Group IPSEC PFS IPSEC Address IPv4 Default 0 4 0 0 0 Null 0 480 3600 0 0 Null 0~0xffffffff 5~28800 300~172800 0~1 0~1 Range 0~2 4~23 0~3 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0: Do not delete automatically, 1: Delete based on the specified saving period, 2: Delete based on the specified elapsed time 4 to 23 0: Operate with accessory, 1: Operate without accessory 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: IKE - pre-shared key authentication (PSK), 1: IKE - digital signature authentication (PKI) Key character string (null-terminated ASCII character string) Certificate number (sequential certificate number used in VKCM is to be set to this certificate number) 5 to 28800 minutes (must be greater than or equal to IPSEC-SA life) 300 to 172800 seconds 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable IPv4 address with IPSEC policy applied. [The character string shall be null-terminated. Only one-byte alphanumerical characters (0 to 9, a to f) can be used in IPv4 format. Colons (:) and hyphens (-) can be used to designate range.] IPv6 address with IPSEC policy applied. [The character string shall be null-terminated. Only one-byte alphanumerical characters (0 to 9, a to f) can be used in IPv6 format. Colons (:) and hyphens (-) can be used to designate range.] 0~1 0~600 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~3 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 1~2 0: Bypass, 1: Discard 0 to 600. 0: the value determined by the system according to the configuration Allow: 1, Prohibit: 0 0: Prohibit, 1: BW 1: Enable 2-byte operation (RFC2790), 0: Disable 2-byte operation (RFC1514) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (KO/System Administrator only) 0: None, 1: Local, 2: Remote, 3: CA (Convenience Authentication) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
700-195
IPSEC Address IPv6
Null
700-196 700-197 700-198 700-202 700-207 700-211 700-212 700-213 700-214 700-215 700-216 700-217 700-218 700-219 700-220 700-221 700-222 700-223 700-224 700-225 700-226 700-227
IPSEC Defect Policy Max. Job Numbers Job Passing Available Auditron Color Mode for Print Detect Error State 2-Byte (RFC2790) Operation Permission - Job Cancel Auth Mode Auth Pathway Access - Service/Feature Auth Pathway Access - Job Status Auth Pathway Access - Device Status Auth Service Access - Copy Auth Service Access - Fax Auth Service Access - IFax Auth Service Access - Scan to Mail Auth Service Access - Scan to Box Auth Service Access - Scan to Server Auth Service Access - Scan to PC Auth Service Access - Document Print Auth Service Access - Photo Print Auth Service Access - Box Auth Service Access - Job Memory Auth Service Access - Job Flow
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-46
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-228 700-229 700-230 700-231 700-232 700-258 700-259 700-260 700-297 700-298 700-299 700-300 700-301 700-302 700-303 700-304 700-305 700-306 700-307 700-308 700-309 700-310 700-311 700-312 700-313 700-314 700-315 700-316 700-317 700-318 700-319 700-320 700-321 700-322 700-323 700-324 700-325 700-326 700-327 700-328 Content Auth Service Access - Web Access Auth Service Access - BMLinkS Auth Service Access - CUI Auth Service Access - Copy Color MiniOS Version Smart Card Certificate SMIME File Certificate Scan File Certificate Serial# Prefix (1st Digit) Serial# Prefix (2nd Digit) Serial# Prefix (3rd Digit) Serial# Model Code SEEPROM Serial# (1st digit) SEEPROM Serial# (2nd digit) SEEPROM Serial# (3rd digit) SEEPROM Serial# (4th digit) SEEPROM Serial# (5th digit) SEEPROM Serial# (6th digit) SEEPROM Serial# (7th digit) SEEPROM Serial# (8th digit) SEEPROM Serial# (9th digit) SEEPROM Serial# (10th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (1st digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (2nd digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (3rd digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (4th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (5th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (6th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (7th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (8th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (9th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (10th digit) SEEPROM Product# (1st digit) SEEPROM Product# (2nd digit) SEEPROM Product# (3rd digit) SEEPROM Product# (4th digit) Battery Backup SRAM Product# (1st digit) Default 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 Range 1~2 0~2 1~2 0~1 0~255 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible) 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted 0 to 255 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Device Certificate, 1: IC Card (SmartCard) Certificate 0: Device Certificate, 1: IC Card (SmartCard) Certificate Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) Numbers (ASCII) General Procedures
Battery Backup SRAM Product# (2nd digit) Battery Backup SRAM Product# (3rd digit) Battery Backup SRAM Product# (4th digit) -
February, 2008 6-47
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-329 700-330 700-331 700-332 700-333 700-334 700-335 700-336 700-337 Content SEEPROM Product Code (1st digit) SEEPROM Product Code (2nd digit) SEEPROM Product Code (3rd digit) SEEPROM Product Code (4th digit) SEEPROM Product Code (5th digit) SEEPROM Product Code (6th digit) SEEPROM Product Code (7th digit) SEEPROM Product Code (8th digit) Configuration (Info. on SEEPROM) Default Range Meaning Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) Alphanumerics (ASCII) [P, SP, CSP, CFSP (,C)] (C is requested by M/N) Adjusted at Factory Settings P(rinter), F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following logic. P: 0x01, F: 0x02, C: 0x04, S: 0x08 (700-006 works in connection) 1~4 512~32768 [1=FX, 2=XC, 3=XE, 4=AP] When spooling memory: [512KB~32MB] (256KB increments) Unit: Kbyte ASCII 255 bytes ASCII 255 bytes ASCII 512 bytes 64~1024 0~2 0~1 1~3 1~5 1~5 0~1 0~2 64K~1MB Unit: Kbyte 0: Prohibit, 1: BW, 2: BW & Low Price Color 5: A4, 44: Letter 0: Do not display, 1: Display 1: mm, 3: Inch [1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)] (Factory set value SEEPROM.) [1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)] 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: EAP_MDS, 1: EAP_MSCHAPv2, 2: EAP_PEAP_MSCHAPv2 ASCII character string of 128 bytes or less (null-terminated) ASCII character string of 128 bytes or less (null-terminated) 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable (valid only in the case of EAP_PEAPv0/EAP_MSCHAPv2) This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed while the Printer Kit is installed. Do not set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is 1M. The current value can be checked using the Settings List report. The available memory capacity can be checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a value above [current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory settings (including Host IF Receive Buffer, Form Memory etc.) will be restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, change so that the sum of all increments does not exceed the available memory capacity. Note 3: If set to 0, Auto Collate will be turned off. When setting to 0, always set both this setting and the field for Auto Collate printing to 0.
700-338 700-368 700-370 700-371 700-372 700-390 700-396 700-397 700-398 700-399 700-401 700-402 700-404 700-405 700-406 700-407 700-408 700-410
Territory (SEEPROM) Lpd Buffer Size (Memory Spool) SA Group DN AA Group DN LDAP Search Filter Memory Size for E-mail Print Auditron Color Mode for Copy Default Input Medium Size CE Auditron Mode Default Unit of Measure (mm/inch) Paper Size Group NVM Paper Size Group SEEPROM 802.1x Authentication Enable 802.1x Authentication Type 802.1x Authentication User Name 802.1x Authentication Password 802.1x Authentication Validate Certificate RAM Disk Size for Print
1MB (1x1024) Null Null Null 256 0: Prohibit 44: Letter 1 1 Value set in Paper Size Group Set for each region 0 0 Null Null 0 Standard Memory, 33M Additional 128M, 50M Additional 256M, 66M
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-48
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-411 Content RAM Disk Size for Copy Default Standard Memory, 33M Additional 128M, 50M Additional 256M, 66M Additional 386M, 100M Range Meaning This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed. Do not set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is 1M. The current value can be checked using the Settings List report. The available memory capacity can be checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a value above [current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory settings will be restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, so that the sum of all the increments does not exceed the available memory capacity. Setting not allowed. Specified with FQDN/IPv6/IPv4. 127-character string with null termination. Server path. 255-character string with null termination. 0~1 0~1 1~300 0: Login cannot be instructed from device, 1: Login can be instructed from device 0: Accounting code cannot be obtained, 1: Accounting code can be obtained 1 to 300 seconds 255-character string with null termination.
700-412 700-413 700-414 700-415 700-416 700-417 700-418
RAM Disk Size for Box Xerox Secure Access Server Address Xerox Secure Access Server Pass Xerox Secure Access Enable Local Login Xerox Secure Access Enable Accounting Code Xerox Secure Access Timeout Xerox Secure Access Prompt Default
7M Null Null 0 0 8 Please complete all steps required by the authentication device to gain access to the system. Login 0: Allow NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL 1: Level 1 0: Not registered 0: False Invalid 0 0 0 0 0 443 1 3 0: Disable 168 1~3 0~2 0~1 0~1 0~0xffffffff 0~1 0~3 0~2 1~65535 0~1 1~3 0~1 1~500 0~1
700-419 700-420 700-421 700-422 700-423 700-424 700-425 700-426 700-427 700-428 700-430 700-431 700-437 700-440 700-441 700-442 700-443 700-444 700-445 700-446 700-447 700-454 700-455
Xerox Secure Access Title Default Download Disable Flag Product ID(1) of Download File Product ID(2) of Download File Product ID(3) of Download File Product ID(4) of Download File Product ID(5) of Download File Product ID(6) of Download File Product ID(7) of Download File Product ID(8) of Download File Security PKI Mode Level Security PKI Certification Type Security SSL Enable Security S/MIME Mode Enable Security S/MIME Certification Index Security S/MIME Message Digest Mode Security S/MIME Content Cipher Mode Security S/MIME Signature Type Security SSL Enable Security HDD Overwrite Enable Security HDD Overwrite Count Set Security SNTP Info Enable Security SNTP Info Interval Time
63-character string with null termination. 0: Allow, 1: Prohibit ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII [1: Level 1, 2: Level 2, 3: Level 3] [0: Not registered, 1: Available (Self-generate), 2: Available (Import)] [0: False Invalid, 1: True Valid] 0: Disable, 1: Enable Index number of the certification used in S/MIME 0: SHA1, 1: MD5 0: 3DES, 1: RC4-40, 2: RC4-64, 3: RC4-128 0: Fixed to device certificate, 1: Fixed to personal certificate, 2: Fixed to user certificate 1 to 65535 [0: Disable, 1: Enable] 1, 3 [0: Disable, 1: Enable] 1~500 hours
February, 2008 6-49
General Procedures
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-458 700-459 700-460 700-461 700-462 700-463 700-464 700-465 700-466 700-467 700-468 700-469 700-470 700-471 700-490 700-500 700-501 700-502 700-503 700-504 700-505 700-506 700-513 700-520 700-521 700-522 700-523 700-530 700-540 700-541 700-542 700-543 700-544 700-545 700-546 700-547 700-548 Content MIO No Signed Reject MIO Cert Auto Store Security SEC Data Restriction IFAX No Signed Reject Security Scan File Cert Number Security Scan File Signer Security DocuWorks Sign Security PDF Sign Inhibit Auto Print Valid Inhibit Auto Print Start Hour Inhibit Auto Print Start Minute Inhibit Auto Print End Hour Inhibit Auto Print End Minute CO Report Stored Document LED ON Control iFAX to iFAX Via Box Enable iFAX to E-mail Via Box Enable Auto Doc Delete From Box Pass Days of Auto Doc Delete From Box Hour at Auto Doc Delete From Box Minute at Auto Doc Delete From Box Doc Delete From Box After Client Pull Box Print Deletion Confirm SESAMI Manager Port Number SESAMI Manager Max Sessions SESAMI Manager Connection Timeout Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 0 21 (9 P.M.) 0 9 (9 A.M.) 0 1 0: All documents 0 0 0: Do not auto delete 7 3 (3 A.M.) 0 0: Follow Box settings 1 80 3 30 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~0xffffffff 0~2 1~4 0~4 0~1 0~23 0~59 0~23 0~59 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 1~14 0~23 0~59 0~1 0~1 1~65535 1~5 1~255 1~900 0~1 0~4 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit 0: Not set, 1 to 0xffffffff: Certificate index number 0: Fixed to device certificate, 1: Fixed to personal certificate, 2: Fixed to user certificate 2: Always place signature (visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: User selection 1: Always place signature (not visible) 2: Always place signature (visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: User selection 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit 0 to 23 hours 0 to 59 minutes (after the hour) 0 to 23 hours 0 to 59 minutes (after the hour) 0: Inhibited, 1: Permitted 0: All documents, 1: Received Fax documents 1: On, 0: Off 1: On, 0: Off 1: Auto delete, 0: Do not auto delete 1~14 days 0~23 hours 0~59 minutes (after the hour) 0: Follow Box settings, 1: Delete 0: Do not display, 1: Display 1 to 65535 1~5 1~255 1~900 0: Do not reboot, 1: Reboot 0: Off, 1: Internal Auditron, 2: Network Accounting, 3: Remote Authentication, 4: XS Accounting (XC/AP only) 0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit) 0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit) 0: NVRAM, 1: HDD 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Off, 1: On 0=Cancel, 1=Store 1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII) 1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)
SESAMI Job Flow Service Connection Tim- 60 eout Reboot When Fault Occurs Auditron Mode Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Print Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Output User Information Memory Location Auditron Check Info Enable Auditron Password Mode OFF/ON Auditron No Account Action Auditron User ID Auditron Account ID 1: Reboot 0: Off 1: On 1: On 0: NVM 1: Enable 0: Off 0: Cancel User ID Account ID
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-50
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-549 700-550 700-551 700-552 700-553 700-555 700-556 Content Auditron Conceal User ID Auditron Conceal Account ID Remote Authentication Mode for Scan Remote Authentication Service Guest Password KDC Server Port Number KDC FQDN Default 0: False 0: False 0: Off 0: Kerberos (Windows2000) guest 88 Null character 0~65535 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~4 Meaning 0: False, 1: True 0: False, 1: True 0: Off, 1: On 0: Kerberos (Windows2000), 1: Kerberos (Solaris), 2: Authentication Agent, 3: LDAP, 4: SMB 4~12 characters (7Bit ASCII) Values between 1~65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Character string of 64 bytes or below 0~2 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~10 0~600 0-65535 0=Off, 1=On, 2=Forcibly store print job (with user ID for authentication as a key) 0=Disable, 1=Enable 0=Cancel, 1=Store 0=Disable, 1=Enable 0=Disable, 1=Enable 0~10 0~600 Value from 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Characters in 64 bytes or below 0-65535 Value from 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Characters in 64 bytes or below 0-65535 Value from 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Characters in 64 bytes or below 0-65535 Value from 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. General Procedures
700-557 700-558 700-559 700-560 700-561 700-562 700-563 700-564 700-566 700-567
KDC Realm Name DV Pay for Print Forced Store DV Pay for Print XPJL Command Enable DV Pay for Print Error Account Action DV Pay for Print Job Command Enable No Account User Print Permission User Auth Error Max Number for Access Log KDC Server Port Number-2 KDC FQDN-2
Null character 0=Off 0=Disable 0=Cancel 0=Disable 0=Disable 10 88 Null
User Auth Error Max Number for Auth Lock 5
700-568 700-580 700-581
KDC Realm Name-2 KDC Server Port Number-3 KDC FQDN-3
Null 88 Null
700-582 700-584 700-585
Null 88 Null
700-586 700-588 700-589
Null 88 Null
February, 2008 6-51
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-590 700-591 700-592 700-594 700-595 700-596 700-600 700-601 700-602 700-603 700-604 700-605 700-606 700-607 700-608 700-609 700-610 700-616 Content KDC Realm Name-5 Security Direct FAX Restriction Auth Check Info for Net Job Customize User Prompts Minimum Password Length SSMM Group1(IOT) Group1(SYS1) Group1(SYS2) Group2(IOT) Group2(SYS1) Group2(SYS2) Group3(IOT) Group3(SYS1) Group3(SYS2) Security XPS Sign IT Option Enable Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Backup 1 Default Null 0 1 0 0 0 4 0 Null 1~4 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~3 0~12 0~1 Range Meaning Characters in 64 bytes or below 0: Permit, 1: Inhibit 0: Do not check, 1: Check 0: Both, 1: Prompt (for User ID only), 2: Prompt2 (for Account ID only), 3: Neither 0 to 12 0: Disable, 1: Enable (Auto Set) (Auto Set) (Auto Set) (Auto Set) (Auto Set) (Auto Set) (Auto Set) (Auto Set) (Auto Set) 1: Always place signature (not visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: Follow users instruction 0: Not connected, 1: Connected Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be used at the beginning or the end of the character string. 1~65535 1~65535 1~65535 1 to 65535 1 to 65535 1 to 65535
700-617
Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Backup 2
Null
700-618
Null
700-619
Null
700-620
Null
700-621 700-622 700-623
Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 Backup 1 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 Backup 2 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 Backup 3
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-52
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-624 700-625 700-626 700-627 700-628 700-629 700-630 700-631 700-632 700-633 700-634 700-635 700-636 700-642 Content Default Range 1~65535 1~65535 1~300 0~1 Meaning 1 to 65535 1 to 65535 1 to 300 (seconds) 0: Direct login, 1: Search and login Character string (32 ASCII characters) Character string (32 ASCII characters) Character string (64 ASCII characters) 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable Character string (15 ASCII characters) Character string (15 ASCII characters) Character string (15 ASCII characters) Character string (15 ASCII characters) Character string (15 ASCII characters) One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal format). The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] | Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall be 16 (including null characters). Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanumeric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string. One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal format). The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] | Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall be 16 (including null characters). Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanumeric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string.
Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 Backup 4 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 Backup 5 Netauth Authagent Info - Timeout Netauth LDAP Info - Auth Sequence Netauth LDAP Info - Login User Login Attribute Netauth LDAP Info - Login User Search Attribute Netauth LDAP Info - User String Added Netauth LDAP Info - Add User String Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 1 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 2 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 3 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 4 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 5 Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 1 60 0 samAccountName mail Null 0 Null Null Null Null Null Null
700-643
Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 2
Null
February, 2008 6-53
General Procedures
Table 1 Common ChainLink 700-644 Content Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 3 Default Null Range Meaning One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal format). The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] | Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall be 16 (including null characters). Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanumeric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string. One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal format). The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] | Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall be 16 (including null characters). Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanumeric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string. One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal format). The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] | Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall be 16 (including null characters). Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanumeric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string. 0~1 0: Domain name, 1: Server Character string (32 bytes ASCII) Character string (32 bytes ASCII) 0~1 0~2 0~1 0~1 1~2 0~10 0: Off, 1: On 0: None, 1: ExtNetScan, 2: CDIScan 0: Do not output automatically, 1: Output automatically 0: Do not display, 1: Display 1: Standard size, 2: Custom size 0 to 10 mm 1: Mixture of A3 and ledger permitted, 2: Mixture of A3 and ledger not permitted
700-645
Null
700-646
Null
700-652 700-653 700-654 700-655 702-932 702-934 702-935 702-940 702-941 702-942
Netauth SMB Config - Specified By Search User Login Attribute Search User Search Attribute Password Mode for Option DFE Scan Config Feature IDC Report Feature Enable Stored Print Confirmation SFMT Size for FAX SFMT SS Length Threshold SFMT A3 Ledger Mixed
0 samAccountName Null 1 0 0 1 2 10
RECEIVE_DOCSIZE_SE 1~2 LECT in Fax Card Functional Description (A10 System Data Default per country)
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-54
Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST

Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content 711-001 711-002 711-003 711-004 711-005 711-006 711-007 711-008 711-009 711-015 711-016 711-017 711-018 711-019 711-020 711-021 711-022 711-023 711-029 711-030 711-031 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (37.5mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (50.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (66.7mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (75.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (100.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (133.3mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (150.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (200.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) (300.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (37.5mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (50.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (66.7mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (75.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (100.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (133.3mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (150.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (200.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) (300.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (37.5mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (50.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (66.7mm/sec.) Default 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 Range 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~214 0~255 0~255 0~255 1 Count 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm Meaning Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
February, 2008 6-55
General Procedures
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content 711-032 711-033 711-034 711-035 711-036 711-037 711-043 711-044 711-045 711-046 711-047 711-048 711-049 711-050 711-051 711-057 711-058 711-059 711-060 711-061 711-062 711-063 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (75.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (100.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (133.3mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (150.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (200.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) (300.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (37.5mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (50.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (66.7mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (75.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (100.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (133.3mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (150.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (200.0mm/sec.) DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) (300.0mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (37.5mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (50.0mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (66.7mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (75.0mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (100.0mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (133.3mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (150.0mm/sec.) Default 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Range 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~40 0~40 0~40 0~40 0~40 0~40 0~40 1 Count 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 Meaning Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor.
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-56
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content 711-064 711-065 711-070 711-071 711-072 711-073 711-074 711-075 711-076 711-077 711-078 711-080 711-081 711-082 711-083 711-084 711-085 711-086 711-087 711-088 711-140 711-141 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (200.0mm/sec.) Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (300.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (37.5mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (50.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (66.7mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (75.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (100.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (133.3mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (150.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (200.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) (300.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (37.5mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (50.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (66.7mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (75.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (100.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (133.3mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (150.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (200.0mm/sec.) T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) (300.0mm/sec.) DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) Replace All DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) Replace All Default 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 129 129 Range 0~40 0~40 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~214 0~214 1 Count 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.0458mm 0.0458mm Meaning Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Rewrites all data of 711-001 to 711-009 with specified data. Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Rewrites all data of 711-015 to 711-023 with specified data.
February, 2008 6-57
General Procedures
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content 711-142 711-143 711-144 711-145 Default Range 0~255 0~255 0~40 0~50 1 Count 0.0458mm 0.0458mm 0.001 0.001 Meaning Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites all data of 711-029 to 711-037 with specified data. Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites all data of 711-043 to 711-051 with specified data. Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor and Regi Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-057 to 711-065 with specified data. Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-070 to 711-078 with specified data. Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-080 to 711-088 with specified data. Initial value 3.6mm (172 pulse, 130 pulse for High Speed mode) +4.1mm/-2.1mm 10 pulse increments Initial value 4.0mm (256 pulse) +4.1mm (346 pulse) / -2.3mm (206 pulse) 10 pulse increments 0: High Speed mode Off 1: High Speed mode On Initial value 31.1mm (450 pulse) +4.6mm (766 pulse) / -4.6mm (566 pulse) 10 pulse increments Correction value for [Size Detection Auto-Correction Function] Original Size Correction Value: +/-5mm Initial value 0mm (0 pulse) +5.0mm (80 pulse) / -5.0mm (-80 pulse) 10 pulse increments This value also applies to Scan Position Transport Time. Initial value 5.0mm (80 pulse) +4.4mm (150 pulse) / -4.4mm (10 pulse) 10 pulse increments Initial value 50.4mm (1080 pulse) +4.6mm (1180 pulse) / -4.6mm (980 pulse) 10 pulse increments Initial value 14.6mm (224 pulse) +3.4mm (274 pulse) / -3.4mm (174 pulse) 10 pulse increments Initial value 15.0mm (241 pulse) +4.6mm (341 pulse) / -4.6mm (141 pulse) 10 pulse increments Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments Initial value 0m +88ms/-12ms, 4ms increments Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments Initial value0ms +40ms/-20ms, 4ms increments Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments
DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) Replace 129 All DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) Replace 129 All Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment Replace All T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) Replace All T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) Replace All Loop Amount Adjustment (Side1) (x1 Pulse) Loop Amount Adjustment (Side2) (x6 Pulse) Simplex Speed Mode Switch 20 15
711-146
0~50
0.001
711-150 711-151 711-152 711-158 711-164 711-200
3 5 0
0~9 0~14 0~1 20 0~100 0~16
0.6835mm 0.4581mm 0.4581mm 0.1mm 0.6249mm
Position Adjustment for End Position during Invert 10 (x4 Pulse) Slow Scan Original Size Correction Value Position Adjustment for Pre Regist End Position (Original Lead Edge Eject Amount from Regi Roll in x2 Pulse Increments) 50 8
711-201 711-202 711-203 711-204 711-205 711-207 711-208 711-209 711-210 711-211 711-212
Position Adjustment for Feed Motor Off Start Posi- 8 tion (x3 Pulse) Position Adjustment for Position to Start Increasing 10 Speed in Duplex (x5 Pulse) Position Adjustment for First-Out Pre Feed Position in Duplex (x7 Pulse) 5
1~15 0~20 0~10 0~20 0~20 2~27 6~25 0~25 0~15 0~25 6~25
0.6249mm 0.4581mm 0.6835mm 0.4581mm 4msec 4msec 4msec 4msec 4msec 4msec 4msec
Position Adjustment for N.R. Solenoid On Position 10 during Invert Output (x8 Pulse) Side2 Feed Motor Reverse Start Time Adjustment 4 Value (T1 ms) Next Feed Start Time Adjustment Value (T3 ms) Simplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment Value (T4 ms) Invert Start Time Adjustment Value (T6 ms) N.R. Solenoid On Start Time Adjustment Value during Invert Output (T7 ms) First-Out Original Feed Start Time Adjustment Value (T8 ms) Duplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment Value (T9 ms) 5 6 5 5 5 6
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-58
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content 711-213 711-214 711-215 711-216 711-217 711-218 711-219 711-270 711-271 711-272 711-273 711-274 711-275 711-276 711-277 711-278 711-279 711-280 711-281 711-282 711-283 711-284 711-297 711-468 711-469 711-470 711-471 711-472 711-473 711-474 711-475 711-476 DADF Stamp Solenoid On Time Adjustment DADF Stamp Position Adjustment Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during Nudger Lift Down (T11 ms) Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during Nudger Lift Up (T12 ms) Feed Out Sensor Static Jam Detection Sampling No. Setting Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - A9 Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - B9 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 1 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 2 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 3 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 4 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 5 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 6 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 7 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 8 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 9 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 10 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 11 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 12 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 13 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 14 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 15 Communication Fail Bypass DADF Open/Close Life Count (upper digits) DADF Open/Close Life Count (lower digits) DADF Document Feed Life Count (upper digits) DADF Document Feed Life Count (lower digits) DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life Count (upper digits) DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life Count (lower digits) Invert Solenoid Life Count (upper digits) Invert Solenoid Life Count (lower digits) DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (upper digits) Default 5 15 10 10 20 59 104 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 63392 3 3392 13 60032 7 41248 1 Range 3~20 0~30 0~20 10~20 1~40 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~1 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 1 Count 2msec 0.5mm 4msec 4msec 1 time 0.01 1 100K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting. 500K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting. 912K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting. 200K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting. Meaning Initial value 10ms +30ms/-4ms, 2ms increments Initial value 0mm +7.5mm/-7.5mm, approx. 0.5mm increments Initial value is 10mm from Tail Edge. Initial value 0ms +/-40ms, 4ms increments Initial value0ms +40ms/-0ms, 4ms increments Initial value 20 times +20 times/-19 times, 1 time increments Initial value 0.59 0.00~2.55, 0.01 increments Initial value 104 0~255, 1 increments Adjustment Value Data 1 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 2 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 3 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 4 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 5 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 6 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 7 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 8 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 9 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 10 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 11 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 12 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 13 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 14 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. Adjustment Value Data 15 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine. 0: Disable Communication Fail Bypass 1: Enable Communication Fail Bypass 260K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting.
February, 2008 6-59
General Procedures
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST Chain-Link Content 711-477 711-478 711-479 DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (lower digits) DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (upper digits) Default 34464 0 Range 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 1 Count 3K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in Chain Link setting. Meaning
DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (lower digits) 3000
Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter

Table 3 Meter Counter ChainLink 720-002 720-003 720-004 720-005 720-006 720-007 720-008 720-009 720-010 720-011 720-046 720-047 720-052 720-053 720-054 720-057 730-010 730-011 730-012 730-013 Content Billing Master Print-Full Color Master Print-Color1 Master Print-Color2 Master Print-B Master Copy-Full Color Counter Master Copy-Color2 Counter Master Copy-B Counter Master FAX-Full Color Counter Master FAX-B Counter Master Large Size B Counter Master Large Size Color Counter Billing Type Master Modal Color Counter Master Modal B Counter Billing Modal Break Point Pay for Print - Correct Account Device Total Impressions Device Impressions Limit Device Impressions Limit Warning Rate Default 1 STANDARD: 0 10 0 0 9,999,999 80 Range 1~7 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~19999999 0~2 0~19999999 0~19999999 10~100 0~1 0~9,999,999 0~100 Meaning Billing1: 1, Billing2: 2, Billing3: 3, Billing4: 4, Billing5: 5, Billing6: 6, Billing7: 7 [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [STANDARD: 0, CUSTOM1: 1, CUSTOM2: 2] [0~19,999,999] [0~19,999,999] [10~100] 0: Print, 1: Forcibly store 0: Print prohibited, 1 to 9,999,998: Upper limit, 9,999,999: No limit Percentage (%) with respect to the maximum number of print impressions used for indicating warning
0~FFFFFFFF 0 to FFFFFFFF
Chain 731-xxx Chain 732-xxx Stored Data

Table 4 Stored Data ChainLink 731001~999 Content Default Range 0~14 Meaning [Follow system data for modem speed=0, 2400bps=1, 4800bps=2, 7200bps=3, 9600bps=4, 12000bps=5, 144000bps=6, 16800bps=7, 19200bps=8, 21600bps=9, 24000bps=10, 26400bps=11, 28800bps=12, 31200bps=13, 33600bps=14]
Speed Dial setting for Modem Speed (Link 0: Follow system data for 1-500) modem speed
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-60
Table 4 Stored Data ChainLink 732001~999 733001~999 734001~999 Content Speed Dial setting for Super G3 (Link 1500=Dial Speed Dial setting for ECM (Link 1500=Dial) Speed Dial setting for JBIG (Link 1500=Dial) Default 0: Do not prohibit 0: Do not prohibit 0: Do not prohibit Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning [0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit] [0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit] [0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]
Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol

Table 5 I/O Port Protocol ChainLink 770-001 770-002 770-003 770-004 770-005 770-006 770-007 770-009 770-010 770-011 770-012 770-020 770-021 770-030 770-039 770-040 770-041 770-042 770-050 770-051 770-052 770-053 770-054 770-055 770-060 Content Parallel Port Enable Parallel Print ModeType Parallel JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Switch Parallel Adobe Protocol Parallel Auto Feed Time Parallel Input Prime Parallel COMM Mode Parallel Corresponding Standard Ethernet Transfer Rate JBA 2004 Extensions Bonjour Port Enable TokenRing Transfer Rate TokenRing Packet Length NetWare Frame Type LPD Max Session EtherTalk Port Enable EtherTalk Print Type EtherTalk JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable Netware Port Enable Netware Print Mode Type Netware JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable NetWare TBCP Valid NetWare Trans. Protocol Burst transfer Lpd Port Enable Default 1: Enable 1: Auto On 0: Standard 6 (30sec) 1 0 0: IEEE P1284 127: Auto 0 1 4 1500 255: Auto 5 0: Disable 5: PostScript 1 0: Disable 1: Auto 1 0: None 1: IPX/SPX 1 1: Start 0~1 0~1 1~29 0~1 0~1 1~3 0~1 0~1 0~255 1~10 0~1 Range 0~1 1~29 0~1 0~2 1~255 0~1 0~1 0~1 1~127 0~1 0~1 1~4 Meaning 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 9: 201H, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 0: Off, 1: On 0: Standard, 1: Binary, 2: TBCP 1~255 (5~1275 sec.) (unit: 5 sec.) 0: Off, 1: On 0: On, 1: Off 0: IEEE P1284, 1: Centronics 127: Auto, 17: 10BASE-T (Half-Duplex), 18: 100BASE-TX (Half-Duplex), 33: 10BASE-T (Full Duplex), 34: 100BASE-TX (Full Duplex) 0: Not supported, 1: Operates by expansion mode 0: Disable, 1: Enable Auto: 4, 4MB/s: 1, 16MB/s: 2, 100MB/s: 3 1500, 2088, 4472, 8232 255: Auto 2: Ethernet II 4: Ethernet SNAP 3: Ethernet 802.2 1: Ethernet 802.3 6: Token SNAP 5: Token 802.5 1 to 10 0: Disable, 1: Enable 5: PostScript 0: Off, 1: On 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 0: Off, 1: On 0: None, 1: TBCP 1: IPX/SPX, 2: TCP/IP, 3: Both 0: Not used, 1: Used 0: Stop, 1: Start
February, 2008 6-61
General Procedures
Table 5 I/O Port Protocol ChainLink 770-061 770-062 770-063 770-064 770-065 770-068 770-069 Content Lpd Print Mode Type Lpd JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable TBCP Valid Flag Lpd Spool Mode Lpd Timeout Lpd Port Number IT Option Address Default 1: Auto 1 0: None 0: Non Spool 16sec 515 Null Range 1~29 0~1 0~1 0~1 2~3600 1~65535 Meaning 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 0: Off, 1: On 0: None, 1: TBCP 0: Non Spool, 1: Spool 2~3600sec (Setting range: 2~65,535) 1 to 65535 Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, dots (.) used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 0~1 1~65535 0~1 1~29 0~1 0~1 0~1 2~6 1~255 1~10 0~1 0~1 1~29 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~65535 0~1 0~65535 1~16 4~10 0~0x10 0: Do not limit, 1: Limit 25, 8000~9999 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 0: Off, 1: On 0: None, 1: TBCP 0: Non Spool, 1: Spool 2: TCP/IP, 4: NetBeui, 6: Both 1 to 255 seconds 1 to 10 0: Not provided, 1: Provided 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 0: Off, 1: On 0: None, 1: TBCP 1: On (local), 0: Off (none) 1: On, 0: Off 0, 1 to 65535 0: Non Spool, 1: Spool 0~65535 sec. 16: Manual, 4: BOOTP, 2: DHCP, 1: RARP 4: Activate IPv4 Protocol only, 6: Activate IPv6 Protocol only, 10: Activate both IPv4 and IPv6 Protocols 0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP DNS Domain Name (Usually 255 characters or less including the last . (dot) that is not displayed.) 0~1 1~65535 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1 to 65535
770-070 770-077 770-080 770-081 770-082 770-083 770-084 770-085 770-087 770-088 770-089 770-090 770-091 770-092 770-093 770-094 770-095 770-097 770-098 770-099 770-100 770-104 770-110 770-112 770-113 770-114
Lpd Address Limitation SMTP Port Number SMB Port Enable SMB Print Mode Type SMB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable SMB TBCP Valid Flag SMB Spool Mode SMB Transport Protocol Timeout of BMLinkS Discovery Max TTL of BMLinkS Discovery Filtering Policy of BMLinkS Discovery IPP Port Enable IPP Print Mode Type IPP JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable IPP TBCP Valid Flag Acl Authorization Use DNS Name Port number IPP Spool Mode Timeout of IPP Port DHCP Mode IP Mode DNS Auto Config. DNS Domain Name WSD Print Starting Setup WSD Print Port No.
0: Do not limit 25 1: Enable 1: Auto 1 0: None 0: Non Spool 6: Both 5 1 1 0: Disable 1: Auto 1 0: None 0: Off (none) 1: On 80 0: Non Spool 60 2: DHCP 10 0x02 NULL 1 80
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-62
Table 5 I/O Port Protocol ChainLink 770-116 770-117 770-118 Content IP Address Subnet Mask WINS Server Address 1 Default Null Null Null Range Meaning Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) can be used. Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) can be used. Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) used in the address as separators can be used. Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) used in the address as separators can be used. 0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) can be used. 0~1 0~128 0: Disable this function, 1: Enable this function 0 to 128 bits Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format 0~1 0~3 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Both Off, 1: IPX, 2: UDP, 3: Both On JISX0201 character code (12 characters)
770-119
WINS Server Address 2
Null
770-120 770-122 770-126 770-127 770-128 770-129 770-130 770-131 770-133
WINS Auto Config Gateway Address
DHCP Null
IPv6 Validate Flag for Manual Configuration 0 IPv6 Address Prefix Length for Manual Configuration IPv6 Address for Manual Configuration 0 Null
IPv6 Gateway Address for Manual Configu- Null ration Agent Port Enable Agent Transport Flag Agent Community Name 1 ~ 10 1: Enable 2: UDP NULL (Replace with fxSystemMgr on the PDU) Null Null Null Null Null 1: Enable 0 Null Null Null 0~128 0~128 0~128 0~1 0~1
770-135 770-136 770-137 770-138 770-139 770-140 770-151 770-152 770-153 770-154 770-155 770-156 770-157 770-158
lpd Valid IP Address 1 lpd Valid IP Address 2 lpd Valid IP Address 3 lpd Valid IP Address 4 lpd Valid IP Address 5 EWS Port Enable IPv6 Access Control IPv6 Address 1 for Auto Configuration IPv6 Address 2 for Auto Configuration IPv6 Address 3 for Auto Configuration
IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null. IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null. IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null. IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null. IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null. 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable access control, 1: Enable access control Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format 0 to 128 bits 0 to 128 bits 0 to 128 bits Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format
IPv6 Address 1 Prefix Length for Auto Con- 0 figuration IPv6 Address 2 Prefix Length for Auto Con- 0 figuration IPv6 Address 3 Prefix Length for Auto Con- 0 figuration IPv6 Link Local Address Null
February, 2008 6-63
General Procedures
Table 5 I/O Port Protocol ChainLink 770-159 770-160 770-163 770-166 770-179 770-190 770-191 770-222 770-250 770-251 770-252 Content Default Range Meaning Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format (prefix is 64 bits) 0~1 1~255 1~15 1~2 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1: V1/V2C, 2: V3 (The bit corresponding to the valid bit is turned on) 1~15 1: PFRSC_SYS_SLP_V1, 2: PFRSC_SYS_SLP_V2 1: Start, 0: Stop ASCII Max number of characters 128 (Character type: alphabet, [@] [.] [+] [-] [=] [_] (underscore) [/] [<] [>]) in the format username@domain.name 0~1 0~3 0~1 1~29 0: Disable 1: Enable 0: Standard 1: Binary 2: TBCP, 3: RAW Mode 0: Off 1: On 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 Refer to the FF Host I/F of each product for the setting range. 0: Disable 1: Enable 1~255 (5~1275 sec.) (unit: 5 sec.) 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 0: Off, 1: On 0: None, 1: TBCP 0: Non Spool (Ring Buffer), 1: Spool (RAM Disk) 0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content, 4: Print entire header and body (S/MIME data included) 0~1 1~65535 0~1 1~65535 1~65535 0~1 0: Disable 1: Enable 1 to 65535 0: Disable 1: Enable 1 to 65535 1 to 65535 0: Disable, 1: Enable
IPv6 Gateway Address for Auto Configura- Null tion MFIO Port Enable SNMP Protocol version HTTP Max Session SLP Version Mail Service Start/Stop Address of Mail Sender port9100 Starting setup USB Adobe Protocol USB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable USB Print Mode Type 0: Disable 1 5 1 1: Start NULL 1 0 1 1
770-254 770-255 770-280 770-281 770-282 770-283 770-284 770-285
USB Port Enable USB Auto Feed Time Mail Print Starting Setup Mail Print File Type Mail Print JCL Switch Mail Print Filter Mail Print Spool Type Mail Print with Header Print
1 6 (30sec) 1: Enable 1 1 0 0: Non Spool
0~1 1~255 0~1 1~29 0~1 0~1 0~1
1: Print basic headers and 0~4 contents NULL NULL 1: Enable 80 1: Enable 80 80 1: Enable
770-286 770-287 770-290 770-291 770-295 770-296 770-297 770-320
POP Server User Name POP Server Password UPnP Enable UPnP Port Number BMLinkS Print Service Enable BMLinkS Discovery Service Port No. BMLinkS Print Service Port No. Sesami Port Enable
Chain 770-xxx 840-xxx Scan Service

Table 6 Scan Service ChainLink 770-301 Content LDAP Server Name Primary Default NULL Range Meaning 64bytes or below. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-64
Table 6 Scan Service ChainLink 770-303 770-304 770-306 770-307 770-308 770-310 770-311 770-312 770-320 770-339 770-340 770-342 770-343 770-344 770-345 770-346 770-347 770-400 770-401 770-402 840-001 840-002 840-003 840-004 840-005 840-006 840-007 840-008 840-009 840-010 840-011 840-012 840-013 840-019 840-021 840-024 Content LDAP Server Port Number Primary LDAP Server Name Secondary LDAP Server Port Number Secondary LDAP Referral Enable LDAP Referral MAX HOPs Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 1 Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 2 Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 3 Sesami Port Enable Sys IF Entry Enable IT Option MAC Address IT Option MAC Address 1 IT Option MAC Address 2 IT Option MAC Address 3 IT Option MAC Address 4 IT Option MAC Address 5 IT Option MAC Address 6 WebDAV Port Enable WebDAV Port No. Timeout of WebDAV Port No. Scan Service Enable Scan Illegal Operation MAX Store Number in Scan Service Brightness3 Setting in Scan Service Brightness2 Setting in Scan Service Brightness1 Setting in Scan Service Brightness-1 Setting in Scan Service Brightness-2 Setting in Scan Service Brightness-3 Setting in Scan Service Contrast [Hard] Setting in Scan Service Contrast [Medium Hard] Setting in Scan Service Contrast [Medium Soft] Setting in Scan Service Contrast [Soft] Setting in Scan Service RGB Color Space in Scan Service Scan ACS Display Remove Bleed Through Level in Scan Default 389 NULL 389 0 5 0~2 0~2 0~2 1 0 0x0~0xFF 0x0~0xFF 0x0~0xFF 0x0~0xFF 0x0~0xFF 0x0~0xFF 0x0~0xFF 0 80 30 Enable 1 999 sheets 192: [92(density)] 161: [61(density)] 131: [31(density)] 99: [1(density)] 98: [2(density)] 97: [3(density)] 150: [50] 125: [25] 75: [-25] 50: [-50] 0 0 2 1~65535 0~1 1~5 0 0 0 0~1 0~1 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0~1 1~65535 1~65535 0~1 0~1 1~999 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~1 0~1 0~4 1st byte of IT Option MAC Address 2nd byte of IT Option MAC Address 3rd byte of IT Option MAC Address 4th byte of IT Option MAC Address 5th byte of IT Option MAC Address 6th byte of IT Option MAC Address 0: Disable, 1: Enable Port No. Timeout (seconds) [0: Enable, 1: Disable] [0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents as valid] [1~999 sheets] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] 0~200: [-100~100] [Standard Color Space]: 0 [Color Space on Device]: 1 [0: Do not display, 1: Display] 0: Low, 1: Lower, 2: Standard, 3: Higher, 4: High General Procedures Range 1~65535 Meaning 1~65535 64bytes or below. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters. 1~65535 0: Referral disabled, 1: Referral enabled See the maximum number of HOPs in LDAP referral 0: Not specified (null), 1: Request of regular status notification (STATUS_REPORT), 2: Request of immediate status notification (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT) 0: Not specified (null), 1: Request of regular status notification (STATUS_REPORT), 2: Request of immediate status notification (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT) 0: Not specified (null), 1: Request of regular status notification (STATUS_REPORT), 2: Request of immediate status notification (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT) 0: Stop, 1: Start 0: Do not start, 1: Start
February, 2008 6-65
Table 6 Scan Service ChainLink 840-031 840-032 840-034 840-041 840-046 840-047 840-048 840-049 840-080 840-081 840-082 840-083 840-084 840-085 840-086 840-087 840-088 840-089 840-090 840-091 840-092 840-093 840-094 840-095 840-096 840-097 Content Switch System of ServerFax and EnbeddedFax ServerFax Confirmation Sheet Control ServerFax Transfer Protocol SMB Browsing Timeout Setting Use cn for LDAP Search Filter Use sn for LDAP Search Filter Use givenname for LDAP Search Filter Use custom attribute for LDAP Search Filter ABL LDAP Valid ABL LDAP CN ABL LDAP SN ABL LDAP Given Name ABL LDAP Mail ABL LDAP Alt Name1 ABL LDAP Alt Name1 Type ABL LDAP Alt Name2 ABL LDAP Alt Name2 Type ABL LDAP Alt Name3 ABL LDAP Alt Name3 Type ABL LDAP Max Hit Count ABL LDAP DN ABL LDAP Password ABL LDAP Root ABL LDAP Scope ABL LDAP Object Class ABL LDAP Timeout Default 1 2 1 5 1 2 2 2 1 cn sn given name mail Telephone number (FX default) Telephone number Office (FX default) o Department (FX default) ou 50 NULL NULL NULL 3 * 30 1~3 Range 1~2 1~3 1~5 1~300 1~2 1~2 1~2 1~2 0~1 Meaning 1: Priority on Server Fax, 2: Priority on Analog Fax 1: Always output report, 2: Output report only when error occurs, 3: Do not output report 1: FTP, 2: NCP, 3: SMB, 4: SMTP, 5: HTTP 1 to 300 seconds 1: On, 2: Off 1: On, 2: Off 1: On, 2: Off 1: On, 2: Off 1: Allow, 0: Prohibit Character string within 32bytes. Character string within 32bytes. Character string within 32bytes. Character string within 32bytes. Character string within 16bytes (for Japan). Default character string differs per shipment destination. Character string within 32bytes. Character string within 16bytes (for Japan). Default character string differs per shipment destination. Character string within 32bytes. Character string within 16bytes (for Japan). Default character string differs per shipment destination. Character string within 32bytes. 5~100 Within 256bytes. Do not set if LDAP authentication is not required. Within 32bytes. Do not set if password is not required in LDAP authentication. Within 255bytes. 1: Root entry only, 2: One level below root entry only, 3: All levels below root entry Within 32bytes. For 0 or 5~120 detected by the device, set the timeout value to a numerical value other than 0. If 0 is specified, the device will not detect timeout. The timeout setting will follow the setting in the Directory Server Service. 0~3 0: None (other application server that is not defined), 1: Microsoft (ActiveDirectory or Microsoft ExchangeServer5.5), 2: Novel* NetWare5*, 3: IBM Domino 6*. * Mapping of properties for retrieval and LDAP properties are done based on this setting. Maximum of 32 bytes including null-terminated character string. Upper case and lower case letters are distinguished. For this system datas character string to be valid, Use of Custom LDAP Attribute Type needs to be set to On. 0~1 1~3 1~3 0: Do not enable, 1: Enable 1: Always place signature, 2: Never place signature, 3: User selection 1: Always place signature, 2: Never place signature, 3: User selection Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
840-098
ABL LDAP Directory Application
NULL
840-104
Custom Attribute for LDAP Search Filter
NULL
840-115 840-116 840-117
Scan Template Management Enable Scan to E-Mail Net Config Sign IFAX Net Config Sign
0 3 3
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-66
Table 6 Scan Service ChainLink 840-118 840-119 840-123 840-125 840-126 840-127 840-128 840-129 840-130 840-131 840-132 840-133 840-134 840-135 840-136 840-137 840-138 840-139 840-140 840-141 840-142 840-144 840-147 840-148 840-149 Content ABL LDAP Config S-FMT Scan to IFAX Binary ABL LDAP Info - Use SSL Default Message of Scan to E-Mail Authenticated User Name in Mail Body Default userCertificate;binary 0~1 1~2 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 1 0 NULL 1 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable Range Meaning Character string that indicates certificate attribute name 0: No output, 1: Output 1: Priority on speed, 2: Priority on profile 0: Disable, 1: Enable
MetaData Validation Export UserID Enable 1
Authenticated User E-Mail Address in Mail 1 Body Number of Pages in Mail Body File Format in Mail Body IP Address in Mail Body Serial Number in Mail Body MAC Address in Mail Body Device Name in Mail Body Device Location in Mail Body Default Signature Message of Scan to EMail Change from Address Enable for Login User Change from Address Enable for Login Invalid User Change from Address Enable for Guest User 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NULL 0 1 0
0~1 0~1
0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted
Change from Address Enable for Not-Login 0 User E-Mail Enable for Invalid Mail Address User 1 Netsend Transmission Report Control CWSS Confirmation Sheet Control Scan OCR Default Scan to Home Enable Scan to My Folder Enable 2 2 1 0 0
0~1 0~1 1~3 1~3 1~2 0~1 0~1
0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted 1: Always output report, 2: Output report only when error occurs, 3: Do not output report 1: Always output report, 2: Output report only when error occurs, 3: Do not output report 1: Follow the direction of OCR result page, 2: Follow the direction of input page 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable
February, 2008 6-67
General Procedures
Chain 780-xxx IOT

Table 7 IOT ChainLink 780-013 Content Tray1 Paper Type Default 1 Range 1~255 Meaning 1: STATIONERY, 2: TRANSPARENCY, 3: ENVELOPE, 4: ENVELOPE_PLAIN, 5: ENVELOPE_WINDOW, 6: LABEL, 7: FORM, 8:COATING1, 9: TRACABLE, 10: THICK1, 11:THICK1_REV, 12: THICK2, 13: THICK2_REV, 14: RECYCLED, 15: CONTINUOUS_LONG, 16: CONTINUOUS_SHORT, 17: TAB_STOCK, 18: MULTI_LAYER, 19: OPAQUE_FILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: THIN, 22: FINE, 23: USER1, 24: USER2, 25: USER3, 26: USER4, 27: USER5, 28: OTHER, 29: WRAPPINGPAPER, 30: EXLUSTERPAPER, 31: COATING2, 32: COATING1_REV, 33: COATING2_REV, 34: THICK1_FINISHER, 35: COATING1_FINISHER, 36: THICK1_A, 37: THICK1_B, 38: THICK1_C, 39: THICK1_S, 40: THICK2_A, 41: THICK2_B, 42: THICK2_C, 43: THICK2_D, 44: THICK2_S, 45: THICK1_FINISHER_A, 46: THICK1_FINISHER_B, 47: THICK1_FINISHER_C, 48: THICK1_FINISHER_S, 49: HAGAKI, 50: HAGAKI_REV, 51: STATIONARY_REV, 52: FINE_REV, 53: RECYCLED_REV, 54: SPECIAL, 55: SPECIAL_REV 56: USED, 57: PREPUNCHED, 58: TAB_THICK1, 59: TAB_THICK2. Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above ASCII numerals, symbols Max. 24 characters (M/N) Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 0~1 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform -
780-014 780-015 780-016 780-018 780-019 780-020 780-021 780-022 780-023 780-024 780-025 780-026 780-027 780-028 780-029 780-030 780-031 780-032 780-033
Tray2 Paper Type Tray3 Paper Type Tray4 Paper Type SMH Paper Type Custom Paper Name 1 Custom Paper Name 2 Custom Paper Name 3 Custom Paper Name 4 Custom Paper Name 5
1: Plain 1: Plain 1: Plain 1: Plain NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL
1~255 1~255 1~255 1~255
IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect for Print 0 Job Image Quality Control Category: Height Image Quality Control Category: Plain Paper Image Quality Control Category: Recycle Paper Image Quality Control Category: User Defined Paper 1 Image Quality Control Category: User Defined Paper 2 Image Quality Control Category: User Defined Paper 3 Image Quality Control Category: User Defined Paper 4 Image Quality Control Category: User Defined Paper 5 Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 1
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-68
Table 7 IOT ChainLink 780-034 780-035 780-036 780-037 780-038 780-050 780-051 780-052 780-053 780-054 780-055 780-056 780-057 780-060 Content Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 1: Finisher Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 1 (Side 2) Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 2 Image Quality Control Category: Heavyweight Paper 2 (Side 2) Image Quality Control Category: Side 2 Paper Type Priority: High Quality Paper Paper Type Priority: Plain Paper Paper Type Priority: Recycled Paper Paper Type Priority: Custom 1 Paper Type Priority: Custom 2 Paper Type Priority: Custom 3 Paper Type Priority: Custom 4 Paper Type Priority: Custom 5 Tray 1 Priority X: 255 1 2 Default Range 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 0~60 1~255 1~255 1~255 Meaning 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type. Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 0 to 6. Note: Priority is in order of the numbers with 1 first in priority. Multiple paper types cannot be set. Note: Depending on the number of installed Trays, 4 to 6 cannot be selected. Note: 0 means not to include this Tray in APS/ATS candidate Trays. Same as above Same as above Same as above 0: OFF, 1: ON 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of 12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji. For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII. 1~3 1~3 0~1 0~1 1~255 1~255 1~255 1~255 1~255 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset 0: Not available, 1: Available TRUE (1): Stop printing, FALSE (0): Do not stop printing 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type. 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type. 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type. 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type. 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type.
X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 1 0~6
780-061 780-062 780-063 780-069 780-071
Tray 2 Priority Tray 3 Priority Tray 4 Priority Image Enhancement Enable User Define: Number of Paper Color 1
2 3 4 1 Null
0~6 0~6 0~6 0~1
780-072 780-073 780-074 780-075 780-076 780-077 780-078 780-079 780-080
Center Tray Offset Enable Finisher Tray Offset Enable Availability of Large Waste Toner Box Stop Printing When Drum Life Ends
Offset per set Offset per set 0 1: Stop printing
Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher Paper X: 255 Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (A) Paper Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (B) Paper Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (C) Paper Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (S) Paper X: 255 X: 255 X: 255 X: 255
February, 2008 6-69
General Procedures
Table 7 IOT ChainLink 780-081 780-084 780-096 Content Paper Type Priority: Coating 1 Finisher Paper Paper Type Priority: Reverse User Define: Number of Paper Color 2 Default X: 255 X: 255 Null Range 1~255 1~255 Meaning 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type. 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the max. number of settings for paper type. 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of 12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji. For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII. 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of 12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji. For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII. 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of 12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji. For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII. 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of 12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji. For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII. 1~255 1~255 0~6 0 to 6. Note: Priority is in order of the numbers with 1 first in priority. Multiple paper types cannot be set. Note: Depending on the number of installed Trays, 4 to 6 cannot be selected. Note: 0 means not to include this Tray in APS/ATS candidate Trays. 0 to 6. Note: Priority is in order of the numbers with 1 first in priority. Multiple paper types cannot be set. Note: Depending on the number of installed Trays, 4 to 6 cannot be selected. Note: 0 means not to include this Tray in APS/ATS candidate Trays. 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset 0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset TRUE (1): Staple, FALSE (0): Release 10 to 100 sheets (B Finisher), 25 to 75 sheets (C Finisher/D Finisher [50 sheets]), 50 to 100 sheets (D Finisher [100 sheets]) 2 to 200 sheets 2 to 200 sheets 1 to 15 sheets 2~25 sheets 0: No user intervention (job is continued automatically by disregarding paper type specified by job), 1: User intervention (choices are: [a] continue job by disregarding paper type specified by job) or [b] cancel job), 2: User intervention (choices are: [a] continue job by changing type of paper in Tray or [b] cancel job). TRUE (1): Detect custom size, FALSE (0): Auto Size Detect 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
780-097
User Define: Number of Paper Color 3
Null
780-098
Null
780-099
Null
780-108 780-109 780-110
Tray 6 (HCF) Paper Type Tray 7 (HCF) Paper Type Tray 6 (HCF) Priority
1: Plain paper 1: Plain paper 5
780-111
Tray 7 (HCF) Priority
0~6
780-141 780-142 780-145 780-146 780-147 780-148 780-149 780-150 780-151 780-153
Center Tray2 Offset Enable Forced Duplex IOT Control Offset Mode Staple Max Staple Capacity Max Staple Capacity: Small Size Max Staple Capacity: Large Size Max BiFold Capacity Max Booklet Capacity Medium Type APS Ignore Confirm
Offset per set 0 Offset per set 50 100 65 5 15 sheets 2
1~3 0~1 1~3 0~1 10~150 2~200 2~200 1~15 2~25 0~2
IOT Control Non Same FS Mix Size Staple Release
780-161 780-162 780-163 780-164 780-165
IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect Tray1 Medium Attribute Tray2 Medium Attribute Tray3 Medium Attribute Tray4 Medium Attribute
Auto Size Detect 0 0 0 0
0~1 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-70
Table 7 IOT ChainLink 780-166 780-167 780-170 780-171 780-172 780-173 780-174 780-175 780-176 780-177 780-178 780-192 780-193 780-196 780-203 780-204 780-205 780-206 780-207 780-208 780-209 780-210 780-211 780-212 780-213 780-214 780-215 Content Tray6 Medium Attribute Tray7 Medium Attribute Use Tray Paper Attr Color Use Tray Paper Attr Pre-Punched Tray 1 Medium Pre-Punched Tray 2 Medium Pre-Punched Tray 3 Medium Pre-Punched Tray 4 Medium Pre-Punched Tray 5 Medium Pre-Punched Tray 6 Medium Pre-Punched Tray 7 Medium Pre-Punched Image Quality Control Category: Cort Image Quality Control Category: Cort Rev IOT Oottray OCT Enable Tray 1 Fixed Medium Direction Tray 1 Fixed Medium Size Tray 2 Fixed Medium Direction Tray 2 Fixed Medium Size Tray 3 Fixed Medium Direction Tray 3 Fixed Medium Size Tray 4 Fixed Medium Direction Tray 4 Fixed Medium Size Tray 6 Fixed Medium Direction Tray 6 Fixed Medium Size Tray 7 Fixed Medium Direction Tray 7 Fixed Medium Size HCS Tray Offset Enable 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Default 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Range 0~2 0~2 0~1 0~1 1~2 1~2 1~2 1~2 1~2 1~2 1~2 0~60 0~60 0~1 0~2 0~255 0~2 0~255 0~2 0~255 0~2 0~255 0~2 0~255 0~2 0~255 1~3 Meaning 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy 0: Do not use, 1: Use 0: Do not use, 1: Use 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded) 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded) 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded) 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded) 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded) 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded) 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of holes is disregarded) 0: Not provided (automatic detection), 1: Provided 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF 0: Not specified 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF 0: Not specified 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF 0: Not specified 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF 0: Not specified 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF 0: Not specified 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF 0: Not specified 1: Per set, 2: Per job, 3: No offset
Chain 785-xxx IIT

Table 8 IIT ChainLink 785-003 Content Image Processing Method of FAX Photo Default Error Diffusion Range 0~1 Meaning 0: Error Diffusion (1bit, ED), 1: Dither
February, 2008 6-71
General Procedures
Table 8 IIT ChainLink 785-004 785-008 785-010 785-015 785-021 785-024 785-025 785-026 785-027 785-028 785-030 785-031 785-032 785-033 785-034 785-035 785-036 785-037 785-038 785-039 785-040 785-041 785-042 785-043 785-050 785-051 785-052 785-053 785-065 785-080 Content Ground Color Remove Method in B&W Mode DADF Control Type FAX Document Size Detect Method in DADF Text / Photo Detect Level HWM H/W Setting Adjust 100 Fast Scan Adjust 100 Slow Scan DADF Adjust 100 Copy Photo Process Errdifusion or Dither CVT Org Size Required Off/On Copy APS Size OFF/ON[5.5.x8.5(Statement)] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A5] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B5] Default 1 0 0 3 0 100.0% 100.0% 0 0 1: Required Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region Range 0~1 0~3 0~1 1~5 0~1 980~1020 980~1020 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~255 0~10 Meaning 0: Priority on image quality, 1: Priority on speed 0: Not specified (auto recognition), 1: PF1, 2: PF2, 3: PF1.5 0: A/B series, 1: Inch series 1: More Text, 2: Text, 3: Normal, 4: Photo, 5: More Photo 0: Not set, 1: Set 980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments 980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments 0: Do not apply, 1: Apply 0: Error Diffusion, 1: Dither 0: Not required, 1: Required [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable] 0: Apply only for that original, 1: Apply for all subsequent non-standard sized originals 0: Do not conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides, 1: Conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides 0: Do not conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides, 1: Conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides 0: Do not conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides, 1: Conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides 0: Paste at the corner, 1: Paste at the center 0~10mm (1mm increments)
Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.25x10.5(Execu- Set for each region tive)] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8x10] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[16K] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x11(Letter)] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A4] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x14(Legal)] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B4] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8K] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[11x17(Ledger)] Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A3] Original Application Range DADF Dup Simultaneous in Copy DADF Dup Simultaneous in FAX DADF Dup Simultaneous in Scan Switching Between Center and Corner for Positioning Image on Large Size Paper Copy Edge Erase Margin Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region Set for each region 0 1 1 1 1 5
Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x13(Foolscap)] Set for each region
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-72
Table 8 IIT ChainLink 785-081 Content DADF Elevator Tray Active Mode Default 1 Range 1~2 Meaning 1: The earlier of (A) or (B) shall be the trigger: (A) When a specified time (set in NVM) elapses since the Document Set Sensor was turned On. The timer will be reset if the Original Document Guide is moved (i.e., if the level of the APS Sensor on Tray 1 to 3 changes). A change in the level while the Tray is moving upward is disregarded. (B) When the Start button is pressed while the Document Set Sensor is On. 2: Only when the Start button is pressed while the Document Set Sensor is On.
Chain 790-xxx UI
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-001 790-002 Content Start Up Display Setting Function Set Display Setting Default 0 1 (DC) 0 (MF/P) Range 0~2 0~255 Meaning 0: Settings List, 1: Job Management, 2: Machine Information 0: Menu, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (Digital Camera Print), 15: Media Print (Text Print), 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BM LinkS 0: Do not display, 1: Display 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit 1 to 59 seconds 0: None (not in use) 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF1), 7: Tray 7 (HCF2) Same as above Same as above 0: Do not operate in old version (v2.0), 1: Operate 0: Cannot access general websites, 1: Can access general websites 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform 0: None 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12 Same as above 0: Do not use Java Script, 1: Use Java Script 0: Do not use cache, 1: Use cache 0: Check automatically, 1: Check each time when displaying a page, 2: Check only once after the initiation when displaying a page, 3: Do not check 0: Disable cookie (Do not use cookie), 1: Enable cookie (Use cookie), 2: Check data saving each time cookie is received 0: Do not use TLS 1.0, 1: Use TLS 1.0 0: Do not use SSL 2.0, 1: Use SSL 2.0 0: Do not use SSL 3.0, 1: Use SSL 3.0
790-003 790-005 790-019 790-050 790-051 790-052 790-056 790-057 790-058 790-059 790-060 790-061 790-063 790-064 790-065 790-066 790-067 790-068 790-069
FAX Broadcast / Multi-Poll Display Ad Hoc Address Enable Pause Print Job Cancel Timer (By Connected Accessory) Preset Tray 1 in Copy Preset Tray 2 in Copy Preset Tray 3 in Copy EWB - Web Access v2.0 EWB - Access Permission EWB - Init Cookie EWB - Init Cache Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy EWB - Java Script EWB - Cache EWB - Verify Cache EWB - Verify Cookie EWB - TLS 1.0 EWB - SSL 2.0 EWB - SSL 3.0
1: Display 0 15 1 2 5 0 0 0 0 R/E Preset 2 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 3 (XC) R/E Preset 4 (XE): 3 R/E Preset 7 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 5 (XC) R/E Preset 6 (XE): 5 1 1 0 2 1 1 1
0~1 0~1 1~59 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~12 12 0~1 0~1 0~3 0~2 0~1 0~1 0~1
February, 2008 6-73
General Procedures
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-070 790-071 790-072 790-073 Content Default Tray in Copy Default Tray on Release ATS in Copy Default Reduce/Enlarge in Copy Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy Default 0 1 0 XE/DMO-E: 1001 (25%), DMO-W: 1003 (50%), XC:1001 (25%) Range 0~7 1~7 0~255 25~1026 Meaning 0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF), 7: Tray 7 (HCF). Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the setting range. 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF), 7: Tray 7 (HCF). Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the setting range. 0:100% 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12 255: Auto 1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006:64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00% 1~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00% Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 0: Do not give warning regarding the availability of protection at the time of moving to a different website, 1: Give warning 0: Do not give warning when redirected at the time of form transmission, 1: Give warning, 2: Give warning when redirected to a different host 0: Stop temporary access to unreliable server, 1: Ask user 0: Do not display, 1: Display 1: Text, 2: Text & Photo, 3: Photo, 4: Pencil Text 0: Off, 1: On 0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3 0: Off, 1: On 0: Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Normal, 3: Soft, 4: Softer 0: No shift, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center 0: No shift, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6: Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center, 10: Opposite to Side 1
790-074
Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy
XE/DMO-E: 1003(50%), DMO-W: 1006 (64.7%), XC:1003(50%)
1001~1026
790-075 790-076 790-077 790-078 790-079 790-085 790-086 790-087 790-088 790-094 790-097 790-098 790-099 790-122 790-124 790-125
Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Copy Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in Copy Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in Copy Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in Copy Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in Copy EWB - Site Scan Warn EWB - Redirect EWB - Cert Valid Display Logout Confirm Popup Default BW Original Type in Copy Default Background Suppression in Copy Default Density Adjustment in Copy Mixed Size Default Default Sharpness in Copy Default Center / Corner Shift Position (Side1) Default Center / Corner Shift Position (Side2)
XE/DMO-E: 1007(70.7%), DMO-W: 1007 (70.7%), XC:1006(64.7%) XE/DMO-E: 1012(97.3%), DMO-W: 1008 (78.5%), XC:1008(78.5%) XE/DMO-E: 1017(141.4%), DMO-W: 1012 (97.3%), XC:1016(129.4%) XE/DMO-E: 1022(200%), DMO-W: 1017 (141.4%), XC:1025(400%) XE/DMO-E: 1025(400%), DMO-W: 1017 (141.4%), XC:1025(400%) 0 2 1 0 1 1 3 0 2 0 10
1001~1026 1001~1026 1001~1026 1001~1026 1001~1026 0~1 0~2 0~1 0~1 1~4 0~1 0~6 0~1 0~4 0~9 0~10
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-74
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-126 790-127 790-128 790-129 790-130 790-131 Content FAX Broadcast FAX Second Input Method Center Erase in Copy Rotation Enable in Copy Default of Direction of Image Fixed Original Size 1 in Copy Default 0 0 0 (mm) 1 Finisher models: 0, No Finisher: 1 XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3S), DMO-W: 10 (A3S), XC: 89 (8.5x11L) Range 0~2 0~2 0~50 0~2 0~2 2~255 Meaning 0: Broadcast prohibited, 1: Broadcast permitted (re-entry not required), 2: Broadcast permitted (re-entry required) 0: Speed dial, 1: Full dial, 2: No input for the second time 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0: Always ON 1: ON only for APS/AMS 2: Always OFF 0: Auto, 1: Portrait Original - Left Edge, 2: Portrait Original - Right Edge 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO) Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 0: Select list, 1: Open detail/setting screen
790-132 790-133 790-134 790-135 790-136 790-137 790-138 790-139 790-140 790-141 790-148
Fixed Original Size 2 in Copy Fixed Original Size 3 in Copy Fixed Original Size 4 in Copy Fixed Original Size 5 in Copy Fixed Original Size 6 in Copy Fixed Original Size 7 in Copy Fixed Original Size 8 in Copy Fixed Original Size 9 in Copy Fixed Original Size 10 in Copy Fixed Original Size 11 in Copy Action Type of Select List Item in JFS
XE/DMO-E: 12 (A4SEF), DMO-W: 12 1~255 (A4SEF), XC: 90 (8.5x11SEF) XE/DMO-E: 11 (A4LEF), DMO-W: 11 (A4LEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF) 1~255
XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 1~255 (A5SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF) XE/DMO-E: 16 (A6SEF), DMO-W: 16 1~255 (A6SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF) XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 (B4SEF), XC:120 (7.25x10.5SEF) XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 1~255 (B5SEF), XC:110 (5x7SEF) XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 (B5LEF), XC:107 (4x6SEF) XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 92 (8.5x14SEF), XC:12 (A4SEF) XE/DMO-E: 118 (8.5x13SEF), DMOW: 118 (8.5x13SEF), XC:11 (A4LEF) 1~255
XE/DMO-E: 89 (8.5x11LEF), DMO-W: 1~255 89 (8.5x11LEF), XC:10 (A3SEF) 1 0~1
February, 2008 6-75
General Procedures
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-149 790-172 Content Max Copy Volume Paper Type for Copy APS Default 999 0 Range 1~9999 0~255 Meaning 1 to 9999 sheets 0: Conform to conventional priority sequence. Note: Types of paper, other than tabbed sheet, that can be set to Trays other than SMH and Interposer can be specified. 0: All paper colors, 1: White, 2: Pink, 3: Yellow, 4: Ocher, 5: Gold, 6: Blue, 7: Green, 8: Transparent, 10: Red, 13: Other, 14: Cream, 15: Gray, 16: Orange, 17: Userdefined color 1, 18: User-defined color 2, 19: User-defined color 3, 20: User-defined color 4, 21: User-defined color 5 0: In the ascending order of document registration time and date, 1: In the descending order of document registration time and date 0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left 0: None (1->1 Sided), 1: 1->2 Sided, 2: 2->1 Sided, 3: 2->2 Sided 0: Auto, 1: Collate, 2: Uncollated, 3: Uncollated with separator insertion 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 7: HCS2 Top Tray, 8: HCS2 Stacker Tray *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
790-173
Paper Color for Copy APS
0~21
790-175 790-180 790-181 790-182 790-183
Box Service Print Order Default of Right Image direction Default Duplex Setting Default Sort Mode in Copy Default Exit Tray in Copy
0 0 0 0
0~3 0~1 0~3 0~3
Out of the installed destination Trays, 0~8 the destination Tray is determined based on the following priority order: 1) 0: Center Tray (Center Tray 1) 2) 3: Center Tray 2 3) 5: HCS1 Top Tray 4) 4: Top Tray 5) 2: Finisher Tray 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 Null 1 1 0 0 21 0 1 XE/DMO-E: 1003 (50%), DMO-W: 1003 (50%), XC: 1003 (50%) 0~1 1~999999 0~1 0~1 0~23 0~59 0~1 50~1026 0~1 0~4 0~6 0~6 0~2 0~3 0~1
790-184 790-185 790-186 790-187 790-188 790-189 790-190 790-191 790-192 790-193 790-194 790-195 790-196 790-197 790-198 790-200
Sending Display Enable Initial Display of Address Default Communication Mode in FAX Default Scanning Density in FAX Default Original Type in FAX Default Scanning Resolution in FAX FAX Monitor Print Enable Default Subject of Internet Fax Send Header Enable Destination Table in FAX Mix Size Enable in FAX FAX Receive Mode Delayed Send Time Setting-hour Delayed Send Time Setting-minutes FAX Manual Send Receive Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in FAX
0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 2: Destination address screen 3: Basic screen 4: Address book 1: G4 Auto, 2: G3 Auto, 3: F4800 (Communication speeds below 4800bps) The following are additional settings for M/N: 4: G3 5: G3 (ECM) 6: G3 (ECM)? Forced4800 0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3 0=Text, 1=Photo, 2=Text & Photo 0: Standard, 1: Fine (200x200), 2: Fine (400x400), 3: Fine (600x600) 0: Off 1: On 128 bytes maximum, null-terminated 0: Off 1: On 1~999999 0: Off 1: On 0: Auto Receive, 1: Manual Receive Hour (0~23) (24-hour clock) Minute (0~59) 0: Manual Receive, 1: Manual Send 1~49: Not in use, 50~400%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-76
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-201 790-202 790-203 790-204 790-205 790-206 790-207 790-208 790-209 790-210 Content Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in FAX Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in FAX Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in FAX Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in FAX Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in FAX Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in FAX Add Sender to Address Add Sender to CC Modify Address Fixed Original Size 1 in FAX Scan Default XE/DMO-E: 1007 (70.7%), DMO-W: 1006 (64.7%), XC: 1006 (64.7%) XE/DMO-E: 1009 (81.6%), DMO-W: 1007 (70.7%), XC: 1008 (78.5%) XE/DMO-E: 1012 (97.3%), DMO-W: 1008 (78.5%), XC: 1012 (97.3%) Range 50~1026 50~1026 50~1026 Meaning Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO) Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above
XE/DMO-E: 1017 (141.4%), DMO-W: 50~1026 1012 (97.3%), XC: 1016 (129.4%) XE/DMO-E: 1022 (200%), DMO-W: 1016 (129.4%), XC: 1023 (220%) XE/DMO-E: 1025 (400%), DMO-W: 1017 (141.4%), XC: 1025 (400%) 0 0 1 50~1026 50~1026 0~1 0~1 0~1
XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3SEF), DMO-W: 10 0~255 (A3SEF), XC: 89 (8.5x11LEF)
790-211 790-212 790-213 790-214 790-215 790-216
Fixed Original Size 2 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 3 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 4 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 5 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 6 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 7 in FAX Scan
XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 0~255 (A5SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF) XE/DMO-E: 16 (A6SEF), DMO-W: 16 0~255 (A6SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF) XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 0~255 (B4SEF), XC: 120 (7.25x10.5SEF) XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 0~255 (B5SEF), XC: 109 (5x7LEF)
February, 2008 6-77
General Procedures
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-217 790-218 790-219 790-220 790-221 790-222 790-223 790-224 790-225 790-226 790-227 790-228 790-229 790-230 790-231 Content Fixed Original Size 8 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 9 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 10 in FAX Scan Fixed Original Size 11 in FAX Scan iFAX Profile Mix Size Enable in Scan Default Color Mode in Scan Default Original Type in Scan Default Scanning Resolution in Scan Top & Bottom Edge Erase in Scan Left & Right Edge Erase in Scan Center Erase in Scan Density / Brightness Adjust in Scan Contrast Adjust in Scan Fixed Original Size 1 in Scan Default Range Meaning Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above [0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J] 0: Off 1: On 0: Full Color, 1: Grayscale, 2: Dual Color, 3: Auto 0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Text & Photo 0: 200dpi, 1: 300dpi, 2: 400dpi, 3: 600dpi, 4: Refer to Scan FF (Input Common) for the setting range. 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0: Brightness (Density) 3, 1 Brightness (Density) 2, 2 Brightness (Density) 1, 3 Standard, 4: Brightness (Density) -1, 5 Brightness (Density) -2, 6 Brightness (Density) -3 0: Higher, 1: High, 2: Standard, 3: Low, 4: Lower 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO) Same as above Same as above Same as above
XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 0~255 (B5LEF), XC: 107 (4x6LEF) XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 0~255 92 (8.5x14SEF), XC: 12 (A4SEF) XE/DMO-E: 118 (8.5x13SEF), DMO- 0~255 W: 118 (8.5x13SEF), XC: 11 (A4LEF) XE/DMO-E: 89 (8.5x11LEF), DMO-W: 0~255 89 (8.5x11LEF), XC: 10 (A3SEF) 0 0 2 0 0 2 (mm) 2 (mm) 0 (mm) 3 2 0~2 0~1 0~3 0~2 0~4 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~6 0~4
790-232 790-233 790-234
Fixed Original Size 2 in Scan Fixed Original Size 3 in Scan Fixed Original Size 4 in Scan
XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 1~255 (A5SEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF)
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-78
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-235 790-236 790-237 790-238 790-239 790-240 790-241 790-242 790-250 790-251 790-252 790-253 790-254 790-255 790-256 790-257 790-258 790-259 790-260 790-261 790-262 790-263 790-264 790-265 790-266 790-267 790-268 790-269 790-270 790-271 790-272 Content Fixed Original Size 5 in Scan Fixed Original Size 6 in Scan Fixed Original Size 7 in Scan Fixed Original Size 8 in Scan Fixed Original Size 9 in Scan Fixed Original Size 10 in Scan Fixed Original Size 11 in Scan Download Print from Browser Fixed Size 1 Fast Scan Fixed Size 1 Slow Scan Fixed Size 2 Fast Scan Fixed Size 2 Slow Scan Fixed Size 3 Fast Scan Fixed Size 3 Slow Scan Fixed Size 4 Fast Scan Fixed Size 4 Slow Scan Fixed Size 5 Fast Scan Fixed Size 5 Slow Scan Fixed Size 6 Fast Scan Fixed Size 6 Slow Scan Fixed Size 7 Fast Scan Fixed Size 7 Slow Scan Fixed Size 8 Fast Scan Fixed Size 8 Slow Scan Fixed Size 9 Fast Scan Fixed Size 9 Slow Scan Fixed Size 10 Fast Scan Fixed Size 10 Slow Scan Fixed Size 11 Fast Scan Fixed Size 11 Slow Scan Top Direction Define in Scan Default Range Meaning Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 0: Do not use, 1: Use 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'. 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'. 0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left
XE/DMO-E: 15 (A5LEF), DMO-W: 15 1~255 (A5LEF), XC: 132 (11x15SEF) XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 (B4SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF) XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 1~255 (B5SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF) XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 (B5LEF), XC: 119 (7.25x10.5LEF) XE/DMO-E: 70 (B6SEF), DMO-W: 70 1~255 (B6SEF), XC: 120 (7.25x10.5SEF) XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 80 (11x17SEF), XC: 115 (8x10LEF) XE/DMO-E: 92 (8.5x14SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 92 (8.5x14SEF), XC: 109 (5x7SEF) 1 NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) NULL (0mm) 1 0~1 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~297 0~432 0~1
February, 2008 6-79
General Procedures
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-273 Content Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan Default XE/DMO-E: 1001 (25%), DMO-W: 1001 (25%), XC: 1001 (25%) Range 25~1026 Meaning 1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00% Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15: A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87: PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94: 12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Postcard (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108: Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111: 5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF, 115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120: 7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132: 11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139: 215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147: 13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151: Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF, 155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K SEF (GCO) Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above
790-274 790-275 790-276 790-277 790-278 790-279 790-280
Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Scan Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Scan Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in Scan Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in Scan Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in Scan Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in Scan Output Size 1 in Scan
XE/DMO-E: 1003 (50%), DMO-W: 1003 (50%), XC: 1003 (50%) XE/DMO-E: 1006 (64.7%), DMO-W: 1006 (64.7%), XC: 1006 (64.7%) XE/DMO-E: 1007 (70.7%), DMO-W: 1007 (70.7%), XC: 1007 (70.7%) XE/DMO-E: 1008 (78.5%), DMO-W: 1008 (78.5%), XC: 1008 (78.5%) XE/DMO-E: 1011 (94%), DMO-W: 1011 (94%), XC: 1011 (94%) XE/DMO-E: 1012 (97.3%), DMO-W: 1012 (97.3%), XC: 1012 (129.4%)
25~1026 25~1026 25~1026 25~1026 25~1026 25~1026
790-281 790-282 790-283 790-284 790-285
Output Size 2 in Scan Output Size 3 in Scan Output Size 4 in Scan Output Size 5 in Scan Output Size 6 in Scan
XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 1~255 (A5SEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF) XE/DMO-E: 15 (A5LEF), DMO-W: 15 1~255 (A5LEF), XC: 132 (11x15SEF) XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 (B4SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-80
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-286 790-287 790-288 790-289 790-290 Content Output Size 7 in Scan Output Size 8 in Scan Default Background Suppression in Scan COPY Select Button Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan Default Range Meaning Same as above Same as above 0: Off, 1: On 0: 4 buttons, 1: 5 buttons 0: Not specified, 1~12: R/E Preset 1~12
XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 1~255 (B5SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF) XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 (B5LEF), XC: 119 (7.25x10.5LEF) 1 0 XE/DMO-E: 2 (R/E Preset 2), DMOW: 1 (R/E Preset 1), XC: 3 (R/E Preset 3) XE/DMO-E: 3 (R/E Preset 3), DMOW: 3 (R/E Preset 3), XC: 4 (R/E Preset 4) XE/DMO-E: 5 (R/E Preset 5), DMOW: 7 (R/E Preset 7), XC: 5 (R/E Preset 5) 0 1 0 2 (mm) 2 (mm) 2 (mm) 2 (mm) 0 2 0 Color: 0 B/W: 2 0: Off 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0~1 0~1 0~12
790-291
Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Scan
0~12
Same as above
790-292
Preset Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Scan
0~12
Same as above
790-297 790-298 790-300 790-301 790-302 790-303 790-304 790-306 790-307 790-308 790-309
Default Compression of Scanned Data Default Compression of Binary Special Document Select Switch Enable Top Edge Erase in Copy Bottom Edge Erase in Copy Left Edge Erase in Copy Right Edge Erase in Copy Remove Bleed Through in Scan Sharpness Adjust in Scan Transfer Protocol in Scan File Format in Scan
0~1 0~3 0~1 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~50 0~1 0~4 0~2 0~8
0: Automatic selection, 1: User selection 0: MH Compression, 1: MMR Compression, 2: JBIG2 Compression (arithmetic coding), 3: JBIG2 Compression (Huffman coding) 0: Do not display, 1: Display 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments 0: Off, 1: On 0: More Compression, 1: Compression, 2: Standard, 3: Image Quality, 4: More Image Quality 0: FTP, 1: SMB, 2: SMB (UNC) 0: TIFF/JFIF Auto Select, 1: TIFF (1 page per file), 2: TIFF (Multi-page), 3: PDF 4: XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE) 5: High compression PDF 6: High compression XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE), 7: XPS, 8: High compression XPS 0: Off, 1: On 0: Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Standard, 3: Soft, 4: Softer 0: On, 1: Off 0: On, 1: Off 0: Same as Side1, 1: Opposite to Side1 0: Always display, 1: Display during authentication, 2: Do not display 0: All, 1: Authenticated users job only 0: Do not display, 1: Display 0: Do not display, 1: Display 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-310 790-311 790-312 790-317 790-322 790-356 790-357 790-358 790-359 790-400
Delivery Confirm in iFAX Sharpness Adjust in Scan Edge Erase in Scan Display Color Space in Scan Reverse Edge Erase in Copy Display Complete Job Display Complete Job - Display Job Type Display Complete Job - Conceal Display Incomplete Job - Conceal Display Remaining - Percent
0~1 0~4 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~2 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
February, 2008 6-81
General Procedures
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-401 Content 1-Menu Display Customize Service Set Default XE/DMO-E: 1 (Copy), DMO-W: 1 (Copy), XC: 1 (Copy) Range 0~255 Meaning 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help Same as above
790-402
2-Menu Display Customize Service Set
XE/DMO-E: 3 (Scan to E-mail), DMO- 0~255 W: 3 (Scan to E-mail), XC: 3 (Scan to E-mail) XE/DMO-E: 2 (FAX/iFAX), DMO-W: 2 0~255 (FAX/iFAX), XC: 2 (FAX/iFAX) XE/DMO-E: 5 (Scan to Server), DMO- 0~255 W: 5 (Scan to Server), XC: 5 (Scan to Server) XE/DMO-E: 4 (Scan to MailBox), DMO-W: 4 (Scan to MailBox), XC: 4 (Scan to MailBox) 0~255
790-403 790-404
3-Menu Display Customize Service Set 4-Menu Display Customize Service Set
Same as above Same as above
790-405
5-Menu Display Customize Service Set
Same as above
790-406 790-407 790-408 790-409 790-410 790-411 790-412 790-413
6-Menu Display Customize Service Set 7-Menu Display Customize Service Set 8-Menu Display Customize Service Set 9-Menu Display Customize Service Set 10-Menu Display Customize Service Set 11-Menu Display Customize Service Set 12-Menu Display Customize Service Set 13-Menu Display Customize Service Set
XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 6 (Scan to PC), DMO-W: 0~255 6 (Scan to PC), XC: 6 (Scan to PC) XE/DMO-E: 7 (Box), DMO-W: 7 (Box), 0~255 XC: 7 (Box) XE/DMO-E: 105 (Create), DMO-W: 105 (Create), XC: 105 (Create) XE/DMO-E: 10 (Job Memory), DMOW: 10 (Job Memory), XC: 10 (Job Memory) 0~255 0~255
Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above
790-414 790-415 790-416 790-417 790-418 790-419 790-420
14-Menu Display Customize Service Set 15-Menu Display Customize Service Set 16-Menu Display Customize Service Set 1-Menu Display Utility Service Set 2-Menu Display Utility Service Set 3-Menu Display Utility Service Set 4-Menu Display Utility Service Set
XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) 0: Not set 0: Not set 0: Not set 0: Not set 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255
Same as above Same as above Same as above 0: Not set, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 160: Printer mode, 107: Help Same as above Same as above Same as above Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-82
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-421 790-422 Content Copy Custom Func No Copy Custom Func L1_1 Default 1: Customized L1 26 (HB) 3 (FCW) Range 0~2 0~255 Meaning 0: No customization, 1: Customized L1, 2: Customized L2 Refer to the UI Dialogue Specifications for the setting range as the contents of this column varies according to the launch. 0: Not set, 1: Color mode, 2: Image Quality Presets, 3: Original Type, 4: Lighten/Darken / Contrast (Color), 5: Lighten/Darken, 6: Sharpness/Color Saturation (Color) 7: Sharpness/Color Saturation (BW), 8: Auto Exposure, 9: Color Balance, 10: Color Shift, 21: 2 Sided, 22: Bound Originals, 23: 2 Sided Book Copy, 24: Original Size, 25: Border Erase, 26: Margin Shift, 27: Image Rotation, 28: Mirror Image/Negative Image, 29: Original Orientation, 30: Mixed Size Originals, 41: Copy Output, 42: Booklet Creation, 43: Covers, 44: Transparency Separators, 45: Multiple-Up, 46: Poster, 47: Repeat Image, 48: Chapter Division/ Inserter/Tab Sheet, 49: Annotation, 50: Set Numbering, 51: Output Side, 52: Folding, 61: Build Job, 62: Image Overlay, 63: Delete Outside/Delete Inside, 64: Double Copy, 65: Tabbed sheet copy, 66: Gloss, 67: Sample copy, 68: High volume copy, 69: HWM, 70: Auto Background Suppression / Contrast, 71: Density/Sharpness/ Brightness, 72: ID card copy, 101: 2 Sided (1->2 Sided (H to H)), 102: 2 Sided (2->2 Sided (H to H)), 103: Mixed Size Originals (Direct selection of parameter), 104: Margin Shift (Center), 105: Copy Output (Collate), 106: Copy Output (Staple (One Staple, Top Left), 107: Copy Output (Staple (Two Staples, Left), 108: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right->Left)), 109: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right->Left/Top->Bottom)), 110: Output (Reverse), 111: Folding (Z-fold), 112: Sample Set, 113: Large Volume Document, 114: Double Copy (Direct selection of parameter), 115: Slight Reduction, 116: Auto Exposure (Direct selection of parameter), 117: Original Orientation (Head to Left) (Direct selection of parameter), 118: Folding (Direct selection of parameter), 119: Build Job (Direct selection of parameter), 120: Image Overlay (Direct selection of parameter), 121: Sort (punch [left dual]), 122: Upper-left single staple / left dual staple, 123: Left dual staple / left dual punch, 124: 2 sheets --> 1 sheet / 4 sheets ---> 1 sheet (See UI Dialogue specification for target range because descriptions in this column include information not relevant to all products and products at different stage after launch.) Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above Same as above 0: No customization, 1: Customized L1 0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge 0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge
790-423 790-424 790-425 790-426 790-427 790-428 790-429 790-430 790-431 790-432 790-433 790-434
Copy Custom Func L1_2 Copy Custom Func L1_3 Copy Custom Func L2_1 Copy Custom Func L2_2 Copy Custom Func L2_3 Copy Custom Func L2_4 Copy Custom Func L2_5 Copy Custom Func L2_6 Copy Custom Func L2_7 Scan Custom Func No Scan Custom Func 1 Scan Custom Func 2
25 (HB-UI), 41 (FCW-UI) 5 (HB-UI), 45 (FCW-UI) 26 (HB-UI B/W, FCW-UI), 1 (HB-UI Color) 3 (HB-UI), 25 (FCW-UI) 5 (HB-UI), 30 (FCW-UI) 0 (HB-UI), 3 (FCW-UI) 0 (HB-UI), 21 (FCW-UI) 0 (HB-UI), 41 (FCW-UI) 0 (HB-UI), 45 (FCW-UI) 0: No customization 0: Not set 0: Not set
0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~1 0~255 0~255
February, 2008 6-83
General Procedures
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-435 Content Current Display Language Default 1: Japanese Range 1~32 Meaning 1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Russian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14: Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese, 20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Rumanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (print from digital camera),15: Media Print (text print), 17: BMLinkS, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Registration, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help, 108: Authentication Print Box, 109: Security Print Box, 110: Sample Print Box, 111: Delayed Start Print Box, 112: Private Authentication Print Box Same as above Same as above 0: Qwerty, 1: ABC 0: Display only ASCII, 1: Display all other than ASCII 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
790-436
Service Customize Key1
1: Copy
0~255
790-437 790-438 790-439 790-440 790-441 790-442 790-443 790-444 790-445 790-446 790-447 790-448 790-449 790-450 790-451 790-452 790-453 790-454 790-455 790-456 790-457 790-458 790-459 790-460 790-461 790-462 790-463 790-464 790-465
Service Customize Key2 Service Customize Key3 Keyboard Type Switch Keyboard Limit 1-UI Display Language Limit 2-UI Display Language Limit 3-UI Display Language Limit 4-UI Display Language Limit 5-UI Display Language Limit 6-UI Display Language Limit 7-UI Display Language Limit 8-UI Display Language Limit 9-UI Display Language Limit 10-UI Display Language Limit 11-UI Display Language Limit 12-UI Display Language Limit 13-UI Display Language Limit 14-UI Display Language Limit 15-UI Display Language Limit 16-UI Display Language Limit 17-UI Display Language Limit 18-UI Display Language Limit 19-UI Display Language Limit 20-UI Display Language Limit 21-UI Display Language Limit 22-UI Display Language Limit 23-UI Display Language Limit 24-UI Display Language Limit 25-UI Display Language Limit
0: Not set 0: Not set 0: Qwerty 1: Display all other than ASCII 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display
0~255 0~255 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-84
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-466 790-467 790-468 790-469 790-470 790-471 790-472 790-473 790-478 790-488 Content 26-UI Display Language Limit 27-UI Display Language Limit 28-UI Display Language Limit 29-UI Display Language Limit 30-UI Display Language Limit 31-UI Display Language Limit 32-UI Display Language Limit Job List Display Filter Panel UI Key Repeat Set 17-Menu Display Customize Service Set Default 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 1: Display 0: Display all 1: On Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~3 0~1 Meaning 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Do not display 1: Display 0: Display all, 1: Transfer, 2: Print, 3: Communications 0: Off, 1: On 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help Same as above. 0: Do not perform OCR, 1: Perform OCR
XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-489 790-495 790-496 790-497 790-531
18-Menu Display Customize Service Set Scan OCR Default Scan OCR Default - Lang Scan OCR Default - Compression 19-Menu Display Customize Service Set
XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) 0 0 1 0~1
0~PFV_MAX_ 0: Auto (panel display language), 2: English, 3: French, 6: Spanish LANG 0~1 0: Do not compress, 1: Compress 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. 0: Off, 1: On 0: Do not allow, 1: Allow for EU country settings, 2: Allow for NA country settings, 3: Countries in EU/NA/DMO area can be set 0: Do not display 7sec Scanning completed and Transferring data messages 1: Display 7sec Scanning completed but do not display Transferring data messages 2: Display message after transfer completes, 3: Display transfer screen
XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-532 790-533 790-534 790-535 790-536 790-566 790-570 790-621
20-Menu Display Customize Service Set 21-Menu Display Customize Service Set 22-Menu Display Customize Service Set 23-Menu Display Customize Service Set 24-Menu Display Customize Service Set FAX Pass Stamp UI Default PTT Customization Scan Run Frame
XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 (No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) 0 0: Do not allow 0: Do not display 7sec Scanning completed and Transferring data messages 0~1 0~3 0~3
February, 2008 6-85
General Procedures
Table 9 UI ChainLink 790-630 Content Virtual Address Book Default 0 Range 0~6 Meaning 0: Address Book 3: 3-digit Virtual Address Book 4: 4-digit Virtual Address Book 5: 5digit Virtual Address Book 6: 6-digit Virtual Address Book (* Settings 1 and 2 are not allowed) 0: Do not transfer 1: Transfer
790-631
Address Book NVM Data Transfer To New 0 HDD
0~1
Chain 790-xxx Copy Service

Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 790-600 790-605 790-606 790-607 790-609 790-611 790-613 790-614 790-617 790-618 790-619 790-620 790-632 790-633 790-639 Content Poster Overlap Width Sample Copy Enable Annotation Page No-Pattern Annotation Page No-Position Annotation Page No-Position_Side2 Annotation Date-Position Annotation Date-Position_Side2 Annotation Stamp-Position Annotation Stamp-Density Annotation Stamp-Position_side2 Annotation Stamp-dirCheck Allover Copy Enable Added Thumbnail Default Net Added Thumbnail Default Mail Default Copy - Staple Position Information Default 10mm 0: Disable 1 6 0 5 0 2 0 1 1 1 1 0 Automatically set at the time of initiation Range 1~25 0~1 1~6 1~6 0~1 1~6 0~1 1~9 0~2 0~1 0~1 1~2 0~1 0~1 0~255 Meaning 10mm~25mm 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1: N, 2: -N-, 3: Page N, 4: N/M, 5: -N/M-, 6: Page N/M 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center 0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center 0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center, 7: Left Center, 8: Right Center 9: Center 0: 0% (solid), 1: [25%], 2: [50%] 0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1 0: Set for first sheet, 1: Set for each sheet 1: Do not copy whole image (copy all with reduction), 2: Copy whole image 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add Logical OR of the following: 0x01: Single at left trail edge 0x02: Single at right trail edge 0x04: Single at center trail edge 0x08: Dual at center trail edge 0x10: Quad at center trail edge 0: Do not display, 1: Display 1: Display 0: Do not display, 1: Display applied size, 2: Display hole-punch attribute Box Number 0: Do not display, 1: Display only when system becomes ready after power is turned on and initialization sequence completes, 2: Display each time auto clear occurs 0: Addition mode, 1: Replacement mode 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-640 790-641 790-642 790-661 790-662 790-664 790-665 790-666
Paper Change Display Paper Color Display Paper Information Display Report Store Box ID Consumable Auto Display Timing Address Book Import Mode Default Display Tray Setting Display DADF FAX Read Mode
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
0~255 1~1 0~255 1~500 0~2 0~1 0~1 0~1
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-86
Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 790-667 790-668 790-670 790-671 790-672 790-674 790-676 790-677 790-678 790-679 790-680 790-681 790-682 790-684 790-685 Content UI Default FAX Auto Blankpage Detection Job Memory Register Restriction UI FAX Auto Blank Page Detection Auto Resume Function UI Default Auto Clear Time Out FAX Custom Function UI Default Initial Inserter Tray UI Default Cover Front Tray UI Default Cover Back Tray UI Default Signature Cover Default 0 0 0 1 1 0 5 5 5 5 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~255 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 0~1 0~3 0~8 0~1 0~255 Meaning 0: No, 1: Yes 0: Do not permit, 1: Permit 0: Do not display, 1: Display 0: Do not Auto Resume, 1: Auto Resume 0: Retain previous service, 1: Conform to M/C configuration 0: Function not provided, 1: Duplex document feed, 2: Monitor report, 3: Communication mode, 4: Send header 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer 0: No two-time entry, 1: Two-time entry 0: Do not erase (standard), 1: Same for facing edges (top-bottom, right-left), 2: Different for all 4 edges (top, bottom, right, left), 3: Same for all 4 edges (top, bottom, right, left) 0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer. See FF of Copy Service Func for supported range. 0: Do not display anything, 1: Display authentication screen 0: Function not provided, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan To Email, 4: Scan To Mailbox, 5: Scan To Server, 6: Scan To PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (Digital Camera Print), 15 : Media Print (Text Print), 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BM LinkS, 61: Extension Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index 0: None, 1: Index
FAX Description TEL No Input Twice Regu- 0 lation Default Copy Org Erase Separator Tray UI Initial Popup 1 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 5 0 0
790-686 790-687 790-688 790-689 790-690 790-691 790-692 790-693 790-694 790-695 790-696 790-697 790-698 790-699 790-700 790-701 790-702 790-703 790-704
2 - Extended Service - Service Type 3 - Extended Service - Service Type 4 - Extended Service - Service Type 5 - Extended Service - Service Type 6 - Extended Service - Service Type 7 - Extended Service - Service Type 8 - Extended Service - Service Type 9 - Extended Service - Service Type 10 - Extended Service - Service Type 1 - Extended Service - Info Type 2 - Extended Service - Info Type 3 - Extended Service - Info Type 4 - Extended Service - Info Type 5 - Extended Service - Info Type 6 - Extended Service - Info Type 7 - Extended Service - Info Type 8 - Extended Service - Info Type 9 - Extended Service - Info Type 10 - Extended Service - Info Type
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1
February, 2008 6-87
General Procedures
Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 790-705 790-706 790-707 790-708 790-709 790-710 790-711 790-712 790-713 790-714 790-760 Content 1 - Extended Service - Info 2 - Extended Service - Info 3 - Extended Service - Info 4 - Extended Service - Info 5 - Extended Service - Info 6 - Extended Service - Info 7 - Extended Service - Info 8 - Extended Service - Info 9 - Extended Service - Info 10 - Extended Service - Info 25 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 See Appendix 1: Menu Screen Customize Service Set Default. Range 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~0xffffffff 0~255 Meaning Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above.
790-761 790-762 790-763 790-764 790-765 790-766 790-767 790-768 790-769 790-770 790-771 790-772 790-773 790-774 790-775 790-776 790-777 790-778 790-779 790-780 790-781 790-782 790-783 790-784 790-785
26 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 27 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 28 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 29 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 30 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 31 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 32 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 33 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 34 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 35 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 36 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 37 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 38 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 39 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 40 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 41 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 42 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 43 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 44 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 45 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 46 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 47 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 48 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 49 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 50 - Menu Display Customize Service Set
Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above.
0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-88
Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 790-786 790-787 790-788 790-789 790-790 790-791 790-792 790-793 790-794 790-795 790-796 790-797 790-798 790-799 790-800 790-801 790-802 790-803 790-804 790-805 790-806 790-807 790-808 790-809 790-810 790-811 790-812 790-813 790-814 790-815 790-816 790-817 790-818 790-819 790-820 790-821 790-822 790-823 790-824 790-825 Content 51 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 52 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 53 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 54 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 55 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 56 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 57 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 58 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 59 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 60 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 61 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 62 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 63 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 64 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 65 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 66 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 67 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 68 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 69 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 70 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 71 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 72 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 73 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 74 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 75 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 76 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 77 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 78 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 79 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 80 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 81 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 82 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 83 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 84 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 85 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 86 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 87 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 88 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 89 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 90 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Default Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Range 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 Meaning Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. General Procedures
February, 2008 6-89
Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 790-826 790-827 790-828 790-829 790-830 790-831 810-129 810-132 810-136 810-155 810-156 810-157 810-158 810-159 810-160 810-161 810-162 810-163 810-164 810-165 810-166 810-170 810-171 810-172 810-173 810-174 810-175 810-176 810-177 810-178 810-179 Content 91 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 92 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 93 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 94 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 95 - Menu Display Customize Service Set 96 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Store Copy Max ATS Mode Duplex APS Chapter Division Enable Analog Watermark - User Information Analog Watermark Analog Watermark Font Size Analog Watermark Pattern Analog Watermark Color Analog Watermark Darkness Analog Watermark Contrast Analog Watermark Date Format Force Analog Watermark Copy Force Analog Watermark Printer Force Analog Watermark PBBox Force Analog Watermark Media Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Left Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top Right Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Right Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top Center Default Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. 999 1 0 0 3: Text 48 8 9 8 7 FX: 1 MN: 2 0 0 0 0 12 12 12 200 Range 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 1~999 0~2 0~1 0~1 1~3 1~255 1~8 9~12 7~9 0~13 1~4 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~400 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 Meaning Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. Same as above. 1-999 (pages) 0: Always permit ATS, 1: Execute only when APS is selected, 2: Always permit ATS (Permit only the same paper type when selecting tray) 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Print user management number, 1: Print user ID 1: Embossed, 2: Outline, 3: Text (stamped) 24 to 80 (points) 1: Wave, 2: Circle, 3: Stripe, 4: Chain, 5: Beam, 6: Rhombic, 7: Sunflower, 8: Fan 9: Black, 11: Magenta, 12 Cyan 9: Light, 8: Normal, 7: Dark Contrast 1: 11, Contrast 2: 10, Contrast 3: 9, Contrast 4, 8, Contrast 5: 7, Contrast 6: 6, Contrast 7: 5, Contrast 8: 4, Contrast 9: 3 1: 20yy/mm/dd (hh:mm), 2: mm/dd/20yy (hh:mm), 3: dd/mm/20yy (hh:mm), 4: FX only (Japanese) 0: Do not print, 1: Print 0: Do not print, 1: Print 0: Do not print, 1: Print 0: Do not print, 1: Print 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top Left 12
Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Center 12 Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 12 Left Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom Left 12
Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 12 Right Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom Right 12
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-90
Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 810-180 810-181 810-182 810-183 810-184 810-185 810-186 810-187 810-188 810-189 810-190 810-191 810-192 810-193 810-194 810-195 810-196 810-197 810-198 810-199 810-200 810-201 810-202 810-203 810-204 Content Default Range 0~400 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~400 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~400 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~400 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~400 Meaning 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 200 Center Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom Center Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Left Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top Right Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Right Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top Center Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom Left Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom Right Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom Right Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom Center Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom Center Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top Left Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Left Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top Right Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top Center 12
Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top Left 12 12 12 12 200
Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Center 12 12
Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom Left 12 12 12 200 12 28 28 28
Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Right 28 200
Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Cen- 28 ter Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 Left Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom Left 28
Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 Right Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom Right 28
Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 200 Center
February, 2008 6-91
General Procedures
Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 810-205 810-206 810-207 810-208 810-209 810-210 810-211 810-212 810-213 810-214 810-215 810-216 810-217 810-218 810-219 810-220 810-221 810-222 810-223 810-224 810-225 810-226 810-227 810-228 810-229 810-264 810-265 810-266 810-267 810-268 810-269 Content Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom Center Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Left Center Default 28 28 Range 0~200 0~200 0~400 0~200 0~400 0~400 0~400 0~400 0~400 Meaning 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters) 32 + 1 bytes (16 two-byte characters, 32 one-byte characters) 32 + 1 bytes (16 two-byte characters, 32 one-byte characters) 32 + 1 bytes (16 two-byte characters, 32 one-byte characters) 1~255 1~255 1~255 1~71 1~34 0~9 1~6 6~24 0~1 0~200 0~200 6 to 64 (points) 6 to 64 (points) 6 to 64 (points) 1: CONFIDENTIAL, 2: VOID, 4: Copy Prohibited, 6: IMPORTANT, 7: Circulate, 8: URGENT, 9: Ignore Side 2, 10: DRAFT 3: Duplicate, 4: Copy prohibited, 5: Copy 0: Not specified, 1 to 9: 1 to 9 digits 1: Upper left, 2: Upper right, 3: Upper center, 4: Lower left, 5: Lower right, 6: Lower center 6 to 24 (points) 0: Symmetrical position, 1: Same position 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Left Cen- 200 ter Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Right Center Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Right Center Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Center Annotation Horizontal Back Side Page Annotation Vertical Back Side Page Annotation Stamp String 1 Annotation Stamp String 2 Annotation Stamp String 3 Annotation Stamp String 4 Annotation Stamp String 5 Annotation Stamp String 6 Annotation Stamp String 7 Annotation Stamp String 8 Analog Watermark String 1 Analog Watermark String 2 Analog Watermark String 3 Annotation Stamp - Font Size Annotation Date - Font Size Annotation Page No. - Font Size Annotation Stamp String AWM String Annotation Bates Numbering Digits Annotation Bates Numbering Position Annotation Bates Numbering Size 28 200
Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Center 200 200 200 200 Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null 48 10 10 1 4 0 6 10
Annotation Bates Numbering Position Side 1 2 Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Top Left Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Top Left 12 12
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-92
Table 10 Copy Service ChainLink 810-270 810-271 810-272 810-273 810-274 810-275 810-276 810-277 810-278 810-279 Content Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Top Right Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Top Right Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Top Center Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Top Center Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Left Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Left Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Right Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Right Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Center Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering Adjust Bottom Center Default 12 12 200 12 12 12 12 12 200 12 Range 0~200 0~200 0~400 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~200 0~400 0~200 Meaning 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 400: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 400: Setting value x 0.5 (mm) 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Chain 800-xxx Print Service

Table 11 Print Service ChainLink 800-001 800-002 800-003 800-004 Content APS Job Recovery Method Index Print - Select Index Print - Shift Default Output Tray for E-Mail Printing Default 6 0 130 No C/D Finisher: 0 C/D Finisher: 4 HCS1: 5 0 1: Standard 5: Disable 1 1 2 0~3 0~150 0~127 Range Meaning 6: Displays add paper message (SPS Off), 5: Uses a larger paper size (no adjustment), 2: Uses nearest paper size (with adjustment), 8: Feed from Bypass tray 0: Not specified, 1: Do not perform Index Print, 2: Print only tab section, 3: Print page and tab section 1 to 150 (unit: 0.1mm) 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10, 127: AUTO (Uninstalled options cannot be selected.) 0: Make @PJL EOJ command valid and terminate job. 1: Ignore @PJL EOJ command and do not terminate job. 1: Standard, 2: Expanded 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Left, 4: Bottom Right, 5: Disable 1: Allow device print 0: Prohibit device print 1: Do not force copying of whole images, 2: Force copying of whole images (For Katakana, installed from P/L) 1: Do not process, 2: Standard, 3: Compatible with Microsoft specification
800-005 800-006 800-016 800-017 800-018 800-019
PJL EOJ Filter for RAW I/F Expand Print Mode ID Print Stamp Position or Enable Device Print Permission Force Extend Print XPS Print Ticket Mode
0~1 1~2 1~5 0~1 1~2 1~3
February, 2008 6-93
General Procedures
Table 11 Print Service ChainLink 800-020 800-023 800-026 800-029 800-032 800-035 800-039 800-040 800-043 800-046 803-505 803-506 803-507 803-508 803-509 803-510 803-511 803-512 803-513 803-514 803-515 803-516 803-517 803-518 803-519 803-520 803-521 803-522 803-523 803-524 803-525 805-781 805-782 805-783 805-784 Content Error Diffusion Initial [K-Light] Error Diffusion Initial [K-Normal] Error Diffusion Initial [K-Dark] Error Diffusion Step [K-Light] Error Diffusion Step [K-Normal] Error Diffusion Step [K-Dark] Signature Legacy Mode Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Light] Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Normal] Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Dark] HPGL Job Mem Current HPGL Job Mem 1 HPGL Job Mem 2 HPGL Job Mem 3 HPGL Job Mem 4 HPGL Job Mem 5 HPGL Job Mem 6 HPGL Job Mem 7 HPGL Job Mem 8 HPGL Job Mem 9 HPGL Job Mem 10 HPGL Job Mem 11 HPGL Job Mem 12 HPGL Job Mem 13 HPGL Job Mem 14 HPGL Job Mem 15 HPGL Job Mem 16 HPGL Job Mem 17 HPGL Job Mem 18 HPGL Job Mem 19 HPGL Job Mem 20 TIFF Logical Printer 1 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 2 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 3 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 4 Bypass Tray Feed Direction Default 1 1 3 3 4 4 0 12 16 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Range 0~64 0~64 0~64 1~20 1~20 1~20 0~1 0~128 0~128 0~128 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0 to 64 0 to 64 0 to 64 1 to 20 1 to 20 1 to 20 0: With margin (Process in the ordinary way). 1: Without margin (Emulate conventional machine type failure [AR86313]). 0 to 128 0 to 128 0 to 128 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-94
Table 11 Print Service ChainLink 805-785 805-786 805-787 805-788 805-789 805-790 805-791 805-792 805-793 805-794 805-795 805-796 805-797 805-798 805-799 805-800 806-996 806-997 806-998 806-999 809-257 809-258 809-259 809-260 809-261 809-262 Content TIFF Logical Printer 5 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 6 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 7 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 8 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 9 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 10 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 11 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 12 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 13 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 14 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 15 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 16 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 17 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 18 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 19 Bypass Tray Feed Direction TIFF Logical Printer 20 Bypass Tray Feed Direction PS Font Mismatch Default PS ATCX Default PS Color Default PS Deferred Media Selection Enable PC Prjob Mem Current PC Prjob Mem 1 PC Prjob Mem 2 PC Prjob Mem 3 PC Prjob Mem 4 PC Prjob Mem 5 Default 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0: Use a substitute font 0: On 1 1: Enable 0 0 0 0 0 0 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF 0: Higher priority on SEF 1: Higher priority on LEF [0: Use a substitute font, 1: End the job] [0: On, 1: Off] [0: On, 1: Off] [0: Disable, 1: Enable] 0: Not available, 1: Available 0: Not available, 1: Available 0: Not available, 1: Available 0: Not available, 1: Available 0: Not available, 1: Available 0: Not available, 1: Available
February, 2008 6-95
General Procedures
Chain 820-xxx FAX Service

Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 820-002 820-004 820-005 820-006 Content Default Range 0~255 0~1 0~1 0~42 Meaning bit0: (unused), bit1: Tray1, bit2: Tray2, bit3: Tray3, bit4: Tray4, bit5: (unused), bit6: HCF1, bit7: HCF 0: Do not perform larger size ATS, 1: Perform larger size ATS 0: Do not make tray exclusively for fax, 1: Make tray exclusively for fax 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided 0: Off, 1: Forced Polling (When print becomes impossible due to printer failure, received documents and other documents that became substitutional documents are forcibly retrieved by polling from external Fax. --> Referred to by Host [FAXCont]) 0: Allow, 1: Prohibit 0: 90 angle rotation setting Off, 1: 90 angle rotation setting On 0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents
Input Tray Specification in User Declaration 0xDE Mode Selection Whether to Switch to Larger Size 1 Input Tray When Printing Paper Is Empty Select PrivateOutTray for Fax Output Tray of Confidential Box Print 0 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 0: 1 Sided 0: Off
820-010
Tray Selection for Ch0
0~42
820-011
0~42
820-012
0~42
820-013
0~42
820-014
0~42
820-015
0~42
820-016 820-019
2 Sided Print Setting for Print Forced Polling
0~2 0~1
820-024 820-025 820-026
Broadcast / Multi-Poll Enable 90 Degree Rotation Setting for FAX Scan FAX Scan Illegal Operation
0: Allow 1
0~1 0~1
1: Enable stored docu0~1 ments (Default before PL2 was 0)
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-96
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 820-027 820-028 820-030 820-031 Content Scan Resolution for G3 Auto or F4800bps Scan Reduce for Letter/Legal to A4 Status of FAX Card Status of FAX Ch0 Default 2 0: 100% 0~255 Range 0~2 0~1 Meaning 0: Select resolution in mm, 1: Select resolution in inches, 2: Fine (600/400) in inches, others in mm 0: 100%, 1: Reduce to A4 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 1=Can be used 255=Cannot be used 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3 PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used 255=Cannot be used 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3 PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used 255=Cannot be used 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3 PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used 255=Cannot be used 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3 PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used 255=Cannot be used 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3 PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used 255=Cannot be used 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3 PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used 255=Cannot be used [1~999 pages] 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10 *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed 0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number 0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
820-032
Status of FAX Ch1
0~255
820-033
Status of FAX Ch2
0~255
820-034
Status of FAX Ch3
0~255
820-035
Status of FAX Ch4
0~255
820-036
Status of FAX Ch5
0~255
820-037 820-038
Max. Number of Pages Stored FAX Auto Report Tray Selection
999 pages [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 [With C/D-Fin] 4 [With HCS1] 5 0: F Code
1~999 0~3
820-039
FAX Auto Report Tray Selection
0~3
820-040 820-041
FAX Info Attribute Priority[0] in Mailbox FAX Info Attribute Priority[1] in Mailbox
0~4
1: Caller ID (FX default) 2: 0~4 Remote ID (M/N, AP default) 2: Remote ID (FX default) 0~4 3: Remote Name (M/N, AP default) 3: Remote Name (FX 0~4 default) 1: Caller ID (M/N, AP default) 4: Dial-in Number 0mm 0~4 0~20
820-042
FAX Info Attribute Priority[2] in Mailbox
0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
820-043
FAX Info Attribute Priority[3] in Mailbox
0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
820-044 820-045
FAX Info Attribute Priority[4] in Mailbox Fax Scan Org Erase Top and Bottom
0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number 0~20. Unit: mm
February, 2008 6-97
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 820-046 820-047 820-048 820-052 820-053 820-054 820-056 820-057 820-058 820-059 820-120 820-122 820-123 820-125 820-126 820-127 820-128 820-129 820-130 820-131 820-132 823-001 823-002 823-006 823-007 823-011 823-012 823-013 823-014 823-015 823-016 823-017 823-018 823-019 823-020 823-021 823-022 Content Fax Scan Org Erase Right and Left Fax Manual Send Display Send Header Log for iFAX Off Ramp Fax Immediate Memory Threshold TX Fax Immediate Memory Threshold Scan Fax Immediate Memory Threshold RX Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 1 Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 2 Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 3 Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 4 Fax RX Pix Data Threshold Control Info DADF Fax Read Mode FAX SCAN Auto Blankpage Detection FAX Disable Tx Capab Bit FAX AutoBlankPage DetectionThreshold FAX AutoBlankPage Estimate Correction FAX Resend Doc Enable FAX Resend Doc Delete Mode FAX Resend Doc Stop Enable FAX Protocol XIPS Enable Receive Mode Setting Direct Mail Guard G4 Receive Header Send Header Log G4 Protocol Packet Size Mailbox Enable by FAX Service Mailbox Enable by Receiving Line Mailbox Priority by Telephone Number Line Monitor Setting Redial Attempts Redial Interval FAX Communication Interval FAX Printing 2 Up Enable FAX Printing Page Segmentation Threshold FAX Print Auto Reduce Mode Enable FAX Batch Send Enable Default 0mm 1: Display 1: Attach No HDD=20% HDD=0% (Immediate Send Off) No HDD=5% HDD=0% No HDD=20% HDD=0% (Immediate Receive Off) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 34729 1000 0 1 0 0 0: Auto Receive 0: Off 0: Do not attach 1: Attach 2048bytes 0 0 0 On 5 times (5) 1min (1) 8sec (8) 0: 2 Up Off 16mm(0x10) 1: Auto Reduce 1: On Range 0~20 0~1 0~1 0~99 0~100 0~99 0~500 0~500 0~500 0~500 0~255 1~2 0~1 0~1 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0x07~0x0b 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~9 0~15 3~255 0~1 0x00~0x7F 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0~20. Unit: mm [0: Do not display, 1: Display] 0: Do not attach, 1: Attach 0~99% 1% increments 0~100% 1% increments 0~99% 1% increments Mailbox number for Tray 1 Mailbox number for Tray 2 Mailbox number for Tray 3 Mailbox number for Tray 4 0~255, 0=No limit (0.1Mbyte increments) RAM Disk minimum value: 20 (2.0Mbytes) 1: Custom size scan, 2: Standard size scan 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Do not disable, 1: Disable 34729 to 52094 1000 to 1500 0 to 500 0: Do not resend, 1: Resend 0: Do not erase automatically, 1: Erase automatically after the elapse of 24 hours or more 0: Do not resend, 1: Resend 0: Not provided, 1: Provided 0: Auto Receive (Auto Call Response On) 1: Manual Receive (Auto Call Response Off) 0: Off, 1: On 0: Do not attach, 1: Attach 0: Do not attach, 1: Attach Send packet size 0x07: 128 0x08: 256 0x09: 512 0x0a: 1024 0x0b: 2048 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0=Dial-in number at highest priority 1=Caller ID at highest priority 0=Off 1=On 0~9 (0: Do not redial) 1 time increments 0min (0) ~ 15min (0x0F) 1min increments 3sec (3) ~ 255sec (0xFF) 1sec increments 0: 2 Up Off, 1: 2 Up On 1=2 Up On 0mm (0) ~ 127mm (0x7F) 1mm increments 0: Print at 100%, 1: Auto Reduce 0: Off, 1: On
FAX AutoBlankPage Correction Threshold 250
General Procedures
February, 2008 6-98
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 823-023 823-024 823-025 823-026 823-027 823-028 823-029 823-030 823-031 823-032 823-033 823-034 823-035 823-036 823-037 823-038 823-039 823-040 823-041 823-042 Content FAX Local ID Send Enable ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch0 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch1 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch2 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch3 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch4 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch5 Dial Type for Ch0 Dial Type for Ch1 Dial Type for Ch2 Dial Type for Ch3 Dial Type for Ch4 Dial Type for Ch5 Line Type for Ch0 Line Type for Ch1 Line Type for Ch2 Line Type for Ch3 Line Type for Ch4 Line Type for Ch5 FAX Service Setting for Ch0 Default 1: On 0: Do not send 0: Do not send 0: Do not send 0: Do not send 0: Do not send 0: Do not send 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0=Normal line Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~2 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0: Off, 1: On 0: Do not send, 1: Send 0: Do not send, 1: Send 0: Do not send, 1: Send 0: Do not send, 1: Send 0: Do not send, 1: Send 0: Do not send, 1: Send 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS) 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS) 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS) 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS) 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS) 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS) 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange) 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange) 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange) 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange) 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange) 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange) Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem Dial-In Service Line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem Dial-In Service Line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem Dial-In Service Line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem Dial-In Service Line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem Dial-In Service Line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that disjunction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem Dial-In Service Line 0~1 0~9 0~1 0=3.1K Audio, 1=Speech 0~9 (times) 0: Tray Selection, 1: User Selection
823-043
FAX Service Setting for Ch1
0=Normal line
823-044
0=Normal line
823-045
0=Normal line
823-046
0=Normal line
823-047
0=Normal line
823-049 823-050 823-051
ISDN Transmission Capability Setting Ring Detect Frequency Declaration of Received Paper Size
0=3.1K Audio 0 times 0: Tray Selection
February, 2008 6-99
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 823-052 Content Paper Size for User Declare in Fax Protocol Default All paper sizes Range Meaning bit=0: No paper bit=1: Paper detected bit10(0x00000400): A4LEF, bit11(0x00000800): A5LEF, bit14(0x00004000): B5LEF, bit16(0x00010000): LetterSEF, bit25(0x02000000): A3SEF, bit26(0x04000000): A4SEF, bit29(0x20000000): B4SEF 0~1 0~1 0~240 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0=OFF (Do not receive), 1=ON (Receive) 0: Do not log, 1: Log 0 to 240 (12 seconds) (unit: 50 ms) 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection 0 = Fallback Redial Off, 1= Fallback Redial On 0: Determine the fallback from the TCF check result and continue sending 1: Stop transmission (The document becomes eligible for resend) 0~255 (sec.) 0~15 0~15 0~15 0~15 0~15 0~15 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-001 825-002 825-009 825-017 825-018 825-019 825-020 825-021 825-022 825-024 825-025 825-033 825-046 825-047 825-048 825-049 825-050 825-051 825-052 825-053 825-054 825-055 825-056 825-057 825-058 825-059 825-060 825-061 825-062 825-063
1300Hz Receive ON/OFF Boot Registration into Transmission Log Pausing Time Disconnection Detection for CH0 Disconnect Detection for Ch1 Disconnect Detection for Ch2 Disconnect Detection for Ch3 Disconnect Detection for Ch4 Disconnect Detection for Ch5 G4 to G3 Fallback Redial Enable/Disable ZZF: Continuation Judge When Receiving RTN Time of Tone Detection before Dial (PBX) PB Sending Level for Ch0 PB Sending Level for Ch1 PB Sending Level for Ch2 PB Sending Level for Ch3 PB Sending Level for Ch4 PB Sending Level for Ch5 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch0 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch1 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch2 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch3 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch4 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch5 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5
1=ON (Receive) 0 60 (3 seconds) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 825-064 825-065 825-066 825-067 825-068 825-069 825-070 825-071 825-072 825-073 825-074 825-075 825-076 825-077 825-078 825-079 825-080 825-081 825-082 825-103 825-104 825-110 825-111 825-115 825-127 825-128 825-129 825-130 825-131 825-132 825-133 825-134 Content Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for PBX Default 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Range 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 0~255 Meaning 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0~255 (sec.) 0~255 (sec.) 0~255 (sec.) 0~255 (sec.) 0~255 (sec.) 0~255 (sec.) 0: Allow 1: Restrict 0: Allow 1: Restrict 0: Allow 1: Restrict 0: Allow 1: Restrict 0: Allow 1: Restrict 0: Allow 1: Restrict 0~15 0~15 0~63 0~1 0~255 8~15 8~15 8~15 8~15 8~15 8~15 0~1 0~1 0~15 (0~-15dB) 0~15 (0~-15dB) 0 to 63 0: Assign manually, 1: Assign automatically 0 to 255 (ms) 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0 4 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1 10 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2 10 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3 10 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4 10 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5 10 Dialing Restriction for Ch0 Dialing Restriction for Ch1 Dialing Restriction for Ch2 Dialing Restriction for Ch3 Dialing Restriction for Ch4 Dialing Restriction for Ch5 RX Gain in G3 Transmission Mode TX Gain in ISDN G3 Transmission Mode TEI (TEI acquisition method = valid when assigned manually) TEI Acquisition Method PB Pause Time. Inter-digit Pause Time in PB (DTMF) Dial Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch0 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch1 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch2 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch3 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch4 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for Ch5 Busy Tone Detection Enable Dial Tone Detection Enable 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 (-6dB) 0 0 0 102 8 8 8 15 8 15 1: Detect 0: Do not detect
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 825-158 825-159 825-160 825-161 825-162 825-163 825-164 825-165 825-166 825-168 825-169 825-170 825-171 825-173 825-174 825-175 825-176 825-177 825-178 825-179 825-180 825-181 825-182 825-183 825-184 825-185 825-186 825-187 825-188 825-189 825-190 825-191 825-192 825-193 825-194 825-195 Content Transmission Completion Number on Transmission Log ECM Ability CNG Sending Time CED Hz T1 Timer Value on FAX Receiving Silent Time Enable FSK Detection before Receiving Image (Non-ECM) Enable FSK Detection before Receiving Image G3M CSI Send Local Name Send Local Name Resend ECM Frame Size G3M ECM T5 Time RTN Command Sending Threshold (Line) DIS/DTC FIF Sending Byte Number EMC Ability CCITT Trellis Ability Default 0 1: Enable 60 (3000ms) 1 39sec 0 1: Detect 0: Do not detect 0: Transmit 1: On 0: Do not resend 0 0: 1(min) 2 0 1: Enable 2 0~1 Range 0~1 0~1 20~140 0~1 1~90 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0: Total Number of sheets transmitted not including those resent 1: Total Number of sheets transmitted for each line connection 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1sec (20) ~ 7sec (140) (1 unit = 50msec) 0: 1080Hz 1: 2100Hz 1~90 (sec.) 0: 75msec, 1: 1sec 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect 0: Transmit, 1: Off 0: Off, 1: On 0: Do not resend, 1: Resend 0: 256 bytes, 1: 64 bytes 0: 1 (min.) 1: 3 (min.) 2: No limit 0: 5% 1: 10% 2: 15% 3: 20% 0: No limit 1: 3 lines 2: 6 lines 3: 12 lines 0: No limit 1: 4-byte system 0: Disable, 1: Enable 0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below 0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec 0~7 0~7 0~7 0~7 0~7 0~7 0=000 ~ 7=111 0=000 ~ 7=111 0=000 ~ 7=111 0=000 ~ 7=111 0=000 ~ 7=111 0=000 ~ 7=111 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN
RTN Command Sending Threshold (Ratio) 0: 5%
CCITT Trellis Ability (International Commu- 2 nications) ECM Block Synchronize for Ch0 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch1 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch2 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch3 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch4 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch5 ECM CTC Number for Ch0 ECM CTC Number for Ch1 ECM CTC Number for Ch2 ECM CTC Number for Ch3 ECM CTC Number for Ch4 ECM CTC Number for Ch5 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch0 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch1 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch2 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch3 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch4 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 825-196 825-197 825-198 825-199 825-200 825-201 825-202 825-203 825-209 825-210 825-211 825-212 825-213 825-214 825-215 825-216 825-217 825-218 825-219 825-220 825-221 Content ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch5 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch0 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch1 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch2 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch3 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch4 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch5 G3 ECM EOR_Q Command for Ch0 G3 Modem Mode for Ch0 G3 Modem Mode for Ch1 G3 Modem Mode for Ch2 G3 Modem Mode for Ch3 G3 Modem Mode for Ch4 G3 Modem Mode for Ch5 Default 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 (Domestic) AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO AUTO 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~14 Range Meaning 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once 0: Stop 1: Continue 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps
G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 except V.34 8 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch1 except V.34 8 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch2 except V.34 8 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch3 except V.34 8 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch4 except V.34 8 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch5 except V.34 8 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14
825-222
G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch1 on V.34
14
1~14
825-223
14
1~14
825-224
14
1~14
825-225
14
1~14
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 825-226 Content G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch5 on V.34 Default 14 Range 1~14 Meaning 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5: 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-227 825-228 825-229 825-230 825-231 825-232 825-233 825-234 825-235 825-236 825-237 825-238 825-239
G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except 8 V.34 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 except 8 V.34 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 except 8 V.34 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 except 8 V.34 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 except 8 V.34 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 except 8 V.34 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except 2 V.34 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 except 2 V.34 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 except 2 V.34 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 except 2 V.34 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 except 2 V.34 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 except 2 V.34 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14
1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~8 1~14
825-240
G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 on V.34 14
1~14
825-241
1~14
825-242
1~14
825-243
1~14
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 825-244 Content Default Range 1~14 Meaning 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7: 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13: 31200bps, 14: 33600bps 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0 to 255. 0: AUTO, 1: Forced transmission, 2: Do not transmit 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB 0: No limit 1: 128 lines 2: 256 lines 3: 512 lines 4: 1024 lines 5: 2048 lines 0: Proportion 1: Number of lines 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm
825-245
G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 on V.34 14 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 on V.34 14 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 on V.34 14 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 on V.34 14 Overseas G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 on V.34 14 Overseas G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch0 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch1 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch2 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch3 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch4 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch5 G3 TSI / CIG Send TSI for Ch0 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch0 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch1 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch2 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch3 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch4 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch5 Error Line Control Error Judge Selection on RTN Sending Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch0 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch1 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch2 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch3 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch4 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch5 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0: No limit 0: Proportion 1: -43dBm 1: -43dBm 1: -43dBm 1: -43dBm 1: -43dBm 1: -43dBm
1~14
825-246
1~14
825-247
1~14
825-248
1~14
825-249
1~14
825-250
1~14
825-251 825-252 825-253 825-254 825-255 825-256 825-257 825-263 825-264 825-265 825-266 825-267 825-268 825-274 825-275 825-276 825-277 825-278 825-279 825-280 825-281
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 825-285 Content Transmission Declaration Paper Size Default 0x014c 0726: A3, A4, B4, A4LEF, A5LEF, B5LEF, Letter, Legal, Ledger, Letter LEF 1=On 1 2=1.0sec 0~1 0~63 0~3 0~2 Range Meaning 0x0000 0002: A3 0x0000 0004: A4 0x0000 0020: B4 0x0000 0100: Letter 0x0000 0200: Legal 0x0000 0400: Ledger 0x0000 0800: 8.5x13 0x0004 0000: A4LEF 0x0008 0000: A5LEF 0x0040 0000: B5LEF 0x0100 0000: Letter LEF 0x0200 0000: Letter Half LEF 0=Off, 1=On 0 to 63 0=2.0sec 1=0.2sec 2=1.0sec 3=2.3sec 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-322 825-417 825-421 825-422
V34 Modulate Ability Enable For TEI (TEI acquisition method = valid when assigned manually) Option Board 2 CED Start Time
Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch0 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings)
825-423
0~2
825-424
0~2
825-425
0~2
825-426
0~2
825-427
0~2
825-428
Outside Line Detect Number Ch0
0~11
General Procedures
Table 12 FAX Service ChainLink 825-429 825-430 825-431 825-432 825-433 825-434 825-444 825-445 825-446 825-516 Content Outside Line Detect Number Ch1 Outside Line Detect Number Ch2 Outside Line Detect Number Ch3 Outside Line Detect Number Ch4 Outside Line Detect Number Ch5 Hand Set Control in Sleep Mode DAA Ringer Threshold CH1 DAA Ringer Threshold CH2 DAA Ringer Threshold CH4 IFAX Header (Receive) Capability Default 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Range 0~11 0~11 0~11 0~11 0~11 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: * 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: * 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: * 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: * 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: * 0: Not connected (no tone), 1: Connected (tone) 0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms. 0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms. 0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms. 0: Do not add, 1: Add
Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service

Table 13 iFAX Service ChainLink 830-007 830-009 830-011 830-013 830-015 830-022 830-023 830-024 830-025 Content POP User Name POP User Name 2 POP User Name 3 POP User Name 4 POP User Name 5 SMTP / POP3 Receiving Start POP Receiving Interval Delete after POP Receiving Target of Mail Header Printing Default NULL NULL NULL NULL NULL 1: POP Receive 10min 0: Delete 0~1 1~120 0~1 Range Meaning ASCII 64 characters ASCII 64 characters ASCII 64 characters ASCII 64 characters ASCII 64 characters 0: SMTP Receive, 1: POP Receive 1~120min 1: Do not delete, 0: Delete 0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print headers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content, 4: Print all of header and body (with S/MIME data) 0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents 1: Send, 0: Do not send 0: Do not limit, 1: Set domains to allow, 2: Set domains to prohibit 1: Limit, 0: Do not limit 0: Disable, 1: Enable [0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J] [0: G3 Auto, 1: F4800, 2: G4 Auto] [0~999 pages] (0: No limit) 0: Off, 1: On 0: DNS, 1: MDN 0~65535KB (0: No limit) 0: Panel authentication, 1: APOP authentication
1: Print headers and con- 0~4 tents 1: Always print headers and contents 0: Do not send 0: Do not limit 1: Enable 0: TIFF-S 0: G3 Auto 0~1 0~1 0~2 0~1 0~1 0~2 0~2 0~999 0~1 0~1 0~65535 0~1
830-026 830-027 830-030 830-081 830-083 830-084 830-085 830-086 830-087 830-088 830-090 830-091
Error Mail Print Enable Error Mail Send Enable Mail Receiving Limit Enable SMTP Send Enable Profile of Broadcast Sending Mode of Broadcast
FAX Forward Limit Enable by Address Note 0: Do not limit
Mail Send Page Segmentation Threshold-B 10 Delivery Check for Broadcast Transmission 0: Off Delivery Check System Fax Relay Limit Size POP Authentication (1) 1: MDN 8192 0
General Procedures
Table 13 iFAX Service ChainLink 830-092 830-103 830-109 830-116 830-118 830-119 830-120 830-121 830-122 830-123 830-124 830-125 830-126 830-127 830-128 830-129 830-130 830-131 Content POP Server Port Number DNS Return Mail Print Reply MDN Mail IFAX Neto Config Route IFAX Neto Config Retry Cont IFAX Neto Config Retry Interval IFAX Print Mode Default Message of Internet Fax Authenticated User Name in Internet Fax Body Default 110 2 1 1 1 1 0 Null 1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 Range 1~65535 0~2 0~1 1~2 0~5 0~60 0~1 Meaning 110, 8000~9999 0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents, 2: Print only when fail 0: Never reply, 1: Always reply 1: Via MTA, 2: P2P connection, 3: Specified by user (not available in immediate future) 0: Do not retry, 1-5: Number of times to retry 0: Retry immediately, 1-60: Interval (minutes) 0: Sort automatically, 1: Print as IFAX data 256 bytes maximum. Null terminated. 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 0: Do not add, 1: Add 128 bytes maximum. Null terminated.
Authenticated User E-mail Address in Inter- 1 net Fax Body Number of Pages in Internet Fax Body File Format in Internet Fax Body IP Address in Internet Fax Body Serial Number in Internet Fax Body MAC Address in Internet Fax Body Device Name in Internet Fax Body Device Location in Internet Fax Body Signature Message in Internet Fax Body 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 Null
Chain 850-xxx EP-SV

Table 14 EP-SV ChainLink 850-001 850-002 850-003 850-004 850-007 850-009 850-010 850-011 850-012 850-014 850-015 850-016 Content Availability of EP-SV & EP Goods Availability of Telephone Line EP Data Dispatch Type Display Time of Bundle Type of EP Goods Print Control Function Default 0=No 0=No 0=Send to the EP-SV 0=Prohibit 0=Do not control Range 0~1 0~1 0~2 0~1 0~12 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~1 0~9 0~1 0~2 Meaning [0=No, 1=Yes] [0=No, 1=Yes] [0=Send to the EP-SV, 1=Send to the EP-DX, 2=Send to both] [0=Prohibit, 1=Process] Refer to Common EP Accessories. [0=Do not control, 1=Control] [0=Interrupt On, 1=Interrupt Off] [0=Prohibit, 1=Allow] [0=Prohibit, 1=Allow] 0 to 9. 0: Do not make retry of WakeUp command (Timeout after 10 seconds), 1~9: Wait for specified time (minutes) [0=Do not control, 1=Control] [0=Cancel job (Cancel), 1=Pause job, 2=Abort or suspend, depending on the status]
Interrupt Operation When Countdown Type 1=Interrupt Off is Connected CRU Life Notice Enable in EP-SV CRU Warning Notice Enable in EP-SV ICCG-H WakeUp Reentry Timer Accessory Control Enable in Scan & FAX Disable Control at Countdown Accessory 0=Prohibit 0=Prohibit 0 0=Do not control 0=Cancel job (Cancel)
General Procedures
Table 14 EP-SV ChainLink 850-017 850-019 Content Use Card Number In Print Control Remaining Job Auto Cancel Mode Exit Timer Default 1: Use card number 15 Range 0~1 10~300 Meaning [0: Do not use card number, 1: Use card number] 10 to 300 (seconds)
Chain 860-xxx EP-DX

Table 15 EP-DX ChainLink 860-011 860-012 860-032 Content Remote Center Call Function Enable Alert Send Function Enable CRU Exchange Frequency Default 1 0 0 Range 0~1 0~1 Meaning 0: Off 1: On 0: Off 1: On 0~0xFFFFFFFF
Chain 870-xxx Diag

Table 16 Diag ChainLink 870-010 870-011 870-012 870-013 870-014 870-015 870-016 870-017 870-018 870-019 870-020 870-021 870-022 870-023 870-024 Content XERO:CRU #1 PR Wear previous value XERO:CRU #2 PR Wear previous value XERO:CRU #3 PR Wear previous value XERO:CRU #4 PR Wear previous value XERO:#1CRU WARNING previous value XERO:#1DRUM Total CYCLE previous value XERO:#2DRUM Total CYCLE previous value XERO:#3DRUM Total CYCLE previous value XERO:#4DRUM Total CYCLE previous value XERO:#1DRUM DC CYCLE previous value XERO:#2DRUM DC CYCLE previous value XERO:#3DRUM DC CYCLE previous value XERO:#4DRUM DC CYCLE previous value Default Range Meaning [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999]
XERO:#1DRUM AC CYCLE previous value XERO:#2DRUM AC CYCLE previous value -
General Procedures
Table 16 Diag ChainLink 870-025 870-026 870-027 870-028 870-029 870-030 870-031 870-032 870-033 870-034 870-035 870-036 870-037 870-038 870-039 870-040 870-041 870-042 870-043 870-044 870-045 870-200 870-202 870-203 Content Default Range Meaning [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] [0~99999999] 0~9 1~999 0~2 [0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: Tray 5, 6: SMH, 7: HCF1, 8: HCF2, 9: Interposer [1~999 sets] [0: 1 Sided, 1: 2: 2 Sided (H to H), 2: 2: 2 Sided (H to T)]
XERO:#3DRUM AC CYCLE previous value XERO:#4DRUM AC CYCLE previous value Xfer:IBT Belt(IMPS) previous value Xfer:IBT Belt(CYCLE) previous value Xfer:1st BTR previous value Xfer:Back Up Roll previous value Xfer:2nd BTR Unit previous value Xfer:Bearing BTR previous value Xfer:Trim within Transfer Module previous value Xfer:Belt Cleaner Blade previous value PH:1Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:MSI NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:3TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:3TM 3Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:3TM 4Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:1TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:TTM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:TTM 3Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PH:TTM 4Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value PV(CV) Counter for FILTER Life previous value UI Diag Parameters Input Tray UI Diag Parameters Total Sets In Job UI Diag Parameters Paper Plex 1: Tray 1 1: 1 set 0: 1 Sided
Xfer:Belt Cleaner Film Seal previous value -
General Procedures
Table 16 Diag ChainLink 870-204 Content UI Diag Parameters Media Type Default 0: Plain Range 0~79 Meaning [0: Plain, 1: Recycled, 2: Bond, 3: Lightweight, 4: Heavyweight 1, 5: Heavyweight 2, 6: Heavyweight 1 (Side 2), 7: Heavyweight 2 (Side 2), 8: Extra Heavyweight, 9: Extra Heavyweight (Side 2), 10: Transparency, 11: Adhesive, 12: Labels, 13~31: Plain A~S, 32: Heavyweight 1A, 33: Heavyweight 1B, 34: Heavyweight 1S, 35: Heavyweight 1(S2)A, 36: Heavyweight 1(S2)B, 37: Heavyweight 1(S2)S, 38: Heavyweight 2A, 39: Heavyweight 2B, 40: Heavyweight 2S, 41: Heavyweight 2(S2)A, 42: Heavyweight 2(S2)B, 43: Heavyweight 2(S2)S, 44: Heavyweight 1C, 45: Heavyweight 1C(2S), 46: Heavyweight 2C, 47: Heavyweight 2C(2S), 48: Heavyweight 2D, 49: Heavyweight 2D(2S), 50: Coated 1, 51: Coated 1(S2), 52: Coated 2, 53: Coated 2(S2), 54: Coated 1 Special (Coated Paper), 55~59: Custom Paper 1~5, 60: Tracing Paper, 61: Copied Paper, 62: Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 1, 63: Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 2, 64: Labels 1, 65: Labels 2, 66: Hole-Punched, 67: Plain paper S1, 68: Plain paper S2, 69: Recycled paper (Recycled paper A), 70: Recycled paper (Recycled paper B), 71: Heavyweight paper 1S1, 72: Heavyweight paper 1S2, 73: Heavyweight paper 2E, 74: Heavyweight paper 2S1, 75: Heavyweight paper 2S2, 76: Tabbed sheet 1, 77: Tabbed sheet 2, 78: Coated paper 1A, 79: Coated paper 1B] [0: 4-color mode, 1: Tri-color mode, 2: Monochrome, 3: BW] [0: Black, 1: Yellow, 2: Magenta, 3: Cyan, 4: Red, 5: Green, 6: Blue] [0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Binary ED, 3: 24ED, 4: 300DACS, 5: 600, 6: 300, 7: 200C, 8: 200R, 9: 150, 10: Fine, 11: 106 lines] [0: All Off, 1: IOT On, 2: Ctrack On, 3: IOT and Ctrack On] [0~100%] [0: 1200x1200, 1: 1200x600, 2: 600x600, 3: 300x300, 4: Not used] [0: A6SEF, 1: A6LEF, 2: A5SEF, 3: A5LEF, 4: A4SEF, 5: A4LEF, 6: A3SEF, 7: B6SEF, 8: B6LEF, 9: B5SEF, 10: B5LEF, 11: B4SEF, 12: 5.5x8.5(Statement)SEF, 13: 5.5x8.5(Statement)LEF, 14: 7.25x10.5(Executive)SEF, 15: 7.25x10.5(Executive)LEF, 16: 8x10SEF, 17: 8x10LEF, 18: LetterSEF, 19: LetterLEF, 20: 8.46x12.4(Spanish)SEF, 21: 8.5x13(Legal13)SEF, 22: 8.5x14 (Legal14)SEF, 23: 11x15SEF, 24: 11x17(Ledger)SEF, 25: A4CoverLEF, 26: 9x11 (LetterCover)LEF, 27: 12.0x18.0SEF, 28: 12.6x17.7(SRA3)SEF, 29: 12.6x19.2SEF, 30: 13x18SEF, 31: 13x19SEF, 32: 16K(TFX)SEF, 33: 16K(TFX)LEF, 34: 8K(TFX)SEF, 35: 16K(GCO)SEF, 36: 16K(GCO)LEF, 37: 8K(GCO)SEF, 38: Postcard SEF, 39: Postcard LEF, 40: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 41: Postcard(4x6)SEF, 42: Postcard(4x6)LEF, 43: Postcard(5x7)SEF, 44: Choukei 3SEF, 45: Choukei 3LEF, 46: Commercial 10LEF, 47: Monarch LEF, 48: DL LEF, 49: Kakukei 20SEF, 50: Kakukei 6LEF] 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1 to 65535 1: HTTP, 2: HTTPS 0: Disable, 1: Enable 1 to 300 0: Device, 1: Pool server For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
870-205 870-206 870-207 870-208 870-209 870-210 870-211
UI Diag Parameters Color Mode UI Diag Parameters Single Color UI Diag Parameters Screen UI Diag Parameters LUT UI Diag Parameters Coverage UI Diag Parameters Resolution UI Diag Parameters Media Size
0: 4-color mode 0: Black 0: Text 3 0: 0% 0: 1200x1200 5: A4LEF
0~3 0~6 0~11 0~3 0~100 0~4 0~50
880-001 880-002 880-003 880-004 880-005 880-006 880-007 880-008
ESR Poolserver Config Enable ESR Poolserver Config Port No. ESR Poolserver Config Schema ESR Poolserver Config Use Static Auth Info ESR Poolserver Config Timeout Default Job Flow Repository Job Flow Search Keyword 1 Job Flow Search Keyword 2
0 80 1 0 60 0 Null Null
0~1 1~65535 1~2 0~1 1~300 0~1
General Procedures
Table 16 Diag ChainLink 880-009 880-010 880-011 880-012 880-013 880-014 880-015 880-016 880-017 880-018 880-019 880-020 880-021 900001~999 Content Job Flow Search Keyword 3 Job Flow Search Keyword 4 Job Flow Search Keyword 5 Job Flow Search Keyword 6 Job Flow Search Keyword 7 Job Flow Search Keyword 8 Job Flow Search Keyword 9 Job Flow Search Keyword 10 Job Flow Search Keyword 11 Job Flow Search Keyword 12 Job Flow Search Keyword 13 Job Flow Search Keyword 14 Job Flow Search Keyword 15 Tag 1V~Tag 999V Default Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null Null 0 0~1 Range Meaning For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte characters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji. Tag information 1V~999V[0: Off, 1: On]
General Procedures
Serial Number/Billing Meter Data

Purpose
Displays the Serial Number, Product Number, and Billing Data.
Procedure
For access from customer UI go to Billing Meter/Print Report from Customer UI below. 1. 2. 3. 4. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select the Maintenance / Diagnostic tab. Select Adjustment/Others. Select Machine ID/Billing Data. NOTE: Serial Numbers, the Product Number, and Billing Data is displayed for IOT, Sys1, and Sys2. NOTE: When exiting the Diagnostics Mode after viewing the Billing Information, the machine will reboot. CAUTION Failure to perform GP 1 if the MCU PWB EPROM, or ESS PWB or ESS PWB EPROM is replaced could result in NVM corruption and disabling the machine. Refer to REP 9.2.1 MCU PWB EPROM or REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB or REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM before installing a new MCU PWB EPROM, ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM. NOTE: GP 1 procedure is used to serialize components and load billing data on the MCU PWB EPROM, or ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM. NOTE: Machine Serial Number Plate is located on side frame below rear yellow Fuser mounting screw.
Billing Meter/Print Report from Customer UI

1. 2. 3. Press Machine Status button. Select Billing Information tab. Select Billing Information. NOTE: Machine Serial Number and Current Meter Reading are displayed.
General Procedures
Serial Number/Billing Meter Data
Reading HFSI
Purpose
Read status of all HFSI items. Counter Name
Table 1 High Frequency Service Items Threshold Service Action to be performed FX, FXAP only.
955-830 DADF Stamp Solenoid
Procedure
Perform following to read the HFSI Items. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Enter the Diagnostic Mode (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select the Maintenance / Diagnostics tab. Select Adjustment / Others. Select HFSI Counter. Refer to Table 1 to identify the components on the HFSI Report. Enter the counter Chain Link from Table 1. Select Confirm. Compare the Current Value with Replacement Life. Table 1 High Frequency Service Items Counter Name Threshold Service Action to be performed Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.
954-800 Tray 1 Feed counter 300K Reset only 954-801 Tray 2 Feed counter 300K 954-802 Tray 3 Feed counter 300K 954-803 Tray 4 Feed counter 300K 954-805 MPT Feed counter 954-807 Fuser 954-808 Bias Transfer Roll 956-802 IIT Scan 956-803 Lamp On Time 956-804 Lamp On Count 955-806 Document Feed 955-807 Simplex Document Feed 955-808 Duplex Document Feed 956-808 Platen Open Count 955-810 DADF Platen Open Count 955-829 Invert Solenoid ON Count 300K 175K 300K -
Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll. Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad. Replace the Fuser. Replace the Bias Transfer Roll. No action required - counter only. (Max count value = 6000 k times.) No action required - count after HFSI Counter Clear. (Max count value = 7200 k seconds) No action required - count after HFSI Counter Clear. (Max count value = 6000 k times) No action required - counter only. No action required - counter only. No action required - counter only. No action required - counter only. (Platen models.) (Max count value = 1000 k times.) No action required - counter only. (DADF models) No action required - counter only.
General Procedures
Reading HFSI
Initialize HFSI Counters

Purpose
Initialize the HFSI Counter.
2. 3. 4.
Select Adjustment/Other. Select HFSI Counter. Reset Correct Value a. b. Enter the Chain-Link Number Select Reset Correct Value. Diagnostics routine completed will be displayed NOTE: Diagnostics routine completed will be displayed. The HFSI Counter is reset.
Procedure
Reading and resetting HFSI 1. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Table 1 IOT HFSI Chain-Link 954-807 954-807 954-807 954-807 954-800 954-800 954-800 954-800 954-801 954-801 954-801 954-801 954-802 954-802 954-802 954-802 954-803 Name Last 2Digits of Fuser discharging Number 5th&6thDigits of Fuser discharging Number 3rd&4thDigits of Fuser discharging Number First 2Digits of Fuser discharging Number Tray1 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray1 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray2 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray3 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Initial Value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Value 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99
HFSI
1Count Remarks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) General Procedures
Table 1 IOT HFSI Chain-Link 954-803 954-803 954-803 954-804 954-804 954-804 954-804 954-805 954-805 954-805 954-805 954-808 954-808 954-808 954-808 Name Tray4 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Tray4 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) HCF First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MPT Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MPT 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MPT 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) MPT First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) Last 2Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits) 5th&6thDigits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits) 3rd&4thDigits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits) First 2Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer Roll(8 Digits) Initial Value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Value 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 0~99 0~99 0~99 0~3 1Count Remarks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.) Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes changes 0 at the same time.)
General Procedures
IIT PF-HFSI/Recycle List Table 2 IIT HFSI Chain-Link 956-802 Name IIT Scan Initial Setting Value Range 0 Count Condition Remarks 1 time increments Max count value=above 6,000,000 times Only count Platen Scans, not CVT Scans. Lamp Life 2000 hours 1 time increments Max count value=7,200,000sec and above Times the total duration when the lamp is on (including AGOC, Lamp Check).
0~6,881,175 Scan Count (including pre-Scan) Counts up with each scan. HFSI to Scan count after clearing HFSI Counter Recycle to Total Scan count without clearing 0~7,864,200 Lamp ON Time Starts timing when the lamp turns on. Stops timing when the lamp turns off. Writes to the NVM during CRG Initialize. HFSI to Lamp ON time after clearing HFSI Counter Recycle to Total Lamp ON time without clearing 0~6,881,175 Lamp ON count after clearing HFSI Counter Counts up when the lamp turns on. Writes to the NVM during CRG Initialize.
956-803
Lamp ON Time
956-804
Lamp ON Count
Lamp Life 6,000,000 times 1 time increments Max count value=above 6,000,000 times Counts the number of times the lamp turns on (including AGOC, Lamp Check). 1 time increments Max count value=above 1,000,000 times
956-808 955-806
Platen Open/Close Count 0 (Platen models) Document Feed (CVT, DADF models) 0
0~1,966,050 Counts up when the Angle Sensor is forced fully open.
0~5,000,000 Counts up when the Feed Sensor turns on. Number of sheets fed from the CVT Tray HFSI to Document Feed count after clearing HFSI The NVM is controlled by the CVT. Counter Recycle to Total Document Feed count without clearing 0~5,000,000 Counts the number of document sheets fed in Simplex mode. 0~5,000,000 Counts the number of document pages fed in Duplex mode. Counts up when Invert Sensor turns off during Duplex transport. 0~1,000,000 Counts up when the Platen Interlock is open. The NVM is controlled by the CVT. * Life is common to 955-808. The NVM is controlled by the CVT. * Life is common to 955-807.
955-807 955-808
Document Feed Simp (CVT, DADF models) Document Feed Dup (CVT, DADF models)
0 0
955-810 955-829
Platen Open/Close Count 0 (CVT, DADF models) Invert Solenoid ON Count 0
Belt/CVT judgement is processed in the IISS. The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
0~5,000,000 Counts up when the Invert Solenoid turns on. CVT(PF2) HFSI to Invert Solenoid ON count after clearing The NVM is controlled by the CVT. the counter Recycle to Total Invert Solenoid ON count without clearing 0~300,000 Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on. CVT(PF2) HFSI to Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing The NVM is controlled by the CVT. the counter Recycle to Total Stamp Solenoid ON count without clearing
955-830
DADF Stamp Solenoid 0 ON Count (Solenoid Life)
General Procedures
Table 2 IIT HFSI Chain-Link 955-831 Name DADF Stamp Solenoid ON Count (Ink Life) Initial Setting Value Range 0 0~300,000 Count Condition Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on. Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing the HFSI Counter Remarks CVT(PF2) The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
General Procedures
Adjust Tone Up / Down

Purpose
To perform manual adjustment for toner density.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Maintenance/Diagnostics. Select Max Setup. Select Tone Up / Down. Select Adjust Toner Density. Adjust Up or Down. Press the Start Button. Select Close.
General Procedures
Adjust Tone Up / Down
Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment

Purpose
This guide adjustment item is provided for the following purposes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. To check that size detection of the MPT Guide width detection is properly performed. To set the sensor output values for the maximum and minimum positions for the MPT Guide using NVM. To display the detected size in the width direction of the MPT Guide. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics UI Diagnostic Mode. Select Adjustment/Others. Select Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment. Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the minimum position. Select Minimum Size Position, then press the Start button. Result appears in Result column. When OK: The minimum position is set by the NVM. When NG: Repeat the procedure. 7. 8. 9. Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the maximum position. Select Maximum Position then press the Start button. Result appears in Result column. When OK: Set the value of the maximum position by the NVM. When NG: Repeat the procedure. 10. Select Close].
Procedure
General Procedures
Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment
Initialize NVM
Purpose
This procedure may be needed when the machine is unrecoverable, including problems such as producing blank copies/prints, continuous system faults, etc. It is also required as part of the software upgrade process. Fax configured machine only NOTE: The fax module must be started up (the fax icon must be displayed) before the initialization is performed. If the initialization is performed with the fax module off, the initialization will not finish. (The fax module requires powering off then on.)
5.
After initialization is complete, use the data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the machine to its previous configuration. Table 1 NVM Initialization
Name IOT
Description The following NVM locations will be initialized: Chain - Link 740 - 001, 022 through 31, 062, 090 Chain - Link 741 - 001 Chain - Link 742 - 001 through 012, 015, 018, 027 through 030, 075, 083, 084, 086, 098 through 101 Chain - Link 744 - 005, 006, 010, 043, 045, 046, 061, 065, 077, 078, 080, 081, 086, 133 through 135, 180 through 184, 220, 301 through 306 Chain - Link 746 - 500, 502 through 516 Chain - Link 749 - 001 through 003, 006, 007, 009 through 016, 516, 521 through 524, 527 Chain - Link 751 - 010, 011, 034 through 037, 511, 560, 631, 699, 701, 703, 710, 718 through 748, 750, 752, 754, 756, 758, 760, 762, 764 through 792, 794, 796, 798, 800, 802, 804, 806, 808 through 836, 838, 840, 842, 844, 846, 848 through 850 Chain - Link 752 - 003, 509, 893 through 895 Chain - Link 753 - 003, 008, 009, 612, 619, 645, 705, 716, 717, 724 through 726, 729, 731 Chain - Link 760 - 001 through 003, 005 through 012, 016 through 029, 031 through 040 Chain - Link 764 - 001, 002, 005, 100 through 104, 112 Chain - Link 710 - 501, 550, 551, 554 through 568, 600 through 612 Chain - Link 715 - 013, 017, 018, 023 through027, 050 through 096, 102 through 108, 110 through 113, 201, 241 through 244, 280 through 293, 299 through 311, 344 through 349, 362, 363, 418, 550 through 555, 560, 600 through 622, 630 through 649, 660 through 664, 668, 669, 680 through 691, 702 through 705, 720 through 726, 780 through 791 Chain - Link 716 - 001 through 030, 032, 033, 035, 037 through 047, 050 through 064, 070 through 081, 100 through 102, 110, 112, 113, 120 through 122, 126 through 128 Chain - Link 717 - 001 through 015
Initial Actions
Disconnect any Foreign Interface devices. Obtain all of the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Inner Cover pocket) Any customer setting Auditron account from the system administrator Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machines service log. Any customer settings in the Tools mode.
Procedure
Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Maintenance/Diagnostics. Select Initialize NVM. Select the desired item, then press the Start button. IIT/IPS
The following NVM locations will be initialized:
General Procedures
Initialize NVM
Table 1 NVM Initialization Name SYS-System Description The following NVM locations will be initialized: SYS-User Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 127, 128, 368, 389, 390, 396, 398, 410 through 412 Chain - Link 780 - 072, 073, 141, 145 Chain - Link 790 - 003 Chain - Link 800 - 018 Chain - Link 810 - 130 Chain - Link 820 - 003, 024, 026, 038 through 047, 052 through 054, 060 through 119, 121 Chain - Link 823 - 042 through 047 Chain - Link 830 - 081, 090 Chain - Link 850 - 001 through 004, 007, 009 through 012, 015 through 018 Chain - Link 870 - 010 through 045 Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 368, 389, 390
All user settable NVM locations in the following chains will be reset:
General Procedures
Initialize NVM
Component Control
Purpose
The purpose of the Component Control is to display the logic state of input signals and to energize output components. NOTE: Refer to Table 1, Table 2 for a list of all Input Components listed by Chain/Link ID number. Refer to Table 2, Table 4 for a list of all Output Components listed by Chain/Link ID number.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Maintenance/Diagnostics. Select IO Checks. Select Component Control. Input Chain-Link number, then press Start button. In case of INPUT Component: Indicates current status in Status column. Count up (+1) when switching. (High to Low, Low to High) 6. In case of OUTPUT Component: Activates component Press Stop button after confirming.
General Procedures
Component Control
Stacking Component Codes

NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. If you activate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automatically switched off. 1. When perform multiple component checking. input new Chain-Link number after one (or several) component(s) is (are) in operating. NOTE: Only latest Chain-Link number indicates.
2. 3.
When confirm the status of another component still in progress, select Enter Number then input Chain-Link number of applicable component. Select Stop key after confirming. Stop operation of component indicated on screen. NOTE: There are no Cyclic Component in below category: IIT Input Component. IIT Output Component. IOT Input Component.
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 010-100 010-101 010-200 010-201 012-100 012-110 012-111 012-140 012-150 012-151 EXIT SENSOR EXIT SENSOR1(EXIT) Fuser Control Sensor FS1 Fuser Control Sensor FS2 Transport Entrance Sensor Registration Clutch ON IOT Exit Sensor Entrance Sensor Compile Exit Sensor Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Connector Level Meaning L H Analog Analog H H H H H H with paper with paper Sensor level detected by EXIT MODULE Min 0, Max 1023 Min 0, Max 1023 with paper (M1-1); without paper (M1-1.5) IOT Regi Clutch OFF (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher); IOT Regi Clutch ON (SBFinisher) with paper (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher); without paper (SB-Finisher) with paper with paper (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher, SB-Finisher M1-1) with paper (B/C-Finisher) Not Available Not Available Not available Not Available SB-Finisher: Before Sensor change: H with paper After Sensor change: H without paper Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Remarks Not Available EXIT Standby temperature monitor Standby temperature monitor
012-190 012-191 012-220 012-221 012-240 012-241 012-242 012-243 012-244 012-250 012-251 012-252 012-260 012-262 012-263 012-264
H-Transport Ent. Sensor H-Transport Exit Sensor Front Tamper Home Sensor Rear Tamper Home Sensor Stapler Move Home Sensor Stapler Move Position Sensor Low Staple Sensor Self Priming Sensor Staple Home Sensor Eject Clamp Home Sensor Set Clamp Home Sensor Eject Home Sensor Upper Limit Sensor Stacker No Paper Sensor Stack Encoder Sensor Stack Height Sensor 1
H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
with paper with paper home position (B/C, SB-Finishers); other than home position (A-Finisher) home position (B/C, SB-Finishers); other than home position (A-Finisher) other than home position
other than home position (B/C-Finisher); Stapler Unit position detection (SB- Not Available Finisher) without staples (A, B/C-Finishers); without/low staples (SB-Finisher) staple not ready (A, B/C-Finishers); staple ready (SB-Finisher) other than home position other than home position other than home position other than home position upper limit position without paper (B/C-Finisher) Encoder pulse detected paper detected (C-Finisher) Stacker Tray position detected (SB-Finisher) Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available uppermost position of Stacker Tray detected (no paper) (SB-Finisher)
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 012-265 012-267 012-268 012-269 012-271 012-274 012-275 012-277 012-278 012-279 012-280 012-300 012-301 012-302 012-303 013-101 013-107 013-108 013-141 013-142 013-143 013-144 013-160 013-161 013-300 013-301 047-200 047-201 047-205 047-206 071-100 071-101 071-102 071-105 071-106 071-107 Stack Height Sensor 2 Stacker Height Sensor Stacker Stock A Sensor Stacker Stock B Sensor Puncher Home Sensor Puncher Encoder Sensor Punch Box Set Sensor Puncher Detect Stacker Stock A Sensor Stacker Stock B Sensor Compiler Cover Safety Switch Eject Cover Switch Eject Cover Switch Finisher Front Cover Switch H-Transport Interlock Sensor Booklet Knife Home Sensor Booklet Low Staple Front Switch Booklet Low Staple Rear Switch Booklet Staple Cam Front Switch Booklet Staple Cam Rear Switch Booklet Staple Move Home Sensor Booklet Staple Move Position Home Sensor Folder Detect Booklet Detect Booklet Cover Open Switch Booklet Safety Switch FACE UP TRAY DETECTED OCT2 DETECTED OCT1 HOME POSITION SENSOR OCT2 HOME POSITION SENSOR FEED OUT#2 SENSOR T/A F/O3 SENSOR T/A F/O4 SENSOR DUP WAIT SENSOR T/A F/O3 SENSOR T/A F/O4 SENSOR H H H H H H H H L L L L L L L L L L Connector Level Meaning H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H paper detected (C-Finisher) Stacker Tray paper detection Stacker Tray position detection Stacker Tray position detection home position (C-Finisher); other than home position (SB-Finisher) Puncher Encoder pulse detected Box is seated (C-Finisher); Box is not seated (SB-Finisher) Puncher Unit is not detected Stacker Tray position detection (With Light Shield Plate) Stacker Tray position detection (With Light Shield Plate) Compiler Upper Chute open Eject Cover is open (B/C-Finisher); Eject Cover is closed (SB-Finisher) Eject Cover is closed (B/C-Finisher); Eject Cover is open (SB-Finisher) Finisher Front Cover is open H-Transport is open other than home position low staples or Staple Cartridge pulled out (C-Finisher); with staples (SB-Finisher low staples or Staple Cartridge pulled out (C-Finisher); with staples (SB-Finisher Front Booklet Stapler Head is not in home position Rear Booklet Stapler Head is not in home position Booklet Stapler Unit is in home position Staple position of Booklet Stapler Unit is detected Folder Unit is detected Booklet Unit is detected Cover is open Normal Detected Detected OCT1 is at its home position OCT2 is at its home position with paper with paper with paper with paper with paper Hot-Line Control with paper Hot-Line Control L = obstruction detected EXIT EXIT EXIT EXIT Not Available Not Available Not Available DM Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Remarks Stacker Tray position detected (SB-Finisher) Not Available Not Available Not Available
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 071-110 071-200 071-201 071-202 071-203 071-204 071-205 071-206 071-207 071-208 071-209 071-210 071-211 071-212 071-213 071-230 071-231 071-232 071-233 071-234 071-300 071-301 071-302 071-303 EXIT SENSOR2 TRAY4 SIZE digital SENSOR TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY4 NO PAPER SENSOR MPT NO PAPER SENSOR TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR TRAY2 LEVEL SENSOR TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR TRAY1 SIZE digital SENSOR TRAY2 SIZE digital SENSOR TRAY3 SIZE digital SENSOR FEED READY SIGNAL TRAY1 SIZE SENSOR TRAY2 SIZE SENSOR TRAY3 SIZE SENSOR TRAY4 SIZE SENSOR MSI SIZE SENSOR Left Hand COVER TRAY MODULE COVER Left Hand Low COVER FRONT COVER Connector Level Meaning L L L L L L L L L L L L L L H Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog L L H L with paper It is used for size detection auxiliary. Without paper Without paper Without paper Without paper Without paper Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) It is used for size detection auxiliary. It is used for size detection auxiliary. It is used for size detection auxiliary. Level is high. Hot-Line Control Min 0, Max 1023 Min 0, Max 1023 Min 0, Max 1023 Min 0, Max 1023 Min 0, Max 1023 Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Remarks EXIT TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0) Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always 0) Not Available Current Tray 1 Size Sensor A/D value, monitor Current Tray 2 Size Sensor A/D value, monitor Current Tray 3 Size Sensor A/D value, monitor Current Tray 4 Size Sensor A/D value, monitor Current SMH Size Sensor A/D value, monitor Not Available Not Available Not Available When Left Hand Cover open, the Front Cover status can not be detected due to the hardware mechanism. Therefore the Front Cover is considered as closed regardless of the Front Cover being open/ closed. EXIT Not Available Not Available With paper With paper Without paper Not Available Not Available Not Available Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
071-304 071-305 073-200 078-100 078-101 078-201
Left Hand High COVER DUP INTERLOCK FUSER FAN FAIL MONITOR SIGNAL HCF Prefeed Sensor HCF Feed Out Sensor HCF No Paper Sensor
H H H H H L
Cover is open (Interlock switch off) open
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 078-202 078-203 078-204 078-205 078-300 078-301 089-100 089-101 089-200 089-201 091-200 092-200 092-201 092-202 HCF Size Sensor A HCF Size Sensor B HCF Tray In Sensor HCF Level Sensor HCF Transport Interlock HCF Side Out Switch Registration SENSOR Registration SENSOR (DM) Registration CLUTCH (DM) Registration CLUTCH(EXIT) DRUM DETECT Temperature Sensor Humidity Sensor ATC Sensor Connector Level Meaning H H H H L H L L L Analog Analog Analog Paper size Paper size Tray inserted Lift up Cover is open (Interlock Switch off) Open with paper with paper Sensor level detected by DM in ON state Signal detected by DM MODULE in ON state Signal detected by EXIT MODULE EP Cartridge installed Min 140, Max 710 Min 36, Max 400 Min 200, Max 800 Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 012-013 Sub Paddle Solenoid ON/OFF Connector Level L = ON Meaning Same as Name Timer Off X Cycle Operation Remarks X 100 ms (B/C-Finisher) 660 ms (A-Finisher) 250 ms (SB-Finisher) Reverse rotation Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Forward rotation: highest speed Forward rotation: high speed Remarks Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available DM DM EXIT Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available
012-018 012-020 012-021 012-022 012-023 012-024 012-025 012-026 012-027 012-028 012-029 012-030 012-031 012-032 012-033
Transport Motor Reverse ON/OFF Front Tamper Motor Middle FRONT ON/ OFF Front Tamper Motor High FRONT ON/ OFF Front Tamper Motor Low REAR ON/OFF Front Tamper Motor Middle REAR ON/ OFF
Pulse ON Pulse ON Pulse ON Pulse ON
Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Front Tamper Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON
Front Tamper Motor High REAR ON/OFF Pulse ON Rear Tamper Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON Rear Tamper Motor Middle FRONT ON/ OFF Rear Tamper Motor Low REAR ON/OFF Rear Tamper Motor Middle REAR ON/ OFF Rear Tamper Motor High REAR ON/OFF Xport Motor 1 ON/OFF Xport Motor 2 ON/OFF Pulse ON
Rear Tamper Motor High FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON Pulse ON Pulse ON Pulse ON -
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 012-034 012-035 012-036 012-037 012-038 012-039 012-040 012-042 012-043 012-045 012-046 012-047 012-050 012-051 012-052 012-053 012-054 Xport Motor 3 ON/OFF Xport Motor 4 ON/OFF Transport Motor 1 ON/OFF Transport Motor 2 ON/OFF Transport Motor 3 ON/OFF Xport Motor Reverse ON/OFF Connector Level Meaning Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Set Clamp Paddle rotation Same as Name Eject Clamp Roller moves up Eject Clamp Roller moves down Same as Name Timer Off X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Cycle Operation Remarks X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Forward rotation: medium high speed Forward rotation: medium speed Forward rotation: high speed Forward rotation: medium speed Forward rotation: low speed Reverse rotation Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 200 ms Not Available Motor forward rotation: high speed Motor reverse rotation: high speed Motor forward rotation: low speed SB-Finisher: 1136 pulses Other Finishers: 2000 pulses Motor forward rotation: high speed SB-Finisher: 1136 pulses Other Finishers: 2000 pulses Not Available Not Available
Stapler Move Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Stapler Move Motor High FRONT ON/OFF Stapler Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF Stapler Move Motor High REAR ON/OFF Staple Motor FORWARD ON/OFF Staple Motor REVERSE ON/OFF Set Clamp Clutch ON/OFF Set Clamp Paddle Eject Clamp Motor Up ON/OFF Eject Clamp Motor Down ON/OFF Eject Motor Low Forward ON/OFF H H L = ON Pulse ON Pulse ON Pulse ON
012-055
Eject Motor High Forward ON/OFF
Pulse ON
Same as Name
012-060 012-061 012-074 012-077 012-078 012-079 012-080 012-081 012-082 012-083 012-084 012-085 012-086 013-022 013-023
Stacker Motor UP ON/OFF Stacker Motor DOWN ON/OFF Puncher Motor home 2-Hole Puncher Motor ON/OFF 3-Hole Puncher Motor ON/OFF 4-Hole Puncher Motor ON/OFF Main Drive Motor ON/OFF Eject Motor FORWARD ON/OFF Eject Motor REVERSE ON/OFF Eject Clamp Low DOWN Eject Clamp Middle DOWN Eject Clamp UP Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid ON Knife Motor Forward ON/OFF Knife Motor Reverse ON/OFF
H H Pulse ON H = ON H = ON H = ON L L H = ON H = ON
Same as Name Same as Name
X X
Puncher Motor moves to home posi- X tion 2-Hole Puncher Motor moves away from home position 3-Hole Puncher Motor moves away from home position 4-Hole Puncher Motor moves away from home position Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name X X X X X X X X X X X X
Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 013-024 013-025 013-026 013-027 013-028 013-029 042-001 042-002 042-003 047-001 047-002 047-003 047-004 047-005 047-006 047-022 047-023 047-024 047-025 047-026 061-001 071-001 Front Booklet Staple Motor Forward ON/ OFF Front Booklet Staple Motor Reverse ON/ OFF Rear Booklet Staple Motor Forward ON/ OFF Rear Booklet Staple Motor Reverse ON/ OFF Booklet Staple Move Motor IN Booklet Staple Move Motor OUT MAIN MOTOR ON FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH SPEED) ROS FAN MOTOR ON OFFSET MOTOR1 FORWARD ROTATION FUSER FAN MOTOR(HIGH SPEED) OFFSET MOTOR2 FORWARD ROTATION OFFSET MOTOR2 REVERSE ROTATION OFFSET MOTOR1 REVERSE ROTATION MAIN MOTOR EXIT DRIVE MOTOR FORWARD(Eject Paper out) EXIT DRIVE MOTOR REVERSE(send paper into Dup) EXIT GATE SOLENOID FACE UP GATE SOLENOID EXIT 2 FAN ROS MOTOR ON TRAY1 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse) Connector Level H = ON H = ON H = ON H = ON Pulse ON Pulse ON L L L H L L Meaning Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Timer Off X X X X Cycle Operation Remarks X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 350 pulses 350 pulses Not Available Not Available Not Available EXIT Not Available EXIT EXIT EXIT Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EXIT Not Available Not Available Not Available
Booklet Stapler moves to the IN side X Booklet Stapler moves to the OUT side Same as Name X X
Fuser Fan changes from Low to High X Rotation. ROS Fan Motor Start & Stop Same as Name X X
Fuser Fan changes from Low to High X Rotation. Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Switch Gate to Exit2/FUT Switch FUT Gate to Face Up Tray Exit 2 FAN rotating ROS Motor Start & Stop Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 1 Level Sensor is ''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 1 Level Sensor is ''H''(lifted up). X X X X X X X X X X O
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 071-002 TRAY2 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse) Connector Level Meaning Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 2 Level Sensor is ''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 2 Level Sensor is ''H''(lifted up). Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 3 Level Sensor is ''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 3 Level Sensor is ''H''(lifted up). Turn Lift Up Motor on for two seconds when Tray 4 Level Sensor is ''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not rotate when Tray 4 Level Sensor is ''H''(lifted up). Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Timer Off O Cycle Operation Remarks X Not Available
071-003
TRAY3 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)
Not Available
071-004
TRAY4 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR Reverse)
Not Available
071-007 071-008 071-012 071-036 071-037
TRAY1 FEED MOTOR TRAY2 FEED MOTOR SMH FEED CLUTCH MAIN MOTOR ON DRUM MOTOR ON
L L L
X X X X X
X X X X X
Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available DM Not Available
073-006 073-009 073-010 073-013 073-016 073-018
T/A MOTOR TRAY3 FEED MOTOR TRAY4 FEED MOTOR TM T/A CL DUP MOTOR
L L -
Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name Same as Name In high speed (> process speed) Hot-Line Control MCU toggles FEED-STOP signal alternatively in period of 400-600ms, Tray Module toggles FEED-READY signal in period of 1900-2100ms. Hot-Line Control Hot-Line Control In low speed (=process speed) Same as Name Same as Name
X X X X X O
X X X X X X
HOT-LINE CHECK with alternative signal -
073-019 073-020 073-026 089-002 091-002
TRAY3 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) TRAY4 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) DUP MOTOR Rotate for sending paper out to regi REGI CLUTCH BCR AC BIAS
L L L -
X X X X X
X X X X X
Not Available Not Available DM Not Available The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs.
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT Chain-Link Name 091-003 BCR DC BIAS Connector Level Meaning Same as Name Timer Off X Cycle Operation Remarks X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. Not Available The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. Not Available The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs. The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751560) to 1 (single output) enables independent outputs.
091-004 091-005
DTS DRUM MOTOR ON
<L
X X
X X
091-006 091-007
MAIN MOTOR ON Developer DC BIAS
L -
X X
X X
091-010
BTR(-) BIAS
Same as Name
093-001
Dispense Motor
Same as Name
094-001
BTR(+) BIAS
Same as Name
Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT Chain-Link Name 005-102 005-110 005-205 005-206 005-211 005-212 005-213 005-215 005-216 005-217 005-218 005-219 005-220 Document Sensor Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT) CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor CVT-DADF Invert Sensor CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch CVT-DADF Platen Interlock Switch CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor CVT-DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor CVT-DADF #3 Tray APS Sensor CVT-DADF #1 APS Sensor CVT-DADF #2 APS Sensor CVT-DADF #3 APS Sensor Connector Level H L H H H H L L L L L L Meaning No paper detected by Document Sensor Paper detected by Regi Sensor Paper detected by Feed Out Sensor Paper detected by Pre-Reg. Sensor Paper detected by Inverter Sensor Feeder Cover open Platen Interlock open Light is not blocked by the actuator Light is not blocked by the actuator Light is not blocked by the actuator paper detected by APS Number1 Sensor paper detected by APS Number1 Sensor paper detected by APS Number1 Sensor Remarks Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available General Procedures
Component Control
Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT Chain-Link Name 005-221 005-222 005-224 005-225 062-201 062-212 062-240 062-251 062-253 062-272 062-300 062-301 CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR Number1 CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR Number2 Scan Start Nudger Position Snr Sheet Abort IIT Regi Sensor ADF Exist APS Sensor1 APS Sensor3 Scan Start Platen I/L Switch Angle Sensor Connector Level L L H H L L H Meaning paper detected by Tray Size SNR Number1 paper detected by Tray Size SNR Number2 Scan Start Signal ON The Nudger Roll is at UP position. Document Regist De-actuation of Regi Sensor DADF is not installed Remarks Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available
APS SNR1:L APS ON: H Document detected APS SNR3:L APS ON: H Document detected L L L Scan available Platen closed Platen opened Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT
Chain-Link Name 005-001 005-002 005-003 005-004 005-005 005-006 005-007 005-008 005-009 005-010 005-013 005-014 005-026 005-027 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed1) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed2) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed3) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed4) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed5) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed6) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed7) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed8) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed9) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed10) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed11) CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Reverse) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed1) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed2)
Connector Level -
Meaning
Timer Off
Multiple Output Prohibited Items 005-002~005-014 005-001 005-003~005-014 005-001~005-002 005-004~005-014 005-001~005-003 005-005~005-014 005-001~005-004 005-006~005-014 005-001~005-005 005-007~005-014 005-001~005-006 005-008~005-014 005-001~005-007 005-009~005-014 005-001~005-008 005-010~005-014 005-001~005-009 005-013~005-014 005-001~005-010 005-014 005-001~005-013 005-027~005-036 005-026 005-028~005-036
Remarks Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available
ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O
General Procedures
Component Control
Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT Chain-Link Name 005-028 005-029 005-030 005-031 005-032 005-033 005-034 005-036 005-072 005-073 005-083 005-084 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed3) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed4) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed5) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed6) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed7) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed8) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed9) CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Reverse) CVT Nip Release Solenoid CVT Stamp Solenoid Doc Ready Doc Set LED Connector Level L L L L Meaning Timer Off Multiple Output Prohibited Items 005-026~005-027 005-029~005-036 005-026~005-028 005-030~005-036 005-026~005-029 005-031~005-036 005-026~005-030 005-032~005-036 005-026~005-031 005-033~005-036 005-026~005-032 005-034~005-036 005-026~005-033 005-035~005-036 005-026~005-036 Remarks Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available
ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 3sec on ON for 10msec -> Auto OFF Turn ON the Doc Ready signal. Belt: Turn ON the DOC SET LED ON for 5sec O O X X(Belt) O(CVT) O
005-088 005-090 062-002 062-005
Image Area Nudger initialize IIT Exposure Lamp IIT Scan Motor (Scan)
H L Each has 4 phases. H/L Switching Each has 4 phases. H/L Switching (Differential) H L
062-006
Not Available Not Available Turn it OFF when Stop command is received before Auto OFF. Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF. Stop command is not accepted before Auto OFF. Not Available Not Available
Performs Nudger Roll ini- O tialization. Turn the Lamp ON for 180sec -> Auto OFF Move it 50mm from current position in Scan direction -> Auto OFF Move it 50mm from current position in Return direction -> Auto OFF O O
062-006
IIT Scan Motor (Return)
062-005
062-086 062-091
IIT Image Area Exchange To ADF
IMAGE-AREA Signal Out- X put Turn ON the document exchange command signal to the DADF X
General Procedures
Component Control
Hard Disk Diagnostic Program

Purpose
NOTE: HDD initialization using the UI-Diagnostic is only for Partition A.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Sub System. Select Initialize Hard Disk and select Partition A. Press the Start button and select Yes. When Partition A has been initialized is displayed, select Confirm.
NOTE: After the above procedure, Partition A will be initialized.
General Procedures
Hard Disk Diagnostic Program
Test Pattern Print

Purpose
Prints the test patterns in the machine, to help identify Image Quality problems.
Test Patterns
IOT generated test patterns: Table 1 and Table 2 Controller generated test patterns: Table 3 and Table 4 IIT generated test patterns: Table 5
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Print Test Pattern. Check Table 2 or Table 4 or Table 5 to be sure the required paper is loaded. For Test Pattern number 001 feeding out of paper tray 1 enter 11 using number keypad. For Test Pattern number 003 feeding out of paper tray 2 enter 31 using number keypad. Select Start. NOTE: Another test pattern code can be entered over the previous code after the test pattern prints. NOTE: If IOT failure occurs during Test Print, IOT and subsequent Diagnostics cannot be processed. Test Print cannot be canceled and the power must be turned Off/On, or it may be possible to exit Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). If Not Ready states such as Device Error, Jam and No Paper are the cause of the error Test Print can be canceled. As the control logic process the contents of the instructions from the UI, the machine may print the specified test pattern or use the priority tray, or it may not print and send a message indicating that a conflict occurred. When a jam occurs, the machine stops processing (do not continue or process again). The Clear Jam screen appears and a message asking the user to clear the jam will be displayed on the UI.
For details on the test pattern generation location and output path, see Table 1. Table 1 Pattern Outline No. 001 002 003 Pattern Name Horizontal Stripe All Black All White No Paper Run Objective / Overview Check operation around the ROS/Xero. For isolating the problem For isolating the problem For No Paper Run specified by the MF-UI. Built-in Image Sub IOT IOT IOT IOT
Table 2 Parameter settings available for pattern output Paper Sizes when using MPT Paper Types when using Simp/Dup MPT Simp/Dup
No.
Name
Image Size
Tray
001 Horizontal A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Stripe IOT generated Tray 3:3 ROS/XeroTray 4:4 graphics check MPT:5 002 All Black A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 IOT generated Tray 2:2 ROS/XeroTray 3:3 graphics check Tray 4:4 MPT:5 003 All White A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 IOT Generated Tray 2:2 ROS/XeroTray 3:3 graphics check Tray 4:4 MPT:5 No Paper Run Tray 1:1
Cannot be speci- Plain fied (Prints using specified paper sizes even when using the MPT) Cannot be speci- Plain fied (Prints using specified paper sizes even when using the MPT) Cannot be speci- Plain fied (Prints using specified paper sizes even when using the MPT) -
Simp/Dup
Simp/Dup
Simp
NOTE: (*1): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Ledger are both supported sizes) If the Finisher is installed, No Paper Run cannot be processed. No Paper Run is conPrints only from the specified tray. (ATS and APS are not processed.) If there was an invalid print specification in 1, an error occurs. Prints in the paper size of the selected tray. (Print areas outside the paper size will not be printed) trolled by dummy 8.5x11LEF timing regardless of whether there is paper or paper size.
General Procedures
Test Pattern Print
If IOT Built-in PG is specified, 2 Sided (Dup) is prohibited when specifying MPT. Table 3 Pattern Overview
(*3):Refer to the specifications described in Detection. Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview
No. 051
Pattern Name Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment pattern (Grid Pattern) Total Chart
Objective / Overview For IOT Regi Adjustment 20mm interval/line spacing 0.2 +/0.025mm For adjustment and isolating the problem
Built-in Image Sub Controller No. Controller Pattern Name IIT Fast Scan Ink Gradation Tray Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray: 33 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5
Paper Paper Types Sizes when when using using MPT MPT Simp/Dup A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
052
Table 4 Parameter settings available for pattern output Paper Paper Types Sizes when when using Simp/ Dup using MPT MPT (*3) A4 or Letter LEF A3 or 11"x17 (*1):Length is longer than A4 length and breadth is longer than Letter breadth. (*2): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Ledger are both supported sizes) 2dot-wide grid 1 dot-wide grid IIT Slow Scan Ink Gradation
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
No. Name
Image Size Tray (*1)
051 Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment 1 pattern (Grid Pattern) Controller generated 052 Total Chart 1
Shading Data Output
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
(*2)
(*3)
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
4dot-wide grid
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
Fast Scan 256 Gradation
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
Slow Scan 256 Gradation
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
General Procedures
Test Pattern Print
Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview Paper Paper Types Sizes when when using Simp/Dup using MPT MPT A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
Webpage Administrator Password

Required to change settings on machine. User Name: 11111 Password: x-admin
No. -
Pattern Name Slow Scan 256 Dotted Line
Tray Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5 Tray 1:1 Tray 2:2 Tray 3:3 Tray 4:4 MPT:5
Even Density of the Whole Page
A3SEF
Plain
Simp/Dup
General Procedures
Test Pattern Print, Webpage Administrator Pass-
Center Tray Offsetting

This procedure enables offsetting in Center Tray.
E-Mail Icon
This procedure restores E-Mail icon in display on machines with this capability.
Procedure
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code is available. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number keypad and select Enter. Select the Tools tab. Select System Settings. Select Common Service Settings from the Group list. Select Other Settings under the Features list. Select Offset Stacking and select Change Setting. Select Offset per Set. Select Save. Select Close.
Procedure
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code is available. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number keypad and select Enter. Select the Tools tab. Select System Settings. Select Network Settings under the Group list. Select Port Settings under the Features List. Select down arrow and scroll to Send E-mail. Select Send E-mail and select Change Setting, twice. Select Enabled and select Save. Select Close.
10. Press the Features button.
10. Select Close again. 11. Press the Features button.
General Procedures
Center Tray Offsetting, E-Mail Icon
FAX Output Separation

This procedure provides a method for customer to easily identify FAX output.
Procedure
If colored paper is available, load colored paper in Tray 1 SEF. NOTE: FAX and FAX reports are printed on SEF by default. To prevent the machine from feeding Short Edge Paper (Color), when copying Short Edge Documents (on Platen Glass or DADF) set the Tray 1 Paper Attributes as Custom1 and Paper Type Priority as Second . Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code is available. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number keypad and select Enter. Select the Tools tab. Select System Settings. Select Common Settings on the Group list. Select Paper Tray Settings on the Features list. Select Paper Type Priority. Select Custom Paper 1. Select Change Setting and select Second. Select Save.
10. Select Close. 11. Select Paper Tray Attributes. 12. Select 1. Tray 1 and select Change Settings. 13. Use custom paper. 14. Select Confirm. 15. Press the Features button.
General Procedures
General Procedures
GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP

The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the service manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent problem.
9.
Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components Misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids Damaged components Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component Loose cables or wires
Procedure
1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the problem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem may be the cause of the new intermittent problem. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The machine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for signs of failure or abnormal operation. An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it results in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom. 3. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine all of the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for: 4. Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving components Misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids Damaged components Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a component Loose cables or wires
2.
Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to ensure that the adjustment CAN BE MADE and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem
10. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing with Component Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound. 11. Replace any components or consumable that are known to be a frequent cause of the problem. When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is inexpensive, can be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem, then it is reasonable to replace it. 12. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what you have observed, what actions you took, and what else needs to be done.
Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform all of the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP. Check to ensure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem. Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem with Component Control. Observe the components for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound. Check that the AC and DC power are within specifications. Get technical advice or assistance where appropriate. This will depend upon the situation and the established local procedures. Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for: Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY COUNT value February, 2008 6-141 General Procedures
5.
6. 7. 8.
GP 1
GP 2 Fax Diagnostics
Purpose
This procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in UI Diagnostic Mode. Signal No. Output 014 015 016 017 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 To run this test: 1. 2. 3. 4. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test. Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional additional lines, 0, 2, and 4 are for FX use only). Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for the list of signal numbers. An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies communication from the UI to the ESS PWB, from the ESS to the FMO PWB, from the FMO to the FCB PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to generate the specific signal being tested. If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. 5. To stop the test, select Cancel Sending. Relay On/Off Test This test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU. To run this test: 1. 2. 3. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off Test. Select the Line Number and select Relay On. If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line. To stop the test, select Relay Off. 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 080 081 082 083 084 085 Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Signal No. Output 011 012 013 Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Description 462Hz 1080Hz 1100Hz 096 097 098 099 100 101
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Description 1300Hz 1650Hz 1850Hz 2100Hz Dual Tone 1 Dual Tone 2 Dual Tone 3 Dual Tone 4 Dual Tone 5 Dual Tone 6 Dual Tone 7 Dual Tone 8 Dual Tone 9 Dual Tone 0 Dual Tone * Dual Tone # Dual Tone A Dual Tone B Dual Tone C Dual Tone D HDLC Flag 2400 bps (HDLC Flag) 4800 bps (HDLC Flag) 7200 bps (HDLC Flag) 9600 bps (HDLC Flag) 7200 bps (HDLC Flag) 9600 bps (HDLC Flag) 12000 bps (HDLC Flag) 14400 bps (HDLC Flag) ANSam CM JM INFOc INFOa PPh+ALT 2400/2400 (HDLC Flag) 4800/2400 (HDLC Flag) 7200/2400 (HDLC Flag) 9600/2400 (HDLC Flag) 12000/2400 (HDLC Flag) 14400/2400 (HDLC Flag) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output Tonal Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output V.21 (H) Signal Output V.27ter Signal Output V.27ter Signal Output V.29 Signal Output V.29 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.17 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.8 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output
Procedure
To Access Fax Diagnostics: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Enter UI Diagnostics. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Maintenance/ Diagnostics. Select Sub System. Select Fax Diagnostics.
There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signals Sending Test and the Relay On/Off Test Signal Sending Test This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal.
General Procedures
GP 2
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Signal No. Output 102 103 104 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 142 143 144 145 146 147 V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output Description 16800/2400 (HDLC Flag) 19200/2400 (HDLC Flag) 21600/2400 (HDLC Flag) 4800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 7200/2743 (HDLC Flag) 9600/2743 (HDLC Flag) 12000/2743 (HDLC Flag) 14400/2743 (HDLC Flag) 16800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 19200/2743 (HDLC Flag) 21600/2743 (HDLC Flag) 24000/2743 (HDLC Flag) 4800/3000 (HDLC Flag) 7200/3000 (HDLC Flag) 9600/3000 (HDLC Flag) 12000/3000 (HDLC Flag) 14400/3000 (HDLC Flag) 16800/3000 (HDLC Flag) 19200/3000 (HDLC Flag) 21600/3000 (HDLC Flag) 24000/3000 (HDLC Flag) 26400/3000 (HDLC Flag) 28800/3000 (HDLC Flag) 4800/3200 (HDLC Flag) 7200/3200 (HDLC Flag) 9600/3200 (HDLC Flag) 12000/3200 (HDLC Flag) 14400/3200 (HDLC Flag) 16800/3200 (HDLC Flag) 19200/3200 (HDLC Flag) 21600/3200 (HDLC Flag) 24000/3200 (HDLC Flag) 26400/3200 (HDLC Flag) 28800/3200 (HDLC Flag) 31200/3200 (HDLC Flag) 4800/3429 (HDLC Flag) 7200/3429 (HDLC Flag) 9600/3429 (HDLC Flag) 12000/3429 (HDLC Flag) 14400/3429 (HDLC Flag) 16800/3429 (HDLC Flag) Signal No. Output 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Description 19200/3429 (HDLC Flag) 21600/3429 (HDLC Flag) 24000/3429 (HDLC Flag) 26400/3429 (HDLC Flag) 28800/3429 (HDLC Flag) 31200/3429 (HDLC Flag) 33600/3429 (HDLC Flag) Signal Tone 697Hz Signal Tone 770Hz Signal Tone 852Hz Signal Tone 941Hz Signal Tone 1209Hz Signal Tone 1336Hz Signal Tone 1477Hz Signal Tone 1633Hz
V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output V.34 Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output DTMF Signal Output
General Procedures
GP 2
GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password

Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to allow the CSE to recover the Administrator Password in situations where the customer has changed the password from the default value, and subsequently lost or forgotten the password.
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel Select System Settings. Select Common Settings. Select Diagnostics. Select NVM Read/Write. Enter location 700-171 and press Confirm/Change. This is the current password. You can provide this number to the customer, or set the location to the default value (11111) and allow the customer to enter a new number from Tools mode.
General Procedures
GP 3
GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs

Purpose
This procedure is used to maintain serial number and billing data integrity when PWBs with billing data must be replaced.
Procedure
CAUTION To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at once. If any of the following billing data PWBs needs replacing, replace them ONE AT A TIME according to this procedure: ESS PWB. MCU NVM PWB.
Ensure that the correct version of software is installed on the PWBs before and after PWB replacement. Print the System Settings List (GP 5), and compare the ROM values to the table in the software installation instructions on the current software upgrade CD. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics. Select Adjustment/Others. Select Machine ID/Billing Data. Select the PWB that has not been replaced. Enter the Serial Number and push Confirm button twice.
NOTE: If any of the following conditions exist, escalate the call to Field engineering or the NTS: 6. The displayed serial numbers match each other but do not match the data plate. Two or more numbers do not agree with the data plate and the third number. The displayed numbers are all different. The Set Serial Number button will become active. Click the button. A series of pop-up windows will open. Follow the instructions on the screen to synchronize the serial numbers. CAUTION To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at once. Replacing all three PWBs at once will cause unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB needs replacing, only replace ONE AT A TIME. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the original PWB and re-enter the serial number (if necessary) before attempting to replace a different PWB. 7. If any PWB will not synchronize, replace that PWB and re-synchronize.
General Procedures
GP 4
GP 5 Printing Reports
Description
This procedure describes how to print reports.
3. 4.
Under the Machine Information tab, select Print Reports. Select the type of Report desired. Job Status Job History Report Error History Report Reports Job Template List Address Book Meter Report (Print Jobs) Configuration Report Mailbox List Configuration Report PCL Settings List PCL Font List PDF Settings List TIFF/JPEG Settings List TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List PostScript Logical Printers List PCL Fonts List PCL Macro List PostScript Fonts List Font List Job Counter Report Debug Log Report HFSI Report Jam Report Shutdown Report Failure Report
Procedure
Refer to types of reports below.
Scan Reports
Machine Status
Printing the Configuration Report without entering Diagnostics Mode. NOTE: Other report titles are also listed for your information NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location 700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/ Write). 1. 2. 3. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select Print Report on the UI. Select Print Mode Settings (report tree is show for your information; mode settings contain settings lists): Job Status/Activity Report 4. Job History Report Error History Report Reports Job Template List Address Book Configuration Reports Configuration Report PCL Settings List PCL Font List PDF Settings List TIFF/JPEG Settings List TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List Postscript Logical Printers List PCL Fonts List PCL Macro List PostScript Fonts List 5.
Auditron Reports CE Copy Reports Mailbox List Printer Reports
Scan Reports
Copy Reports Printer Reports
Job Counter Report
Select the requested report and press the Start button. The selected log will be printed.
Press the Start button.
Other Reports
The following reports can be printed from the UI Diagnostic Mode: 1. 2. Enter the Diagnostic Mode (UI Diagnostic Mode). Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
General Procedures
GP 5
GP 6 Special Boot Modes

Purpose
This procedure describes methods of recovering from certain uncertain faults.
Procedure
Some boot-up failures, as well as some uncertain fault codes, may be caused by software corruption, or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In these cases, it is sometimes possible to bypass or delete the offending code during the startup process. CAUTION There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of initializations to bypass a specific set of problems. There is information lost in each procedure, thus, they should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list gives these procedures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are instructed to perform a specific initialization, perform only that procedure. If you are asked to perform the entire series, perform the steps in the order given, until the problem is resolved. Log Initialization This step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 1, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. Spool Initialization This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 6, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. HDD Initialization This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue, initializes the IOT HDD, and will and then perform a reboot. All customer data on the HDD will be deleted. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 4, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. ESS NVM Initialization CAUTION This routine will set all IOT ESS NVM values to default. Do not attempt this procedure unless there is a usable Machine Settings floppy, an accurate Configuration Report and/or other data that will enable you to reload the correct NVM values for this machine. This step will initialize the IOT ESS NVM (SYS-System and SYS-User) and then perform a reboot. To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 3, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen (5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink. Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 February, 2008 6-147 General Procedures
GP 6
GP 7 Country Code Setting

Purpose
To input country code.
Procedure
Customer setting data: 1. 2. 3. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select NVM Read Write. Perform NVM Read/Write on Chain Link 790-570. 0: No customer setting (default) 1: Customer setting for other than North America. 2: Customer setting for North America. 4. 5. Close and Exit. Automatically Reboot.
General Procedures
GP 7
GP 8 Firmware Version
Description
This procedure describes how to determine firmware version of machine subsystems that are administered by Firmware Version designations.
6.
Perform following to check Exit. a. b. c. d. e. f. Enter 740-012 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change. Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value. Select Cancel. Enter 740-013 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change. Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version. Select Cancel as required to exit or proceed to next step. Enter 740-088 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change. Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value. Select Cancel. Enter 740-089 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change. Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version. Select Cancel as required to exit.
Procedure
Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM, Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM, and FAX ROM NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location 700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/ Write). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Select Billing Meter/Print Report tab on the display. Select Print Report/List. Select Print Mode Settings. Select Settings List - Common Items. Press the Start button. NOTE: Page 1 of the report will list Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM, Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM, and FAX ROM Firmware Version of Duplex, Exit, and TTM NOTE: Obtaining the Firmware Level for the Duplex Module, the Exit Module and the TTM (Tandem Tray Module) requires reading two NVM locations, adding a decimal point behind the first read, adding a leading zero if the second read is a single digit, and combining the second read behind the decimal point to formulate a Firmware Level. 1. 2. 3. 4. Access Diagnostic Routines. a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Select Maintenance/Diagnostics. Select NVM Read/Write. To check Duplex go to Step 5. To check Exit go to Step 6. To check TTM go to Step 7. 5. Perform following to check Duplex. a. b. c. d. e. f. Enter 740-010 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change. Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value. Select Cancel. Enter 740-011 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change. Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version. Select Cancel as required to exit or proceed to next step. 7.
Perform following to check TTM. a. b. c. d. e. f.
General Procedures
GP 8
GP 9 Key Operator Log In

Description
This procedure describes how to log in as a Key Operator.
Procedure
1. 2. Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel. Enter 11111 using the number keypad. NOTE: 11111 is default password. The key operator may have changed the password. If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter an Authentication password. The default Authentication password is xadmin. NOTE: If the password is changed, and is not available, the current password is stored in NVM Read/Write [700-171]. 3. 4. Select Confirm on the UI. To operate the machine select User Mode on the UI.
General Procedures
GP 9
Space Requirements
Installation space requirements are shown in Figure 1 (WorkCenter 5225/5230 with A Finisher), Figure 2 (WorkCenter 5225/5230 with SB Finisher and HCF). SB Finisher with Booklet Maker
HCF
Front
Figure 2 Space Requirement - WorkCenter 5225/5230 with SB Finisher and HCF (j0st61003)
Figure 1 Space Requirement - WorkCenter 5225/5230 with A Finisher (j0st61001)
General Procedures
Space Requirements
Product Specs.
General Procedures
Product Specs.
Product Codes
Specification Table 1 Product Codes WorkCenter 5225/5230 No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Item WorkCenter 5225/5230 WorkCenter 5222 WorkCenter 5225/5230 DADF 120V WorkCenter 5225/5230 DADF 220V 2TM TTM Label for WorkCenter 5225/5230 Label for WorkCenter 5222 A Finisher 120V A Finisher XC 220V SB Finisher 120V SB Finisher 220V Product Code -
Table 3 Paper Capacities Paper Trays 1 - 4 100 sheets Tray 5 (Bypass)
Capacities 24 lb. TTM: 3000 sheets total: (90 gsm) Tray 1: 500 sheets Tray 2: 500 sheets Tray 3: 800 sheets Tray 4: 1200 sheets Tray 1: 500 sheets Tray 2: 500 sheets Tray 3: 500 sheets Tray 4: 500 sheets
2TM: 2000 sheets total:
Copy Speed
B/W (plain paper; simplex; fed from Tray 1) Letter size LEF: 25/30 ppm Letter size SEF: 20/22 ppm Legal size 8.5x14 SEF Simplex: 16/19 ppm Duplex: 10/12 ppm A3/11x17 SEF Simplex: 14/16 ppm Duplex: 9/11 ppm
Component Weights
Table 2 Component Weights Component DC (Platen) IIT and Platen 2 Tray Module Tandem Tray Module Exit2 Duplex Module HCF DADF SB Finisher A Finisher Weight (approx.) 64 kg (132 lb.) 15 kg (33 lb.) 23 kg (51 lb.) 31 kg (68 lb.) 2 kg (4 lb.) 1.8 kg (4 lb.) 29 kg (xx lb.) 9 kg (20 lb.) 27 kg (66 lb.) 11.3 kg (xx lb.)
FCOT/FPOT
First Copy Output Time (original on platen); 8.5 x 11 (A4); Tray 1; 4.3 sec. or less. Single phase (two wires plus ground) 110 - 127 VAC/60 Hz (99 - 135 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz) 220 - 240 VAC/50 Hz (198 to 254 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz)
Voltage Requirements
Paper Capacities
Table 3 Paper Capacities Specification Paper Sizes Paper Weights Min: 139.7W x 182L Max: 297W x 432Lmm Paper Trays 1 - 4 Paper Min: 89W x 98.4L mm (postcard) Max: 297W x 431.8L mm/12 x 19 in. Tray 5 (Bypass)
Power Consumption (5 minute average)

Machine Running: 1.33 kVA - NASG; 1.92 kVA ESG max. Off Mode 1.5W~2.4W (Reference)
Environmental Data and Requirements

Ambient Temperature and Humidity requirement: Minimum: 10 C/50F at 15% humidity Maximum: 32 C/90F at 70% (28 C/82F at 85% humidity) humidity
Range: 60 - 216 gsm (Tray 2, Range: 60 - 216 gsm 3, 4) Tray 1: 60 - 105 gsm
General Procedures
Product Specs.
IIT/DADF Specifications
Table 4 DADF Specifications Document Size: Platen Document Size: DADF Max size: 297 x 420 mm, 11 x 17 in. Max scannable area: 297 x 420 mm 5.5 x 8.5 (A5) LEF to 11 x 17 SEF (A3) Max: 297 x 432 mm Min: 139.7 x 210 mm Min: 50 gsm/16lb Max: 128 gsm/32lb (Duplex mode) 50 sheets 38 gsm to 120 gsm. Variable Percentages: 25% to 400% in 1% increments Preset Percentages: 25% 50% 64.7% (11 x17 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.) 78.5% (8.5 x 14 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.) 100% 129.4% (8.5 x 11 in. to 11 x17 in.) 220% (3.5 x 5 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.) 400%
Common Tools
Table 1 Common Tools Description Screw Driver (-) 3 x 50 Screw Driver (+) 6 x 100 Screw Driver (+) NO.1 Stubby Driver (+) (-) Screw Driver (-) 100MM Spanner and Wrench 5.5 x 5.5 Spanner and Wrench 7x 7 Hex Key Set Box Driver 5.5MM Side Cutting Nipper Round Nose Pliers Digital Multi-meter Set Interlock Cheater Silver Scale 150MM CE Tool Case Magnetic Screw Pick-up Tool Scriber Tool Magnetic pickup Loupe Flash Light Brush Tester Lead Wire (red) Tester Lead Wire (black) Part Number 600T 40205 600T 01989 499T 00356 600T 40210 499T 00355 600T 40501 600T 40502 600T 02002 600T 01988 600T 40903 600T 40901 600T 02020 600T 91616 600T 41503 600T 01901 600T 41911 600T 41913 600T 41911 600T 42008 600T 01824 600T 41901 600T 09583 600T 02030
Document Weight: DADF Document Capacity: DADF R/E Capability:
Presets can be changed in Tools mode.
General Procedures
Product Specs., Common Tools
Product Tools and Test Patterns

Table 1 Tools and Test Patterns Description Geometric Test Pattern HVPS test probe (1/10X) HVPS test probe adapter Copy Paper Carrying Case Copy Paper Zip Lock Bag Colotech + - 90 gsm - A3 Service and Machine NVM Log Serial cable USB cable, 6 ft./2 meter Firmware Upload Network Interface (Crossover) cable Parallel printer cable PWS power cord adapter L Probe Machine Resident Disk Kit (Machine Settings Floppy) A3 (11 x 17) Test Pattern A3 Test Pattern A4 Test Pattern 8.5 x 11 Test Pattern 8.5 x 14 Test Pattern SIR 542.00 Solid area density Scale SIR 494.00 Visual Scale Part Number 082E 08220 600T 01653 600T 01996 600T 01999 600T 02000 003R 94642 700P 97436 600T 02058 600T02231 600T 02252 117E 19340 600T 02018 600T 02177 300K 63850 082E 02000 082P 521 Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/ 82P521 082E 02010 082E 02020 082P 524 (Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/ 82P521) 082E 08230 082P 00448
Log Book Storage

A protected out-of-sight space exists below the IIT, at the right rear corner, above the center output tray. Fold the log and insert into this space.
General Procedures
Product Tools and Test Patterns,
Cleaning Materials
Table 1 Cleaning Materials Description Cleaning fluid (8oz., Formula A) Film remover (8 oz.) Lens/mirror cleaner Lint-free (white) cleaning cloth Lint-free Optics cleaning cloth Cleaning towels Drop cloth Cotton Swab NASG Part Number 043P 00048 043P 00045 043P 00081 019P 03025 499T 90417 035P 03191 035P 01737 035P 02162 ESG Part Number 008R 90034 008R 90176 008R 90178 019P 03025 499T 90417 600S 04372 035P 01737 035P 02162
Machine Consumables
Table 1 Cartridge (30,000 sheets/A4 @6% Coverage) Name WW-Metered DMO Sold NA/XE Sold Part Number 106R01304 106R01305 106R01306 Table 2 Staple Refills Name SB Finisher Staple Refills Booklet Staple Cartridge A Finisher Staple Refills A Finisher Staple Cartridge 8R12941 8R12897 8R12941 8R12964 Part Number
Table 3 Staple Drum Cartridge Name Standard Capacity High Capacity Part Number 101R00434 101K00435
General Procedures
Cleaning Materials, Machine Consumables
Glossary of Terms
Term Table 1 Glossery Terms Term A3 A4 AC ACT A/D ADJ APS ARZ Bit CCD CD Chip CRU CVT DADF DC dC DMM DMO EME ESD ESG FS GND HFSI HVPS Hz IIT IOT IQ KC LCD LE Description Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches). Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches). Alternating Current is type of current available at power source for machine. Advanced Customer Training: teaches customers to perform some of service that is normally performed by Xerox Service Representative. Analog to Digital refers to conversion of signal. Adjustment Procedure Auto Paper Selection Argentina Binary digit, either 1 or 0, representing an electrical state. Charge Coupled Device (Photoelectric Converter) 1: Circuit Diagram; 2: Compact Disc Integrated Circuit (IC) Customer Replaceable Unit Constant Velocity Transport Duplexing Automatic Document Feeder Direct Current is type of power for machine components. Machine converts AC power from power source to DC power. Diagnostics Code. Digital Multimeter is generic name for meter that measures voltage, current, or electrical resistance. Developing Markets Operations Electromagnetic Emissions are emitted from machine during normal operation and power of these emissions are reduced by machine design features. Electrostatic Discharge. A transfer of charge between bodies at different electrostatic potential. European Solutions Group - also referred to as XE (Xerox Europe) Fast Scan (direction) - Inboard to Outboard Ground High Frequency Service Item High Voltage Power Supply Hertz (Cycles per second) Image Input Terminal - Scanner/CCD portion of the machine Image Output Terminal - ROS/Xero/paper handling/fusing portion of the machine Image Quality 1000 copies Liquid Crystal Display Lead Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term TE LED LEF LTR LUT LVPS MF MN NIC NA NAAO NARS NVM OEM OGM PC PL PO PWB PWS PJ RAM RAP R/E REP RIS ROM ROS SAD SCP SEF Selftest SIMM FS TE UM UI Description Light Emitting Diode Long Edge Feed
Table 1 Glossery Terms
Letter size paper (8.5 x 11 inches) Look Up Table - array of NVM locations that store process control data Low Voltage Power Supply Multi-Function Multinational Network Interface Card North America North American Agent Operations North American Reseller Sales Non Volatile Memory Original equipment manufacturer On-going Maintenance Personal Computer Parts List Part of (Assembly Name) Printed Wiring Board Portable Workstation for Service Plug Jack (electrical connections) Random Access Memory Repair Analysis Procedure for diagnosis of machine status codes and abnormal conditions. Reduction/Enlargement refers to features selection or components that enable reduction or enlargement. Repair Procedure for disassembly and reassembly of component on machine Raster Input Scanner Read Only Memory Raster Output Scanner. Device that transfers digitally processed image, using laser light, to photoreceptor. Solid Area Density Service Call Procedure Short Edge Feed An automatic process that is used to check Control Logic circuitry. Any fault that is detected during self-test is displayed by fault code or by LEDs on PWB. Single Inline Memory Module used to increase printing capacity Fast Scan (direction) - LE-to-TE Trail Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term LE Unscheduled Maintenance User Interface
Duplex 2-sided printing or copying
Simplex Single sided copies
General Procedures
Glossary of Terms
Table 1 Glossery Terms Term USB W/ W/O XBRA XE XING XLA XMEX XOG Description Universal Serial Bus With - indicates machine condition where specified condition is present Without - indicates machine condition where specified condition is not present Xerox Brazil Xerox Europe - also referred to as ESG (European Solutions Group) Xerox International Group (DMO East) Xerox Latin America Xerox Mexico Xerox Office Group
General Procedures
Glossary of Terms
Change Tag Introduction

Important modifications to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag matrix. The tag matrix for the IOT (Processor) is molded into the inside of the Front Door. This section describes all of the tags associated with the copier, as well as multinational applicability, classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information.
IOT/Processor (P) Tags

IOT/Processor TAGs are shown below.
TAG:
CLASS: NAME:
P-00X
M xx/xx/xxx 701PXXXXX Tag 1
CUT IN DATE:
Classification Codes
A tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be interchanged, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures. A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special nonvolatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made. The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below. Table 1 Code Description Classification Code M N O R Description Mandatory tag Tag not installed in the field Optional tag Repair tag
KIT NUMBER:
NOTE: Announced in Service Bulletin TXXXX-XX-XX. Foreign Interface Option also enabled.
General Procedures
Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags
General Procedures
Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags
7 Wiring Data
7 Plug/Jack Locations-a-finisher
7.1.1 Plug/Jack Locations ............................................................................................... 7.1.2 Plug/Jack Illustrations ............................................................................................ 7-3 7-4 7-7 7-15 7-17 7-43 7-58 7-61 7-64 7-67 7-71 7-75 7-84 7-85 7-91 7-96 7-111 7-120 7-124 7-131 7-157 7-158
7 S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations

S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations....................................................................................
7 HCF Plug/Jack Locations

HCF Plug/Jack Locations ................................................................................................
7 Plug/Jack Locations
Plug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................................
7 Wirenets
IOT Wirenets ................................................................................................................... HCF Wirenets.................................................................................................................. A-Finisher Wirenets......................................................................................................... SB-Finisher Wirenets ......................................................................................................
7 BSDs
Chain 1 Standby Power .................................................................................................. Chain 2 User Interface .................................................................................................... Chain 3 Machine Run Control ......................................................................................... Chain 4 Start Print Power................................................................................................ Chain 5 Document Transportation .................................................................................. Chain 6 Imaging .............................................................................................................. Chain 7 Paper Supply ..................................................................................................... Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation......................................................................... Chain 9 Xerographics...................................................................................................... Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing ..................................................................... Chain 12 Finishing .......................................................................................................... Chain 16 ESS.................................................................................................................. Chain 17 FAX..................................................................................................................
February, 2008 7-1
Wiring Data
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-2
7.1.1 Plug/Jack Locations

How to use the Plug/Jack Location List
The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors. Connector Figure Number Number J8737B J8738A J8738B P/J8739 P/J8740 P/J8741 J8742A J8742B Table 1 Plug/Jack List (A-Finisher) Connector Figure Number Number P/J8700 P/J8701 P/J8702 P/J8703 P/J8704 P/J8705 P/J8706 P/J8707 P/J8708 P/J8709 P/J8710 P/J8711 P/J8721 P/J8722 P/J8723 P/J8724 P/J8725 P/J8726 P/J8727 P/J8728 P/J8729 P/J8730 P/J8731 P/J8732 P/J8733 P/J8734 P/J8735 P/J8736 J8737A Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 1 Figure 3 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 3 Figure 3 Item Number 2 1 11 10 13 12 8 3 17 16 9 4 2 1 6 1 11 7 9 8 6 2 4 3 14 15 5 5 9 Figure Title A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher Front Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location CN3 CN4 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 9
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (A-Finisher) Item Number 10 10 7 5 6 7 8 4 3 Figure Title A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher PWB Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location A-Finisher Bottom Location
Plug/Jack Location List
February, 2008 7-3
Wiring Data
7.1.1
7.1.2 Plug/Jack Illustrations
Figure 2 A-Finisher PWB Location (j0fa71002) Figure 1 A-Finisher Front Location (j0fa71001)
Wiring Data
7.1.2
February, 2008 7-4
Figure 3 A-Finisher Bottom Location (j0fa71003)
February, 2008 7-5
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Wiring Data
7.1.2
February, 2008 7-6
S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations

The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Number P/J590 P/J591 J8860 J8861 P/J8862 P8863 P8863 J8864 J8865 J8866 P/J8867 J8868 J8869 J8870 J8871 J8872 J8873 J8874 J8875 P/J8876 P/J8877 P/J8878 P/J8879 J8880 J8881 J8882 P/J8883 P/J8884 J8885 J8886 J8887 P/J8888 Figure Number Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 4 Item Number 15 14 1 4 2 7 5 8 10 6 9 4 3 24 23 21 2 1 22 5 20 7 5 7 11 6 8 10 7 6 5 9 Figure Title SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Front SB Finisher Front SB Finisher Front SB Finisher Eject Connector Number J8889 J8890 J8891 P/J8892 P/J8893 J8894 P/J8895 P/J8896 J8897 J8898 J8899 J8900 J8901 P/J8903 P8903 J8904 P/J8905 P/J8906 J8980 P/J8981 J8982 P/J8983 J8984 J8985 P8985 P/J8986 J8987 P8987 P/J8988 J8989 P/J8990 P/J8991 P/J8992 P/J8993 P/J8994 P/J8995 Figure Number Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 6 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 2 Figure 4 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 6 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 6 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 1 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 6 Figure 6 Figure 6 Figure 6 Figure 6 3 4 2 1 2 1 3 7 4 5 6 8 3 2 1 3 4 2
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Item Number Figure Title SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Eject Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly Booklet Maker PWB Booklet Maker PWB Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly SB Finisher Front SB Finisher Eject SB Finisher Front SB Finisher Front Booklet Maker PWB SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear Booklet Maker PWB SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Horizontal Transport SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear SB Finisher Rear Booklet Maker PWB Booklet Maker PWB Booklet Maker PWB Booklet Maker PWB Booklet Maker PWB
19 10 18 9 6 4 17 8 3 16 11 13 12 9 7 6 5 8
February, 2008 7-7
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Illustrations
Figure 1 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-8
Figure 2 SB Finisher Front
February, 2008 7-9
Wiring Data
Figure 3 SB Finisher Rear
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-10
Figure 4 SB Finisher Eject
February, 2008 7-11
Wiring Data
Figure 5 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-12
Figure 6 Booklet Maker PWB
February, 2008 7-13
Wiring Data
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-14
HCF Plug/Jack Locations

The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors. Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Figure Number Number FS001 FS002 FS003 FS004 PF/JF01 PF/JF02 PF/JF03 PF/JF04 PF/JF05 PF/JF06 PF/JF08 PF/JF51 PF/JF52 PF/JF53 PF/JF54 PF/JF56 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 1 Item Number 4 4 9 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 2 1 10 3 10 10 10 11 1 2 8 6 7 5 Figure Title HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF HCF
PF/JF56A Figure 1 PF/JF56B Figure 1 PF/JF57 PF/JF58 PF/JF59 PF/JF60 PF/JF61 PF/JF62 PF/JF67 Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1
Figure 1 HCF 1/2
February, 2008 7-15
Wiring Data
Figure 2 HCF 2/2
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-16
Plug/Jack Locations
The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure. NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors. Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Figure Number Number P/J1 P/J1 P/J2 P/J3 P/J4 P/J6 P/J7 P/J11 P/J12 P/J50 P/J56 P/J57 P/J68 P/J69 P/J72 P/J73 P/J74 P/J75 P/J100 P/J101 P/J101A P/J101A P/J101B P/J101B P/J102 P/J102A P/J102A P/J102B P/J102B P/J103 P/J104 Figure 1 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 15 Figure 15 Figure 15 Figure 15 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 9 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 9 Figure 8 Item Number 8 17 11 14 19 12 13 16 15 5 4 1 3 2 3 2 1 4 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Figure Title Control Panel LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch Power Unit LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch Power Unit Power Unit Power Unit Power Unit L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch Connector Figure Number Number P/J105 P/J106 P/J107 P/J108 P/J109 P/J110 P/J111 P/J112 P/J116 P/J117 P/J120 P/J121 P/J123 P/J124 P/J125 P/J126 P/J127 P/J130 P/J131 P/J132 P/J140 P/J150 P/J160 P/J170 P/J201 P/J201 P/J202 P/J204 P/J205 P/J206 P/J207 P/J208 P/J209 P/J210 P/J212 P/J214 P/J215 P/J216 P/J219 P/J220 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 7 Figure 7 Figure 13 Figure 13 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 13 Figure 16 Figure 7 Figure 7 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 6 Figure 6 Figure 4 Figure 8 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 13 Figure 7 Figure 13 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 5 Figure 7 Figure 13 Figure 8 Figure 3 Figure 3 Figure 5 Item Number 4 7 9 10 11 12 8 6 2 1 4 18 2 1 1 1 2 8 3 4 10 2 12 13 11 1 1 9 7 1 4 5 7 3 6 7 1 3 4 1
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Figure Title L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Duplex Unit, MPT Duplex Unit, MPT IOT Rear Location IOT Rear Location Exit2 Exit2 Exit2 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly IOT Rear Location LVPS, Main Switch Duplex Unit, MPT Duplex Unit, MPT HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor ROS Unit, Exit PWB HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor ROS Unit, Exit PWB No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly ROS Unit, Exit PWB Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder IOT Rear Location Duplex Unit, MPT IOT Rear Location Exit2 Exit2 Exit2 Exit2 Duplex Unit, MPT IOT Rear Location Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor Exit 2 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-17
Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Figure Number Number P/J220A P/J102B P/J220B P/J102B P/J300 P/J301 P/J302 P/J320 P/J330 P/J332 P/J333 P/J340 P/J341 P/J342 P/J343 P/J351 P/J380 P/J387 P/J388 P/J389 P/J390 P/J392 P/J400 P/J401 P/J402 P/J403 P/J404 P/J405 P/J406 P/J407 P/J408 P/J409 P/J410 P/J411 P/J412 P/J413 P/J414 P/J415 P/J416 P/J417 Wiring Data Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 11 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Item Number 1 1 1 1 1 2 7 4 7 5 6 10 9 8 3 11 12 4 1 5 2 3 20 21 3 6 4 8 2 1 7 10 9 11 22 16 14 13 19 15 Figure Title Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 1 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 ESS 2 of 2 MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB Connector Figure Number Number P/J419 P/J420 P/J421 P/J423 P/J425 P/J429 P/J430 P/J431 P/J432 P/J433 P/J434 P/J500 P/J521 P/J522 P/J523 P/J524 P/J526 P/J527 P/J540 P/J541 P/J541 P/J541 P/J542 P/J548 P/J548 P/J549 P/J549 P/J552 P/J552 P/J554 P/J554 P600 J600 P/J601 P/J602 P/J605 P606 J606 P/J607 P/J608 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 14 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 4 Figure 3 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 16 Figure 7 Figure 7 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 7 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 6 Figure 13 Figure 9 Figure 9 Figure 13 Figure 5 Figure 13 Figure 13 Figure 9 Item Number 12 24 23 5 18 17 4 3 5 7 6 5 8 7 10 9 5 6 3 4 2 1 5 1 11 7 10 8 9 3 2 2 5 8 6 8 10 3 10 5
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Figure Title MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB MCU PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB ROS Unit, Exit PWB HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch LVPS, Main Switch Duplex Unit, MPT Duplex Unit, MPT 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location Duplex Unit, MPT 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly IOT Rear Location L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder IOT Rear Location Exit 2 IOT Rear Location IOT Rear Location L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-18
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Figure Number Number P/J609 P/J610 P/J613 P/J620 P/J661A P/J661A P/J661B P/J661B P/J700 P/J702 P/J703 P/J720 P/J721 P/J722 P/J725 P/J727 P/J728 P/J750 P750 P/J751 P/J752 P/J753 P/J754 P/J755 P/J756 P/J757 P/J758 P/J759 P/J760 P/J761 P/J764 P/J765 P/J766 P/J767 P/J769 P/J770 P/J771 P/J772 P/J774 P/J775 Figure 7 Figure 3 Figure 13 Figure 4 Figure 17 Figure 20 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Item Number 8 6 2 9 8 4 9 7 11 6 5 9 1 13 2 15 7 3 15 16 14 13 12 11 5 4 3 2 1 17 9 10 3 18 8 7 14 15 13 16 Figure Title Duplex Unit, MPT HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor IOT Rear Location ROS Unit, Exit PWB Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) TTM Rear Location Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) TTM Rear Location IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 Connector Figure Number Number P/J776 P/J777 P/J778 P/J779 P/J780 P/J781 P/J782 P/J785 P/J786 P/J787 P/J788 P/J791 P/J820 P/J820 P/J821 P/J821 P/J822 P/J822 P/J824 P/J824 P/J825 P/J825 P/J826 P/J826 P/J841 P/J841 P/J842 P/J842 P/J2011 P/J2901 P/J7101 P/J7192 P/J7193 P/J7231 P/J7261 P/J7262 CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 22 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 18 Figure 20 Figure 17 Figure 20 Figure 4 Figure 10 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Item Number 17 7 6 5 12 11 10 18 6 9 8 4 4 5 7 6 5 7 5 4 6 3 6 8 4 5 10 6 2 6 14 4 4 8 10 12 5 9 4 6
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Figure Title DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 2 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location 2TM Rear Location TTM Rear Location Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) TTM Rear Location ROS Unit, Exit PWB ESS 1 of 2 IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT IIT Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-19
Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Connector Figure Number Number CN5 CN102 CNP352 CNP353 CNP354 CNP356 CNJ352 CNJ356 CNJ359 CNJ360 CP CN1 F1 F2 FS812 FS812 FS813 FS813 INV CN1 INV CN2 LCD CN1 SJ1 Figure 1 Figure 13 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 12 Figure 1 Figure 21 Figure 21 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 17 Figure 19 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 1 Figure 5 Item Number 3 6 1 2 3 4 1 4 5 6 11 7 2 1 11 8 11 8 10 1 2 9 Figure Title Control Panel IOT Rear Location Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Fax Box Assembly Control Panel Control Panel DADF 1 of 2 DADF 1 of 2 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) Control Panel Control Panel Control Panel Exit 2
CON CN3 Figure 1
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-20
Figure 1 Control Panel (j0st7201)
February, 2008 7-21
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 2 IIT (j0st7202)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-22
Figure 3 HVPS, Dispense Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor (j0st7203)
February, 2008 7-23
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 4 ROS Unit, Exit PWB (j0st7204)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-24
Figure 5 Exit 2 (j0st7205)
February, 2008 7-25
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 6 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly (j0st7206)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-26
Figure 7 Duplex Unit, MPT (j0st7207)
February, 2008 7-27
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 8 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch (j0st7208)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-28
Figure 9 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder (j0st7209)
February, 2008 7-29
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 10 ESS 1 of 2 (j0st7210a)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-30
Figure 11 ESS 2 of 2 (j0st7211)
February, 2008 7-31
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 12 Fax Box Assembly (j0st7212)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-32
Figure 13 IOT Rear Location (j0st7213)
February, 2008 7-33
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 14 MCU PWB (j0st7227A)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-34
Figure 15 Power Unit (j0st7215)
February, 2008 7-35
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 16 LVPS, Main Switch (j0st7216)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-36
Figure 17 Tray 3/4 Feeder (2TM) (j0st7217)
February, 2008 7-37
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 18 2TM Rear Location (j0st7218)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-38
Figure 19 Tray 3/4 Feeder (TTM) (j0st7219)
February, 2008 7-39
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 20 TTM Rear Location (j0st7220)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-40
Figure 21 DADF 1 of 2 (j0st7221)
February, 2008 7-41
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 22 DADF 2 of 2 (j0st7222)
Wiring Data
Plug/Jack Locations
February, 2008 7-42
IOT Wirenets
AC Power Wirenets
Figure 1 AC Power Wirenets Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-43
IOT Wirenets
+5VDC Standby Wirenets
Figure 2 +5VDC
Standby Wirenets
Wiring Data
IOT Wirenets
February, 2008 7-44
+5VDC Wirenets
Figure 3 +5VDC Wirenet (1 of 4)
February, 2008 7-45
Wiring Data
IOT Wirenets
Figure 4 +5VDC Wirenet (2 of 4) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IOT Wirenets
February, 2008 7-46
Figure 5 +5VDC Wirenet (3 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-47
IOT Wirenets
Figure 6 +5VDC Wirenet 4 of 4) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IOT Wirenets
February, 2008 7-48
5V RTN Wirenets
Figure 7 5V RTN Wirenet (1 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-49
IOT Wirenets
Figure 8 5V RTN Wirenet (2 of 4) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IOT Wirenets
February, 2008 7-50
Figure 9 5V RTN Wirenet (3 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-51
IOT Wirenets
Figure 10 5V RTN Wirenet (4 of 4) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IOT Wirenets
February, 2008 7-52
+24VDC Wirenets
Figure 11 +24 VDC Wirenet (1 of 4)
February, 2008 7-53
Wiring Data
IOT Wirenets
Figure 12 +24VDC Wirenet (2 of 4)
Wiring Data
IOT Wirenets
February, 2008 7-54
Figure 13 +24VDC Wirenet (3 of 4) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-55
IOT Wirenets
Figure 14 +24VDC Wirenet (4 of 4) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IOT Wirenets
February, 2008 7-56
24V RTN Wirenets
Figure 15 24V RTN Wirenet
February, 2008 7-57
Wiring Data
IOT Wirenets
HCF Wirenets
Figure 1 HCF +24VDC Wirenet
Wiring Data
HCF Wirenets
February, 2008 7-58
Figure 2 HCF +5VDC Wirenet Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-59
HCF Wirenets
Figure 3 HCF DC COM Wirenet Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
HCF Wirenets
February, 2008 7-60
A-Finisher Wirenets
Figure 1 A FInisher +24VDC/24V RTN Wirenet
February, 2008 7-61
Wiring Data
A-Finisher Wirenets
Figure 2 A FInisher +5VDC Wirenet Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A-Finisher Wirenets
February, 2008 7-62
Figure 3 A Finisher DC COM Wirenet Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-63
A-Finisher Wirenets
SB-Finisher Wirenets
Figure 1 SB FInisher +24VDC Wirenet
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-64
Figure 2 SB FInisher +5VDC Wirenet Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-65
Figure 3 SB FInisher DC COM Wirenet Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-66
Chain 1 Standby Power
Figure 1 BSD 1.1 Main Power On
February, 2008 7-67
Wiring Data
Figure 2 BSD 1.2 DC Power Distribution Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-68
Figure 3 BSD 1.3 Power Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-69
Figure 4 BSD 1.4 Interlock Switching Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-70
Chain 2 User Interface
Figure 1 BSD 2.1 Control Panel (Left) (j0st90201)
February, 2008 7-71
Wiring Data
Figure 2 BSD 2.2 Control Panel Switches (Right) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-72
Figure 3 BSD 2.3 Control Panel (LEDs) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-73
Figure 4 BSD 2.4 LCD Control Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-74
Chain 3 Machine Run Control
Figure 1 BSD 3.1 PWBs Communication (ESS-IOT, ESS-IIT/IPS)
February, 2008 7-75
Wiring Data
Figure 2 BSD 3.2 PWBs Communication (ESS-UI)
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-76
Figure 3 BSD 3.3 PWBs Communication (IOT-Tray Module, IOT-Duplex) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-77
Figure 4 BSD 3.4 PWBs Communication (IOT-Exit, IOT-Finisher) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-78
Figure 5 BSD 3.5 PWBs Communication (IIT/IPS-DADF) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-79
Figure 6 BSD 3.6 Electronic Billing Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-80
Figure 7 BSD 3.7 Accessory/Foreign Interface Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-81
Figure 8 BSD 3.8 MCU-HCF Communications Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-82
Figure 9 BSD 3.9 PWB Communication (ESS - IIT/IPS) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-83
Chain 4 Start Print Power
Figure 1 BSD 4.1 Main Drive Control
Wiring Data
Chain 4 Start Print Power
February, 2008 7-84
Chain 5 Document Transportation
Figure 1 BSD 5.1 Document Size Sensing
February, 2008 7-85
Wiring Data
Figure 2 BSD 5.2 Document Setting Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-86
Figure 3 BSD 5.3 Document Feed and Transportation (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-87
Figure 4 BSD 5.4 Document Feed and Transportation (2 of 2) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-88
Figure 5 BSD 5.5 Document Feed and Transport Mechanism Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-89
Figure 6 BSD 5.6 Document Exit Transportation Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-90
Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 1 BSD 6.1 Platen Document Setting
February, 2008 7-91
Wiring Data
Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 2 BSD 6.2 Image Input Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 6 Imaging
February, 2008 7-92
Figure 3 BSD 6.3 Carriage Scan Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-93
Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 4 BSD 6.4 Laser Control and Scanning Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 6 Imaging
February, 2008 7-94
Figure 5 BSD 6.5 ROS Motor Control Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-95
Chain 6 Imaging
Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 1 BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing
Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-96
Figure 2 BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-97
Figure 3 BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (2-Tray Module) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
February, 2008 7-98
Figure 4 BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2-Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
February, 2008 7-99
Figure 5 BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (Tandem Tray Module) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 6 BSD 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (Tandem Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 7 BSD 7.7 Tray 1 Paper Stacking Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 8 BSD 7.8 Tray 2 Paper Stacking Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 9 BSD 7.9 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2-Tray Module) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 10 BSD 7.10 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2-Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 11 BSD 7.11 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (Tandem Tray Module) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 12 BSD 7.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (Tandem Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 13 BSD 7.13 Tray 5 (MSI) Paper Stacking Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 14 BSD7.14 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Stacking Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 15 BSD 7.15 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Size Sensing Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation
Figure 1 BSD 8.1 Trays 1 ~ 5 Paper Feeding
Wiring Data
Figure 2 BSD 8.2 Tray 2 Paper Transportation Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 8.3 2-Tray Module Paper Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 4 BSD 8.4 Paper Transport Drive Control (2 -Tray Module) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 BSD 8.5 Paper Transportation (Tandem Tray Module) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 6 BSD 8.6 Paper Transport Drive Control (Tandem Tray Module) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 7 BSD 8.7 Registration Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 8 BSD 8.8 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Feeding Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 9 BSD 8.9 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 9 Xerographics
Figure 1 BSD 9.1 CRU Life Control
Wiring Data
Figure 2 BSD 9.2 Charging and Exposure Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 3 BSD 9.3 Development and Toner Dispense Control Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 BSD 9.4 Transfer Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing
Figure 1 BSD 10.1 Fusing Heat Control
Wiring Data
Figure 2 BSD 10.2 Fusing Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 3 BSD 10.3 Exit Transportation Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 BSD 10.4 Exit Transportation Drive Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 5 BSD 10.5 Duplex Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 6 BSD 10.6 Offset Drive Control (Exit 1) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Figure 7 BSD 10.6 Offset Drive Control (Exit 2) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 1 BSD 12.1 A-Finisher DC Power and Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 2 BSD 12.2 IOT ~A-Finisher PWB Communication Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 3 BSD 12.3 A-Finisher Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 4 BSD 12.4 A-Finisher Tamping and Offset Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 5 BSD 12.5 A-Finisher Staple Control Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 6 BSD 12.6 A-Finisher Set Eject (1 of 2) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 7 BSD 12.7 A-Finisher Set Eject (2 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 8 BSD 12.8 A-Finisher Stacker Tray Control Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 9 BSD 12.10 S/B Finisher DC Power & Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 10 BSD 12.11 S/B Finisher DC Power Distribution Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 11 BSD 12.12 S/B Finisher Interlock Switching Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 12 BSD 12.13 S/B Finisher Booklet Interlock Switching Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 13 BSD 12.14 S/B Finisher Horizontal Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 14 BSD 12.15 S/B Finisher Punch Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 15 BSD 12.16 S/B Finisher Transportation Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 16 BSD 12.17 S/B Finisher Folding Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 17 BSD 12.18 S/B Finisher Tamping & Offset (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 18 BSD 12.19 S/B Finisher Tamping & Offset (2 of 2) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 19 BSD 12.20 S/B Finisher Staple Positioning Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 20 BSD 12.21 S/B Finisher Staple Control Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 21 BSD 12.22 S/B Finisher Eject Control (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 22 BSD 12.23 S/B Finisher Eject Control (2 of 2) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 23 BSD 12.24 S/B Finisher Stacker Control Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 24 BSD 12.25 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Positioning Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 25 BSD 12.26 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Control (1 of 2) Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Wiring Data
Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 26 BSD 12.27 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Control (2 of 2) Wiring Data Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing
Chain 16 ESS
Figure 1 BSD 16.1 ESS
Wiring Data
Chain 16 ESS
Chain 17 FAX
Figure 1 BSD 17.1 FAX
Wiring Data
Chain 17 FAX

Xerox WC 5225 5230 SM

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Xerox WC 5225 5230 SM

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Service Documentation WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Service Documentation

Preliminary Working Document No Product Name Assigned

Preliminary Working Document No Product Name Assigned

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

About this Manual

Section 1: Service Call Procedures

Service Manual Revision

Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs

Section 3: Image Quality

Section 5: Parts Lists

Section 6: General Procedures/Information

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 iii

Section 7: Wiring Data

How to Use this Documentation

Section 8: Options and Accessories

Use of the Circuit Diagrams

Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Symbology and Nomenclature

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes

Machine Safety Icons

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit

Figure 6 Illustration Symbols Introduction Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs

Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature

Voltage Measurement and Specifications

Logic Voltage Levels

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 vii

February, 2008 viii

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. Paper Transportation

REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly

4 Repairs and Adjustments

REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge

REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 xii

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 xiii

February, 2008 xiv

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

1 Service Call Procedures

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 1-1

Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures

February, 2008 1-2

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230

February, 2008 1-3

Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures, Initial Actions

Initial Actions, Call Flow

February, 2008 1-4

Sets are not offset in Center Tray.

Launch Version WorkCentre 5225, 5230